SY | “ PM S {5 CORNELL UNIVERSITY LIBRARY wai 0 BG | Iqis Cornell Aniversity Library THE GIFT OF 1 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY BULLETIN 46 PLATE CYRUS BYINGTON SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY BULLETIN 46 A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE BY CYRUS BYINGTON EDITED BY JOHN R. SWANTON anp HENRY 8S. HALBERT WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1915 EN, sae od q LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, Bureau or AmErRicAN ETHNOLOGY, Washington, D. C., April 22, 1909. ° Sm: I have the honor to submit herewith for publication, with your approval, as a bulletin of this Bureau the manuscript of “A Dictionary of the Choctaw Language,” by the late Cyrus Byington, under the editorship of Dr. John R. Swanton. ! Very respectfully, yours, W.H. Hoitmes, Chief. Dr. Cuartes D. Watcortt, Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. 1 Subsequently, as stated in Dr. Swanton’s Introduction, Mr. Henry S. Halbert became associated with him in the editorship. III CONTENTS Page. Antroduction's 5.2524, Sess Seed yocoeln td Sabena dba eed Lasoo hansnhecs vu Ph onetie: Rey? .Gxe cece ad nieetinwe sSoe aids ce Sac ahenentaedeasenee x Choctaw-English vocabulary.......-.-...---.------------+---- 2-22 e eee eeee 1 English-Choctaw index........-----2. 0222-5 22-202 eee eee eee eee eee ee enee 379 ILLUSTRATION ‘PLATE 1. “Gyrus Byinstoner s coves sesgsiew dissed aes serene 24e¥e ue he frontispiece v A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE By Cyrus BytnetTon EDITED BY JOHN R. Swanton and Henry 8. HaLBert INTRODUCTION By Joun R. Swanton This dictionary represents a portion of the results of nearly fifty years of missionary service among the Choctaw Indians on the part of its compiler, Rev. Cyrus Byington. Mr. Byington was also the author of translations into Choctaw of several books of both the Old and the New Testament, Choctaw almanacs, a Choctaw definer, a grammar of the Choctaw language, and some minor writings. His grammar, edited by Dr. D. G. Brinton, was published in Philadel- phia in 1871, in the Proceedings of the American Philosophical Soctety (vol. 11, pp. 317-367). In the introduction to this grammar Dr. Brinton gives the following account of the author’s life: This eminent scholar and missionary, whose name is inseparably connected with the later history of the Choctaw nation, was born at Stockbridge, Berkshire County, Mass., March 11, 1793. He was one of nine children, and his parents were in hum- ble circumstances, but industrious and respected. His father was at one time a tan- ner, and subsequently a small farmer. Necessarily, therefore, his early education was limited. When a well-grown lad he was taken into the family of Mr. Joseph Woodbridge, of his native town, from whom he received some instruction in Latin and Greek, and with whom he afterward read law. In 1814 he was admitted to the bar, and prac- ticed a few years with success in Stockbridge and Sheffield, Mass. His father though a moral was not a religious man, and it seems to have been only aiter he reached manhood that Mr. Byington became, as he expressed it, ‘‘a subject of-divine grace.’’ He then resolved to forsake the bar and devote himself to mis- sionary life. With this object in view he entered the theological school at Andover, Mass., where he studied Hebrew and theology, and was licensed to preach, Septem- ber, 1819. At this time he hoped to go to the Armenians in Turkey.’ But Provi- dence had prepared for him another and an even more laborious field. For about a year he preached in various churches in Massachusetts, awaiting some opportunity for missionary labor. Toward the close of the summer of 1819, a com- pany of 20 or 25 persons left Hampshire County, Mass., under the direction of the American Board of Missions, to go by land to the Choctaw nation, then VIL VIIT BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY (BULL. 46 resident in Mississippi. They passed through Stockbridge, in September, and were provided with a letter from the Board, asking Mr. Byington to take charge of them, and pilot them to their destination. He was ready at a few hours’ notice. The company journeyed by land to Pittsburgh, where they procured flatboats, and floated down the Ohio and Mississippi to a point near the mouth of the Yalobusha River, whence a land journey of 200 miles brought them to their destination. Throughout his missionary life Mr. Byington appreciated the value which a knowledge of the language and traditions of the Choctaws would have to scholars. From his arrival among them, therefore, he devoted assiduous labor to their language with aview to comprehend its extremely difficult construction, and to render it avail- able for the missionary and philological student. The first draft of his Grammar was completed in 1834. It was written and rewritten, until at the time of his death, which occurred at Belpré, Ohio, December 31st, 1868, he was at work upon the seventh revisal. As left by Mr. Byington, the Choctaw dictionary consisted of five paper-bound folio volumes, having entries on both sides of the leaves; the whole work was modeled after the English or classical dictionary of the author’s time. Separate entries were therefore made of the same word when used as noun, adjective, verb, etc., each followed by a letter indicating the proper part of speech. The phonetic system was constructed for the greater part by employing the English letter representing most closely the Indian sound. Only two innovations were introduced—the use of »(a true v sound not being present in the Choctaw language) for the obscure a, and of lines under the vowels to indicate nasalization. For these devices I have substituted the more commonly used @ and *. I have also changed the aspirated 7 (A/) into?. The sh and ch have been allowed to stand, although it is now customary to represent these by c and ¢e, respectively. Furthermore, in many instances I have combined in one word syllables separated by Mr. Byington and later missionaries—as, for instance, the syllables indicating pronominal relations, the reflexive, the negative, and some of the tense signs—for it is evident that in these cases the syllables all constitute one complex. Undoubtedly absolute accuracy has not been attained in this particular, but the course followed is certainly a move in the right direction. With the exceptions just mentioned the mate- rial is reproduced substantially as recorded by the author. It would be fair neither to Mr. Byington nor to the editors, however, to pre- sent the dictionary as a finished work. In the quotation given above Doctor Brinton speaks of the great care which the missionary bestowed on the manuscript of his grammar when preparing it for the press; unfortunately he had opportunity to make only a beginning in the editing of his dictionary. Many entries consisted merely of brief notes to be elaborated later or of references to cases not observed else- where and to be explained by further investigations. But the plan which Mr. Byington had set before himself for his dictionary is one not now of much value to students of American languages, and to carry it to completion along those lines would involve an enormous BYINGTON] A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE Ix amount of unprofitable labor. Therefore the work is presented almost as he teft it, asa source of valuable linguistic, and also ethnologic, information faithfully recorded by one of the most capable of the early missionaries at a time when many things were to be learned which are now doubtless entirely forgotten. In order to increase the utility of the dictionary an English-Choctaw index has been compiled and appended, which will make it possible to find where information is to be had regarding the Choctaw equivalent of each English word or phrase given. This part is in no sense a dictionary, nor is it to be regarded as such. As might naturally have been expected, Mr. Byington’s inspiring motive was his desire to translate the Biblical writings into Choctaw and to further the conversion of the Choctaw tribe to the Christian religion. The present work contains therefore numerous references to early translations of the Biblical writings undertaken by him. From the changes incorporated into later editions it is evident that the exact shade of meaning was not always determined in those first efforts, but, in any event, perhaps it could only have been approximated, and no aitempt has been made toalter the references except in a few cases where palpable errors had been made. Nevertheless, these citations have been verified as far as possible and a few question marks inserted where no words resembling the ones under consideration could be found. In other instances it will be noticed that Mr. Byington has ignored certain affixes of common occurrence which alter the exact form as it appears in the text. Anciently there were several Choctaw dialects, but only one of these, that of the Sixtowns Indians living in the southern part of the old Choctaw country, differed to any considerable degree from the stand- ard, or Longtown, dialect spoken in the western part of the Nation. Moreover, this difference seems to have been contined mainly to cer- tain words, involving but very slightly the language as a whole. A number of these Sixtowns words will be found interspersed through- out the present work. It has been my good fortune to have enlisted as coeditor Mr. Henry S. Halbert, of the Department of Archives and History, Montgomery, Ala., who has spent many years of his life among the Choctaw Indians, is familiar with their language, and is an enthusiastic student of everything relating to the history and present culture of the tribe. While he has noted and corrected many errors, he has deemed it best to let certain doubtful words and sentences stand as in the original manuscript, with the idea that they may represent certain dialectic or archaic variations which have escaped him. Acknowledgment is here made of the courtesy of Mrs. Eliza Innes, of Lockesburg, Ark., daughter of the Rev. Cyrus Byington, and of that of her son, Mr. E. 5. Byington, of Broken Bow, Okla., in x BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 placing at the disposal of the Bureau the photograph from which the accompanying portrait of the author was reproduced; also his note- books for the years 1844-46 and 1861. Abbreviations. —While a great many abbreviations have been used, most of these will be readily understood. C. B. or B. indicates the compiler, Cyrus Byington; J. R.S. and H. S. H., the editors, John R. Swanton, and Henry S. Halbert, respectively. Of the other abbrevia- tions the principal are the following: a., adjective; adv., adverb; caus., causative; con., connective; dem., demonstrative; dim. or dimin., diminutive; fem. or f., feminine; freq., frequentative; imp., im- perative; mas. or m., masculine; n., noun; nas. form or n. f., nasal form: per., personal; pl. or plu., plural; pro., pronoun, also pro- longed; ref., reflexive; sing. or s., singular; v. a. i., active intransitive verb; v. 1, intransitive verb; v. n., neuter verb; v. t., transitive verb. Besides these will be found the names and initials of various Choctaw Indians who are given as authorities for certain forms, and abbre- viations of the names of other works in the Choctaw language. The description of Choctaw phonetics which follows is taken from the first page of the manuscript dictionary, only such changes having been made as were necessitated by the innovations already referred to. Puonetic Kry ALPHABET Letters Sounded A a as a in father. Aa as u in tub, and a in above, around, B b as in English. as in church. as ¢ in they, and short e as in met. as in English. as in English. as iin marine and short as i in pin. as in English. as in English. as an aspirated 7. as in English. as in English. as o in note, go. as in English. as in sir; never as s in his. as in shall. as in English. as oo in wool, wu in full. as in war, we. as in you. sa oa ° a He ene Ome eS HH as “Aa ctB avon Bore po DIPHTHONGS Al ai as iin pine. Au au as ou in now, how. BYINGTON] A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE xT NASALIZED VOWELS These are pure nasals, and retain the vowel sounds, except a A before the letter k, in which case they are like the long es = ang, ing, ong, ung. The usual sound is softer than ang, and ‘a ee like that of the French vowel followed by nin the same uw syllable. CONSONANTS AND VOWELS Let it be remembered that each consonant has but one sound and that the sounds ascribed to the vowels are such as they have, respectively, in accented syllables; in unaccented syllables they have the sound of short vowels. English readers should remember not to give the English sound to the vowels, except as noted in the alphabet. an, 1”, om, and u®, or some of them, are used as separate words or final syllables. They are used also before the consonants and semivowels b, f, h, k, m, n, 8, sh, w, and y. Before the consonant p, sometimes before 6 and the vowels, for the sake of euphony the letter m is added, or the nasal sound becomes m of necessity from the position of the organs of speech at that time, as am, im, om, wm. Before ch, 1, t, and ¢ the letter m is added, as an, in, on, un, and before the vowels in many words the letter n is added to the nasal. a” is never used; a” is used in its place. The vowel ¢ is never used as a nasal, i” being used in its place. In making these remarks general rules are stated. It isnot to be supposed that each and all of the nasals are thus used. There are exceptions, which the student must be ready to notice. An unwritten language has its anomalies and irregularities. CHOCTA W—ENGLISH VOCABULARY 84339°—Bull. 46—15-——-1 CHOCTAW—ENGLISH a, the first letter of the alphabet, sounded as a in father. a (when followed by a verb beginning with a consonant), adv. or locative par- ticle or prefix, means there, in that place, at that time, at, from, on, in, of, by; when the verb begins with a vowel, a becomes «ai; achumpa, to bury at; aminti, to come from; aiilli, to die at orin. aand aiare used where in Eng- lish place is used; nusi, tosleep; anusi, a sleeping place; aiimpa, an eating place, a plate, dining room, table; chik- aiamiho, repeated in Matt. 5: 35; of, in chianukshopa, he is afraid of you; chi- atoba, he is begotten of you: by, in atok- chanya, to live by, Matt. 4: 4: used as asign of the future tense; chi chia, cf. John 1: 49; achin, ahe, ahinla; atuk, ashke, as satoshbihashke; siakmat, hymn 66, v. 2: prefixed to a verb often changes the verb to a noun, as aminti, a source; literally, to come from; isht ahachia, see John 15: 3; aiatta, a resi- dence; lit., to stay at. a and ai are much used as prefixes in compound- ing words: prefixed to some cardinals the latter become ordinals, as tuklo, two; atukla, second; atuchina, third; and be- fore a vowel a becomes ai, as ushta, four; aiushta, fourth: an intensive be- fore consonants; aputta, abillia, afehna: used before tuk and tok and. their com- pounds a partakes of the sense of a defi- nite article or of a relative pronoun. Sabannahatuk, that which I wanted; “This is used when the person has some doubt as to obtaining the thing sought, while sabannashke indicates a certainty in the expectation.’’—J. Hud- son. a, ah, v. a. i, to say, to tell, to call; a li, I say; alikamo, I did say, and you know it; imalikashkint, I told him so before, or that is what I told him, and you heard it .(kashkint implies previous knowledge on the part of the hearer as well as on that of the speaker) ; alahe keyu, I should not call, Acts, 10 : 28, a (cf. af]. 1. A determinative particle in the objective case after nouns and meaning the; as, wak a” pisali, I see the cow. Sometimes this article is pro- nounced ha” and yan (cf. hat and yat] foreuphony. Itisalsoa sign of, or with, the future tense, and is used as a par- ticle of specification or emphasis after verbs in present, future, and past tenses; iMmmukhatklotokat, Luke 10: 37; katimichi- lahe am, future tense, Luke 18: 41; hopo- nayolahe av, Luke 18:41. See Matt. 15: 31 for instances in the past tense; [also] onanshahatok, Matt. 28: 2. Cheluselem a®, Jerusalem it, Matt. 2:1. 2. A rela- tive pronoun in the objective case after verbs and adjectives and equivalent to the English relatives the which, the one which, that which, etc. It may also be translated by the personal pro- nouns him, her, it, them, as Lakab an, Rachab her, Matt. 1:5. Itis sometimes written ha” or ya®; cf. hat and yat. The aspirated forms are ah, hah, and yah. a®, a dative pronoun first per. sing., my; to or for me; as, aholisso, my book. Written also am and an; as amisuba, my horse, lit., horse to or for me; a®holi- topa, Matt. 3: 17. When it stands be- fore a verb, or a word where a verb is understood, it is generally translated hy a preposition; as, for me, to me, of me, from me; a®holissochi, write for me, or tome; a®pota, lend me; a®chumpa, buy of me, or buy for me; written also am, as amithana, to learn of me. In the negative forms this pronoun is written sa” and sam; as iksatchumpo, iksamiksho, I have none, or there is none by me; chiksa™peso, you have not seen of mine, or for me. abaha, n., a mortar for mixing meat and corn by beating or braying; a meat mortar. abaiya, n., the side, as the side of a creek, swamp, or road. abaiya, v. a. i., to be along the side of; to lie along the side of. 4 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY abaiyachi, v. a.i., to go along the side of; to roam up and down; to range; to wind its way, as a bullet discharged and lodged in a deer, or a man going along on the side of a swamp. abaiyachi, n., a roamer; one that goes along the side of a creek, etc. abaiyachi, adv., lengthwise (of a field); ahekachi (of cloth), q. v. abaiyaka, n., the side of a swamp or creek. abaiyat, adv., alongside of, along; as abaiyat atya, two verbs connected by the letter ¢, meaning to be at the side of and go along; bok abaiyat atya, to go along the side of the creek; hina abaiyat atya, to go along the roadside. abakli, v. a. i. pl., to split into large pieces, blocks, slabs, or bolts for shin- gles. abakli, pass., split; split into bolts. abakli, n., the place where the wood is split; a split. abaklichi, v. t. caus., to split into large pieces; to score off large pieces when hewing logs. abaklichi, n., a splitter; a scorer. abaksacheka, n., adeclivity; aside hill, or mountain side, 2 Sam. 16: 13. abaksileka, n., » mountain side; mountain side. abaksha, abbaksha, n., the name of the serpent commonly called chicken snake. abana, pass. of abanni; founded upon, Matt. 7: 25. abanali, v. tr. or intr., to lay on the neck, or shoulder; hashilabanali, Matt. 11: 29, 30; isht iabanali, Luke 15: 5. abani, v. t. (pass., albani), to cure by drying over a fire; ‘‘to barbecue;’’ wak nipi abani, to cure beef; takkon abani, to dry peaches over a fire. abani, n., a curer; one who cures meat or fruit over a fire. abasa, n. [from abastli, to lay laths], lath; the ribs of a roof. abasali, v. i., to sprout; to germinate; tanchi at abasali, the corn sprouts. abasali, abasalih, n., a sprout. abasalichi, v. t. caus., to cause to sprout. abachechi, y. t. caus., to practice; to teach by practice. the atitabana, [BULL. 46 abachi, v. t., to teach, Matt. 15: 9; ima- bachi, Matt. 5: 2; abahanchi, Matt. 13: 52, 54; holisso ha® ¢mabachi, to teach him the book or the letters. Passive albachi. abachi, v. a. i., to practice; to learn by practice; to exercise. abachi, n., a practicer. abachi, n., an exercise; a practice; nan isht imabachi, his doctrine. abankachi, pl. pass., laid across; lying crosswise, as timbers at the corner of a house, or as rails in a worm fence. abanni, v. t. pl., to lay across, as the logs of a house; abana, pass. sing., laid across; itabana, pass., laid across one another, as house logs at the corners; itabanni, to raise a log house; to lay across one another. abasli, v. t., to lay laths; to lath; to lay the ribs of a roof. abasli, n., he that Jays laths. abaslichi, v. t., to cause laths to lie. abasha, n., a sawpit; a place cut with a knife, a saw, or an ax; a gash. abasha, n., a place sawn; a cut with a knife; a wound; a gash made by a knife, scythe, sickle, or ax; harvest, Matt. 13: 30; abasha, pp., sawed at. abasha, n., a mill; a sawmill. abashli, v. t., to cut at; to cut there or upon with a knife, scythe, or sickle, or an ax, except in cutting wood; to cut with a drawing motion; chanli is to cut with a striking motion. abashpoa, n., a place swept; pa%shpoa, pass., swept, Matt. 12:44; Luke 11: 25. abeha, v. a. i. pl., to be in, Matt. 2: 11; to enter in; okhissa iskitinosi akon hash aiabehashke, enter ye in at the strait gate, Matt. 7: 13; to go in; ont ilabeha- heakon, we go away into, Matt. 8: 31; also, Matt. 12: 45; 14: 22. Passive, albeha, John 6: 22; 21: 3. abeha, pass. pl., put in; put on; rammed in. abeha, a., fraught; full. abeha, n., those which are in or on. abehkachi, v. a. i. pl., to be clothed, Matt. 11: 8; Rev. 7: 9; na fohka hofa- loha abehkachi, Mark 12: 38. abehma, a., farther up; higher up; abehma talalituk, he set up.. See abema. BYINGTON] abehpa [from abeha], v. a. i. dual, to enter; to come in. abeka, n., sickness; disease; malady; illness; a disorder; a distemper; an in- disposition; isht abeka, infection, lit., sick with, or by means of; cause of sickness. abeka, n., the sick; the person or per- sons affected with disease; abeka im- atsha, their sick, Matt. 14: 14. abeka, a., sick; unwell; diseased; in- disposed; out of health; disordered; ill; sickly; unsound; isht abeka, a., in- fected; sick with; neg., ikabeko, salu- brious; not sickly. See Matt. 9: 2. abeka, v. t., to be sick; to be unwell, diseased, or indisposed. abeka, v.a. i., to sicken; isht abeka, sick of, Matt. 8: 6, 14; 9: 6. abeka, pass., distempered. abeka apistikeli, n., a nurse; a watcher. abeka apistikeli, v. t., to watch the sick; to nurse; to tend the sick. abeka chuhmi, a., poorly; sickly; some- what sick. abeka haleli, v. t., to take a disease by infection; to catch sickness. abeka haleli, n., contagion; infection. abeka haleli, a., contagious; infectious; catching. abeka lakna, n., the yellow fever; jaundice; lit., yellow sickness. abeka okpulo, n., a fatal or mortal sick- ness; applied to a pest; a pestilence; a plague; the cholera. abeka shah, u., sickliness; a., sickly. abeka shah, n., an invalid. abeka yatuk, v. t., that were diseased, Matt. 14: 35. abekachi, v. t. caus., to sicken; to make sick; to disease; to distemper; to indis- pose; isht abekachi, v. t., to infect; to sicken by means of; ilabekachi, 2 Sam. 13: 2, 5, 6. abekoma, v. a.i., tobe sickly, as Timoti abekoma, 1 Tim. 5 (heading). abela (from abiti), pp. poled; bushed. abela, n., the place or thing poled or bushed. abel, v. t. pl. of fohki, to put in, Mark 12: 42; to put on; to ring, i.e., to fit with a ring, as the fingers; to stuff. abeli, n., he who puts on or in. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 5 abema, abehma (from aba and ima), v. i, to be half way; to be higher up. abenili, abinili (from u, there, and binili, to sit), v. a. i, to sit down at; to settle at, as in making any place a home. abenili, abinili, abenili, n., a settler; a colonist; the sitting down or meeting, as ata ‘‘cry;’’ a colony, see okla wiha abinili, Acts 16: 12. abenilichi, abinilichi, y. t., to settle; to establish in business or in life, or at any place. abenilichi, abinilichi, n., one that settles another in a place, or in business. abeta, abita, passive of «bili, poled. abi, v. t., to kill, Gen. 37: 26. See abi, from which abi is derived by lengthening the first vowel; abitok an, which killed, Luke 13: 4. abicha, abicheli, u., a tap hole; a bung- hole; a faucet; a spout. abichakali, a., nineteen. abichakaliha, adv., nineteen times; abi- chakaliha pisali kamo, I did see it nineteen times. abicheli, see abicha. abicheli isht akamassa, n., a spigot; a spile. abichkachi, n. pl., tap holes. abila, v. a.i., to thaw, as snow or ice; to thaw there; to melt at or there; pl., abela; (taloa kat sachurkash w abelah— J. E.); tkabilo, or ikabelo, a., undis- solved, where it does not melt. ; abilia, adv., always, John 11: 42. abila, pass. of abiti, poled; bushed; pointed at. abilepa, n., the place aimed at, or pointed at. abitepa, a., seated round. abitepa, v. a. i., to be seated round. abili, v. t. pl., to set in by the ends; to stick; to pole; to bush; to furnish with poles or bushes, as peas or beans. abilibli, v. t. sing., to point at a place or thing, some object. abina, n., a camp; a lodging out of doors with or without a shelter overhead. abina, v.i., to camp; to encamp; to lodge out of doors. abinachi, n., an encampment. 6 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY abinanchi, n., a place where a camp is being made, Josh. 4: 8. [the ed. of 1852 has abinachi]. abinanchi, v. t., to be making a camp at. abinachi, y. t., to make a camp. abinili, abenili (q. v.), v. i. sing., to sit at or on; to settle at. abinili, pass., peopled. abinili, n., a settler, abinili, n., settlement; the place where one sits; a seat; a pew; abinit is con- tracted from abinili. abinilichi, see abenilichi. abinilit nan apesa, abinit nan apesa, n., a judgment seat. abinoli, vy. a. i. pl. of abinili, abinoli, n. pl., settlers. abinoli, n. pl., settlements. abinolichi, v. t. pl., to settle; to estab- lish at a place; to colonize; to cause to take seats, as children or visitors. abinot maya, to sit round. abishlichi, n., a milk pail; any vessel to milk into. abita, see abeta. aboha, n., a house; a building; a dwell- ing; a residence; a cabin; a room; a dome; a domicile; a door, as abohansha, he is indoors; a fabric; a habitation; housing; a lodging; a mansion, Matt, 17: 25; Luke 15: 8; amaboha ya, un- der my roof, Matt. 8: 8. aboha abaska, n., a gaming house; a gambling room, aboha achafa, n., one room; the other room; a single room. aboha afoha, n., an inn; a house of rest. aboha ahoponi,n., a kitchen; a cook room; a galley or caboose on ship- board. aboha aiimpa, n., a dining room; an inn; a tavern; a refectory; an eating house. aboha aio*holmo itiitikoli, 1. pl., raft- ers of a house; sing., «bolt aionholino aboha anusechi, v. t., to entertain; to lodge in a room. , aboha anusi, n., a bedroom; a lodging room; a dormitory; a bower; a cham- ber, 2 Sam. 13: 10. aboha anutaka, n., the place under a house. aboha anutaka kula, n., a cellar. [BULL. 46 aboha apalaska, n., a bake house; a bakery. aboha apisa, n., a glass window; a house window. aboha apisa aialbiha, n., a window sash. aboha apishia, n., a piazza; a veranda; a shed that extends quite round the house. aboha a®shaka okhissa, n., a back door; a door in the rear of a house. aboha atampa, n., an adjoining room; a separate room; a spare room. aboha ayupi, n., a bath room; a bath- ing house. aboha chaha, n., a tower; a high house. aboha chito, n., a hall; a large house. aboha hanta, n., a white house; a house of peace; a senate house; a state house; a fane. aboha hanta okla, n., Congress. aboha holitopa, aboha holitompa (Matt. 26; 69), n., a palace; a temple; a sacred house; a costly house. aboha hoshontika, aboha hoshintika, aboha i"hoshuntika, aboha impata, n., a porch; a piazza; a portico; a ve- randa; a stoop; a gallery, aboha inluksi, n., a house padlock. aboha inpaiasha, n., a larder; a meat house. aboha intula, n., the foundation of a house; the sill. aboha iskitini, n., a cabin; a cot; a hut; a lodge; a small house. aboha isht holmo, n., a roof; a shingle; asplit board. aboha isht holmoali, n., eaves of a house; edge of the roof. aboha isht okhilishta, n., a house door. aboha itabana, pass., built, aga house. aboha itabana, n., a building; a log house. aboha itabanni, vy. t., to build a log house; to put up a house; to raise a log house. aboha itabanni, u., a house raiser; a house builder. aboha itatapa, n., an apartment; an adjoining room; an additional room. aboha itintakla, n., a hall; space way; the place between two or more houses. aboha itipatalhpo, n., a house floor. aboha ititakla, n., the hall, entry, or passage; a space between the houses or the rooms. BYINGTON] aboha kallo, n., a prison; a jail; a cas- tle; afortress; a strong room; a citadel; a dungeon; a prison house; a ward, Matt. 5: 25; 11: 2; 14: 3; 25: 36; Acts 16: 23; hold, Acts 4: 3. aboha kallo apistikeli, n., a jailer; the keeper of a prison. aboha kallo apistikeli, v. t., to keep a jail; to guard a prison. aboha kallo alhpinta, pl., the prison- ers; see Acts 16: 25. aboha kallo chaha, n., a tower. aboha kallo foka, n., imprisonment; incarceration. aboha kallo foka, pp., imprisoned; confined in prison; confined; immured; incarcerated; prisoned. aboha kallo foka, v. i., to lie in jail; to be in prison. aboha kallo foka, n. sing., a prisoner; a jail bird. aboha kallo foki, v. t. sing., aboha kallo apitta, pl., to put in jail; to confine; to immure; to incarcerate; to prison; to imprison; to cast into prison. aboha kallo foki, n., an imprisoner. aboha kinaffi, vy. t., to take down a house. aboha kuchichi, v. t., to unhouse; to turn out of a house; to turn out of doors. aboha mismiki, n., a house with a roof nailed on. aboha nan aiachefa, n., a laundry; a wash room; the room where clothes are washed. aboha nan chukushpa, n., household stuff; furniture; aboha imnan chokushpa, its furniture. aboha nana aiasha,n., a lumber room; a lumber house. aboha pakna, n., roof of a house, Josh 2: 6, 8. aboha toshbi, n., rubbish. abohush atta, n., a cottager. abohushi, n. (dimin.), lit., ‘‘son of a room,’’ a closet, Matt. 6: 6; a cottage; a cot; a small room; a hut. abohushi fohka, pp., closeted; put in a closet. abohushi, fohki, v. t., to closet. abohushi fo"ka, a., being in a closet. aboluktoli, v, t., to surround there. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 7 aboli, n., athicket; a brake; a hedge. aboti, n., a place of deposit; place of laying down anything; a deposit, Mark 12: 41, abotichi, vy. t., to hit, as fani iti oyta- tuk a® abotichi, hit the squirrel that was going up the tree; iti isht pala abotichi, strike the wedge. abonulli, v. t. sing., to roll up in; to fold up in; toinfold; toinwrap; nantannaka- shofa linen achukma ho” abonulli, wrap- ped it in a clean linen cloth, Matt, 27: 59; linen a® abonulli, wrapped him in the linen, Mark 15: 46; na lapushki linen ot abonullit . . . fohhitok, wrapped it in linen and laid it in, Luke 2: 7; 23: 53; natilati on abonulli, Acts 5: 6. abonullichi, v. t. caus., to cause it to be rolled up in; to wrap it up. abonunta, pass. sing., rolled up; being rolled up in; wllosi at natilali on abo- nunta, the babe wrapped in swaddling clothes, Luke 2:12. abonunta, n., a wrapper. abu*kachi, pass. pl., infolded;inwrapped; rolled up in; rolled up. abukbo, n., down, the fine soft feathers of fowls, particularly water-fowls. abunni, v. t. pl., to roll up; to double up. achafa (from ch@fa, to run), v. t. sing., ayilepa, pl. to run after; to run down; achafat abi, to run down and kill. acha®fa, a. (nasal form, from achafa one), being one out of a number. achafoa, a., a few and scattering; here and there one; not many; rare; pre- cious, 1 Sam. 3:1; achafoa, pass., singled out. achafoachi, v. %. caus., to select a few; to take a few; to cause a few to be taken. achafoha, v, i., to be a few; achafonha (nasal form), being a few. achafolechi, achafolichi, v. t. caus., to select a few; to take here and there one; to single out, Matt. 25: 32. achafoli, v. t., to select a few. achaka, n., a continuation. achaka, pass., spliced (from achakalt), continued; itachaka, pass., joined to- gether, reannexed, spliced, united, welded; ikitachako, a., unconnected, not welded. 8 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY achatka, a. (nasal form), succeeding, following, next; itacha™ka, v. a. 1., to join together. achakalechi, v. t., to continue; to add. achakachi, vy. t., to cause to advance. achakalechi, v. t. caus., to continue; to add on; to join to; itachakalechi, v. t., to reannex; achakalinchi (nasal form), to add; to continue; achakalinchimat, he added when, Luke 19: 11. achakali, y. t. sing., to splice; to add to; to new lay an edge tool; applied to putting edge to an ax; to piece; to scarf; to subjoin; to unite; to weld; uachakali, to splice together; to couple; to join; to scarf; hash ilachakali, Matt. GEEK achakali, achakallechi, n., one that splices, or new lays. achakali, v. i. (achakanli, nasal form; achakakanli freq.), to advance, to con- tinue; aba chakali Josh. 5: 13 and akka- chakali, are perhaps formed from this word. achakli, v. t. pl. of achakali, to splice, etc.; alhchaka, pass. sing.; alhchakoa, pass. pl.; dachakli (Heb. 4: 12), ‘Goints;”’ itachakachi, n., a joint; v. t., to splice and join together. achakli, n., one that splices. achaya, v.i., tobe wont; to be accustomed to a place, as animals; wak at achayat taha, the cattle are wont; ikachayo, a., unwonted. achatya, n., a cutting block; a chopping block; place cut, or wounded; a gash made by an ax; pass., wounded at, or there; n., a wound. achayachi, v. t. caus., to accustom a creature to a place so that it will stay there; to wont; to habituate to a place. achaba, asalbash, asachap, asalhchap, hahchaba, n., a log foot-bridge; a log lying across a creek on which to pass over. [ahchap is the word for footlog in use among the Mississippi Choc- taw.—H. 8. H.] achafa, achaffa, n., oneness; singleness; aunit; unity. achafa, a., one; the other; another; a; an; certain; individual; particular; sim- ple; single; sole; undivided, Matt. 8: 18; 12:6; 17: 4; salap achafa, one; nan- ashachi achgfa, Luke 15:7; hatak (BULL. 46 achafa, a man, a certain man, Luke 15: 11; ninak achafa, a night, or all night. achafa,.v. n., to be one; to be single; achafa yoke, itis one; imachafa, for him one, or, he has one; ikachgfo, neg. form, not one; ibaiachafa, Matt. 5: 25; achatfa, nasal form. achafa, v. a. i., ishachafa; isht ilachafa, Gen. 1:11; achafali, I make one; I do one; achafa sia, I am one. achafa atampa, a., plural; more than one. achafa yuka, a., dist. pro., each one; achafa aiyukat kohchat ihizya mat, John 8: 9; achafa aiyukali, every one, Josh. 6: 5; hatak achafaiyukali, man by man, Josh. 7: 16. achafahpi (from achafa and ahpi), v. a. i, to be the first one; the being the first one: achafampi; nasal form and a., neither; with a neg., achafampi keyu; achafampi kia keyu, not either; not even one; not the first one. achafali, v. t., to give one; to do one; to single out one, Matt. 6: 24; Gen. 2: 21; achafalichit atimhotofahian alhpe- sahatok, for of necessity he must re- lease one, Luke 23: 17. achafalichi, v. t., to select out one; to make one of all, Eph. 1: 10. achafalit, adv., achafalit ishi, each one take; individually take; achafalit in- nukkilli cha, or individually, Luke 16: 13; achafat, an abbreviation; achafat ofi at abi, for achafalit oft at abi, the dog singled out one and killed it. achafoa (see achafoa), John 8: 9 [in the printed edition achafa]. achafona, a. (from achafa one, and ona to reach to), even one; as much as one; perhaps one, Matt. 5: 30; 6: 29, 10: 29; 18: 6, 10, 12. achafonachi, v. t., to make one; to select out one, Luke 9: 36. achakaya, n., an spliced on. achakaya, a., spliced at. achanaiya, y. i., siachanaiya hoka (per- haps a misprint for siahanaiva hoka; see ahinna). achapi, ahchapi, v. t., to play at a cer- tain game of chance in vogue among the Choctaw. This isan ancient game, not in much use now; pass., glhchapi. addition, piece BYINGTON] achapi, n., a player of the above; one that plays; the play. achchukmali, vy. t., intensive form, Matt. 17: 11; to improve; to repair; to make good; to ameliorate; to benefit; to better; to rectify; to regulate; to sub- stantiate; iaiachukmali, to justify him- self, yammak ashot ilaiaachukmali banna kat, he is willing to justify himself; Luke 10: 29. acheba, a., mischievous; troublesome. acheba, v. n., to be mischievous. achebachi, vy. a. i., to preserve; to hold out. achefa, ahchifa (q. v.), v. t., to wash; to cleanse, Matt. 15:2; pass., ahchifa, to be washed, Mark 7:5; ilaiachifa, to wash one’s self, John 2:6; to purify; pass., alhchefa, John 13: 10; tkahchifo, un- washen, Matt. 15: 20; alhchefa, pp., washed. achelita, see achillita. achi, v. a.i., to say; to speak; to call; to assert; to declare; to answer; quoth (as quoth he; quoth I); to rehearse; to suggest; to utter; John 1: 21; 3: 1; 4: 25; 1 Sam. 9: 9. aiachi pro., ahanchi, freq., Matt. 7: 27, 28; aiahanchi, pro. and freq. achi atsha, to besaid; this is an expression, not the passive form of achi; achitok an atshashke, Luke 4: 12; ikacho, not to say, the neg. form of achi; tkacho, a., undetermined; unsaid. ach- ishke, they say, Matt. 11: 19. achit, adv., or a verb, to say and; when two verbs are thus united the first has an adverbial sense as in Heb., achit anumpuli, really to say; really to speak; to say what he means; lit., he says and speaks; achit hochifo, to call by name; lit., he saysand names. achit anoti, v., to speak freely; without fear; lit., he says and declares. achi, n., a maxim; a saying. achi, n., a rehearser. achi®, chi”, sign of the instant or imme- diate future of the indicative mood, but it does not mean purpose or inten- tion; it simply expresses futurity as to time; shall, will. achiba, a., slow, laborious, tedious, be- lated, hard, late, Mark 2: 9; occupying some time; see ahchiba. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 9 achiba, v. n., to be slow, laborious, or tedious; ahchieba, pro. form of ahchiba. achibachi, v. t. caus., to cause to be slow, tudious, or troublesome. achibali, y. t., to render tedious; to pro- tract; to draw out; chiksamahchibalo kia, “trouble me not,’’ Luke 11: 7. achifa, see achefa. achik, fut.sign, will, shall; sameas chin; as ialachik, I will go; anumpulachik, he will speak. achike, adv., probably will be, and sign of imp. in a mild sense. achiletali, v. t. caus., to make fierce. achillita, n., eagerness. achillita, achelita, achilita, vy. n., to be fierce, zealous, engaged, resolute, or unflinching, Matt. 11: 11; achillinta, nasal form. achillita, a., fierce; zealous; resolute; eager. achillita, pass., rendered fierce; made resolute. achillitachi, v. t. caus., to make fierce. achilanlichi, see chilanlichi. achini, ady., likely; probably; seemingly; apparently. achini, v. n., to seem so; to appear. ahchini, to be certainly so; when not be- fore known; to be certain after inquiry is made, Deut. 17: 4; aka itulatuk achinitok, unexpectedly, but so, 1 Sam. 5: 8, 4; see chini. achinto, a., from chito, being large when others are small; anumpa na yukpali achinto fehna, ‘‘good tidings of great joy,”’ Luke 2: 10. achintok (a sign of tense), was to be, should have to be, compounded of re- mote past and instant future. achintuk (tense sign), was to be, should have to be, as ialuchintuk, I was to have gone. achishi, v. t., to scent; to smell, as dogs. achishi imponna, a., sagacious, as a dog in smelling. achohmi, see achuhmi. achokushpa, pass., to be accused, belied, or slandered. achokushpa, a., slanderous. achokushpachechi, y. t., to cause a person to be slandered. achokushpalechi, y. t., to slander; to tattle. 10 achokushpalechi, n., a slanderer; a tattler. achokushpali, v. t., to slander; to tattle; to backbite; to accuse. achokushpali, n., a slanderer; a back- biter. achokushpachi, pp., to be slandered. achokushpachi, a., slandered. achosha, pp., to be inserted, ay an ax in wood or a plow in the earth. achoshuli, v. t. sing., to insert; to set in endwise, asa cog or aspoke in the hub or nave of a wheel, or a linchpin; achushli, pl. achoshunni, achoshoninchi, v. a. i., to grow, as a young peach.—Jackson. achowa, v. t. to differ; to disagree; to dispute; to contend in conversation. itachowa, the reciprocal form is often used; to contend; to brangle; to dis- pute; to debate; to fall out; to jangle; to quarrel; to strive; to vary; to wran- gle. itachoa, n., a broil; a dispute; a feud. itachoa, n., a disputant, ttacho- wachi, to cause to differ. itachoachi, n., an incendiary; one who inflames a fac- tion. achuhmi, achohmiy, v. i., to be thus, or so. achiyuhmi, achoyuhmi. pro. form. achuka, y. a. i., to dwell at; to reside at; to keep house at; see Josh. 2: 15; itinchuka, reciprocal form; to dwell to- gether; to keep house for each other as husband and wife; itachuka, v. a. i., to keep house together; itinchuka, n., a husband or a wife; itinchukali, my hus- band or my wife, as the case may be; generally used by the woman when speaking of her husband to others; achoyuka, pro, form of achuka. achukbi, achukbika, place of a corner; achukbeli, pl., corners, Rev. 7: 1. achukma, pass., improved; bettered; mended; rectified; redressed; refined; regulated; made good. achukma, a. pl. hochukma, good; excellent; benevolent; kind; gracious; choice; sound; sterling; substantial; useful; valid; virtuous; well; accept- able; sound; wholesome; whole, Luke 6: 10; handsome; courteous; deli- cate; delicious; delightful; decent; ele- gant; esteemed; exquisite; fair; fine; finical; generous; genuine; gracious; BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 healthful; healthy; honest; nice; per- fect; pleasant; pretty; respectable; rep- utable; righteous; royal; salutary; sane; serviceable; ikachukmo, a. neg., not good; bad; degenerate; disastrous; evil; gross; injurious; offensive; pre- posterous; sinful; troublous; unapt; un- comely; uncomfortable; unfavorable; ungenial; unhealthy; unholy; unjust; unlawful; unlovely; unpleasant; un- profitable; unrighteous; unwholesome; unworthy; ikimachukmo, a., unaccepta- ble. achukma, n., goodness; excellence; excellency; fairness; good; pureness; purity; safety; soundness; virtue; weal; peace, 2 Kings 9: 17, 18, 19; nana achukma, n., grace; a good deed; nana achukma kan, Matt. 12:11; aiachukma, n., Matt. 6: 34. achukma, v. a. i., to act good; to do well, Matt. 6: 4; to be good, Matt. 6: 22; ishachukma, thou doest well. achukma, y. n., to be good or excellent; pimachukmashke, Matt. 17: 4; ikachuk- mo, neg.; achutkma, nasal form; acho- hunkma, freq.; achoyukma, pro. form; imachukma, to be good for him; v. t., to love to delight, 2 Sam. 24: 3; itina- chukma, to be good to each other. achukma, ady., finely; soundly; ih- achukmo, adv., ill. achukma ahoba, a., specious; seemingly good. achukma aiati, a., prime. achukma a™sha, n., welfare; a., well. achukma atapa, a., supereminent. achukma fehna, a., very good; rare. achukma i®shaht tali, u., best; first rate; in the superlative degree. achukma itshali, a., better; preferable; superfine; supereminent; transcendent. achukma keyu, a., not good; unad- visable. achukma moma, a., unimpaired. achukmatka, n., a good condition of health; the goodness (well, as to health.) achukmatka, y. n., to be well, or in health. achukmalechi, v. t. caus., to make good; to repair; to heighten; to better; to improve; to mend; to redress; to re- fine; to make peace. achukmalechi, n., a repairer. BYINGTON] achukmali, n., an improver; a repairer. achukmalit, adv., diligently, Matt. 13: 36; 15: 15; Luke 15: 8; ‘‘in order,’’ Josh. 2: 6; achukmalit imaponoklotok, inquired of them diligently, Mati. 2:7. achukmalit ashachi, y. t., to dispose; to lay away with. achukmalit pisa, v. t., to scrutinize. achukmat, adv., well; orderly; plainly; securely. achukmat anoli, v. t., to depict. achukmat apesa, v. t., to arrange. achukmat alhpisa, pass., arranged; ad- justed rightly. achukmat boli, v. t., to hoard; to lay up well. achukmat i?shat isht ia, v. a. i., to improve. achukoa, n., an entrance; an entry; a passage into. achumpa, n., a market; a place for purchasing or buying; the place where bought. achunanchi, v. a. i., to persevere; to continue; to make an effort; to endure; to persist; to plod; to strive; to weather; see Matt. 10: 22. achunanchi, «a., ardent; persevering; close; keen; pertinacious; sedulous; un- wearied; tkachunancho, a., unconstant. achunanchiy, n., perseverance; resolution. achunanchit pisa, a., studious. achunli, y. t., to sew; to darn; to stitch; itachunli, reciprocal; to sew together; to list; to sew; to tack together. achunli, n., sewing; stitching, achunli, n., a sewer; a seamstress. ue achutsha, v. n., pass. of achoshuli, to stand in, or hang by one end, as an arrow to a wounded deer, or asa linch- pin. achutsha, a., hanging in, achushka®chi, v. n, pl., to stand on end, as spokes in the hub of a wheel. achushkanchi, nasal form, being placed in. achushkachi, pass., inserted; placed in. achushli, pl., see achoshuli. achushoa, pass. pl., inserted. achyshoa, v. n., to stand in. ; achushoa, n. pl., those which stand in, , as spokes, cogs, etc, achu?wa, ahchu"wa, pp., sewed; a., sewed; united by stitches; seamed. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 11 afabi, a., left; left handed. afabi, n., a left-handed person, afabi, v. i., to be left handed. afacha, v. n., to be fast, close, tight, or shut; itafacha, v. a. i., to lock; to fas- ten it together. afacha, afancha, pass., fastened; latched; isht afacha, fastened with; n., a latch; a hasp. afachali, sing., afashli pl., afashkachi pass., to fasten; to latch; to hasp; afasha, pass. pl., latched; fastened. afachali, n., a fastener; one that makes fast or firm. afahama, Vv. t., to strike at or on. afahama, n., the place smitten or struck. afahata, Vv. a. i., to swing in, on, or at. afahata, n., a swing; the place where the thing swings. afalama, v. a. i., to turn at; to return, Luke 2: 43; to relapse; to return from; to turn back at. afalama, n., a return; the place at which one turns back; a relapse. afalamaka,n., the place or point of turning back; the return. afalamichi, afalaminchi (nasal form), vy. t., to answer; to reply; to make return, I Sam. 2:16; Josh. 1: 16; 4:7; Matt. 8: 8; 11:4; 18:14; 17:11; John 3:5; Gen. 40: 18; afalaminchit ikmiho- kitok, he answered nothing, Matt. 27: 12. afalapoa, adv.; afalapoat pisa, to behold sideways; to look sidelong. afalapoli, v. a. i., to look at a thing sideways; to ogle (in a woman). afalapa, v.a.i., to be obscure or doubled over (applied to language). afalapa, v. a.i., to place the head on the side of, as of a tree; to listen toa bell at a distance. afama, v. a.i., v. t., to meet; to join; to come across, Matt. 8: 28, 34; Josh. 2: 16; 8: 5; 9: 11, 12; siafama, he met me; itafama, to meet with; to meet to- gether; to meet each other; to en- counter; to light upon; itafamali, I met with him; aiitafama, to meet with each other at; to meet together at, or there; afamahe keyu, a., will not meet. afama, n., one that meets; also the name of a man, a meeter; afamat abi, to meet at and kill. 12 afana, pass., staked (as a fence). afanalechi, afanalechi (from a stem afanali), v. t., to see into; to search; to make search; afanalechitithana, to search and know, Rev. 2: 23. afanali, y. t., to direct; to guide. afananchi, v. a. i., to look through a hole; to peepor peek; afanantat hikikina, vy. a. i, to be peeping; to stand about and peep. afanata, n., ahelmsman; the man at the helm. afancha, see afacha. afataha, n., a place to swing in or at; a swing. afataiya, v. a.i., to be crosswise—like okfowata, okfoata, or okhoata (q. v.). afabeka, n., the left hand. afabekimma, a., sinister; left handed. afabekimma, adv., to the left hand; on the left hand; alhfabeka, is also used in Luke 23: 33. afama (from fammi, to whip); n., a whaling; a whipping post. afammaiyukali, adv., annually; yearly; each year. afammi, n., a year; also a yearling, Josh. 5: 6, 12; ilappat afammi atuchina makon, ‘‘these three years,’ Luke 13: 7; afammi pokoli untuchina akocha ushta, 84 years, Luke 2: 37. afammi, v. i, to be a year, as ont afammi. afammi achafa, n., one year; a twelve- month; aeanane hosh afammikma, ‘‘from year to year.’ afammi hannali, a., sexennial. afammi hannalikma, a., sexennial; when it is six years. afammi iklanna, n., half a year. afammi iklanna, a., semiannual. afammi iklannakma, advy., semian- nually. afammi talepa achafa, n., a century. afammi tatepa achafakma, adv., every century; every hundred years. afammi tatepa sipokni achafa, n., a thousand years; the millennium. afammi tuchinakma, a., triennial. afammi untuklo, -a., septennial. afammi untuklokma,a., septennially. afammikma, ady., yearly; annually; every year, Luke 2: 41. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 afammikma ilhpeta, n., a pension; a yearly allowance or gift. afammikma ilhpitachi, v. t., to pen- sion. afanalechi, see afanalechi. afashkachi, pass. pl., fastened; latched; from afashii. afashkachi, n. pl., cogs. afashli, pl. of afachali, to fasten; to aa alhfasha or afashkachi, pass. afebli, v. t., to dent in deep, as into the skull, or ‘anything hard like a gourd shell. afehna, v.i., to be very; mihma nukowa- kan afehna mat, Luke 6: 11, 45. (These references are to the first translation of Luke.) afehnichi, afehnachi, v.t., to praise; to extol; to make much of; to laud. afekommiz, v. i., to be mischievous; to be impatient. afekommi, a., mischievous; impatient; isht afekommi, v. t., to tease with; to worry with. afekommichi, vy. t. caus., to make mis- chievous. afena, v. a. i. sing., to come up; to rise when pried. afena, pass. sing., pried up; raised up by prying. afenali, v. t. pl., topry up; (afinni, sing. ; afikachi, pass. pl.). afepa, v. i. and pass. of afebli. afepoa, pl. of afebli. afetapa, v. i., to be hurt by accident. afetapa, n., an accidental injury. afetibli, v. t. sing., to ensnare; to en- chant; afetipoli, pl. afetibli, n., an ensnarer; an enchanter. afetipa, pp., enchanted; greatly inter- ested; see affelipa. afetipa, v. i., to be enchanted. afetipa, n., enchantment. afetipoa, pass. pl., enchanted. afetipoa, v. i. pl., to be enchanted. afetipoa, n., enchantings. afetipoli, v. t. pl., to ensnare; to en- chant. afetipoli, n. pl., enchanters, afitkachi, pass. pl. of afenali, to be pried up; pried. afilema, v. a. i., to relapse; to backslide; to turn over back. BYINGTON) afilema, n., a relapse. afilemoa, v. a. i. pl. of afilema. afilemoa, n., relapses. afilimmi, v.a. i. sing., to relapse; to turn back; to turn over; afilammi is to turn away to the right or left. afilimmichi, v. t. caus., to cause a relapse or turning back. afinni, v. t. sing., to pry; to turn the helm; to turn a boat by the helm; afinnit aba isht ia, to pry up; to pry and take up. afinnit abishtia, v. t., to pry. afisa, n. (from English ‘‘officer’’), an officer, Gen. 39: 1. afoa, v. t., to scuffle for; to contend; to resist; to force, 1 Sam. 2: 16; itima- foa, to scuffle together; to contend; to contest with each other; iafoa, n.,con- tumacy. afoa, affoa (q. v.), pp., wound around; nantapasti noshkobo isht afoatuk ato, the napkin that was about his head, John 20: 7. afoachi, n., a wrapper; an envelope. afobli, afopli, v. a. i, to go round; to pass around; to encircle. afoblichi, v. t. caus., to cause to wind or go round. afoha, n., arest; a place of rest; a har- bor, Josh. 1:13, 15; afohahe a” hash ahauchahimakoke, ‘‘ye shall find rest,’’ Matt. 11: 29. afoha, v. i., to rest at, on, in, or there; afohahe, Matt. 12: 43. afohachi, v. t. caus., to give rest at, on, in, or there. afohka, afoka, n., a pocket; a case; a place into which a single thing is put. afohka, afoka, pass., put in at; placed in there; afoyuka, ‘‘ conceived in her,”’ Matt. 1: 20. afohka, v. i., to go in at; to go in there. afohkachi, v. t. caus., to put in; to cause to go in. afohkechi, afokkechi, v. t., to cause to go into a path or river. afohki, v. t., to put in. afohoma, n., a hem; a rim; a band; a welt. afohoma, pp., hemmed, rimmed, lined, welted. afohommi, v. t., to hem; to rim; to put on a rim or hoop at the border; A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 13 to line; to welt a shoe; to rima basket; afoti, pl., q. v. afohommi, n., one who makes a hem or rim. 3 afoka, afohka, pp., put in; aforhka, nasal form. afoka, afohka, n., a case. afolakto, v. i., to be forked at, as the limbs of a tree or as a road. afolakto, n., a fork; the place where there is a fork. afolakto, pass., forked. afolaktochi, afolaktuchi, v. t. caus., to make a fork. afolaktua, v. i. pl., to be forked. afolaktua, n., forks. afolaktua, pass., forked. afolaktuli, v. t. pl., to make forks there or at. afolokachi, see fullokachi. afololichi, v. t. sing., to surround; to turn about at. afolota, afoluta, afullota, v. a. i., to go round at; to take a circuit there or at; afolotoa, pl. afolota, pass., taken round at; afolotoa, pl. afolota, afullota, n., the circuit; the extent round; a range; afolotoa, n. pl. of afolota. afolotachi, caus. sing., to compass, Josh. 6:3, 7. afolotolichi, v. t. pl. of afololichi. afolotowachi, v. t. caus. pl., to lead round; to take round. afolubli, v. a. i., to encircle; to surround; to environ, Josh. 7: 9; aiimpa ya” afo- luplit echiya, wasit to surround; afolublit binohmatyatok, ‘‘sat about him,”’ Mark 3: 32. afolupa, pp., encircled; afolumpa (nasal form), as afolumpa yakni moma ka, “round about,’’? Mark 1: 28. afoluplichi, v. t. caus., to encircle; to surround; to cause others to surround. afoluta, see afolota. afoli, v. t. pl., to wind round; to roll round; to wrap round; to involve; to in- wrap; to reel; to rim; to swathe; to twine; to wind; alhfoa, affoa, pass., nantapaski yosh isht alhfoyukatok, was bound about with a napkin, John 11:44; nantapaski noshkobo isht afoatuk ato, the napkin that was about his head, John 20: 7, 14 afotichi, v. t. caus., to cause to be wound; to make them wind; to turn; to whirl; to furl. afopa, v. a. i., to be around. afotoha, n., an auger hole, the place where it is bored; a mill, the place where it is ground; a grist mill; tanch afotoha, a corn mill. afotoha, pass., ground at; bored at. afotoli, v. t., to bore at or there; to grind ator there. This word describes the motion round in grinding and bor- ing, and a means place where. afoyua, afoyuha, (pp. from afoi, to wind round; from afoa or affoa, pp.) lengthened form, wound round. See John 11: 44 (alhfoyuha in the last translation). afulli, v. t., to stir a liquid and to thicken food while cooking, as mush, and tanfula, Indian hominy; affula, alhfula, pass. form. afullichi, vy. t. caus., to make or cause to stir. afullota, see afolota. ah, int., oh!, calling attention, like hark! listen! ath, adv., yes, it is; one form of the verb to be and in the third person; siah, I am; chiah, thou art; ah, he is; it is; hatuk, it was; a®h is nasalized to make it distinctive, or definite like am+h, the substantive verb being added. ahabli, ahapli, n., a stirrup; a step; a stepping place; u degree; a pace; a treadle belonging to a loom, 1 Kings 10: 19. ahabli, v. t., to tread there; to tread on; to trample; ahati, pl. ahabli, pass., trodden on; ahata, pl. ahablichi, y. t. sing., to tread into the ground; to make one tread on it; ahalichi, pl., Matt. 7:6; Luke 10: 19; also Rev. 11: 2. ahablichi, n., a treader; ahatlichi, pl. ahath, n., a negative; a negation. ahath, adv., no; not so; a decided nega- tive; nay; aha, 2 Sam. 13: 12. ahah achi, vy. a. i., to say no; to refuse; to deny; to negative. ahah ahni, y. a.i., to take heed; to be cautious; to beware of; to be careful; to take care; to be watchful; to heed; to look; to see; ahah hashimahnashke, BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 Matt. 7: 15. aha™h hashaiahni, Matt. 16: 6, 11; algo Matt. 6: 1; 8:4; Mark 8: 15; ahah ikahno, v. a. i. neg. form, not to take heed. ahah ahni, a., mindful; scrupulous; so- licitous; vigilant; careful; cautious; wary; circumspect; considerate; ahah tkahno, ahah ahni iksho, a., careless; heedless; incautious; inconsiderate; reckless; unguarded; unmindful; un- wary. ahah ahni, ady., warily; carefully. ahah ahni, n., a caution; care; heed. ahah ahni iksho, a., heady; careless; supine. [This may be used also as a noun, meaning heedlessness, etc.— H. 8. H.] ahah ahni iksho, adv., loosely. ahah ahni keyu, n., rashness. ahah ahnit impa, n., regimen; or to eat with care. ahah ikahno, n., mistrust. ahah imahni, v. t., to take heed of him; to look out for him; to beware of him, Matt. 7: 15. ahaklo, u., a hearing. ahaksa hinla, a., pardonable. ahaksi, v. n., v. t., to forget; not to notice; to neglect; to omit; holisso ha® siahaksi, I forgot the book. ahaksi, n., an excuse. ahaksi, pass., forgotten; overlooked; neglected; excused; pardoned. ahaksichi, v. t., to overlook; to miss; to neglect; to excuse; to forgive; to omit, Matt. 23: 23; achafa kamo aha- ksicha hinla, Luke 16: 13; holisso hat pisalahetuk osh ahaksichili, the book which I should have studied I neg- lected. : ahaksichi, n., one that forgets, over- looks, neglects, misses; a forgiver; a pardoner. ahaksichi shati, a., remiss; very for- getful. ahaksit kania, n., oblivion. ahalaia, v. a. i., to meddle; ahalaiali keyu, I have no interest, Luke 12: 9. (See below. ) ahalaia, n., a meddler. ahalaia, ahalaya, v. a. i., to be inter- ested; to have a care or concern, or in- terest; to pertain; Luke 15: 7; nanta hot isht ishpiahalaia cho? what hast thou to do with us? Matt. 8:29; ahalan- BYINGTON] ya, Matt. 13: 11: 16: 23; siahalaia keyu, Iam not interested; iwahalaia keyu, we are not interested; amahalaia; isht ahalaia, v. t., to care about; to havea concern orinterestin; to have todo with, Luke 4: 34; to concern; to interest; isht ikahalaio, a., disinterested; isht ahalaia keyu, a., impertinent; v. n., to be im- pertinent. : ahalaia, a., interested; concerned; med- dlesome; rightful; ikahalaio, ahalaia, keyu, a., neutral; uninterested; free Matt. 17: 26; itimahalaia, interested in each other; itimahalaia, n., inter- course; mutual interest. ahalaia, n., a concern; an interest. ahalalli, n., a shaft; a thill; a trigger; a handle; a bail; a button; a knob; a hilt. ahalalli, v. t., to take hold of, or at, or there. ahalupa, n., the edge; the place which is sharp; iskifa ahalupa, the edge of an ax. ahalupa anukpilefa, n., a feather edge; an edge that is turned up. ahalupa anukpilefa, a., feather edged. ahalupa anukpilifi, v. t., to turn up the edge. ahama, n., ointment; oil for the pur- pose of anointing; unction; pa%sh aha- ma, hair ointment, Matt. 26: 9, 12; nan ahama, ointment, Mark 14: 3; Luke 7: 37; John 12:5. ahama, n., anointing. 1 John 2: 27. See 1 John 2: 20, where unction is trans- lated as a verb. ahama, pass., anointed; oiled; smeared or rubbed over with oil; wak nia ahama, pass., tallowed; greased; ointed; nan ahamat imalhtoka, his anointed, 1 Sam. 2:10. ahauchi, ahayuchi, v. t., to find; to dis- cover; to acquire; to furnish; to have, John 3:36 [?]; togain; to meet; to pro- cure; to provide; ikahayucho, Matt. 12: 43; 16:25; 18:13; Josh. 2:22; Luke 15: 4, 5, 6, 8, 9; Matt. 2: 8;7: 7, 8; 10: 39; 13: 44; imahauchi, to furnish him; ilahauchi, to furnish or find himself (with provisions, tools, etc.); isht ila- hauchi, v. t., to make (as money); to furnish himself by means of; haiaka, pass., found, Luke 15: 32; isht dahauchi, pass., profited by means of. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 15 ahauchi, n., a finder; a gainer; a pro- curer. ahaya, a., v. n., sufficient to fill a hole; filling a place or hole; also tkahayo, neg. form and most used, not being large enough to fill, as shapo a” ikahayo. ahayu, v. t., to find; found in a man’s name; Ahayutabi. ahata, pp. pl. of ahabli, trodden down; trodden on; trampled. ahali, v. t. pl., to tread on; to trample on. ahali, see ahabli. ahatichi, pl. of ahablichi, to tread into the ground; to make them tread on it, or them; to tread under foot. ahatichi, n. pl., treaders; tramplers; ahalinchi, nasal form. ahammi, v. t., to anoint; 2 Cor. 1: 21; Matt. 6: 17; Mark 14: 8; 16: 1; Luke 7: 46; Rev. 3: 18; to smear with grease or oil; to grease; to rub gently; to oil himself or another thing; to embro- cate; to gum; to iron; to oil; to oint; isht ahammi cha, anointed with and, John 11: 2; chinoshkobo ishahammi cha, anoint thy head and, Matt. 6: 17; ahammoli, pl.; tali hata isht ahammoli, to wash over with melted silver. ahammi, n., unction. ahammichi, vy. t. caus., to cause to anoint; to anoint another person; isht ahammichitok, he anointed him with, Acts 10: 38. ahapi, ahe api, n., a potato vine. athatak, athatak, n.,my husband, ormy man; chivhatak, thy husband; thy man. When the pronoun is prefixed, hatak has the meaning of husband. [From my experience and observation the word for ‘‘man”’ is always pronounced hattak, never hatak.—H. 8. H.] ahbichakali, v. n., to be nineteen. ahbichakali, v. a. i., to make 19, as il- ahbichakali, we make 19, or are 19. ahbichakali, a., nineteen; XIX; 19. ahbichakaliha, adv., nineteen times. ahchapi, see achapi. ahchiba, n., tediousness; irksomeness; a task. ahchiba, achiba, (q. v.), a., tedious; slow; disadvantageous; tiresome; trou- blesome; difficult; irksome; laborious; wearisome, Matt. 9: 5, 16 ahchibali, v. t., to trouble; to weary; chiksamahchibalo kia, ‘‘trouble me not,’’ Luke 11: 7; also Mark 5: 35. ahchifa, achefa, y. t., to wash; to lave; to rinse; alhchefa, pp. abchifa, n., a wash. ahchihpo, akchihpo, n., a drift; a float. ahchishi, vy. a. i. and vy. t., to scent; to smell the track; to follow by the scent; to wind. ahchishi, n., scent. ahchu™wa, see achunia. ahe, ahi, he, sign of remote fut. tense of the indicative mood—shall, will; as ahi oke, and -ahe tuk, should have; it means future time simply, and not purpose or intention. ahe, n., apotato; asweet potato; a yam. athe, he, adv., almost, Acts 7: 17; etalathe, we have almost finished them or it; ilona”he, we have almost arrived there; athusi and athesi (q. v.) are diminutives of athe. ahe aholokchi, u., a potato patch; a place where potatoes are planted. ahe alhpusha, n., a roasted potato. ahe api, n., a potato vine. ahe bunto, ahe munto, n., a potato hill. ahe buntuchi, ahe muntuchi, v. t., to make potato hills. ahe hobiy, v. t., to boil potatoes. ahe holbi, n., a boiled potato; a steamed potato. ahe ibish, n., a potato hill. ahe inchuka, n., a potato house. ahe kamassa, ahkamassa, n., a wild potato; a hard potato. ahe kashaha, n., a yam; a potato which has a good relish. ahe keyu, adv., shall not; can not; must not; will not. ahe lumbo, n., a round potato; an Irish potato. ahe hoba and iksahe, a Six- towns word. ahe pata okla, n., name of the Choc- taws belonging to the northeast district of the Nation. The name is said to have been given them from the fact that at an early immigration they found a place where there were many wild potatoes—paia means spread out. But others explain this name in other ways. ahe pehna, n., seed potatoes, BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY (BULL. 46 ahe shua, n., a rotten potato. aheka, v. t., toowe; to bein debt; to get on trust; imaheka, to owe him; his debtor; pimaheka, Matt. 6: 12; issam- aheka, or aheka issamintakali, you owe me; chimahekali, I owe you; timaheka, to owe each other; aheka amittakanli, to be due me from him; see ahecha in ilappa momaka nana issamahechishke, all these things are against me, Gen. 42:36; ahekaimhoyo, v.t., todun; tolook after a debt; to seek of him a due, that which he owes; aheka itannali, to col- lect debts. aheka atobbahe keyu, a., in- solvent; unable to pay hisdebts. aheka atobbahinla, a., solvent. aheka, n., Luke 7: 41; a debt; a due; an obligation; a charge; a duty; a score, Rom. 13: 8; Matt. 18: 24; waheka, our debts, Matt. 6: 12. aheka, pass., v. n., trusted; owed; due; credited; obtained on credit. aheka iksho, a., unindebted; out of debt. aheka imasha, n., adebtor, Luke 16: 5. aheka intakanli, v. t., to owe him, Matt. 18: 28; Luke 16: 5; Philem. 18; aheka intakanlili, I owe him; aheka an- takanli, he owes me:a., indebted; ahekat takali, pass., charged. aheka ishi, n., a creditor. aheka takalichi, v. t., toscore; to enter a debt; to charge with a debt. aheka takanli, a., due. aheka takanli, n., arrear; arrears; ar- rearage; balances remaining due; a due. ahekachi, vy. t., 1. to sell on credit; to trust; to get another in debt; to credit; to charge; chiahekacheli, I trust you; issiahekachi, you trust me; ttimahekachi, to trust each other. 2. To buy on credit; “to run in debt;’’ to get on credit, as by purchase. ahekachit holissochi, v. t., to debit; to trust and write it. ahekachi, n., a creditor; a seller on credit; a buyer on credit, nan ahekachi. ahekachi, ahhekachi, ahheka, adv., lengthwise (of cloth); abaiyachi, length- wise, of a field; n., the length. athesi, a"husi, adv., almost; very near; nearly; tahathesi, nearly done, or gone. aheto, ady., will not; can not; shall not; wmbaheto, it will not rain, BYINGTON] ahetok, sign of the remote fut. perf., would have; should have; would have been. achukmahetok, it would have been well. ahetuk, sign of the recent fut. perf.; mintahetuk, he should have come. The first syllable a unites with the last syl- lable of the preceding word, which is according to the usage of the language, or, rather, the last syllable of the pre- vious word is elided; thus—chumpa, to buy, chumpahetuk; minti, to come, min- tahetuk; haklo, to hear, haklahetuk. ahheka, n., the length, as of a piece of cloth; see ahekachi. ahhekachi, n., the length. See ahekachi. ahi, see «he. ahika, n., a station; a stand; a post; a degree. ahika, v. i. sing., to stand at, or in; to stand there; ahivka, nasal form., stand- ing in, or at, asa stick in a hole or an arrow in the side; uski naki at issi ak om ahikia, the arrow stands in the deer. ahikia, n., a station; an estate; a footing. ahikiat anumpuli, n., a pulpit; the place where anyone stands and talks. ahikma, as alhtaha™hikma, if it is nearly ready. ahilechi, n., an establishment; a place where anything is set up. ahila, n., a place where persons dance; from hila, to dance; and a, adv., at, there; aboha ahita, a ball room. ahitla, v. a. i., to dance at, or on. ahinla, sign of the potential mood, pres- ent tense; can, may, shall (in a mild sense). The final syllable of the verb is elided before ahinla. hashhomincha- hinla cho? will ye season it, eh? cf. Mark 9: 50. ahinlatok, past tense; could have, might have, may or can have. ahinlatuk, recent past tense; could have, might have. ahinna, ahina, v. t., v. a. i., to tend; to watch (as with the sick); to keep com- pany; to be the companion of another person; to stay with, to guard. ahingt apela hioka imikbilashke, I will make an helpmeet for him; chiahinnali, I keep you company; ‘ssiahinna, you are company for me; you stay with 84339°—Bull. 46—15——2 A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE iv me; itahinna, to keep company or be pledged together; to consort together. ahinna, pass., to be pawned; pawned; pledged. ahinna, n., security; a pledge; com- pany; a companion; surety; itahina, a companion; an escort; a watcher. ahinnachi, v. t., to pawn; to pledge; to cause to be the companion of another. ahinnia, ahiniya, vy. i., to relish much; to be fond of. ahkamassa, see ahe kamassa. ahmpi, see ahpi. ahni, ahli, v. a. i., v. t., to think; to ex- pect; to fear; to hope; to wish; to pre- sume; to calculate; to design; to desire, Matt. 16: 1; also, to seek, Matt. 16: 4; to aim at; to notice; to observe; to will; to care for; to contemplate; to count upon, Matt. 14:5; to destine; to dis- pose; to entertain; to incline; to in- tend; to like; to mark; to mean; to notice; to purport; to purpose; to reckon; to remark; to see; to tend; aba anumpa ahni, to seek or desire the gos- pel, or religion; chimahni, to desire of thee; chiahni, to think or to wish thee; alhpesa ahni, to comply; yohmi imahni, y. t., to suspect concerning him; yohmi tkimahno, a., unsuspected; nana okpulo imahni, v. t., toexecrate; to imprecate; to wish him something evil; nana ahni iksho, a., indifferent, or to care for noth- ing; to wish nothing; ilap ahnit yamoh- mi, himself wishes and does; imahni; to let him, Matt. 6: 3; to suffer, Matt. 8:31; 17:4; aiahni, pro. form, Matt. 18: 10; hashaiahni, Matt. 7:12; thahno, neg. form; isht ikimahno, to hate him; isht ikimitahno, to deride him, Luke 16: 14; ahnituk keyu, a., unpremedi- tated. ahni, a., disposed; minded; optional; aware; designed; willing; ikahno, in- disposed; unaware; undesigned; un- marked; unperceived; unthinking; un- willing; ahnahe keyu, a., undesirable; will not wish. ahni, n., a will; a wish; a desire; a purpose; a disposition; an expectation; aninclination; an intent; a meaning; mind; motive; option; a plan; a pur- port; a volition; ikahno, n., indisposi- 18 tion; alhpesa ahni, to suffer; to permit; w/hpesa issamahnashke, suffer me, Matt. 8:21. ahni, n., a wisher; an expectant; an ex- pecter. ahnichi, v. t., to respect; to like; to ap- plaud; to love; to approve; to esteem; ahninchi, nasal form, which is most used; to reckon; to regard; to receive, Matt. 18: 5; to savor, Matt. 16: 23; ikahnincho, to despise; to dislike, Matt. 12:7; ahnihinchi, freq.; ahniechi, protracted form; ilahninchi, to respect himself; ilahninchi, n., self-esteem; ile- ahninchi, to trust in himself; ikahnin- cho, a., disliked; loathed; ikahninchot isht anumpuli, v. t., to remonstrate. ahnit, adv. (¢ is sometimes used as acon- junction), purposely; ahnit anukfilli, to remember; ahnit ishi, v. t., to choose; to wish and take; ahnit holitobli, to ob- serve, Josh. 1: 7, 8. ahoba, n., an illusion; an appearance; a prospect. ahoba, a., worthy; ikahobo, neg. form, worthless; unworthy; having no worth; stale; isht ikahobo, a., disgraced by it; v.n., to be disgraced by it; isht ikim- ahobo, a. ahoba, v.i., v. n., to seem; to appear; to have worth; to look; to conjecture; to think, Matt. 6:7; siahoba keyu, ‘I am not worthy,’’ Luke 3: 16; imahoba, it seems to him, or he presumes; nan ikimahobo, a., unconcern; being noth- ing to him, etc.; ikimahobo, it does not seem to him, or it is of no worth to him; ikahobo, a., unuseful; unworthy; useless; vain; waste; of no worth; of no account; cheap; idle; inefficient; in- significant; jejune; mean; refuse [?]; nana apaikahobo, a., insipid; ikchiahobo, Matt. 5: 22; isht iksamahobo, it is of no worth to me; it is nothing to me; ahobachi, v. t., to cause to seem; ilehobachi, to make like himself; ahobali, ahoballi, which see for definitions; ikahobalo, neg. f., v. t., to mock; to de- spise; to disparage; to sneer; to make light of; to despise, 2Sam. 1: 21; Matt. 9:3; tkahobalo pisamat, when he saw that he was mocked, Matt. 2: 16; Chihowa ikahobalo, v. t., to blaspheme Jehovah; isht ikahobalo, v. t., to blas- BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 pheme, Mark 3: 28, 29; ikahobalot anum- puli, to blaspheme, Mark 2: 7; Acts 26: 11; ikahobalot nan ikminacho, not blas- pheme, 1 Tim. 2: 20; ikahobalot nana mihanchi, ‘“‘blaspheme,’’? James 2: 7; ikahobalot anumpuli, to blaspheme, Matt. 42: 31; ahomba, v. a. i., to have, as nipi chiahomba. ahobachi, v. t., to represent; to in- struct; to imitate. ahoballi, v. t., to represent; to cause to appear like; ahobanli, nasal form. ahobi, see ilahobbi, to pretend. ahochifochi, see hochifochi. ahochukwa, a., chilly; cold (as a per- son, nota thing); aguish. This word is applied to the feeling or sensation of cold, and not to the weather or any object; kapassa is applied to objects, hochukwa to a person’s sensation. ahochukwa, v. i., to be cold; to feel the cold (as a person); siahochukwa, I am cold. ahochukwa, ague. ahochukwachi, a., chilly; coolish. ahochukwachi, v. i., to be chilly; chi- ahochukwachi, you are chilly. ahochukwachi, n., chilliness; cold- ness. These words are applied to de- scribe the sensation of cold which a person experiences; kapassa is applied to objects, as weather, water, etc.; kapassa aiena hatukoka, Acts 28: 2. ahofahya, n., shame, reproach. ahofalli, pass., hatched. ahofanti, n., nourishment; the place or means of raising a being or a creature; nurture; nutriment; pabulum. ahofallechi, v. t., to hatch or multiply (as fowls), Gen. 1: 22. ahofobi, n., a deep place; an abyss, Matt. 18: 6; ikahofobo, n., a shallow. ahofobika, n., the deep place; the depth; the deep; an abyss; the abyss; kohchat ahofobika, Luke 8:31; ahofobi fehnaka, Rom. 10: 7. ahofombika, n. (nasal form of above), the deep; the place where it is deep. ahofombika pit takalichi cha, ‘launch out into the deep,” Luke 5: 4. ahoiya, n., a strainer; a filter, or the place where liquid runs through it in drops or small streams. n., chilliness; coldness; BYINGTON] ahokchi, v. t., to plant at. ahokchichi, v. t., to plant with some- thing else. See Matt. 13: 25. ahokli, n., a handle; a haft; a place at which to seize or take hold; agin; ahilt. ahokofa, n. sing., ahokoli, pl., the end, or cessation; the place at which it is cut off; adecision; atermination; itiahokofa, the place where the tree is cut off; a stump. ahokofa, v. i. sing., to cease; to end; ont ahokofa wa, it will never cease or end; ahokoli, pl. ahokofa, pass., cut off at, ended, con- cluded, decided, extinguished; ahokofa tksho, a., without end, ceaseless, end- less; itahokofa, pass., unjointed; ita- hokofa, n., a gap; nanih itahokofa, a mountain gap. ahokoffi, v. t. sing, to cut off at; to cease; to put an end to at; to decide; to des- tine; to discontinue; to set; imahokoffi, vy. t., tosilencehim; to cut him off. ita- hokoffi, v.t., to unjoint; to cut asunder. ahokoffi, n., one that cuts off. ahokoffichi, y. t., to end; to finish; to conclude; to extinguish. ahokoli, pl. of ahokofa (q. v.). ahokotichechi, v. t. caus., pl. of aho- kofficht. ahokolichi, v. t. caus., pl. of ahokoffi. aholabechi, y. t., to procure false wit- nesses; to accuse falsely. aholabechi, n., a false accuser. aholabi, v. t., to bear false witness; to lie; to perjure, Luke 3: 14. aholabi, n., a false swearer; aliar; a per- jurer. aholba, n., an image. aholba, v.i., to resemble; ahoyulba, pro. form. aholhpokunna, n., a dream, Gen. 42:9. aholhpokunna, v. i., to dream; aholhpo- kunnatuko”, that which he had dreamed. aholhtachi, see ahotachi. aholhtapi, u., a string, a file, anything on which beads, meat, fish, and the like are strung; nani aholhtapi, a string of fish; shikala aholhtapt achafa, one string of beads. aholhtina, n., the number; aholhtina tksho, without number. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 19 aholhtina, v. i., to be numbered, to be- come; yakni aholhtina, to become earth; lukfi aholhtina, to become dust. aholhtina iksho, a., innumerable, un- numbered, numberless, sumless. aholhtufa, n., a reel. aholihta, n., an inclosure. aholisso, n., paper. aholissochi, n., a desk, a writing table, a slate, a place to write on; aholissochi a” hoyo cha, ‘‘he asked fora writing ta- blet and,’’ Luke 1: 63. aholitobli, v. t., to worship. isht aholi- tobli. aholitopa, n., honor, John 4: 44; a sanc- tuary. aholitopaka, n., glory, Luke 4: 6; John 11: 40. aholitopatka, n., glory. See Matt. 25: 31; isht aholitopaka in last edition. athollo, v. t., he loves me; chi®hollo, he lovesthee; ihollo, he loves him; a*hollo, dear to me; chi®hollo, dear to thee; ihollo, dear to him. This verb and ima have the dative pronouns im, 7”, etc., inseparably united. sa®hullo, chithul- loli, John 21: 15, 16,17. See i”hollo or inhullo, the later and more correct mode of spelling. athollo, v. n., with a pronoun in the dative case, dear to me; or it is ren- dered, I love it or him, her, or them; ihollo is also rendered, he is stingy, he loves it, he will not part with it, he is close. (See above. ) ahollohpi, ahollopi, n., a grave; a place of burial or interment; a graveyard, 2 Kings 9: 28; a tomb; a sepulcher; a vault, John 11: 81, 38, 44. aholloka, aholloka, n., a sacred thing; hatak imilhfiopak at aholoka fehna hoke, the life of a man is very sacred. ahollopi boli, v. t., to sepulcher; to lay in the grave; to entomb. ahollopi kalli, n., a grave digger; a sex- ton. ahollopi tali hikia, n., a grave stone; a tombstone. aholokchi, n., ground planted; a place planted; ikaholokcho, n., fallow ground, ground not planted; a fallow. aholuya, n., a filter; a leach tub. ahonala, ahonata, pp. pl., nailed; nailed up or upon. 20 ahonah, v. t. pl., to nail on; to nail up. ahonalichi, vy. t. pl. caus., to nail on; itahonalichi, to tack together. ahonola, n.,a spinning wheel. ahonola isht talakchi, n., a wheel band. ahonolushi, n. diminutive, a small spin- ning wheel. ahopoka, n., refuse. ahopoksa, a., wise. ahopoksia, u., wise. ahopoksitka, n., wisdom, Luke 2: 40 [?]. ahoponi, n., a kitchen; any place where cooking is performed; a cook-room. ahopoyuksa, n., wisdom, Matt. 11: 19. ahopoyuksa, v. i., pro. form, to be wise. ahopoyuksaka, n., righteousness, Matt. 5: 6. ahosi, n., a mortar; a place where corn, salt, and the like, are pounded fine. ahosi, v. t., to beat there; to bray in; to pound there. athosi, Matt. 1: 11; see a®husi. ahoshmi, n., altar; place where any- thing is burnt, Luke 1: 11. [alta in ed. of 1854.] ahoshonti, n., a cloud. ahoshontika, ahoshintika, n., a shade; a shadow of any inanimate object. ahotachi, aholhtachi, n., warping bars. ahotupa, n., a wound. ahoyo, n., the place where a search has been made; as tanchi ahoyo, where the corn has been gathered; the harvest, his harvest, Matt. 9: 38. ahoyo, v. t., to search at, there, or in. ahpalli, v. t., to fondle; to fawn; to play with a living object. ahpalli, n., a fondler. ahpi, n, the commencement; the first. ahpi, v.a.i., to be first; wiahpi, where it commences. ahpi, ahmpi, a., first, as allahpi, first child; attapi, first born; nitak ahpi, first day. It is sometimes written as being part of another word, as allahpi for alla ahpi; allanakni ishi ahpi, Matt. 1: 25; tofahpi, spring, first of summer; hashtolahpi, fall, first of winter. ahsakti, n., wild potato. ahumba, v.i., to have; from ahoba, (q.v.). ahumma, n., a tan vat. ahummachi, n., a tan vat; a tan pit. ahutsa achafa, n., a gunshot. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY (BULL. 46 athusi, athosi, adv., most; almost; near; nearly. ‘‘Near,’’ 1 Sam. 4: 19; isht ia®hosi, Matt. 1: 11; derived from athe, q. v. ai, a diphthong having the sound of % in pine; mine. ai, a “‘locative particle’? or adverb be- fore vowels, meaning at, from, in, on, place where, or in which, or time when, there, by means of, atta, aiatta, to stay at; born at, or born there; ai imonatok, went unto him there, Matt. 14: 36; when the verb begins with a consonant the adverb is a (q. v.). pent anutkaka aiokchalinchitok; before y avis used, as pit aiyitepa, Josh. 8: 15. ai often changes the verb to which it is prefixed to a noun; as atta, to reside, aiatia, a residence; ali, true, aiati, the truth, or where it is true, the true place. ai is prefixed to some verbs in the in- tensive form; ati, aianti; ahni, aiahni; yohmi, aiyohmi; yamohmi [generally spelled yammohmi—H. 8. H.], aiya- mohmi,; aia is a repetition of this adverb, as chik aia mtho, Matt. 5:35. Norr.—In the intensive forms, made by doubling a consonant, where y occurs and is doubled, the letter? isused forthe firsty; yakohini aiyakohmi, and not ayyakohmi; hoyohoiyo, not hoyohoyyo. ai is used for the final a of some nouns; when the article a or ya is suffixed, as chuka, a house; chukaiya or chukaia, the house. The original vowel is changed for euphony’s sake. aia, ia (q. v.), v. a. i., to go. aia, n., a going; one that goes. aiabachi, n., doctrine; see Mark 12: 38. aiabeka, a., unhealthy; ikaiabeko, salu- brious. aiabiha, n. pl., bins; receptacles; places filled up. aiachafa, n., a kind. aiachafa, v. a. i., to pertain to; ibaiachafa, to be one of, Josh. 5: 13. aiachefa, n., a wash tub; a wash place. aiachukma, n.,a good place; aiachutkma, n., nasal form, being a good place. aiachu2kma, a., good; being good; John 1: 46 [?]. aiachukmaka, n., the good place; good- ness; peace; Luke 2: 14; the state [of BYINGTON] peace]; aiachukma™ka, n., nasal form, being the good place. aiachu2wa, n., a seam. aiafacha, n., a staple. aiahalaia, y. a.i., to be of, or to belong to; to be interested in; 1 John 2: 16 [2]; tshahalaia, chiahalaia, chimahalaia. aiahanta, n., capacity, state, or condi- tion. aiahni,n., will, John 1: 18; 4: 34; a point, a project, a sentiment; nan aiahnika, the will, Matt. 7: 21. aiahni, v. a.i., to think of; to wish, Matt. 1:19; to will, Luke 5: 12; 6: 31. aiahni, v. t., as in aba anumpa aiahnili, I think about the gospel. aiahninchi, v. t., to respect; to like; isht aiahninchi, n., favor, grace, Luke 2: 40. aiahoba, v. a.i., to appear, 1 John 3: 2. aiahpi, n., place or time of beginning; Chihowa hokat atobat aiahpitok: v. t., ikim- iksho hoke, Child’s Cat., p. 4, question 7. aiaka, a., large, long, much, Luke 16: 10; anumpa aiaka anumpult imponna; anumpa ikaiako hachimanumpohonlila chin hoke (ikaiako=not worthy—said by the speaker). aiaka, v. n., to be large; to be long, Luke 16: 10. aiakachi, v. t. caus., to make large or long; to lengthen; to enlarge. aiakmi, n., a model. aiakmo, n., a foundry. aiakmochi, v. t., to solder; to cause it to adhere to; itaiakmochi, v. t., to solder; to solder together. aiakostininchi, vy. t., to know about, John 3: 8. aialota, n., fullness; the place filled. aialota, a., filled up. aiathi, v. a. i., to succeed; to prosper; to be true to; akchimaiantot, Josh. 1: 5. aiathi, v. u., to be successful. aiatli, ady., fakafi aiantitok, perfectly healed, Matt. 14: 36. aia"li, n., success; fulfillment; justice; might; a reality; asurety; thrift; truth; trueness; veracity; virtue; isht aianti, power, Mark 12: 24; ikaranto, n., treach- ery; untruth. aiatti, a., successful; thrifty; just, Matt. 1: 19 [?]; loyal; open; peremptory; perfect; plain; pure; positive; real; ster- A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 21 ling; substantial; i/aianto, a., pending; unsuccessful. aiatti, v. a. i., to succeed. aiathi, pp., prospered; fulfilled; ratified. aiath achukma, a., holy. aiatli fehna, a., prevalent. aiatt ikakostinincho, a., uncertain. aiatti ikithano, a., dubious. aia®ti keyu, a., truthless. aiattichi, v. t., to accomplish; to verify; to fulfill, Matt. 5: 17; to comply; to prosecute; to ratify; to substantiate; to support; to perform, Matt. 5: 33; im- aiantichi, v. t., to sanction; aiantichi, n., probation. aiatika, n., power, Luke 4: 6; glory, Jobn 2:11. aiattika, a., mighty, Luke 1: 49. aialipa, n., a crown, a wreath, a tur- ban, John 19: 2. aiattishke, vy. n., to be true; it is true, John 4: 37. aiathit, adv., loyally. aiamona, aiammona, n., the begin- ning; the commencement. aianompisa, n., the sight of the gun. aianowa, aiannowa, pp., to be called to; to be invited, to be told, John 2: 2. aianoyuwa, n., pro. form, fame; the re- port. aianta, nasal form of aiatia, to reside. aianta, v. a. i., to stay at; to be stay- ing at; aiahanta, freq. form. aianta, n., an abode. aianukcheto, v. t., to trust to; to com- mit unto, John 2: 24. aianukcheto, n., trust; confidence; de- pendence; resource. aianukpalli, n., temptation; place of excitement, interest, or desire; see the Lord’s prayer. aianukpallichi, v. t., to tempt with; to excite the feelings by means of. aianukpallichi, n., a tempter. aianukpallika, n., the place of temp- tation; the temptation. aianumpuli, n., the place where any one speaks; a council; a desk; a pulpit; a stand (used in camp meetings). aianumpulika, n., the place of speak- ing; the council ground. aianumpuli aboha hanta, n., a chapel; achurch; a meeting house; an oratory. 22 aianumpuli chuka, n., a council house; a house used as a place of public speak- ing, debate, or council. aiapesa, n., a hall, common hall, place of judgment, Matt. 27:27; a place where anything is measured; establishment. aiapoksia, n., an office (as the office of a priest), Luke 1: 8. aiapushli, n., a place for broiling or roasting; an oven. aiasittia, n., a hobby. aiasha, v. a. i. pl. (sing., aianta), to sit; to tarry; to remain; to dwell; to be there; to occupy, Matt. 2: 5, 6; aiasha, are in, Matt. 11: 8; aiashahe oke, shall be, Matt. 13: 42, 43; 18:10; used often for the plural of the verb to be (Luke 5: 2); see a®sha, the intensive form of asha; aiasha and aianta are in the pro- longed form of asha and anta. aiasha, n. pl., inhabitants; residents, Josh. 9: 3, 11. aiasha, n. sing., ‘‘place,’’ 1 Sam. 5: 3; throne, Matt. 5:34; see also Matt. 17:14. aiasha, n. pl., seats; abodes; habita- tions; mansions, John 14: 2; Chintail aiasha; Matt. 10:5; aiahatshwa, freq., John 1: 39. aiasha holitopa, n., a throne. aiasha holitopa ombinili, pp., en- throned; seated on a throne; y. a. i., to sit on a throne. aiasha holitopa ombinilichi, v. t., to enthrone. aiashachi, v. t. pl., to lay them on; to lay them at, or there; boli, sing.; pit aiashacha he, castthem into, Matt. 13:42. aiashachi, u., receptacle; a place where are laid or placed. aiashachi, v. t., to err at; to make a mistake at, or by means of; to sin about, or at; to overlook. aiashachi, n., a prisoner; a transgressor; one who makes mistakes. aiashachi, n., a mistake; an error; an oversight; a sin, John 1: 29; a fault, Matt. 18: 15. aiashachika, aiashacheka, n.,a sin; a mistake, Luke 3: 3-6; 5: 21; Mark 2: 7; Matt. 12:31; ilviashacheka, n., our sins; hachimaiashacheka, Mark 11: 26. aiataha, pp., qualified. aiataia, n., a landing; a place to lean against or to rest upon. BURFAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 aiatali, v. t., to qualify, to capacitate, to furnish. aiatikonofa, n., a strait, 2 Sam. 24: 14. aiatokko, aiatukko, n., a shelter, a protector, a refuge. See atukko. aiatokowa, n., declaration; testimony, John 3:11; witness, John 4: 44. aiatokowali, v. t., to bear testimony. aiaya, u., passage, route, place of going. aialbi, or aialli (q. v.) n., reward, Luke 23: 41; price; cost; mark, Phil. 3:14; see aiilli and albi. aialbichi, v. t., to price. aialbiha, n., a vessel, Matt. 13: 48; Mark 11: 16; a winefat, Mark 12: 1. aialbina, n., a camp; an encampment. aialbinanchi, vy. t. nasal form, to camp at; to make an encampment. aialbo, n., the place soldered or glued together. aialbo, v. a. i., to adhere; to stick on; to cement; to cleave to; itaialbo, to adhere toeachother; itaialbo, pp., a., cemented together. aialbo, pp., a.,adhered; cemented; glued; sticky. aialbuchi, y. t., to solder; to glue; to cause to adhere; tocement; itaialbuchi, to solder together; to glue together. aialhchapi, aialhchipi, n., a place for playing a Choctaw game; see achapi. aialhchu"wa, n., a seam; the union of two edges of cloth by the needle; a stitch. aialhpesa, n., a preparation; proper place or time; the nick (of time); the critical time; season; power, Matt. 7: 29; 9: 6. aialhpesa, a., suitable; expedient; op- portune; ordinary; rightful; aialhpiesa keyu, evil, Matt. 12:34; nana ikaialhpeso, folly, Josh. 7: 15. aialhpi, aiu"lhpi, n., a handle; a hasp. aialhpiesa, v. n., prot. form, to fulfill; to be justified; isht chiaialhpiesa, Matt. 12: 37. aialhpiesa, pp., fulfilled, Matt. 2: 17; aiimaialhpiesa, n., need, Matt. 9: 12; an intensive form doubled by the pre- fix at. aialhpiesa, n., an opportunity. aialhpiesa, n., righteousness, Acts 10: 35; Matt. 3: 15; 5: 20; a., righteous; hatak aialhpiesa, Gen. 18: 23. BYINGTON] A DICTIONARY OF THE aialhpusha, n., an oven; a meat oven; a place or vessel used for roasting; a place where things are roasted; from alhpusha, roasted, and ai, place where. aialhtaha, a., full; complete; plenary; pp., completed; made ready. aialhtaha, n., fullness; completion; per- fection; plenitude. aialhto, n., a bin; a box; a canister; a receptacle; that in which dry articles and liquids are kept; a vat; a vessel, 1 Kings 10: 21, 25. aialhto, v. a. i., to be in; to be inside; aboha ilaialhto, we are in the house; aianlhio, nasal form. aialhtoba, n., a reward, Matt. 10: 41. aialhtoba ikono kitsha, a., undue; not due yet. aialhtoka, n., lot; office; duty, Luke 1:9. aialhtokowa, pp., appointed; required; assigned as a duty, Luke 3: 13. aialli, aialbi, n., price, 17th hymn, 3d verse; see aitlla. aialwasha, n., a frying pan. aiali, v. a. i., to start from; to com- mence from; to end at, Matt. 1: 17. aiali, n., the edge; end, Matt. 10: 22; limit; border; extent; bounds; the butt; compass; conclusion; the extremity; period; pitch; the reach; term; termi- nation; the upshot; the sum total; as yammakosh aiati, that is all or the whole; yakni aiati, n., the coast; border, Josh. 1:4; 15:6; confine; the extreme; limitation. aiali, a., finite; last; utmost. aiahi, adv., through. aiali, pp., limited; ant imaiati, until, Matt. 11:18; ant aiati, unto, Josh. 5:9. aiahi, v. t., to reach. aiali, v.a.i., to be from; aiatit mihinti ma, Matt. 4: 17. aiahi iksho, a., unlimited; without limit; infinite. aialichi, v. t., to terminate. aialichi, v. t., to limit; to bound; to bring to an end or close. aiammona, see aiamona. aiamo, vy. t., to gather from or of, Luke 6: 44. aiamoma, see aiimoma. aiani, n., a funnel; a tunnel. CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 93 aiannowa, see aianowa. aiashwa, Vv. 4. i. pl., to be there; to stay there. aiashwa, n., the place where they stay, sit, etc. aiatta, v. a. i., to reside at; to dwell; to inhabit. aiatta, n., a residence; an abode of any kind; the place of one’s birth; a native place; a domicile; a habitation; a lodg- ing; a mansion; a room, 1 Kings 10: 26. aiatta, n., an inhabitant; a lodger; a native; one born in any place. aiatta ikithano, a., unfixed. aiatta iksho, a., vagabond; being with- out a home; vagrant. aiattatok nitak, aiyattatok nitak, n., a birthday, Gen. 40: 20; Matt. 14: 6. aieha, pp., washed, as to the head. aiehchi, ayehchi, aiyehchi, v. t. aiehchi, 1 Sam. 19: 2; Josh. 8: 2. aiehna!, aiyehna! int. (used by females; nota manly word), Oh, ah, alas, O dear, an inter. of sorrow or regret; aiyehnahe! is a longer term. aieli, v. t., to wash one’s own head. aielichi, v. t., to wash the head of an- other, or to cause it to be done. aiemoma, a., always; see atimomachi. aiena, con. ady., and, together, withal; prep., with. aiena, y. a.i., to be with; to be one with; to go with; Matt. 5: 6, moma aiena kat, etc., Matt. 2: 3; Josh. 8: 5; aienali keyu, Tam not with; I am not one of; aienali kat, ilaiena kato, Josh. 14: 11; Matt. 9: 14; hachimaienahe, shall be added unto you, Matt. 6: 33; dlaiena, Gen. 47: 3; Josh. 5: 11; to be together with, Matt. 6: 33; 2 Sam. 24:4; Matt. 12: 3, 4; ohoyo alla aiena kato a®sha hon, beside women and children; itaiena, to be together with; imitaiena, used for a concubine, see 1 Kings 11:3 (the word tekchi comes in before imitaiena; in Judges 19: 2, it appears without tekchi). aiena, adv., also; likewise; and with a negative, neither, Matt. 6: 19; 18: 17; Josh. 7: 11; ilaiena, Matt. 9: 14. aieninchi, v. t., to put with; to put along with; to include; itaieninchi, to put together with; to do both together, Matt. 10:.28; 13: 29; ateninchit, v. t. and conj., to put with and, or an ad- See 24 verbial expression; aienint, contracted from aieninchit, as lappa aienint isht ia; itianint, to go together; itaieninchi, v. t., to put together with; Luke 4: 40; a- aieninchi, itianinchi, both, Luke 5: 7; with, Luke 5: 19 [?]; Matt. 6: 24. aieshi, n., a handle; a haft. aieshi, v. t., to take hold at; to take bold there. aieta, see akaieta and akabotsha. aifoli, n., ivory, Rev. 18: 12. aiibachatfa, vy. a. i., to be one with, from iba and achafa; anumpa hat Chiho- wa yar atibachafatok, John 1:1, 2. aiibetabli, n., an offense, Matt. 18: 7. aii"falammi, n., a schism. aiibchi, v. a. i., to lie in ambush; to lie in wait for, in order to catch or kill; to watch. aiikhana, aiithana, n., knowledge; understanding; place of knowledge; seat of learning; aiikhana ali, limit or scope of knowledge; as far as one re- members; see aiithana ati. aiikhana, n., a place for learning; a school. aiikhananchi (nasal form), n., a place of instruction; a place of teaching; a school. aiiklana, n., the middle; where the middle is; the half way; the center. aiiklanaka, u., the middle. aiiklanna, u., the half; where the half is, John 8: 3. aiiklannaka (nasal form), n., themiddle place; the half; being the half; yakni atiklannatka. aiiksiachi, see aiiskiachi. aiiksho, v. a. i., ‘‘consumed,”’ Josh. 5: 6. aiilbasha, n., wretchedness; poverty; misery; affliction; hell. aiilbasha imma, a., infernal; hellish. aiilbashaka, n., the place of sorrow; the state of sorrow; hell. aiilekostininchi, n., repentance; place of reformation. aiilhpeta, n., place where feed is given; a trough; a manger; a stall; a place of receiving a benefaction or annuity. aiilli, n., place of death; a death bed; home, death, John 21: 19. aiilli, v. t., to cost; to fetch. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL, 46 aiilli, aialli, aialbi, n., price; worth; value; cost; an estimate; fare, 1 Kings 10: 28. aiilli, pp., valued. aiilli atabli, aiilli atable, v. t., to over- charge. aiilli atapa, pp., overcharged; a., dear; too high. aiilli atapa, v. a. i., to be dear, or too high; to be too costly. aiilli atapa, u., an overcharge. aiilli atapa, a., overvalued; unvalued. aiilli chaha, n., a high price. aiilli chahachi, v. t., to raise the price. aiilli chito, a., dear; having a large price; costly; expensive; high. aiilli chito, pp., priced high. aiilli chitoli, v. t., to price high. aiilli ikchito, a., cheap. aiilli ikchitocho, aiilli ikchitolo, v. t., to price low. aiilli iklauo, a., cheap; bearing a small price. aiilli iksho, aiilliksho, a., without price; gratuitous; priceless. aiilli iksho, n., cost free. aiilli iskitini, a., cheap; bearing a small price. aiilli iskitinichi, vy. t., to reduce the price; to cheapen. aiilli onanchi; aiilli ikonancho, v. t., to underrate; to undervalue. aiilli onitula, pp., rated; priced. aiilli onuchi, v. t., to rate; to price; to value. aiilli onuchi, n., an appraiser; a rater; a prizer. aiillichi, vy. t., to set a price upon; to price; to value. aiilaualli, n., a playground; a play; the stage. aiilaualli, n., a scene. aiilaualli chito, n., a scene. aiitaualli chuka, n., a theater; a play- house. aiimaiyachi, v. t., to overcome; yakni an aiimaiyachit tatili hoke, John 16:33. aiimalhpesa, n., his disposition, custom, way, habit, humor, instinct, nature, style. aiimalhtaha, n., maintenance. aiimmi, a., his; his kind; after his kind. aiimmi ayukali, n., each one after his kind. BYINGTON] aiimmi bitka, a., alike in kind; bashpo aiimi bitka ishishi athpesa, you may take knives that are like each other; aitimmi bitka ayuka, a., every one after his kind. aiimoma, aiamoma,a., adv., always so; natural;naturally small; isuba aiimoma, a horse that is naturally small; hatak aiimoma, a man of small stature; abeka aiimoma, always sick or feeble. aiimoma, v.n., to be naturally small; to be thus always, 1 John 2: 17[?]. aiimomachi, v. a. i., to be accustomed; to be so naturally; to be habituated; aiimomali, I usually do so. aiimomaka, n., a habit; a custom. aiimomaka, aimomaka, a., habitual. aiimomachi, n., a habit. aiimomachi, v. t., to habituate; to rea- son. aiimomachi, a., habitual; veteran. aiimpa, n., lit., an eating place; any place where any creature eats, as a rack, a range, a manger, a plate, a table, a dish, Matt. 15: 27. aiimpa, n., a boarder. aiimpa, v. t., to eat at, or on; to eat there. aiimpa foki, v. t., to stall [or to stake a horse out to grass; lit. ‘‘to put in an eating place.”’—H. 8. H.] aiimpa iskitini, n.,astand; a small table. aiimpa iyi, n., a table leg. aiimpa o"tipa, n., a table cloth. aiimpa ona, n., meal time. aiimpa umpatalhpo, u., a table cloth. aiina, v. a. i., to become the wife of a man in company with another woman; to become a wife of inferior condition, there being another wife of the hus- band; itaiina, to marry a second wife, the first being alive and living with her husband. aiina, aiena, n., a wife of inferior condi- tion; the second wife; a concubine; itaiina, n. pl., wives together of one man; itaiena, 2 Sam. 5: 13. aiinla, v. a. i., to alter; to change. aiinla, pp., altered, Luke 9: 29. aiinlachi, v. t., to alter; to change. aiintakobi, a., tired out by means of or with it; wearied with. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 25 aiintakobichi, v. t., to tire down with; to weary with. aii®nukkilli, n., anger (an attribute), 2 Sam. 24: 1. aiisikkopa, aiissikkopa, n., wrath; place of torment, Luke 3: 7 [?]. aiiska, pp., fixed; regulated; put in order. aiiskia, v. t., to fix; to regulate; to put in order; to repair. aiiskia, n., a regulator; a repairer. aiiskiachi, aiskiachi, v. t. caus., to fix; to repair; to put in order; to recon- cile, 1 K. 11: 27; see aiskiachi. aiiskiachi, aiskiachi, n., a repairer. aiiskiali, v. t., to mend; to repair. aiissa, n., a place deserted, abandoned, left, or forsaken; a ruin. aiissa, v. t., to ravish, 2 Sam. 13: 12; hokli cha aiissa, to commit a rape, 2 Sam. 13: 14. aiissachechi, v. t. caus., to end; to cause to end; to cause to abandon; to employ one to cause another to quit or abandon a plan or project. aiissachi, pp., ended, Luke 4: 2. aiissachi, v. t. and v. a. i., to desert; to leave off; to cause to quit; pissachi, he causes us to quit; atissacheli, I quit, or I have quit it. aiisso, v. t. sing, to beat; to smite at, there, or on; itaiisso, to smite each other at, on, etc.; to bunt; to strike together; pl., aboli. alisso, n., the blow; the place struck; a slam. aii?shali, a., extreme. aii4shali, n., the extremity. aiishi, n., the handle; the haft. aiishi, v. t., to take hold at; to seize it there, or at. aiishko, n., a drinking place; a watering place; a drinking vessel, 1 K. 10: 21. aiishko, vy. t., to drink at; to drink from or out of. aiisht ahalaia, n., right. aiisht ahollo, n.,a miracle, John 2: 11; asign, John 2: 18[?]; a wonder. aiisht ahollochi, v. t., to perform mir- acles or wonders. aiisht aiokchaya, n., the vitals. aiisht aiopi, n., the extreme; the last. aiisht atiaka, n., a progenitor; a kins- man. 26 aiisht awechi, n., foundation; origin. aiisht ia, v. a. i., to start from; ilappa isht ‘a, to start from this. aiisht ia, n., the beginning; the com- mencement; the start; the germ; the spring. aiisht ia ammona, n., the beginning; the first commencement; the rise; the origin; the ground. aiisht ilahauchi, n., profit; nana atisht ilahauchi achukma, a., profitable. aiisht ilaiyukpa, n., enjoyment. aiisht ilapisa, a., profitable. alisht ilapisa, n., a benefit. aiisht ilapisahe keyu, a., unprofitable. aiisht illi, n., occasion of death; reason for death, Luke 23: 22. aiisht inchakali, a., conceived in her by means of; pregnant by means of. Matt. 1: 20. aiisht itintakla, n., a medium; that by means of which. aiishwa, v. t., to smell of. aiitachaka, pp., spliced at. aiitachakalli, vy. t. sing., to splice it at or with; to add on at; to continue at; to weld at. aiitachakhi, v. t. pl., to splice them at or with. aiitafama, v. t., to meet at. aiitafama, n., a confluence; a meeting; the place where they meet; a junction. aiitahoba, n., a place of meeting; a place of assembling; tali holisso atitahoba yan, the receipt of custom. aiitahoba, v.a.i., togather at; to assem- ble at. aiitahobi, v. t., to assemble at. aiitaiyokoma, n., a flutter; a puzzle. aiitanowa, n., a road; a highway. alitatoba, n., amarket; a trading place; a factory; a house of merchandise, John 2: 16; an emporium; a shop; a store. alitatoba chito, n., a fair. aiitatoba chuka, n., a market house; a factory; a trading house; a_ store- house. aiitatobanowa, v. a.i., toshop. aiitachaka, n., a joint; a placespliced or welded. aiitachakilli, n., a suture. aiitanaha, n., the place of meeting or assembling; a rendezvous; a resort. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY (BULL. 46 aiitanaha, vy. a. i., to assemble at; to rendezvous. aiitannali, v. t., to assemble at. aiitanowa, n., a street, Matt. 6: 2, 5. aiitapitha, v. u. i. nasal form, to be with; to be associated with, Luke 23: 32. aiithana n., a disciple; nan atithana ateha, Matt. 17: 10. aiithana, n., knowledge; place of knowl- edge; or aiikhana, q. v. aiithana ali, n., memory; the extent of knowledge; see aiikhana, aiithanaka misha, a., immemorial. aiithana, v. t., to learn at; to acquire knowledge at; imaiithana, v. t., to learn of him; imaiithana, n., a learner; his disciple. aiithana, n., a school; a place of learn- ing; a seminary; nana atithana, n., a disciple; a scholar; nan imaiithana, n., his disciples, Matt. 13: 10. alithana chuka, n., a schoolhouse. alitibafoka, u., a junction; a peer. aiitibbi, n.,a field of battle; a place or scene of a battle, a battle ground; a field, 2 Sam. 18: 6; aiitihimbi, 2 Cor. 7:5. aiiti®bili"ka, n., propinquity; place near to each other. aiitilaui, n., an equal; equality. aiitintakla, con., through; by means of; ady., in the meanwhile, John 4:31; between, Josh. 3: 4; during (the time of harvest), Josh. 3: 15. alitisetali, n., junction (as the junc- tion of one water course with another). aiitishali, v. t., to ride three together on one horse; to ride treble. aiitishali, n., a generation. aiitisholi, v. t., to ride two together on one horse; to ride double. aiititakla, con., among, Josh. 3:5. aika or eka, interjection of dislike. aiksiachi, aiiksiachi, see «iiskiachi. Ailish, n., Irish; the Irish. Ailish, a., Irish. Ailish hatak, n., an Irishman. Ailish okla, n., the Irish; the Irish peo- ple or nation. Ailish yakni, n., Ireland. aimomaka, see «iimomuaka. : aioa,aiyoa, aiowa, v. t. pl. ofishi, to pick up, Matt. 13: 29; to choose, aioat ilita- hoba he an, Matt. 13: 28; aioat. . pit apitta, Matt. 15: 48; aiyua, pp., picked BYINGTON] up; aiwwa, pass., tobe chosen; 2. Chron. 25: 5. aio®binili, aiombinili, aiomanili (q.v.), n., a seat; a chair. aio®binili api, u., a chair leg. aiobinili falaia, n., a bench. aio®binili hanta, m., a sacred seat. aio"binili holitopa, n., a holy seat; a sacred seat; a throne. aiochi, see aiuchi. aio"faiokachi, n., a rocker, the curving piece of wood on which a cradle or chair rocks. aiothikia, n., a vestige. aiohmi, v. n., to be so; siaiohmi, I am so. aiohmichi, v. t., to cause; to make it so. aiotholissochi, n., a writing table; a desk; a line. aioholissochit achunli, n., a sampler. aiokami, n., a wash basin; a wash bow]; a place for washing the face; a laver. aiokami, v. t., to wash the face in or at. aiokchali"ka, n., redemption; isht ai- okchatya, redemption, Luke 2:38. aiokcha®ya, v.n., to live by, Luke 4: 4. aiokcha®ya, pp., to he saved, John 3: 17. aiokcha"ya, a., vital. aiokcha®ya, aiokchaya (Matt. 18: 8,9), n., life; salvation; support; sustenance; vitality; see aiokchanya in aiokchanya yan, Matt. 7: 14. aiokcha®ya alhpisa, n., salvation, John 4: 22. aiokchipelih, aiokchifelih, v. a. i., to gaze at. aiokhaneli, see aiyukhaneli. aiokhankachi; itaiokhankachi, corners, Matt. 6: 5. aiokla, n., a settlement of persons. aiokla,v. t., to settle at; to inhabit. aiokla, pp., settled; inhabited; zkaioklo, a., uninhabited; wild. aiokla achafa, n., a habitant; an in- habitant. aiokla hinla, a., inhabitable; habitable. aioklachechi, v. t., to populate; to fur- nish with inhabitants. aioklachi, v. t., to settle others at a place; to cause to be inhabited. aioklachi, n., one that settles others in a place. aiokluha, a., all; itaioklu*ha, all together, John 18: 1; 21: 2. aiokluha, adv., heartily. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 27 aiokluhali, v. t., to take all together. aiokluhalinchi, v. t. caus., to cause all to be taken together; aititaiokluhalinchi, Luke 23: 32. aiokluhanchiy, v. t., to take all together; to take also; to take together with. aioktileka, n., darkness; the dark; the dark place; obscurity; obscureness; kocha aioktileka, outer darkness. aioktili, n., darkness; where it is dark, or where the dark is. aioktilitka, n., nasal form, darkness, John 3: 19: a shade. aiokhlitkaka, u., the darkness, John 12: 46; the dark place. aiokpancha hinla, a., laudable. aiokpanchi, a., thankful; courteous; grateful; heedful; officious; welcome; as hatak aiokpanchi achukma; ikaiokpan- cho, ikaiokpacho, a., ungrateful; un- thankful; unwelcome. aiokpanchi, n., thankfulness; saluting; greeting; applause; a benediction; a blessing; gratitude; notice; observ- ance; a reception; respect; reverence; a welcome. aiokpanchi, n., a saluter; an esteemer. aiokpanchi, v. t., to celebrate; to ap- plaud; to approbate; to thank; to re- ceive well; to laud; to magnify. aiokpanchi achukma, n., readiness. aiokpanchi achukma, a., cheerful. aiokpanchi keyu, a., unthankful, Luke 6: 35; inattentive; ungenerous; iksam- aiokpancho at, he is not grateful for what he has of mine [?]. aiokpanchit anoli, v. t., to recommend. aiokpachechi, aiyukpachi, v. t. caus., to amuse; to cause to greet; to make glad; to cheer; to delight. This word is a form of yukpachi. aiokpachi, aiyukpachi, v. t. (from yukpa; properly ayukpachi instead of aiokpachi), to salute, Matt. 10: 12; to greet; to approve; to bless, Matt. 14: 19; to accept; to accost; to acknowl- edge; to worship, Matt. 4:9; 8:2; 14: 33; to receive well, Matt. 10: 40; to con- gratulate; to shake hands; to dignity; to fawn; to gratulate; to homage; to honor; to notice; to prosper; to regard; to respect, Matt. 12: 7; to revere; to reverence; to sanction; to thank; to glorify; to warrant; to welcome; to 28 worsbip, Matt. 8: 2; Josh. 5: 14; aiokpanchi, aiyukpanchi, nasal form; aiokpahanchi, freq., Matt. 9: 8; 15: 9, 31; aiokpaiyachi, protracted form; isht aiokpachi, v. t., to treat; ikaiokpacho, to refuse; isht aiokpachi, n., gift, Matt. 8: 4; ikaiokpacho, pp., refused; un- noticed; unregarded; unrespected; re- pulsive. aiokpachi, n.,a greeter; asaluter; a wor- shiper. aiokpachi, n., acompliment; eclat; grat- itude; avalediction; ikaiokpacho, n., in- gratitude; a slight. aiokpachi, a., diligent; (aiokpachi achuk- ma, industrious), attentive; ikaiokpa- cho, a., unconstant. aiokpachi, n., diligence; (aiokpachi ach- ukma, industry ). aiokpachi achukma, advy., readily. aiokpachi alhpesa, a., worshipful. aiokpulo, n., evil; guilt. aiokpulo, n., a bad place; an evil place. aiokpulo, v. a. i., to be bad. aiokpulo iksho, n., innocence; inno- cency. aiokpuloka, v. a. i., to be ruined. aiokpuloka, n., the bad place; a bad place; hell, Matt. 10: 28; an abyss; the abyss; a furnace; perdition; tophet; destruction, Matt. 7: 13; a desolation, Josh. 8: 28. aiokpuloka, a., evil, Luke 11:13; vexed; isht aiokpuloka, vexed with, Luke 6:18. aiokpuloka chito, n., the great place of evil. aiokpuloka chukoa, pp., damned. aiokpuloka foka, pp., damned; put into hell; cast into hell. aiokpuloka foki, v. t., to damn; to put into a bad place. aiokpuloka iksho, n., soundness. aiokpuloka iksho, a., unblemished. aiokpuloka luak, n., hell fire; Matt. 5: 22; 18: 9. aiokpulutka, n., pérdition; aiokpolumka ushi, John 17: 12; a wreck; hell; aiokpu- loka, Matt. 5: 22; 11: 28; 16: 18. aiokshilinta, pp., nasal form, shut up; being shut up; Luke 4: 25. aiomanili, n., a seat; a chair; bottom of a chair; a.stool. aiomanili api, n., a chair post; a chair leg. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY (BULL. 46 aiomanili falaia, n.,a bench; a form; a settle. aiomanili iyi, n., a chair leg; a chair post; leg of a stool. aiombinili, see aionbinili and aiomanili. aiona, n. (from ona and ai), access; the place by which to go to. aiona, n., time; season, Luke 2: 6; tk- aiono, before the time; ikaiono kitsha, hon, before the time, Matt. 8: 29; 2k- aiono, adv., untimely. aiona, v. a. i., to go to; to betake to; to reach to or there; aionashali, v. t., v. a. i., to haunt; ikaiono, neg. form; ik- aiono, a., immature; ikaionocheli, v. t., to bring forth before the proper time; to miscarry; ikaiono ieshi, v. t., to mis- carry; n., an abortion; ikaiono atta, v. t., to bring forth before the proper time; ikaiono atta, n., an abortion. aionasha, n., a seat; a chair; a cricket; room. aionasha aiataya a™sha, n., an elbow chair. aionasha umpatalhpo, n., a cushion for a chair. aionitola, n., a bier, Luke 7: 14; that. which he lies on; a rest. aiontalaia, n., a site. aiontalat fulokachi, n., a pivot; a pin on which anything turns. aionusha, n., a bed; a frame on which aman lies or sits. See Luke 5: 18. aiopi; ont atisht imaiyopi, Luke 11: 26. aiopitama (pl., aiopitamoa), v. u., to lap over (as shingles on aroof) ; itiatopitama, to pass each other. aiopitama, pp., made to pass each other; passed. aiopitammi (pl., aiopitamoti), v. t., to pass by one that is coming from the opposite quarter; itiaiopitammi, to pass each other, whether in sight or not, especially when going in opposite di- rections. aio"shobolichi, n., a kiln (as where boards are kiln dried). aiowa, n., along bunting expedition; a hunt after wild animals. See aioa, to pick; to select. aiowa, v. a. i., to go out on a hunting ex- pedition; to hunt wild animals. aiowata, u., hunting ground. aiskachi, pp., mended; fixed; repaired. BYINGTON] aiskia, aiiskia, v. a. i., to ameliorate; to improve, the second form is probably the correct one; aiiskia keyu, a., uncor- rected. aiskia, a., pp., fixed; repaired; regu- lated; amended; corrected; amelio- rated; mended; redressed; refitted; relieved; renovated; trimmed; ilaiskia, ref. form. aiskia hinla, a., reparable. aiskiacha hinla, a., reparable. aiskiachi, aiksiachi, v. t., to settle; to trim; to unclog; to wind; to fix; to repair; to regulate; to ameliorate; to better; toimprove; to correct; to dress; to fit; to indemnify; to mend; to re- dress; to refit; to relieve; to remedy; to renovate; to ripen; taiksiachi, to re- form himself; see aiiskiachi. aiskiachi, n., a repairer; one that fixes; amender; aiskiali, a second form (?). aiskiahe keyu, a., irreparable. aiuchi, aiochi, a place at a spring, well, branch, or pond, where water is dipped up or taken up by means of a bucket. aiuh, int. aiukleka, n., an embellishment; an or- nament. aiukli, n., a beauty; fineness; a form; grace. aiukli, a., beautiful; handsome; comely; fine; pretty; ikaioklo, ikaiuklo, a., ill favored; ugly; not handsome; unhand- some. aiukli, v. n., to be beautiful, pleasing, acceptable; neg., ikaioklo, not to be beautiful, pleasing, etc. aiukli, pp., embellished; beautified; gar- nished. aiukli keyu, a., homely. aiuklichechi, v. t., to embellish. aiuklichi, vy. t.; to beautify; to adorn; to make handsome; to garnish, Matt. 23:29. aiukluhali, v. t., see aiokluhali. aiulhkachi, n., a steeper. aiulhpi, or aialhpi (q. v.), n., a handle, a haft; a hilt. aiulhti, n., afireplace; a district; a coun- cil fire; a state; a government. aiunchololi, n., a tribe, Josh. 4: 2; 7:14. aiunchululi, v. a. i., to form a generation. aiunchululli, n., the sprouts that grow up from the roots; a generation; a young A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 29 generation; a race; a tribe, Josh. 3: 12; itaiunchululi, generations, see Matt. 1:17; itatunchululi auahushta, 14 gen- erations. aiuntalali, see haiyantalali. aiushta, a., the fourth; ont aiushta, adv., fourthly. aiushtaha, adv., fourth time; the fourth time. aiya, v. a. i., to go along; see anya. aiyabechi, aiyubechi, v. t., to aggra- vate, to make worse, especially when sick; to give a death blow or a finish- ing stroke to the dying; to heighten (as a fever); to impair. aiyabechi, n., one that makes worse. aiyaka, a., great; many: aiyanka, in nan aiyanka, ‘‘ great things,’’? Mark 3: 8. aiyakohmi, ayakohmiy, v. a. i., to do so, John 1: 28; 2: 12. aiyakohmichi, ayakohmichi, v. t., to do thus or so. aiyala, aiyala, pro. form of ala, to come at length or at last; to arrive at last; aiyahanla, freq., they come or keep coming. aiyammi, pp., salted; sweetened; satu- rated. aiyataia, see ayataia. aiyabbi, aiyubi, a., pp., worse; made worse; heightened; impaired (as health); from ai and abi, to kill; ai- yambi, nasal form. aiyabbi isht itshali, a., worse (as when sick). aiyammi, a., pp., sweetened with; salted with or in. aiyammichi, v. t., to salt with or in; to sweeten with. aiyamohmahe alhpesa, n., fatality; office. aiyamohmi, a habit; manners; method; a mode; order; principle; a rite; a style; a trade; a vogue; a way. aiyamohmi keyu, a., unfashionable. aiyamohmi makali, n., vulgarity. aiyatta tok nitak, see aiatta tok nitak. aiyehchi, see aiehcht. aiyehna®, see aichna. aiyichifichi, n., a hawk; a hen hawk; a pigeon hawk. aiyimita, aiyi"minta, v. n., to be bold, brave, or animated. i, 30 aiyimita, n., boldness; bravery; cour- age; eagerness; zeal. aiyimita, a., bold; brave; animated; doughty; eager; valiant; ikaiyiminto, a., unanimated. aiyimitachi, v. t. caus., to make bold; to embolden; to prompt; to provoke. aiyimmika, n., faith; confidence, Luke 18: 42. aiyoa, aioa (q.v.), ayoah,v. t. pl., to pick up; to cull; to garble; to sort; aiyua, pp. aiyoba, aiyuba, a., good; excellent; se- lected; select; choice. aiyoba, v. n., to be good; aiyomba, nasal form, good things mixed with bad, as good potatoes mixed with bad ones. aiyobachi, aiyubachi, to do good to; to make good; see Matt. 18: 15. aiyobatka, n.,a good place; being a good place. aiyobali, v. t., to mix good things together; aiyubali, see Hymn 31, 4th verse. aiyohmi, v. n., v. a. i, to be thus; to do so. aiyokoma, imaiyokoma, v. a. i., to puz- zle. aiyokoma, aiyukoma, v. .n., to be puzzled; to beat a loss; to be in doubt; to doubt; amaiyokoma, I am puzzled; it is a puzzle tome; itaiyokoma, pass., confused together; cluttered; con- founded; deranged; discomposed; dis- ordered; jumbled; tumbled. aiyokoma, u., confusion; a nonplus; it- aiyokoma, D., a clutter; disorder. aiyokoma, a., imaiyokoma, pp., puzzled; imanukfila aiyokoma, pp., distracted. aiyokomi, y. t., to puzzle; to perplex; itaiyokommi, v. t., to clutter; to dis- order; to jumble; itaiyokommit itannali, y. t., to lumber. aiyokomichi, v. t. caus., to cause to be puzzled; to puzzle; to derange; to non- plus; imaiyokomichi, v. t., to pother; to puzzle; to bewilder; itaiyokomichi, to confound or confuse each other; to derange; to discompose; imanukfila imaiyukomichi, or imanukfila aiyuko- michi, to confuse the mind; to distract. aiyopi, Luke 11: 26. See aiopi. aiyopisa, n., a scene. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 aiyoshoba, n., error; wandering; sin; place of wandering. aiyoshoba iksho, a., holy; without er- ror. aiyoshoba iksho, n., holiness. aiyua, aiyuah, pp. of aiyoa (q. v.), or ayoah, picked up; gathered; culled; garbled; chosen. aiyua, a., picked up. aiyua, n., that which is picked up. aiyuba, see aiyoba. aiyubachi, see aiyobacht. aiyubechi, see aiyabecht. aiyuka, adj. pro., every one, asitha ai- yuka, Matt. 7: 8; na holissochi aiyuka, every scribe, Matt. 13: 52, aryuka in hapichuka anyuka, aiyuka, each; see ilaiyuka; aiyuka, is the root from which is formed aiyukali, ilaiyukali, ilaiyuka, etc., Matt. 4: 24; 12: 31. aiyukali, a., each, Josh. 4: 5; 5: 8; 7: 14; iskifa imshi aiyukali, each has an ax; afammi aiyukali, each year; yearly. aiyukhaneli, v. a. i., to crossa row. aiyukhana, v. a. i., to cross; wtaiyukhana, v.a.i., to cross each other; to intersect; n., a cross; ttaiyukhannali, v. t., to cross each other; to intersect. aiyukhana, aiokhana, aiukhana, n.,a cross; itaiokhankachi, corners, Matt.6: 5. aiyukhanni, v. t. pl., to cross; to inter- sect; itaiyukhanni, v. t., to cross each other; to intersect. aiyukoma, see aiyokoma. aiyukpa, n., joy; ahappy place; a place of happiness. aiyukpa, pp., made glad; profited, Matt. 15: 5; aiisht ilaiyukpa, to take joy to himself in. , aiyukpali, v. t., to make glad; to make glad with; to gladden. aiyukpachi, v. t., to cheer. chi. aiyuma, a., pp., mixed; itaiywma, itai- uma, pp., mixed together; blended; mixed; compounded; commingled; com- mixed; intermixed; mingled; shuffled; tumbled; ikitaiyumo, a., unmingled. aiyuma, y. a.i., to mix; itaiywma, v. a. i., to mingle; tkitaiyuwmo, not to mingle; aiyumichi; itaiywmichi, to temper; to blend; to mix; to tumble together, See aiokpa- BYINGTON] aiyummi, y. t., to mix; to mingle; itai- yummi, to mix together; to commingle; to commix; to compound; to inter- mingle; to intermix; to mingle; to shuffle. aiyupi, ayupi, n., a bath; any place for bathing or wallowing in the sand or mire; a laver. aiyushkami, a., lecherous. aiyushkammiy, v. a. i., to lust. aiyushkammi, n., lust. ak, sign of the first per. sing. of negative verbs, as mintili, I come; akminto, I do not come. ak, sign of the first per. sing. of one of the forms of the imp. mood, as pisali, I see; akpisa, let me see. ak, a particle of frequent occurrence in the Choctaw language. It is found, together with its compounds, in some form after nouns, pronouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs. The sense of this par- ticle varies according to the part of speech it succeeds. It is sometimes ak, then hak or yak (perhaps kak should be added, from k, definite, and ak). It follows verbs. It is used as an article and a relative pronoun. It is a word often used for des- ignation or distinction, not only of a thing, i. e., a noun, but also of action and herein it differs from the English, except when we render the verb as a noun. In akoke, Matt. 2:6, it is dis- tinctive and marks one object from all others. It is usually rendered by the, that, one singling out from others; luak akkeyukma pilashpahe keyu, if it were not for the fire, etc. Compounds of ak are: akan, hakan, makat—akano— akat, akat, not used, akhet, being sub- stituted—akatukam, the, Matt. 16: 12— akato, akato—akchoba—akcho? 2 Sam. 24: 13; akbano and akbato, sign of optat. mood—akbano, adv., that only—akbat, ady., that only (¢ makes the word the subject of some verb) — akhe, akhin—akheno, in particular; especially that; and by way of disparagement— akhet, especially that one to his disad- vantage—akheto, that in particular; contradistinctive, and disparaging (ano akheto, how much less I, if you can not (bid at an auction) )—akin, contracted A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 31 from akinli—akilla kia, only the, Matt. 14: 36—akinli, adv., also; likewise; too (ak, that; inli, also); that again; in yakni akinli, Matt. 13: 57; takofi akinli, he is well, that again—akinli, pro., self; selves—akinlika, the same, Matt. 18: 1—akint, a contraction from akinlit—akkia (ak, that; kia, let it go), even; even as; so much as, Matt. 11: 23; even the, Matt. 12: 8; also the, Matt. 13: 26; 15: 16; 17: 12—akma, sign of the sub. mood. The first word is changed when the verb ends with i or 0; see ikma and okma. The real particle is kma and kmat—akma- ko — akmakocha — akmakoka — akma- koke—akmakona—akmakosh—akmakot— akmakhet (and -heto); see akhet, etc.— kmakhe (and -heno)—akmano—akmat— akmato—akon, the, it, Matt. 5: 24; 17: 4; Msinikak akon, theirsynagogue, Matt.12: 9; huiyutkpulo ako”, thetares; a*kanchak ako”, my barn, Matt. 13:30; ilap akon, him, Matt. 18: 6; chu”kash ako” aminti, Matt. 15: 18; ano ako”, me, Matt. 18: 5.— akocha.—akoka.—akokano; onush ak- okano, Matt. 13: 30.—akoke; hatak ushi akoke, Matt. 13: 37; imaila akoke, Matt. 18: 88; Setan akoke, enchil ateha akoke, Matt. 13: 39.— akokano. — akokat. — akokato.—akokia.—akona.—akosh, Matt. 17: 10; ushi akosh, who is the son, Matt. 11: 27.—akot. aka, a particle, with olbal, as olbal aka; (also anu"k aka and paknak aka, yakni paknak aka), sometime; olbal aka, hind- ward, rearward. aka itula, see akka itula. akabotsha, akabosha, pp., a., charred, burnt, or reduced to coal; reduced to a mass, like coals or rotten potatoes; same astaha. akaietaisa synonym of this word. akabu®shli, v. t., to char; to burn or reduce to coal, as is the custom of the Choctaw with the dry bark in their hot houses; to burn to a coal. akachakali (from aka and achakali), v. a.i., to lift up the head; to stand with the head up; to cock; to lift up the eyes. akachakalichi, causative or compulsive, to lift up the head, etc., 2 Kings 9: 32. 32 akachuli, akachah, n., edgeof a door yard; border of a door yard, Luke 16: 20 [?]. akachunni, see akkachunnt. akaieta, synonymous with akaborsha (q. v.) and same as taha. akaieta, plu. of aiena? many; with all; ahe at shuat akaieta; hatak illi akaieta; ilhkolitakaieta, ilhkolit atomafa, Matt. 3: 10 [?]. aka®k anusi, n., a hen roost; a roost. akatk abi, n., a hen hawk. aka®k chaha, n., a tall hen; a tame tur- key. aka®k chaka, n., the wattles of a hen. akatk hishi, n., hen feathers; a hen feather. aka®k hu®kupa, n., a poacher; one that steals fowls. aka"k impasha, n., the wattles of a hen. aka"k inchuka, n., a henhouse; a hen- coop. akatk ishke, n., a hen that hashad chick- ens; an old hen; a mother hen. akatk kofi, n., a guinea hen; a pintado. aka™k nakni, n., a cock; a rooster. aka®k nakni himmita, n., a cockerel. akatk nakni itibbi, n., a cock fight. aka®k ola, n., cock crowing; the time at which cocks crow; early morning. aka®k ola, v. a. i., to crow; to cry or make a noise, as a cock. akatk tek, n., a hen; the female of the common domestic fowl. akatk tek himmita, n., a pullet. aka"k ushi, n., the young of the domestic hen; a chicken; a hen’s egg; akank ushi peliechi, n., a brood of chickens. akatk ushi achafa both, n., a nest ege. akatk ushi hakshup, n., a hen’s egg shell. aka"k ushi holba, a., oval; oblong; of the shape or figure of an egg. aka"k ushi i®walaha, akak ushi walakachi, n., albumen; the white of an egg. aka"k ushi lakna, n., the yolk of a hen’s egg. aka"k ushi lobunchi, n., a hen’s egg. akatk ushi lobunchi shua, n., arotten egg. aka"k ushi petiechi, n., a brood of chickens, BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 aka"k ushi walakachi, n., glair; albu- men; the white of an egg. akatka, n. of com. gen. and number, a hen; hens; name of a domestic fowl; a chick; a chicken; poultry. akakoha, v. i. pl., to fall (as in battle), 2 Sam. 18: 7; see l Sam. 4: 2, 10; to fall down, chatyat akakoha, ‘hewn down,”’ Matt. 7: 19. akakoli, v. t., to fell, Deut. 20: 19. akakolichi, v. t. caus., to cause to fall, 1 Sam. 4: 3. akalampi, see kalampi. akalapechi, v. t. caus., to freeze; to cause to freeze; to congeal; akalampichi, nasal form; to congeal. akalapi, n., frost. akalapi, pp., frozen; akalampi, frozen; congealed. akalapi, v. n., to freeze; to congeal; akalampi, nasal form, and the one most used. akalapit taha, pp., frozen up. aka®lusi, pp., humbled. aka2lusi, a., v. n., to be low, grave (in music), or humble; akanlusi, nasal form (q. V.). akala, pp., broken and spilt, as an egg. akatalli, v. t., to break; to break open so that the contents run out; aka®k ushi a” akalaili, he breaks the egg. akama, akama, alhkama, pp., shut up; stopped. akamatoli, vy. a. i. sing., to leer (as a horse). akamatushli, v. a. i. pl., to leer. akamali, akamalli, v. t. sing., to stop up; to cork; to close; see akamoli. akamassa, v. a. i., to harden. akamassa, n., atachi, Ex. 26: 6, and isht akamassa in the same verse; itakamassa, v.a.i., to settle. akamassa, pp. and a., fastened; buckled; buttoned; compacted; itakamassa, fas- tened together; joined together strong (as the planks of a floor when well laid); clasped together; consolidated; strengthened; sealed; ikakamasso, a., open; not fastened. akamassali, v. t., to fasten; to button; nafoka akamassali, to seal; to buckle; itakamassali, tofasten together; to clasp; to compact; to consolidate. BYINGTON] akamolechi, v. t., to strangle; to stop up; see akomolechi. akamol, v. t. pl., to stop up; to cork; to bung (applied to any hole or gap); alhkamoa, pl. pp., see akamali. akanali, v.a.i., toapproach; to approx- imate. akanalichechi, v. t. caus., to approxi- mate, to bring near. akanalichi, v. t. caus., to move along; to remove from. akanallechi, v. t. from. akanalli, akanallih, v. a.i., to remove from; to go from; to move from. akanimi, n., manner; fashion; means. akanimi, a., after some fashion; some- how. akanimi, v. a. i., to be after some man- ner. akaniohmi, n., a deed; an action, John 3:19; a dealing, John 4: 9; matter; cir- cumstance; providence; itimakaniohmi, mutual dealings, John 4:9; hash akan- iohmi, your works, Matt. 5: 16 (here a verb is used for a noun). akaniohmi, v. t., to do; to act; im- akaniohmi, Josh. 2: 23; itimakaniohmi, to deal together. akaniohmichi, v. t., to cause to do; to cause to be done. akanli, a., low; humble. akanli, v. n., to be low; v.t., to humble; to lower. akanlusechi, akanlusichi, v. t. caus., to humble; to bring low; to lay low; to lower; to abase; ileakanlusichi, to hum- ble himself, Matt. 18: 4; imanukfila akalunsichi, to depress; to discourage. akanlusi, a., very low; low down;abased; low (as tones in music). akanlusi, v. n., to be very low; to be low down, Matt. 18, caption of chapter. akanlusi, adv., low. akanlusi, n., lowness. akanlusichi, n., a humbler. akanta, pp., pressed. akantalechi, v. t., to press together; to press; itakantalechi, v. t., to press to- gether. akantali, v. a. i., to press, Mark 5: 31; itakantali, Mark 2: 4. akantalichi, n., a press. akaona, see akkaona. 84339°—Bull. 46—15——_3 caus., to remove A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 33 akapassaka, n., a cold climate; a cold region. akapoa, akopoa (q. V.), v. t., to over- shadow. akashofa, n., an erasure; a clean place or place cleansed. akasholichi, n., a doorscraper. akataiya, pp. pl.; patched; alhkata, sing. akataiya, n. pl., patches, or places patched; alhkata, sing. akatali, v. t. pl., to patch; akalli, sing. akauwi, v. t. sing., to break and bend down. akauwichi, v. t. pl., itt shima ya” akau- wichi; fuli an akauwichi, they break switches. akawa, pp., broken and bent down, but not broken off (as limbs or twigs). akalli, akkalli (q. v.), v. t., to mend. akalli, n., a mender. akallo, pass. voice, to be made strong or sure, as akallashke, Matt. 27: 64. akallo, pp., a., made strong; sealed; bound to. akallo, v. a. i., to harden; to grow hard there. akallo, n., an establishment. akallochi, vy. t. caus., to make strong; to fix; to seal; to make sure, Matt. 27: 66. akama, v. i., to fall, 1 Sam. 18: 25; 1 Kings 22: 20. akama, see akama. akammi, v. t. pl., to stop up; to close (a book), Luke 4: 20; to shut up, Matt. 6: 6; to bung; to spike; to shut, Josh. 2: 7; see akamali, sing; akamoti, pl., itakammi, to close together. akammi, n., a stopper. akania, v. u., to be exhausted by; sia- kania, John 2: 17 [?]; to be absorbed at; to sponge. akania, pp., absorbed at; exhausted at; disappeared at. Akas, n., August. akashchukali, v. a. i. sing., to lift the head; to stand erect. akashchunoli, v. a. i., to bow down the head. akashtala, akishtala, n., the lower end; the butt end; the bottom; the root (of a tree), Luke 3: 9. akat, adv., yes; to be sure; indeed; aye; from ah, it is, and kat, the definite article, 34 akchalhpi, hakchalpi, n., ross bark; the coarse outside bark of atree. [Chalhpi is the form of this word used by the Choctaw of Mississippi.—H. 8. H.] akchihpo, ahchihpo, u., drift; drift- wood. akchupilhko, see hakchupilhko. akeluachechi, v. t. caus., to cause the heartburn, or flatulency. akeluachi, v. n., to have the heartburn, or flatulence; to belch. akeluachi, n., the heartburn; flatulency. akeluachi, a., flatulent. atki, atke, my father; my sire. Asa word of respect it is applied to all the brothers of the father and their male cousins by the children. This word is not found without the prefix pronoun; remove it and say ki or ke and no idea of father, etc., remains. a®ki a” ont hohpi- lahea”, I go and bury my father, Matt. 8: 21; 11: 26; 15: 138; Josh. 2: 13. akintak, int. of resolution used by those who are ready to fight, etc. akishtala, akashtala, n., the root; the butt end; the lower end, Matt. 3: 10. akishtala kullit kinaffi, v. t., to sap; to undermine. akka, alka, n., the place beneath, below, or down; the bottom (asof water). aka, 2 Kings 9: 33; aka et pilatok, the ground, 2 Sam. 24: 20. akka, a., down; belonging to the earth; earthly; earthy. akka, v. n., to be down; akkachi, akachi, v. t.; akachit taiyati cha, 2 Sam. 8: 2. akka, pp., felled; thrown down. akka, adv., prep., earthly. akka a®ya, see akkaya. akka ia, akkia, v. a. i., to go down; tosink; to decline; to descend; to lower; to pitch; to stoop; akia, to go down, Matt. 11:23. akka iksho, a., without bottom; fathom- less. akka itanowa, v. a. i., to travel on foot, Matt. 14: 13. akka itipatalhpo, n., a ground floor; a lower floor. akka itula, akka itola, aka itula, akki- tula, v. a. i., to fall down; to precipi- tate; to fall on the ground, Matt. 10: 29; akka satula, I fall down; akka chitula, thou fallest down; akka itonla, akkitonla, BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 nasal form, lying down; akku iloyula, pro. form, to be lying along; akka ituyula, to descend, Matt. 7: 27. akkabata, n., a bat; a ball stick. akkabitepa, n. pl., to be lying down. akkabinoh, pl., to sit down, Matt. 13: 48; 15 :35; aka hashuk aiombinoli, Matt. 14: 19. akkabohi, y. t., to lay down; to put down; to deposit; to throw down; to ground. akkachunni, akachunni, v. a. i. pl., to bow the head; to throw the head up and down. akkachunochunli, v. a. i. pl., to wag or wave the head. akkachunoli, akachunoli, sing. v. a. i., to bow the head; to condescend; to crouch, 2 Sam. 24: 20; imakkachu- noli, to bow the head to hina; to render obeisance to him; to resign up to him; akkachunohonli, freq. akkachunoli, n., a bow; an act of obei- sance. akkafehna, a., nethermost; lowest. akkafohobli, v.t. pl.,to spill much or many. akkafohopa, pp., spilt; akkafohompa, nasal form, being spilt. akkahika, v. a.i.,to stand on the feet; to travel on foot; akkahitka, nasal form, to be standing on the feet. akkahikat atya, v.a. i., to journey on foot; to travel on foot. akkahikat aya, n.,a pedestrian. akkahoyo, v. t., to search for the bot- tom; to fathom; to sound. akkahu"kupa, n., a pad; a foot pad. akkakaha, v. a. i. dual, to fall down; to lie down. akkakaha, pp., laid down; akkakaiyaha, pro. form, to be lying down along; lain down at last. akkakahat aiasha, v. a. i. pl., to lie down; a number lying down. akkakahat maya, v. a. i. pl., implying that three are lying down or have lain down; to lie down. akkakali, v. t., to lay down. akkakoha, akakoha, y. a. i., to fall down, Matt. 3: 10; to fall in battle, Josh. 8: 25. akkakoha, pp., fallen; smitten, 1 Sam, 4; 2. fallen down; BYINGTON] A DICTIONARY OF THE akkakoli, akakoli, v. t., to cast down, Luke 1: 52; to slay; to cut down trees, Josh. 17: 15, 18. akkakotichi,v. t. caus., to smite, 1 Sam. 4: 31. akka®lusi, akalusi (q. v.), a., low. akkatati, v. t. pl., to spill and scatter (applied tocorn, shot, and like objects). akkatatapa, pp. sing., spilt; poured down. akkalatapa, v.a.i., to spill; to pour out and scatter. , akkatatabli, v. t. sing., to spill and scat- ter; applied to milk, water, or any single object. akkalaya, pp. pl., spilt and scattered; akkalanya, nasal form, being spilt and scattered. akkalaya, v. a. i. pl., to spill and scatter; to pour out; akkatanya, nasal form. akkalipeli, v. t., to spread down; to lay down with the face or upper side next to the ground; to lay bottom side up or upside down. akkalipia, v. a. i. sing., to lie down on the face. akkalipia, pp., to be down; laid down on the face or bottom side up. akkalipkachiy, v. a. i. pl., to lie down on the face; akkatipkaiyachi, pro. form. akkama, akkama, akama, v. a. i., to fall down (spoken of living creatures); to fall; ikakamo, it fell not, Matt. 7: 25; akama, it fell, Matt. 7: 27. akkama, akkama, pp., fallen down; demolished; prostrated; stopped. akkamotloli, v. a. i., to slink. akkanowa, v. a. i., to walk; to travel on foot. akkanowa, n., a pedestrian. akkaona, akaona, vy. a.i., to go down; to be abused, Luke 18: 14. akkapila, adv., downward; downwards. akkapila, v. t., to cast down; to throw down; to unhorse; akkasapela, to throw me down. akkapushli, n., a stole; a pucker. akkasiteli, v. t., to undergird. akkasoli, n., name of a bush which grows at the edge of water, having a ball-like fruit. A decoction of the leaves is a good sudorific. akkashalachi, n., a scraper. akkashalallichit litelti, v. t., to drag- gle. CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 35 akkashaloli, v. a. i., to hold the ears forward (as a horse). akkatala, v. a. i, to ground; to run aground. ‘ akkatalla, a., duck-legged. akkatalla, v. n., to be duck-legged. akkaya, akka a®ya, v.a.i., to go on foot, not on horseback; to travel on foot. akkachi, v. t., to lower; to bring down; to demolish; to prostrate; to lay low; to disburden; to take down (as from a house); to fell; to raze; to suppress; to throw; akachi, Josh. 10: 27. akkachi, n., a throw. akkalli, akalli, v. t. sing., to patch; to mend with patches; to botch; to clout; to cobble; alhkata, pp., isht alhkata, n., a patch; shulush akkalli, to patch a shoe. akkalli, n., a patcher. akkama, see akkama. akket (from akka and et), down this way, from above; aket hapihohoyoshke, 12th hymn, 4th verse, ed. 1844. akkia, n., a descent; see akka ta. akkitola, akkaitula (q. v.), to fall down. akkitula, n., a fall. akkitula, pp., fallen. akkoa, akowa, v. a. i., todescend; to go down; to come down, Matt. 14: 29; to dismount; to get down; to alight; attat akowa, ‘‘come down,”’ Matt. 8: 1; 17: 9; Josh. 2: 23; 15: 18, ‘“‘to light off,”’ Josh 15: 18. akkoa, akowa, v. t., to dismount. akkoli, v. t., to mold; to plate over (as silver or iron); to shape; isht akkoli, to plate; alhkoha, pp.; isht alhkoha, pp., plated. akma, sign of sub. mood after verbs end- ing with a; see ak and its compounds. akmichi, see akmochi. akmo, hakmo pp., soldered; congealed; hardened or cold (as tallow); itakmo, soldered together; cemented; closed up. akmo, v. a. i., to harden; to congeal; to stiffen. akmochi, akmichi, v. t., to solder; to harden; to congeal; to found; to run; itakmochi, recip. form, to cement to- gether; to cause to adhere; to close up; to press the sides of a wound and cause them to unite; itaiakmochi, v. t., to solder. akmochi, n., a founder, 36 aknatka, vile; bad; worthless. See John 9: 34. akni, n., the eldest among a family of children, male or female; in a larger sense any one of the children who is older than others of the same family; the first born, Josh. 17: 1. aknip, see haknip. akobafa, n., a breach; the place broken. akobafa, v. a. i., to break at, or by. akobafa, pp., broken there, or at. akocha (seeakucha), and (used in count- ing); pokoli chakali akocha chakale, ninety and nine. akochofa, pp., bent down (as cornstalks to preserve the ears from the weather and the birds) ; akushlt, pl. akochofa, v. a.i., to bend down; akushit, akochulli, pl.; akochoha, pp. akochuffii, v. t., to break and bend down; tanchapi a” akochuffi, he bends down the cornstalk; akushlicha, pl. akochuffichi, v. t. caus., to cause to break and bend down. akohcha, see akucha and kohcha. akohchawiha, see akuchawiha. akolas, n., a jar. akolofa, n., the place where anything has been cut off, or broken off; a part left; a stump. akolofa, v. a. i., to come off at. akolofa,a., cut off at; severed at; akolonfa, akolutfa, nasal form, being cut off at. akoluffi, v. t., to cut off at. akomachi, v. a. i., to be sweet; to be pleasant to the taste. akomolechi, v. t., to strangle; tostop by holding something on at the mouth, or nose; also akamolechi (q. v.). akomuta, v. n., to dread; to fondle; akomunta, nasal form. akonoli, n., a circle round the sun or moon; see hashi akonoti. akopoa, v.t., to overshadow, Matt. 17:5; ohoshontikachi, later edition; see aka- po. akopulechi; ttakopulechi, v. t., to press together; to close (as the sides of a wound). akostinincha hinla, a., perceptible. akostininchahe keyu, a., inscrutable; undistinguishable. akostininchi, v. t., to know, Luke 2: 43; to be acquainted with; to find out, BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 Matt. 6: 3; 7: 20; to discern; to ascer- tain; to apprehend; to comprehend, John 1: 5; to see, Matt. 2: 16; to read, Matt. 16: 8; to perceive, Luke 5: 22; 1 Sam. 3: 8; to prove; to realize; to recollect; to remember; to under- stand; to consider, Matt. 7: 3; to have knowledge of, Matt. 14: 35; hash- akostinincha chin kak oka, that ye may know; Matt. 9: 6; also Matt. 12: 7, 15, 25; 15: 12, 16, 17; 17: 13; wWekostininchi, ileakostininchi, ilakostininchi, ref. form, to come to himself, to know himself, Luke 15: 17; to repent, Matt. 13: 15; 16: 12; ikakostinincho, neg. form, not to know, Josh. 8:14; ikakostinincho, a., unconscious; undecided; undeter- mined; uninformed; achukma ikakosti- nincho, a., uncertain. akosha, pp. pl., broken down; bent and broken down; see akochofa. akosha, v. a. i., to break down; to bend and break down. akowa, see akkoa. akshish, hakshish, n., the sinews; roots; veins; arteries; a fiber; a nerve; a sinew; a source; akshish chito, the large sinews, roots, veins, arteries; the tap root. akshish, a., sinewy. akshish a®™sha, a., sinewed. akshish lakna chito, n., columbo [or calumba] a medicinal plant that grows in the woods. akshish laua, a., stringy. - akshish toba, v. a. i., to root; to take root. akshish toba, pp., rooted. aksho, n., disuse; neglect; desuetude. aksho, a., pp., neglected; forsaken; dis- used; obsolete; out of date; exploded; extinct; invalid; null; quashed; aban- doned; deserted, like an old, untraveled road; abolished; annulled; repealed; vacated; hina aksho, nafohka aksho. aksho, v. t., to neglect; to disuse. akshot taha, a., obsolete; done away. akshucha hinla, a., voidable. akshuchi, v. t., to abolish; to annul; to repeal; to disannul; to explode; to fail; to null; to nullify; to quash; to vacate; to undo; and, in reference to closing the time of mourning for the dead, aiakshuchi, the time of doing so. akshuchi, n., an abolisher, BYINGTON] akshuchi, n., an abolition; a vacation; nullification. akshuki!, akshukehih!, oh dear!, said when cold and suffering. akshupi!, akshupehih!, oh dear!, said when burnt. akta, hakta, conj. or prep., therefore; as hokat, mih hakta isht alali kat, there- fore I brought them. Aktoba, Aktuba, n., October. akucha, akocha, prep., over; and; used in counting between 20 and 30, and 30 and 40, etc., and on to 100, Luke 2: 37; 1 Kings 10: 14; to express over and above or more, as pokoli tuklo akucha, over 20; akucha is com- pounded of a, of, from, out of, and kucha, to go out. akucha, akohcha, n., a pass; a ford; a ferry; a crossing place; the place where anything comes out; an ex- tract; a landing. akucha, adv., out of. akucha, akohcha, v. a. i., to come out of; to proceed out of, Matt. 15: 18; Josh. 4: 16, 17, 18, 19; 5:5; akuncha, nasal form; akoyucha, pro. form. akucha, pp., taken from; brought out; extracted. akuchaka, n., the place of appearing or coming out, applied to the rising of the sun; hashi akohchaka, Matt. 2:1, 9. akuchaweli, v. t. pl., to take out from; to subtract. akuchaweli, n., subtraction. akuchawiha, akohchawiha, pp. pl., subtracted; taken from. akuchawiha, v.a.i. pl., to come out of; akohchawiha, Josh. 8: 16. akuchechi, v. t., to take out from, Gen. 2: 22; to cause to come out. akuchi, v. t., to take out; to out; to oust; to bring out of; to extract from. akuhish, n., a jug. akuncha, adv., out. akunti, n., growth of vegetables or a vegetable; a plant. akushli, pp. of akochofa, broken down. akushlichi, v. t. pl., to bend and break down; akochuffi, sing. ala, v. a. i., from ala, to arrive at a place or point in sight, but not at the place where the speaker stands. bent and A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 37 ala, n., an arrival. alahki, v. a. i., to lie with the back to the fire; luak infilammit itola [lying turned from the fire]. alahkichi, v. t., to make him lie with his back to the fire, or to lay him, her, or it with the back to the fire. alaka, alaka, n. sing., edge; border; shore; the margin, John 21: 4, 8, 9; ont alaka, n., the coast; peni alaka, side of a boat. alaka ikaiyu, v. i., not going one side, i. e., costive, a delicate mode of speak- ing. alakali, pl., edges. alakchakali, pl., edges of a field, water, prairies, or woods. alakna, y. a. i., to ripen; to turn yellow; to rust; to be ripe. alakna, u., ripe; yellow; rusty. alakna, pp., ripened; rusted; turned yel- low. alaknabi, v.t., to rust; to kill with rust (as grain). alaknachi, v. t., to ripen; to rust. alaknat ia, v. a. i., to begin to ripen. alaksha, n., a hothouse. alatichi, a., cunning; sly. alama, pp., silenced; prevented; forbid- den; see alammi. alapalechi, v. t., to place at the side or on the side of something; to cause to adhere to the side; to give boot; to give interest; to charge interest. alapali, v. a. i., to adhere to; to stick to the side; to be on the side; to cleave to. alapali, n., the margin. alapalika, n., the side. alapanli, nasal form, being placed at the side. alapanli, n., boot; interest. alata, n., a lining; a facing; a covering; nishkin alata, spectacles. alata, pp., a., lined; faced; sided; italata, pp., lined together or laid together, as two leaves in a book, side by side; it- alanta, italantat kaha, italatat kaha, Luke 19: 44; italatkachi, to lie like pieces of slate. alata, v.a.i., to set; to incubate; to nes- tle; to sit. alata, n., a sitting. alatali, v. t., to line; to put on a lining; to ceil; to lap; to put on a facing; to face; to sheathe. 38 alatkachi, vy. a. i. pl., to lie on the side (as a facing or lining); italatkachi, pl., to lie side by side (as several leaves in a book). alauechi, v. t., to be equal to; to be ade- quate; neg., ikalauecho, Josh. 8: 15. alaui, v. n., to be equal; to be adequate; isht ikalauo, Luke 3: 16. alalli, see lallichi; italallit boti, to pack (as meat). alallichi, v. t., to harden by pounding, as wak hakshup alallichi; n., a lapstone. alammi, alami (see olabbi), v. t., to for- bid; to prevent; to take from, applied to the taking of a man’s wife from him by her relations (ohoyo ha” imolabit atishi) ; imalammi, to prevent him; to rebuke, Matt. 17: 18. alammichi, alamichi, v. t., to silence; to prevent; to forbid, Luke, 6: 29; im- alamminchi, to rebuke him, Matt. 16:22. alashpaka, n., a warm climate; a warm region. alatkachi, a., lined, or laid on in several thicknesses. ale, exclamation, to halloo (used in call- ing another person); bulloa or holla. aleli, v. t., to weed; to plow among corn or other vegetables the first time; Jeli is to weed; the u prefixed probably de- notes the place where. aleli, n., a weeder; one that weeds or frees from anything noxious. ali, alleh, exclamation, uttered by child- ren when in pain; oh dear. alia, pp., weeded, or the place weeded. alikchi, allikchi, n., a doctor; a phy- sician, Matt. 9: 12; an Indian doctor. alikchi, v. t., to doctor; to practice as a physician; to administer medicine; to attend to the sick, as a physician; im- alikchi, v. t., to doctor him. One mode of treating the rheumatism is thus de- scribed: The patient shuts himself up in a hot house, strips himself naked, makes a fire, and lies there and sweats freely. He then takes a fragment of a bottle and scarifies himself. After this he goes to a creek and bathes and anoints his hody with oil. alikchi ilahobi, n., a quack; an empiric. alikti, v. a. i., to spring up, to grow. alikti, pp., a., grown up. alikti, n., the growth; the young growth. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY (BULL, 46 aliktichi, v. t., caus., to cause it to grow. aliktichi, n., young birds just fledged or feathering; a pin feather. allalluak, see alolua. almuk, n., the almug tree, 1 Kings, 10: 11, 12. aloah, see alua. alohbi, allohbi, a., sultry; hot; warm, still, and without wind. alohbi, v. n., to besultry, hot, warm and still and without wind. alohbi, n., the heat; warmth; sultriness. alokoli, n., a cluster; acollection; chuka alokoli. alolua, v. a. i. pl., to fill up; v. n., to be full; alota, sing. alolua, allolua, allalluak, a., pl., full. alolua, pp., filled. alolua, n., fullness. alotichi, v. t., to cause to be sultry, hot, or warm. aloshuma, v. n., to be finished off at. aloshuma, n., the place where it is fin- ished. aloshuma, pp., finished off at. aloshummi, y. t., to finish off at. alota, v. a. i., sing., to fill up; it fills up; allota, less than alota; a diminutive of alota; v. a. i., to fill up slowly. alota, v. n., to be full. alota, a., full; big, Luke 5: 7; fraught; high; replete; Matt. 14: 20; 15: 37; alota- ma, ‘when it was full,’’ Matt. 13: 48. alota, pp., filled; crowded; stuffed. alota, n., fullness; a fill; plenitude. alotoli, alotuli, sing. and pl., to fill, John 2:7; to replenish; to stuff; to fill to the brim; full banks, Josh. 9: 13. alotowa, alotoa, a. sing. and pl., pas- sive and intransitive, very full; brim- ful; alota, simple form. alotowa, v. a. i., intensive form, to fill up, Gen. 1: 28. alotowa, v. n., to be full, Matt. 6: 22. alotowa, pp., to be filled to the brim, Luke 1: 15. alotowa, n., fullness; abundance; chu?- kash a® alotowakmako, Matt. 12: 34. alta, n., an altar, 2 Sam. 24: 18, 21. alua, n., a burn; a place burnt; a scald. alua, aloah, a., pp., a burnt place; v. a. i., to burn at, or on; to burn there, as it burns there. aluachi, v. t., to burn; to consume; isht aluachi, to burn with, Luke 8: 17. BYINGTON] aluhmi, vy. t., to hide at or in; to conceal; to secrete. aluhmi, v.a.i., to hide; to lie concealed; kohchi aluhmi, to hide in a thicket. alukoli, see lukoli. alulli, v.t. pl., to fill, Gen. 44: 1. aluma, pp., hid or hidden at. aluma, n., a hiding place; a place of concealment; concealment; a lurking place; obscureness; obscurity; a recess. alumatka, n., a secret; a secret place. alumpoa, pp. pl., hid or hidden at; ctf. aluma. alumpoa, n. pl., secret. places; hiding places. alusa, n., a black place; a place made black; black. alusachi, v. t., to blacken; to make black. alusachi, a., dark colored. alusachi, vy. n., to be dark colored. alabocha, n., a vessel for boiling food in; a pot; a boiler. alacha, vy. n., to fit in; to fill up; to stand in; to fit in, asa stick of timber is fitted for another; atachaya, pro. form; atachkachi, pass. pl. alachahachi, v. t. pl., to set them in. alachali, v. t. sing., to set a stick in. alatfa, n., a trace; a line; a mark. alaka, n., the midriff; the diaphragm. alakofahe keyu, a., inevitable; incur- able. alakofi, v. a. i., to escape at; to escape from; to heal; to recover from. alakofi, n., a refuge; a place of escape; deliverance; salvation; a remedy; isht alakofahe, Luke 4: 18. atakofi, n., a refugee. alakofi, pass., healed; rescued; saved. alakofichi, v. t. caus., to heal; to save; to rescue from. alakofichi, n., a deliverer. alanta, pass. nasal form of following, be- ing mixed, as uksakatanta. alatali, v. t., to mix; atantali, nasal form. alachaya, v.i., pro. form, from atacha (q. v.), to stand in; to fit in; to fill, Jer. 23:24. alachkachi, v. n. pl., to fit in; to fill up, as to fit a tenon for the mortise. alechi, v. t., to destroy; isht imatechi, his destruction, 2 Chron. 22: 4. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 39 ateka, n., misery or distress brought on one by his own misconduct; danger; Matt. 5:21, 22; 10: 15; 11: 22, 24. ateka, a., distressed. ateka, v. n., to be in distress, as im- ateka fehna, he is in great misery; im- ateka, to suffer pain from his own mis- conduct; atekachi, v. t., as imatekachi; atekachechi, v. t. caus., as in imateka- chechi. aleli, v. t., to scuffle; towa ya itimateli, they scuffle with each other for the ball. aleli, n., a scuffler. alelichi, v. a., to roll up the sleeves, etc., above the elbows, and the panta- loons above the knees; atiha, pass., rolled up. alepa,n.,adrum; afiddle; acommon drum or fiddle; a harp; astringed instrument of music; a lyre; an organ; a tabor. atepa boli, v. t., to drum; to beat the drum; to play on the drum. alepa boli, n., a drummer. alepa chito, n., a large drum; a bass viol; a drum; a viol. alepa chito boli, v. t., to drum; to beat the big drum. alepa chito boli, n., a drummer. atepa chito isht boli, n., a drumstick. alepa chito isht olachi, n., the bow used in playing on the bass viol. atepa chito olachi, v. t., to play on the bass viol. atepa chito olachi, n., one that plays on the bass viol. atepa olachi, vy. t., to play on the fiddle or violin; to fiddle; to drum; to harp. alepola, n., a march; a particular beat of the drum; the music of the drum. alepolachi, n., a fiddler; a harper. alepush ikbi, n., a fiddle maker. alepush olachi, n., a fiddler; fiddling. atepushi, n., a diminutive, a fiddle or violin smaller than the alepa; a hand organ. alepushi isht olachi, n., a fiddlestick; a fiddle bow. alepushi isht talakchi, n., a fiddle- string. alepushi olachi, y. t., to fiddle; to play on the violin. 40 atti, from ati, limit, etc.; being the end of it. ath, a., true; faithful; correct; pure (1 K. 10: 21); fair; upright; just; certain; hon- est; valid; virgin (as virgin gold); great in thesense of real; (aiandi, Matt. 7: 27); intrinsic; immaculate; legitimate; nice; open; proper; right; sheer; simple; sincere; single; solid; sound; stable; straight; strict; sure; trusty; unaffected; undoubted; unfeigned; unmingled; real; genuine; authentic; accurate; sure (during the age of an adult); conscien- tious; cordial; effectual; equitable; frank; good; nakni tashka atti, n., an able-bodied man or warrior; neg. form ikalo, a., uncandid; unjust; unsound; unstable; vain; unhandsome; false; not true; untrue; faithless; dishonest; erro- neous; fallacious; groundless; hollow- hearted; inaccurate; incorrect; indirect; ineffectual; insincere; perfidious; spuri- ous; treacherous; unfair; unfaithful; ika®to kawa a., undesirable; not to be desired. ikatlo achahe keyu, undenia- ble; he can not say it is false; imati, true of him; true to him; true for him; ikimanio, a., not true of him (i. e., the accusation); innocent. atti, n., truth; equity; execution; a fact; fairness; faithfulness; integrity; open- ness; right; simplicity; sincerity; single- ness; trueness; verity; virtue; ika”#o, n., a falsehood; an untruth; hollowness; treachery; vanity. atti, vy. n., to be true, faithful, honest, etc., Matt. 17: 25; atti makon, that is true, or true that is, Matt. 6: 2,5; 8: 10; 13:17; aianti, pro., Luke 16: 11, to be fulfilled, Matt. 1: 23; 2: 15; ont aianti- tok makoke, was fulfilled, Matt. 12: 21; be established, Matt. 18: 16; ikanto achi v. a. i., to say it is false; to deny; to contradict; to gainsay. anlishke, a sentence; it is true. See John 3: 3, 5, 11; shke is a particle of affirmation in the definite present tense. Verbs neu- ter may be rendered as sentences by adding shke to them (as kalloshke, it is strong), and without this appendage merely by accenting the last syllable, as anii’, it is true; kallo’, it is strong. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 atli, pass., authenticated; attested; estab- lished; verified; fulfilled; Matt. 2: 17; 5: 18. athi, adv., truly; certainly; really; faith- fully; heartily; nicely; richly; rightly; sincerely; strictly; surely; verily; ikavlo, adv., falsely; untruly. ath, v. a. i., to act truly; to be true; to hold; to prove; isha"li, you act truly; antili, I act truly. ati achit anoli, v. a. i., to affirm; to testify; lit., to speak and tell truly. atti achit miha, v. t., to assert; to avouch; to say and speak truly. atti fehna achit miha, to allege; to say and speak very truly. atti ho, adv., verily, Matt. 18: 3. atli mako®, adv., verily, Matt. 8: 10; Matt. 10: 15, 23, 18: 18. John 3: 3. anti mako chimachilishke, verily I say unto thee; aianli mako® chimachilishke, in truth, to thee I do say, Luke 23: 43. alia, v. t., to commit whoredom, i. e., for a plurality of men to humble one woman. See Judg. 19: 25. atlichi, v. t. caus., to make true; to es- tablish the truth; to fulfill a promise; to attest; to ratify; to assure; to authen- ticate; to establish; to evidence; to evince; to execute; to prove; to strengthen; to verify; to warrant. Matt. 3: 15. alifa, litfa, pass. sing., stripped off. alitfa, v. a. i., to come off. alitfachi, v. t. caus., to tie a running knot or noose. alitf—i, v. t., to strip off. alitfichi, v. t. caus., to tie with a noose; to tie a running noose. atitkachechi, v. t. caus., to strip off. alitkachi, pass. pl. of adinfa, stripped off. alikachi, v. a. i. pl., to come off. alioa, lioa, v. t. pl., to take the track and follow, to pursue. See Zioli. alioli, v. t., to pursue. alipa, v. n., to lie on the face; alipat ishko, to lie down and drink; atipia, pro. form. atipo, n., covering of a camp; roof of a little shed. attit, adv., surely; truly; with truth; in truth. When the letter ¢ is suffixed to a word it is connected with the next BYINGTON] A DICTIONARY OF THE following word and often qualifies it if verb, as adverbs do. athit achi, v. a.i., to speak truly; or, to true and speak; or, he trues and speaks. atiyuha, y. a. i., to pursue, Josh. 8: 16; neg. tkatiyuho, Josh. 8: 17. atohbi, a., warm; hot. atohbi, v. n., to be warm or hot; sigfohbi, Iam warm. atohbi, pass., heated; burnt; warmed; tanchi at atohbi, the corn is burnt. atohbichi, vy. t. caus., to warm; to heat. alopoli, n. pl., fords, passes. alopoli, v. a. i. pl., to pass through at. atopolichi, v. t. caus., to take through. atfopulli, n. sing., a ford; a pass; a ferry; a crossing. atopulli, v. a. i., to pass through at. atopullichi, v. t. caus., to take through at. alopullichi, n., one that conducts through at. alukafa, n., a perforation. alukahi, n. pl., perforations; or pp., per- forated at. alumpa, n., a perforation; place pierced; a puncture. am, a prefixed pronoun; of the same meaning as a”, an, and am; I, as amponna, I am skilled, I know; ama- hoba, I reckon, I presume, or it seems to me; me in the objective or dative case, as ampota, to lend to me; am is usually found before words beginning with p and b; am before vowels, amis- suba; amia; go for me and sam after 2d person sing., and plural, issamithana, thou knowest me; hassamithana, ye know me. ama; see kama, Acts, 24:11 [?]. amakali, a., graceful. amakali, v. u., to be graceful. amakalichi, v. t., to render graceful. amati, v. a. i., to turn there, on, or over. amalichi, n., a floor or place for win- nowing grain, Luke 3: 17. amatichi, y. t., to winnow there, at, or by; to fan. amashlichi, v. t., to fan. amashlichi, n., a fan; a fanner. amba, conj., but, John 1: 12; however; unless; amba is the nasal form of aba, and ig derived from aba, being above or out of; or from a”, and ba, ari ad- 41 CHOCTAW LANGUAGE verb meaning really [merely]; amba, but, Matt. 6: 33; 18: 16; amba na holis- sochi, and, Matt. 7: 29; 10: 30; amba yammak okato, Matt. 13: 11, 48. amia; Chihowa at amia tuchina, Hymn Book, page 206. II. amih, see mih. amih achafa, a., one; the same; tuchina iknanakia amih achafa hoke, 1 John be7 [Py. amiha, n., asaying; a maxim; a remark; a subject of conversation. amihachi, y. t., to accuse, Matt. 27: 12. amitko, v. t., to reign, Luke 19: 15. amitofa, n., a place which is filed; or, pp., filed there. aminti, n., source; origin; the place whence anything comes; a fountain; a germ; the spring. aminti, v. a. i., to come from. amisho"fa, sing. v. a. i., to rub on or against. amisho®fa, pp., a., rubbed. amishoffi, y. t. sing., to rub against. amishoha, pp. pl., rubbed. amishohachi, v. t. pl., to rub against. amishokachi, n., a rub. ami tshokachi, amoshokachi, ami- shokachi, y. a. i. pl., to rub; it rubs against. amisholichi, vy. t., to rub. amisholichi, n., a rubber. amo, art., the; the one which; the said; it is used in the nom. and obj. cases, Josh. 6: 22; amo, hamo, yamo, kamo, kamo, chamo may be classed with ad- verbs of past time, Matt. 22:8; in nom. case, John 21: 21. amochonli, y. t., to wink at. amohsholechi, y. t. caus., to precipi- tate; to drive forward. amokafa, v. t., to attack; to run upon, Luke 14: 31; to meet in battle, Matt. 24: 7, amokafi, v. a., to rise; itamokafi, Matt. 24:7; Luke 14: 31. amona, ammona, hammona, adv. or n., the first; the beginning, amona yan, at first, John 1: 1, amoshokachi, see aminshokachi. amosholi, a., greedy; precipitous; reso- lute. amosholi, see amoshuli. amoshuli, amohsholi, vy. t., v. a. i., to 42 run on; to venture on; to precipitate; to have courage, Josh. 1: 6, 7; to per- severe, Josh. 10:25; to rush; to venture. amoshuli, n., precipitancy; prowess; a rush; an onset. ampa, nasal form from apa, eating, to be eating; to eat meat, bread, and potatoes, dipped in gravy; ahampa, freq., to keep eating; to be often eating. ampatoba, n., a pottery. amphata, n., a plate; a pan; pottery; crockery. amphata chito, n., a platter; ‘a charger,’’ Matt. 14: 8, 11. ampi, n., an ear (as tanch ampi, an ear of corn). ampkoa, n., a potsherd; a piece or fragment of a broken pot; a piece of a broken earthen vessel; Job. 2: 8; a broken bowl; a piece of broken crock- ery; ampkokoa, pl. ampmahaia, ampmaiha, n., a griddle; a broad, shallow pan for baking cakes. ampmahaia apalaska, u., a griddle. ampmalaha, n., a dish. ampmalaspoa, n. pl., plates; platters. ampmalaswa, n. pl., plates. ampmalassa, n., a plate. ampmalha, n., a dish. ampo, n., a bowl; a pan; crockery; earthenware; pottery; a vessel. ampo aiachefa, ampo aiokami, n., a wash bowl. ampo atala, n., acrockery shelf; a shelf for bowls. ampo chito, n., a large bowl; a large dish. ampo ikbi, ampo tana, n., a potter. ampo mahaia, n., a pan, 2 Sam. 13:9. amppatassa, n., a large plate. ampushi, n., a small bowl. an, pro. pre. ‘“‘my”’ used in this form be- forea noun which begins with ch, J, or t, as anchuka, my house; antashka, my warrior; anluak, my fire; anchitokaka, my Lord, Luke 1: 43; before a verb, an adjective, and other parts of speech which begin with ch, /, or 1, an means to me, of me, for me, etc; a preposi- tion is understood. Before some words an is written a, and before others am, and sometimes @m. Before nouns it is parsed with the nouns. Before verbs, etc., it is generally in the da- BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY (BULL. 46 tive case—sometimes rendered as in the nom. case, as a®hollo, dear to me, or, I love it, and the like; sa” or san oc- curs after the 2d person, and plural of the active pronouns; issa”, issan, hassa?, hassan. anakfi, n., my brother, an appellation used only by females, Josh. 2: 13; chi- nakfi, thy brother, addressed to a fe- male; i”nak/i, her brother. anaktopulli, v. a. i., to pass through; to prevail. anaksi, n., the side. anaksi, v. a. i., to turn the side. anaksika, n., the side; outside. anaksika, v. a. i., to go to the side. anaksi®ka, nasal form, going to one side. anaksikachi, v. t. caus., to put to one side; to thrust into a corner. anaksho®fa, v. a. i., to scorch; to parch. anakshotfa, anukshu®fa, pp. sing., singed; scorched; burnt. anakshotfa, v. n., to be singed; to be parched; ikanakshufo, a., unscorched. anaksho"ffi, v. t. sing., to singe; to burn; to parch; to parch up; to toast. anaksholi, v. t. pl., to singe; to scorch; to burn; to parch up; to toast. anaksholi, n., a singer; one who singes. anakshua, anakshoha, pp. pl., singed; scorched; burnt; parched; toasted; ik- anaksho, a., unscorched. anakshua, v. a. i., to scorch; to parch. anakshua, v. n., to be singed; to be burnt; to be scorched, Matt. 13: 6. anaktibafa, pp. sing., glanced. anaktibafa, v. a. i., to glance; it glances. anaktibaloa, pp. pl., glanced. anaktibaloa, v. a. i. pl., to glance; it glances. anaktibaloti, v. t. pl., to make or cause to glance; anaktibalotichi, causative. anaktibaffi, v. t. sing., to glance; to cause to glance; to stumble. anaktiballi, y. t. pl., to make them glance; to stumble. anaktiballichi, v. t. caus., to cause them to glance. anaktiboa, pp. pl., glanced. anaktiboa, v. a. i., to glance. anata, anata, unala, pp., nailed on. anata, n., a wound. anali, v. t. sing., to nail; to nail on; to fasten with a nail; to wound; ahonali, pl. (q. v.). BYINGTON] anatichi, v. t. caus., tonail on; to nail to; to fasten with a nail; ahonatichi, pl. (q. v.); ahonala, pp. anchaha, pp., a., painted; color laid on the face. anchahi, v. a. i., to paint; to lay colorson the face; to rouge, 2 Kings 9: 30. anchah, n., « painter. anchatichi, v. t., to paint another; to lay colors on the face of another; to rouge. anchi, n., a cloak; a mantle; a robe; a shawl; a blanket; clothes; a coverlet; a scarf; a stole; raiment, Matt. 3:4; a garment, Matt. 9:16; imanchi, his gar- ment, Matt. 14: 36; his raiment, Matt. 17: 2. anchi, v. a. i., to put a cloak, etc., on one’s self; to cloak; to robe. anchi, pp., robed; see Mark 14: 51, nipi bano hosh linen anchi. anchi holitopa, n., a pall. anchichechi, v. t., to robe another per- son; to put a cloak and the like on to another person; to robe. anchichi, v. t., to put a cloak, etc.,on another person; to blanket another; to mantle; to robe another. ani, v. t., from ani, to pour in; anilish, I pour in, ete. (sh has the force of a conj. ). anihechi, anihichi, n.,a threshing floor or threshing place, 2 Sam. 24: 16, 18, 21. aninchi, v. t., to respect; see ahnichi. aninchichechi, v. t., to cause to suppu- rate; to cause to maturate; to promote suppuration. aninchichi, vy. a.i., to suppurate; to mat- urate; to become ripe; to fester; to gather pus; to matter; to rankle. aninchichi, u., matter; pus; suppuration; corruption. aninchichi, a., mature; ripe. anitatki, n., light, Luke 16: 8. annumpa, see anumpa. ano, ano, art., the obj. case of ato, or ato. Sometimes the article in this case is written hano, and yano, for euphony’s sake. ano, ano, rel. pro. in the obj. case, used after adj. and verb, subj. ato; the which; the one which; that which; see a”. It differs from a rel. pro. It appears A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 43 to be used to give more distinction of object and is more sonorous and ap- pears often in solemn style; ano, hano, yano, kano are often heard in the speech of a Choctaw orator. The last syllable is accented. anoa, annoa, annoa, annowa, pp., de- clared; described; designated; detailed; enunciated; famed; stated, Matt. 9: 26; told; related; reported; proclaimed; noised abroad, Luke 1: 65; rumored; informed; posted; mentioned; narrated; noised; published; reported; revealed; ikannoo, a., unpublished; untold; ano- hotwa, pp. freq., often told; imanoa, pp., warned; notified; bidden; tkiman- noo, a., unbidden; uncalled; uncom- manded; undirected; uninvited. anoa tapa, a., ineffable. anoa, annoa, anowa, n., a narration; a report; a rumor; fame, Josh. 9: 9; in- formation; imanoa, a citation; a rela- tion; renown; tidings, 1 Sam. 4:19; isht annoa, fame of, Matt. 4: 24; annohonwa, fame, Matt. 14: 1; see below. anoa, annowa, annoa, a., famous; noted; notable; illustrious; known, Matt. 10: 26. anoa, annowa, v. n., to be famous; to be noted; to be well known; annohonwa, freq., to be often told, Matt. 14: 1. anoa, adv., again; once more. anoachi, annoachi, vy. t. caus., to pro- claim; to tell; to cause to be told; to promulgate; to promulge; to post; annowachi, Matt. 9: 31. anoachi, n.,a proclaimer; a promulgator. anoli, v. t., v. a. i., to tell; to relate; to narrate; to publish; to declare; to re- hearse; and to convey (news); to carry intelligence; to describe; to designate; to detail; to direct; to disclose; to di- vulge; to draw; to enunciate; to in- form; to mention; to noise; to notify; to open; to preach; to predicate; to proclaim; to project; to promulgate; to promulge; to recite; to recount; to repeat; to report; to represent; to re- turn; to reveal; to rumor; to show; to signify; to speak, Matt. 10: 27; to spec- ify; to state; to story; to suggest; to tell; to touch; to unfold; to utter; to vent; to witness; imanoli, Josh. 2: 2; 44 Matt. 2: 8; 14: 12; annonli, nasal form, anont, contracted; anontia, to go and tell or gone to tell; anohonli, freq., to say; to reiterate; issamanoli, tell me; Josh. 7:19; anoyuolt, pro. form; imanoli, v. t., to tell him; to cite him; to warn him; to summon him; isht anoli, to tell about; to narrate concerning; pit anoli, to send word yonder or that way; et anoli, to send word here or this way; nan anoli, v. t., to blab; to tattle; isht ilanoli, Matt. 12: 36; itanoli, to confess; to acknowledge; to own; to speak of himself, John 1: 22; to render, Matt. 3: 6; wlimanolit, Josh. 7: 19; ilanoli, n., a confession; a concession; ilanoli, n., a confessor; itimanoli, to tell each other; anolahe keyu, a., unutterable; ilanolahe keyu, to disown; he will not confess; nan anoli, v. t., to tattle. anoli, n., a teller; a relator; a narrator; an advertiser; adeclarer; adirector; an informer; an informant; a promul- gator; a rehearser; a reporter; a repre- sentative; astory teller. anoli, n., a murmur; a narration; a nar- rative; a publication; a recital; a rela- tion. anompisachi, anumpisachi, v. t., to take aim; tolevel. This is probably a compound word from a there, o” on it, pisachi, to take sight. anonowa achukma keyu, a., unpopular. anonti, adv., again; once more; asecond time; further; and, Matt. 12: 25; 11: 4; 17: 4; ‘‘again,’? Matt. 13: 44, 45; anonti, Mark 11: 27; Matt. 2:8; 5: 33; conj. ‘‘and,’’ Matt. 7: 22. anonti, exclam. of surprise and regret. anopoli, v. t., v. a. i., to speak; to talk; Luke 2: 33. This form of the word is rare; anumpuli is the most usual form (q. v-). anowa, v. a.i., to wade; anowat lopulli, v. t., to wade through. anowa, pp., trodden, traveled; ikanowo, a., untraveled, untrodden. anowa, verbal, from a and nowa, a path; an alley; an avenue; a walk; a track; asmall path; a footstep; a mall; a trace. anowa, conj., similar to anonti, ‘“‘used by the late Col. D. Folsom.”’ anowa, n., fame; or anoa, (q. v.). BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 ant, a ‘‘directive particle” indicating the direction of an action toward the speaker and usually rendered by “come.’”? Itis perhaps derived from ala, to come. It is used with verbs of motion, generally prefixed, and does notoccur alone. See aryat alatant akim, John 15: 22; okla ant, etc., Matt. 4: 11; Luke 5: 7; ant pesa, come and see; ant aiokpachi, Matt. 8: 2; ant chumpa, come and buy; ant ia, come and go, i. e, come on by. It is the opposite of ont (q. v.); ont may be contracted from ona, to go to; ant ia, to come by; to come past; to come on; ont ia, to go by; ant apat tati tok, came and devoured them up, Matt. 13: 4; peni a® ant athtoma, when they were come into the ship; ant itimanumpuli, Matt. 17: 3; ahanta, Matt. 13: 45, to be engaged in, Josh. 1: 5. anta, antta, nasal form, of gtta, to re- side; to sojourn; to while. anta, v. a. i., tostay; to reside; toabide; to live; to dwell; to inhabit; to rest; to tarry, Luke 2: 43; to remain; to har- bor; to last (as a living creature); to lodge; to tabernacle; isht anta, v. t., to be busy about, etc.; to attend to, Matt. 4: 11; to wait on; to ply; to wait; to wage. This word anta is often used to supply the want of the verb to be, Matt 12: 6; ilanta, refl., to re- tire; to reside alone; ilanta, pp., re- tired; ahanta, freq. form; ibaianta, to stay with; to cohabit; itibaianta, to stay together with; tkanta ahni, v. t., to harbor; to wish him to remain; ik- anto, a., unsettled; aianta, intensive form of anta, v. t., to occupy; to stay at; aiahanta, Matt. 6:6; see mitko aiahanta, Matt. 2: 1. anta, n.,a stay. antek, my sister; Matt. 12: 50. An ap- pellative proper only for a brother to use to his sister or concerning his sister. When atnakji is proper for a woman in speaking to or of a brother, this is proper for aman in speaking to or of his sister; chintek, thy sister; intek, his sister. antia, v. t., to obey; to conform; as im- antia, to obey; from atia (q. v.); antia, BYINGTON] the nasal form, is most used; ikimantio, v. t., to disobey him; ikimantio, a., disobedient; unduteous; undutiful. antta, see anta. anutka, a., inner; interior. anutka, prep., within; in; osapa anu®ka, in a field, Matt. 13: 44. anuka, v.n.,to be within; to be inside. anutka, n., the inside. anu"ka alata, n., a lining. anutka hanta, n., same as aboha hanta, a white house; a senate house; state house; house of peace and friendship. anutka lashpa, n., a hot house; the winter house or sleeping room of the ancient Choctaw. anu®kaka, n., the space or place within; the interior; the inside; the bowels, as sinakak anu™kaka, Matt. 6: 2; aboha kallo anutkaka ya®, in the prison; yakni anutkaka, the bowels of the earth; chutkash anutkaka, in the heart; the inside of the heart; recesses of the heart, Mark 2: 6,8; anu”kaka yokato, Matt. 7: 15; 14: 10, 33; Josh. 2:19; 7: 21. anutkaka, a., internal; intestine; in- trinsic; intrinsical; inward. anutkaka, adv., prep., within. anutkaka fehna, a., inmost; aboha anutkaka fehna ka, 2 Kings 9: 2. anuka"ka iklanna, a., inner. anu"kaka pisa, n., insight. anukbatkchi, n., the tenderloin. anukbata, a., raging; mad. anukbata, v. a. i., to rage; to rave. anukbata, n., rage; madness. anukbatachi, v. t., to enrage; to cause a raging. anukbiafe, pass. sing., anukbia, pl., peeled off; uski anukbia, kutshak anuk- bia, knives of cane bark peeled off. anukbiaffi, v. t. sing., to peel off the bark of hickory or cane, etc., in strips; anukbieli, pl.; anukbiafa, pass. sing. anukbikeli, v. n., to press or hang in the throat; or lie hard in the stomach, as food that adheres to the throat, or distresses the stomach. anukbikeli, n., a stoppage; an obstruc- tion in the throat. anukbikelichi, v. t. caus., to cause a pressure or stoppage in the throat, or to cause food to lie hard in the stomach. anukchaha, a., envious; ill natured. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 45 anukchaha, v. n., to be envious; to be ill natured. anukchaha, n., envy; ill nature. anukchahachi, y. t., to cause envy or ill nature; to provoke. anukcheta hinla, a., trusty. anukcheto, y. t., to trust in; to depend upon; to serve; to wait upon; to con- fide; to resign; to stay; anukchieto, pro. form (and one much used), to trust, Matt. 12: 21; Mark 10: 24; anukchinto, nasal form, trusting; confiding; to rely; to repose. anukcheto, n., a dependent; one who relies upon another for aid, etc.; inla anukcheto keyu, a., independent; not dependent on another. anukcheto, n., confidence. anukchilafa, v. a. i. sing., to prate; to talk impertinently. anukchilafa, n., a prater. anukchitali, n. pl., praters. anukchitali, v. a. i. pl., to prate. anukchito, v. a. i., to hesitate; to falter; anukchinto, nasal form. anukfila, v. a i.; imanukfila, to be minded, Matt. 1: 19. anukfila, n., thought; usually found with a prefixed pronoun, as am, chim, im, pim., etc.; see imanukfila, 1 Tim. 6: 11; Articles of faith, sec. v.; nananukfila, mind, Phil. 2:5; anukfila, pp., consid- ered. anukfilema, v. a. i. sing., to turn in- side out (as the inside comes out); anukfilemoa, pl. anukfilema, pp., a., turned inside out; turned wrong side out. anukfilema, n., the turning of the in- side out. anukfilemoa, v. a. i. pl., to turn in- side out. anukfilemoa, pp. pl., turned inside out; turned wrong side out. anukfilemoli, v. t. pl., to turn the in- side out. anukfilimmi, v. t. pl., to turn inside out. anukfilli, v. a. i., v. t., to deem; to digest; to entertain; to hammer; to heed; to imagine; to invent; to look; to muse; to ponder; to purpose; toreason; toreckon; to reflect; to regard; to remark; to repute; to resolve; to ruminate; to scheme; to speculate; to study; to view; 46 to weigh; to will; to wish; to think; to consider; to reflect; to judge; to meditate, Josh. 1: 8; to muse; to de- liberate; to feel; to cogitate; to conceit; to conceive; to contemplate; to count upon; to debate, i. e., to consider; an- ukfieli, pro. form; isht anukfieli, to muse, Luke 3: 15; to ruminate; to run; anuk- jihinli, to think on, Matt. 1: 20; 6: 27; isht anukfilli, v. t., to thiuk about or concerning; tlanukfilli, to think within himself, Luke 16: 3; nan isht ilaianukfi- hinli, take thought for the things of itself, the reciprocal pro. applied to things; ikanukfillo, a., unstudied. anukfilli, v. t., to think of; chianukjillit binililishke. anukfilli, a., thoughtful; wishful; ikanuk- filo, a., mindless; unfeeling; unmedi- tated; unstudied; unthinking. anukfilli, n., meditation; study; think- ing. anukfilli, n., a thinker; a considerer; a contemplator; a speculator. anukfillit hobachi, v. t., to image; to imagine. anukfillit pisa; ilanukfilht pisa, v. ref., to examine one’s self; tlanukfillit pisa, n., self-examination. anukfillituk keyu, a., unpremeditated. anukfohka, v. a. i., to understand; to know; to remember; to lodge; anuk- forka, nasal form, hachi anukfokahi oka, for ye shall know, Matt. 10: 19. anukfohka, a., pp., enlightened; having knowledge of; having embraced; anuk- forka, nasal form; isht anukfoka, en- lightened by means of, Luke 1: 41 and 67; isht anukfohkat imalotowa, being filled with, Luke 4: 1. anukfohka, n., knowledge; understand- ing; knowledge received and em- braced. anukfohkachechi, v. t., to instruct or to persuade; to put it into their minds; imminko ikimantio ka chitka anukfoh- kachichi, sedition, Luke 23: 25. anukfohki, vy. t., to embrace; to acquire knowledge (used in regard to those who embrace the gospel); to believe; ilanuk- fohki, reflexive. anukfohkichi, v. t. caus., togive knowl- edge; to enlighten; to impart knowl- edge; to impart a believing knowledge BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 of a subject; anukfokinchi, nasal form; anukfokihincht, freq. anukfokichi, n., an enlightener; an in- structor; one that imparts knowledge. anukha®klo, n., a place of sorrow; an occasion of sorrow. anukhammi, y. n., to be in pain; si- anukhammi, I am in pain; anukhai- yammi, pro. form. anukhammi, n., pain. anukhammi, a., painful. anukhammichi, vy. t., to cause pain. anukhobela, v. n., to be angry; to be wroth; sianukhobela, I am enraged; anukhobiela, pro. form, Matt. 2: 16. anukhobela, n., fury; madness. anukhobela, a., furious; mad. anukhobela iksho, v. a. i., to be meek, or without wrath. anukhobelachi, v. t., to enrage; to mad- den; to make mad. anukkilli, v. a. i., to hate; to bear mal- ice. anukkilli, n., hatred. anuklamampa, v. n., to feel surprise. anu“klupatka, n., the peelings from the inside of the intestines in dysentery. anuklakancha, v. a. i., to take fright; to fear; to marvel; to start. anuklakancha, a., pp., frightened; amazed; surprised; astonished; okla hat anuktakancha tok, the people were as- tonished, Matt. 7: 28. anuklakancha, v. n., to be frightened; to be amazed, John 3: 7. anuktakancha, n., fright; amazement. anuktakashli, v. t., to frighten; to amaze; to astound; to astonish; to sur- prise. anuklamalli, v. a. i., to strangle; to choke. anuktamalli, pp., strangled. anuklamallichi, v. t., to strangle. anuklamallichi, n., a strangler; stran- gulation. anuktitfa, v. a. i., to run or slip through a noose. anuktitfa, pp., drawn through. anuktlitfa, n., a slipping through (per- haps a noose); a slipknot. anuklitffi, v. t., to draw through a noose or a loop; to make a slipknot. anuktiffichi, v. t., to cause to draw through a noose, BYINGTON] anuktiha, pp. pl., noose. anuktha, v.a. i. pl., torun through. anukhilelichi, v. t. pl., to draw a rope through a noose, as in roping cattle. anukpalli, v. n., to feel interest; to feel a temptation; to feel the influence of an object; sianukpalli, I am interested. anukpalli, a., interested; excited; en- ticed; tempted. anukpallichi, v. t., to interest; to ex- cite the passions; to tempt; to allure. anukpallichi, n., a tempter. anukpallika, n., temptation, Matt. 6: 13; Luke 11: 4. anukpilefa, pp. sing., turned inside out, or wrong side out; turned. anukpiliffi, y. t., to turn; to turn inside out. anukpiloa, pp. pl., turned; turned in- side out. anukpilot, v. t. pl., to turn; to turn inside out. anukpoali, v. a. i., to feel sick at the stomach; to nauseate. anuksita, n., a gallows; a gibbet. anuksita, v. a. i., to cleave to; to adhere with attachment; to hang to; anuksitia, pro. form, and the one most used. anuksita, n., attachment. anuksiteli, v. t., to hang by the neck; to execute by hanging. anuksiteli, n., a gibbet; a gallows. anuksitkachi, v. t. pl., to cleave to; to hang to; see hatak anuksitkachi. anuksitkachi, n. pl., a hanging to. anukshomota, v. a. i.; anukshomunta, nasal form v. n., to be in a rage; to rage; to be peevish; sitanukshomunta, I am in a rage. anukshomunta, a., raging; peevish; fierce; anukshomunia fehna hatukon, be- ing exceeding fierce, Matt. 8: 28. anukshomunta, n., rage; peevishness. anukshu®fa, see anakshunfa. anukshumpa, v. a. i., to wish for more food or instruction, not having had enough.—P. Fisk. anuktapa, v. n., to be greedy; to be in- satiable. anuktapa, a., greedy; insatiable. anuktapli, anuktabli, v. a. i. pl., to go to excess, drawn through a A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 47 anuktaptua, v. n., to be insatiable; to be greedy. anuktaptua, a., pp., insatiable; greedy. anuktaptuli, v. t. pl., to go to excess. anuktiboha, anuktoboha, v. n., to be roiled, agitated, or disturbed, as roily water or water boiling up in a spring. anuktobulli, v. a. i., to boil up; to rise up, as water in a spring. anuktobullichi, v. t., to cause to boil up. anuktuklichi, anuktuklochi, v. t., to hamper; to embarrass. anuktuklo, n., « hesitation; an impedi- ment; suspense. anuktuklo, v. n., to be at a loss; to be in doubt; to doubt, Matt. 14: 31. anuktuklo, v. a. i., to hesitate; to doubt; to stammer. anuktuklo, a., pp., embarrassed, ikanuk- tuklo, a., pp., unembarrassed. anuktuklo iksho, a., unhesitating. anuktuklochechi, y. t., to embarrass. anuktuklochi, v. t., to embarrass; to trouble, Gal. 5: 10. anuktuklochi, adv., doubting; chu"kash mat anuktuklochi, Mark 11:23. anukwatya, v. n., to be in haste; to be in a hurry; v. a. i., to hurry. anukwatya, a., hasty; hurried; in haste. anukwatyachi, v. t., to hasten; to hurry. anukwia, v. n., to hesitate; to be timid, fearful, or doubtful; to be afraid; to dread; to be afraid to do or to venture (not to be afraid of any creature, but to be afraid of such things as trying to cross a stream, and the like); i?nukwia, afraid of him, a®nukwia, he is afraid of me; sianukwia, Iam afraid; ikchianuk- wiokashke, fear not, Matt. 1: 20. anukwia, a., timid; fearful; doubtful; afraid; reluctant. anukwiachi, v. t., to render timid; to frighten. anukyiminta, v.a.i., to be angry. anukyohbi, v.a.i., to soften; to become moist and soft, as by the dew. anukyohbi, pp., softened; moistened; soft; moist. anukyohbichi, v. t., to soften; to mois- ten. anump ikbi, v. t., to make a speech. anump ikbi, n., a speechmaker. anump iksho, a., speechless, 48 anump itkucha achukma, n., fluency. anump imeshi, n., his secretary; his aid; one that receives instructions from his superior; the combination im is a prefixed pronoun. anump imeshi, v. t., to hear a message; to receive instructions. anump isht ika, n., a haranguer. anumpa, annumpa, pp., spoken; word- ed; uttered; pronounced; declared; talked; delivered; enunciated; ex- pressed; mentioned; preached; pro- nounced; aianuhumpa, Matt. 3: 17; isht imanuhumpashke, Matt. 11: 5; «tim- anumpa, conversed together; spoken; isht anumpa, pp., debated; preached; imanumpa, pp., warned. anumpa, a., oral; verbal. anumpa, adv., orally; verbally. anumpa, annumpa, n., a talk; aspeech; a word; Josh. 1: 13; a communication; a message; a promise; advice; counsel; a language; a tongue; the voice; the mode of speaking; a sermon; a dis- course; a sentence; an oration; a dec- lamation; tidings, Luke 1: 10; a charge; chat; a declaration; a detail; a dialect; doctrine; elocution; enunciation; an er- rand; intelligence; a law; a lecture; a mandate; mention; nourishment or instruction; an observation; parlance; parley; a passage; a phrase; a procla- mation; a proverb; a report; a saying; a sentence; a statement; style; a tale; tattle; aterm; terms; testimony; a text; a theory; a topic; a tract; a treatise; a treaty; utterance; a verse; a voice; a vote; amanumpa, sayings of mine, Matt. 7: 24, 26; isht anumpa, word of, or about, Matt. 13: 19. anumpa achafa, n., a paragraph; a sen- tence. anumpa achukmalit chukashichiz, v. t., to blandish; to flatter; lit. to talk with and take the heart. anumpa afolotowa, n., an equivoca- tion; lit. a roundabout talk. anumpa afolotowachi, v. a.i., to equiv- ocate. anumpa aialhpisa, n., headquarters; the place where counsel is adopted. anumpa annoa, n., tidings. anumpa apakfokachi, v. a. i., to evade. anumpa apakfopa, n., an evasion. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 anumpa apesa, v. t., to dictate; to pass sentence; to fulminate. anumpa apesa, n., a dictator, a lawgiver; a lawmaker. anumpa asilhha, n., a prayer; a peti- tion; a request. anumpa asilhha holisso, n., a prayer book. anumpa atatoa, n., a verse. anumpa atya, n., a message; a rumor. anumpa alhpisa, n., a law; a sentence; an ordinance; a statute; an agreement; a covenant; a commandment; a rule; aprecept; a judgment; ‘‘a determined or settled word;’’ a constitution; a de- cision; a decree; a dictate; adoom; an edict; a fiat; a government; an injunc- tion; an institution; an interdict; an order; a resolution. anumpa alhpisa, pp., legislated. anumpa alhpisa holisso, n., a written law; a law book. anumpa alhpisa ikbi, n., a legislator. anumpa alhpisa ikbi, v. t., to legislate; to enact a law or laws. anumpa alhpisa iksho, a., lawless; without law. anumpa alhpisa isht atta, n., a scribe. anumpa alhpisa keyu, a., lawless. anumpa alhpisa onuchi, v. t., to fine. anumpa alhpisa onuchi, n., a suitor. anumpa alhpisa onutula, pp., fined. anumpa alhpisa toba, v. a.i., to be- come a law. anumpa alhtoshowa, see anumpa toshoa. anumpa bachaya, n., a column; a divi- sion of a page; lit. ‘‘a row of words.’’ anumpa bachoha, n. pl., columns. anumpa chokushpikbi, n., a libeler. anumpa chu"kushnah, n., a sarcasm; a retort. anumpa chukushpa, n., hearsay; a re- port; evil speaking; a libel. anumpa chukushpa ikbi, n., a tale bearer. anumpa chukushpa ikbi, v. t., to make tales or stories. anumpa chukushpali, v. t., to slander; to backbite; to libel. anumpa chukushpali, n., a slanderer; a gossiper. anumpa chukushpashali, v. t., to carry news or slander; to gossip. BYINGTON] anumpa chukushpashali, n., a tale bearer; a slanderer; a gossiper; a peace breaker; a sycophant. anumpa falama, n., an answer; areply; lit. the word returned. anumpa falama, pp., answered. anumpa falamoa, n. pl., answers; re- plies. anumpa falamolichi, v. t. pl., to answer; to reply. anumpa falammichi, v. t., to reply; to answer; ‘‘to return a word;”’ anumpa falamminchi, nasal form; anumpa falam- mihincht, freq.; anumpa infalamminchi, y. t., to reply to him. anumpa fimmi, n., a propagator. anumpa himona, n., tidings. anumpa hinla, a., speakable; utterable; what can be expressed. anumpa holabi, n., a fib. anumpa holisso nowat a®ya, n., an epistle. anumpa ikaiako, n., a short speech. anumpa ikbi, n., a propagator of stories, etc. anumpa ilatomba, a., reserved. anumpa ilatomba, v. n., to be reserved. anumpa ilonuchi, vy. ref., to assume an obligation; to promise; to oblige him- self. anumpa inlaua, a., talkative; anwmpa tkinlauo, a., silent. anumpa intuklo, n., a trimmer. anumpa isht auehinchi, n., a tradition. anumpa isht atya, v. t., to carry a mes- sage. anumpa isht a™ya, n., a messenger; a runner. ‘ anumpa isht alhpisa, n., a parable. anumpa isht hika, v. t., to deliver a speech; to harangue; anumpa isht tka, see Child’s Cat., p. 10, q. 42. anumpa isht hika, n., a speech; an oration; a formal speech; a set speech; a harangue; an address; oratory. anumpa isht hika, anumpa isht ika, n., an orator; a speaker; a declaimer; a haranguer. anumpa isht okchaya, n., the word of life. ‘ i anumpa itimapesa, v. t., to. bargain; to covenant together. : anumpa itimapesa, n., a bargain; a mutual covenant. 84339°— Bull. 46—15——4 A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 49 anumpa itimalhpisa, pp., bargained; covenanted. anumpa itinlaua, n., an altercation; a controversy. anumpa itinlaua, v. a. i., to have an altercation; to have many words be- tween them. anumpa itinlauachi, v. t., to altercate; to dispute; to make many words be- tween them. anumpa kaniohmi, n., news; a word of some sort. anumpa kaniohmi keyu, n., nonsense; a word of no sort. anumpa kallo, n., a strong talk; a law; arule; a command; a canon; an ordi- nance; testimony; an oath, Matt. 14: 7,9; a league, Josh. 9: 6. anumpa kallo ikbi, n., « lawmaker; a legislator. anumpa kallo ilonuchiy, v. ref., to bind himself; to lay himself under obliga- tions; to swear. anumpa kallo ilonuchi cha ia, v. t ref., to abjure; to vow; to vouch. anumpa kallo ilonuchit anoli, v. t., to depose; to bear testimony. anumpa kallo isht anumpuli, v. t., to swear. anumpa kallo miha, v. t., to damn. anumpa kallo onitula, see anumpa kallo onutula. anumpa kallo onuchi, v. t., to sue; to prosecute; to condemn; to sentence; to command; to order; to curse; to damn; to doom; to execrate; to indict. anumpa kallo onuchi, n., a prosecutor. anumpa kallo onuchit anoli, anumpa kallo onuchit miha, v. t., v.a.i., to testify. anumpa kallo onutula, anumpa kallo onitula, anumpa kallo onatula, pp., sued; prosecuted; condemned; sen- tenced; commanded; ordered; cursed. anumpa kailo onutula, n., a prosecu- tion; a sentence; a curse; a vow. anumpa keyu, n., nonsense. anumpa kobafa, n., a transgression; a broken law; abreach of the law; perfidy. anumpa kobaff, v. t., to transgress; to break a law; to revolt. anumpa kobaffi, n., a transgressor; a criminal; a culprit; a lawbreaker; an offender; a rebel. 50 anumpa kobaffi, n., a transgression; a crime. anumpa kochanli, anumpa kuchanli, a verbal message; traditions, Matt. 15: caption, 2, 3, 6. anumpa kochanli, v.a.i., to come along, or to be out, as a verbal message. anumpa koloti, n., pl. short words; short speeches. anumpa kolu®fa, n., a short word; a short speech. anumpa kolu™fasi, n. dimin.; a very short talk; a shortish talk. anumpa kuchanli, see anumpa kochanli. anumpa laua, a., verbose; wordy. anumpa lumiksho, n., frankness. anumpa makali, n., scurrility. anumpa nan anoli, n., a story. anumpa nan alhpisa isht atta, n., a lawyer; an attorney. anumpa nan isht alhpisa, n., an alle- gory; a parable. anumpa nukoa, n., rant. anumpa nushkobo, n., a summary; the heads of discourse; a head; topic of discourse; subject-matter of a speech; a text. anumpa okpulo, n., bad language; vile talk; calumny; an invective; scandal. anumpa okpulo onuchi, v. t., to cal- umniate; to slander. anumpa okpulo onuchi, n., calumny; slander. anumpa okpulo onuchi, n., a calumni- ator. anumpa okpulo onutula, pp., calum- niated. anumpa onucha hinla, a., accusable; impeachable. anumpa onuchi, anumponuchi, v. t., to accuse; to blame; to impeach; to indict; to charge; to condemn, Matt. 12: 7; to prosecute; to senterce. anumpa onuchi, n., an accuser; an in- former; a prosecutor. anumpa onuchi, n., an impeachment. anumpa onutula, anumponatula, pp., impeached; accused; blamed; con- demned; sentenced to punishment; indicted; anwmpa ikonitulo, a., uncon- demned. anumpa onutula, anumpa onatula,n., an inpeachment; an accusation; blame. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 anumpa onutulahe keyu, a., excusa- ble; irreproachable. anumpa shali, v. t., to carry a message. anumpa shali, n., a messenger; @ run- ner; an ambassador, Josh. 9: 4. anumpa shanaioa, n., a prevarication; imanumpa shanaioa, n., a prevaricator; imanumpa shanaioa, v.t., to prevari- cate. anumpa tikba, n., a summary. anumpa tikbanli anoli,n., a prophecy. anumpa tilofa, n. sing., ashort address a short speech; the name often given by an orator in his introduction to the speech he is about to make. anumpa tilofasi, a dim. n., a brief ad- dress; the si has nearly the force of sh in some English words, as short, shortish. anumpa tiloti, n. pl., short speeches; short addresses. anumpa toshoa, anumpa alhtoshowa, n., a translation; an interpretation; a speech translated; an explanation. anumpa toshoa, pp., translated; inter- preted; explained. anumpa tosholi, v. t., to interpret; to translate; to construe. anumpa tosholi, n.,a translator; an in- terpreter; an expositor; a linguist. anumpa tosholi ashachi, v. t., to mis- interpret; to mistranslate. anumpeshi, n., a presiding officer in a council; a secretary; a messenger, Matt. 11: 10; an aid-de-camp; a consul, a disciple, John 3: 22; a servant, Luke 2: 29; an apostle, Luke 6: 13; a legate; an officer; a representative; a resident. anumpeshi atokulli, v. t., to officer. anumpisachi, y. t., to take aim; to level; or anompisachi (q. v.). anumponatula, see anumpa onutula. anumponuchi,, see anumpa onuchi. anumpulechiy, vy. t., to trouble; to pester to plague; to annoy; to worry; to dis- turb; to molest; to embarrass; to hector; to incommode; sianumpulechi fehna, he troubles me very much. anumpulechi, n., a troubler; a hectorer; isht itimanumpuli, to hold a council against, Matt. 12: 14. anumpulli, v. a. i., v. t., to talk; to speak, Joshua 1:1; to utter; to say, Matt. 17: 4; to say a word; to pray, Matt. 6: 9; BYINGTON]) to preach, Luke 3: 3; to chat; to de- claim; to deliver; to discourse; to enun- ciate; to exhort; to express; to gab; to gabble; to harangue; to lecture; to mention; to observe; to phrase; to pronounce; to reason; to tattle; to word; imanumpuli, v. t., to talk to him; to counsel; to deal with; to exhort; to expostulate; to rebuke; to reprehend; to read, as holisso imanumpuli; im- anumpuli, n., a reader; isht anumpuli, to talk about; to advocate; to comment; to descant; to preach; to plead; to praise; ikanumpolo, n. f., v. a. i, a, dumb; unsocial; isht anumpuli, to talk about, Matt. 7: 22; yammakosh ahachi anumpulahi oka, which shall speak in you, Matt. 10: 20; atitimanumpuli, Matt. 12: 4; to read, Josh. 8: 35; an- umponli, nasal form, v. a. i.,-and a.; abanumpa isht anumpohonli, preaching, Matt. 12: 41; itimanumpuli, to speak with him; chitimanumpuli, to speak with thee; anumpohonli, freq.; isht im- anumpohonli, to speak to them by, Matt. 12: 46, 47; anumpoyuli, pro. form; itim- anumpuli, v. t., to converse together; to talk together; to commune; to contest; to discuss; to negotiate; to parley; to rea- son, Matt. 16: 7, 8; isht ittimanumpuli, v. t., to reason; itimanumpuli, n., a collo- quy; a dialogue; a conference; a parley; isht ishimanumpuli, Matt. 13: 10; it’™nu- polih used for itimanumpulih; imanum- puli, v. t., toreprimand; to school; za- numpuli, to talk to one’s self; isht danum- puli, to talk about himself; isht anum- puli, v. t., to handle; to talk about; to intercede; to treat; to vindicate. anumpuli, u., preaching; pronunciation; “voice,’’? Gen. 4: 10. anumpuli, n., a speaker; a counselor; a declaimer; a deliverer; a lecturer; a herald; a speechmaker; a talker; ikan- umpolo, n., a mute; a dumb person, Matt. 12: 22; ikanumpolo, a., mute; silent. anumpuli anuktuklo, v. a. i., to stam- mer; to stutter. anumpuli ilahobi, v. a. i., to babble. anumpuli ilahobi, n., a babbler. anumpuli imponna, a., eloquent; fluent. anumpuli imponna, vy. n., to be elo- quent. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 51 anumpuli imponna, n., a linguist. anumpuli italhpesa, v. t., to respond. anumpuli keyu, a., mute; speechless; mum. anumpuli shali, u., a talker; a great talker; a chatterbox; a prater. anumpuli shah, v. a. i., to talk much; to prate. anumpuli shah, a., flippant; loquacious; talkative; voluble. anumpulit alsha, v.a.i., to sit and talk; to be in session; to be engaged in any kind of speaking. anumpulit atsha, n., a session; a sitting; the actual presence of any body of men who have met for speaking, consulting, ete. anumpulit chu"kash ishi, v.t., to per- suade. anusi, n., a bed; a bedroom; any place for sleeping; the place where any one or any creature sleeps; a couch; a dor- mitory; a harbor; an inn; a lodging. anusi, v.n., v.a.i., to sleep at, in, or on; to sleep there; asanusi, anuseli, where I sleep. anusi ona, n., bedtime; time for sleep. anusi ona, v.a.i., to arrive (as bedtime); the time to go to bed has come. anushkunna, n., a lover. anushkunna, n., fancy; liking; passion. anushkunna, vy. a. i., v. t., to fancy; to like; to desire; to be fond of; to love, 1 Kings, 11: 1; to have a passion for an- other, a female, 2 Sam. 13:1, 2 15; ai- anushkunna, Matt. 13:22; to covet, Josh. 7: 21, apa, v. a. i., from gpa, to eat and in re- gard to eating a single article of food; impa, to eat, implies the eating of a number of things, or acommon meal; ishimpa hinla? will you eat? ahe ishpa- hinla, will you eat a potato? See apa. apahyah, pp., shouted at; called to. apahyachi, v. t., to shout at; to halloo. apahyachi, n., «2 shouter; one that hal- loos. apakama, n., guile, John 1: 47. apakama, apakama, pp., deceived in any way; imposed upon. apakammi, y. t., to deceive. apakammi, n., a deceiver. apakamoa, pp. pl., deceived. apakamoli, v. t. pl., to deceive. 52 apakamoh, n., deceivers. apakchilofa, pp., tripped up. apakchiloffi, v. t., to trip up. apakchulli, v. a. i., v. t., to climb up; to cling; to wind round and ascend, as a man climbs a tree ora vine runs up a pole. apakchulli, n., a climber. apakfoa, pp. pl., banded; bound round; tied round; from apakfoti. apakfoa, v. a. i., to go round; to reach round; to wind round. apakfoa, v. n., to be round; to be wound round. apakfobli, v. a. i. sing., to go round; to encircle; to surround; to wrap round; to environ; to inclose; as, it goes round, etc., Luke 13: 8; Mark 12:1. apakfoblichi, v. t., caus., to wind round; to cause to go round; to wrap round. apakfokachi, pp. pl., surrounded; en- circled. apakfokachi, v. n., to be around. apakfokachi, v. a. i., to go round; to en- circle; to avoid by going round; apak- fokahanchi, freq., Rev. 20: 9. apakfoli, v. t. pl., to surround; to wind round; to wrap round; wapakfoti, v. ref., to bewrap; to wrap himself, Gen. 37: 34. apakfopa, apakfoyupa (pro. f.),n., the circumference; the compass; a zone; apakfoyupa, prep., round. apakfopa, apakfompa (nas. f.), pp., from apakfobli, wound round; wrapped round; circled; encircled; environed; inclosed; shunned; surrounded. apakfopa, a., spiral. apakfopa, v. a. i., to go round; to wind round; to circuit; to come round; to deviate; to encircle; to fly; to shun; to compass, Josh. 6: 3, 4; apakfompa, nasal form; apakfohompa, pro. form. apakfopa, v. n., to be wound round; y. t., to compass; to double, as a cape; apakfoyupa, pro. form. apakfopahe keyu, a., inevitable. apakfoyupa, see apakfopa. apakna, n., a plenty; an abundance; a fullness. apakna, adv., freely. apakna, a., plenteous; abundant; copi- ous; exuberant. apakna, v. n., to be plenteous; to abound; itimpakna, to compete together; kilitim- BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 pakna, let us compete, or try and see which will excel; see pakna. apaknatka, n., the top, Luke 23: 38. apaknali, n., the surface; the face. apaknali, a., superficial; being on the surface. apaknali, v.n., to be superficial; to be on the surface. apaknachi, v. t., to cause an abundance; to make a plenty, 1 Kings 10: 27. apakshanofa, v. a. i., to cling. apakshana, y. a. i., to cling to; to grip; itapakshana, to strive together, Deut. 25: 11. apakshana, pp., twisted round; itapak- shana, pp., intwined; twisted together. apakshanni, v. t., to twist round; ita- pakshanni, itapakshannichi, v. t., to in- twine; to twist together. apalaska, n., an oven; any place where anything is baked; a baking place. apali, v. a. i., to lurk; to creep slyly in quest of prey or game, like a cat. apanlichi, v. t., to encourage by shouts; to halloo. apanta, a., nasal form, from apata, situ- ated at the side; being on the side; sing. of palli; imchukapanta, chuka anpalli. apantali, nasal form, from apatali. apanukfila, n., a whirlwind. apanukfila, v. a. i., to blow and rise, as a whirlwind; to be a whirlwind, or to whirlwind, making a verb of the noun. apashia, n., a piazza; a porch; a por- tico; chukapashia, house porch. apata, v. a. i., to lie at the side; apanta, nasal form; apataiya, pro. form, to lie along at the side. apata, pp., laid at the side. apatafa, n., a plowed place. apatalechi, v. t., to spread a blanket so that one-half is under and the other over a person; see apotomichi. apatalhpo, n., a spread; a mattress; a seat; a cushion, John 19:13. Perhaps this word is used for ‘‘seat’’ because in early times the Choctaw spread out some kind of skin as a seat for visitors and others. apatali, v.a.i.,to grow at the side like corn suckers; itapatali, recip. apatali, n., suckers; young sprouts at the side. BYINGTON] apaha, n., attendants; companions; fel- lows; ‘tapiha, fellows. apala, n., a frying pan or anything in which to carry a torch or a light; usually applied to a frying pan, because it was used to carry a light by those who hunted game in the night. The light was made of fat pine knots or wood cut and split fine. apalli, apulli, pl. of apotali, v. a. i., to stand side and side; to lie side by side; chuka apallit atya keyu, not to eaves- drop. apalichi, v. t., to hew wood. apalichi, n., a hewer. apeha, apiha, v. a. i. pl., many to join one; to go in company with; to be with others, 2 Sam. 18: 1; or being with, Matt. 12:3; Josh. 7: 24; apehat aiasha, about him, i. e., multitudes, Matt. 8:18; apehat anya, to go along with one; to accompany him, Matt. 12: 8, 4; Josh. 8:5; itapiha, to join together; to accom- pany; to go together, John 3: 22; aiitg- piha, to join together there, or at, Matt. 8: 11; here are plurals in both com- panies that united apehhkachi, itapekachi, aitapekachi, aiapi™hat hieli, Matt. 12: 41, to stand together with; itapivhat hioh- manya, Matt. 13: 30; atitapinhat attat ia, Matt. 14: 13; apimha, to be with, Matt. 4: 21. apehali; aiapehalinchi, pl., led with him, Luke 23: 382. apehachi, v. t. caus., to cause to be or go together; to take part with. apehpoa, see apepoa. apela, n., ahelper; an assistant; an ally; an auxiliary; an aid; a coadjutor; a help; a second; a subsidiary. apela, a., subservient; ikapelo, a., un- aided; unassisted; unhelped; unsup- ported. apela, v. t., to help, Josh. 1: 14; to assist; to abet; to succor; to back; to second or strengthen by aid; to support; to favor; to further; to interpose; to second; to side; to stickle; to subserve; siapela, to help me; chiapelali, I help thee; itapela, to help each other; itapela, n., a help; a helper; a partner; an ally; an auxiliary; mutual helps, ete.; apinia, -nasal form, helping; apihinla, freq. form, keep helping; apiela, pro. form, A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 53 to help at last; apela ikimiksho, a., help- less; without help. apelachi, apelachi, v. t., to help an- other; to cause to help; to favor; to further; topatronize; to promote; to re- lieve; to succor, siapelachi, help me, Matt. 15: 25; apelanchi, nasal form; apelahanchi, freq. form; apelaiyachi, pro. form. apelachi, n., « help; aremedy; succor. apelachi, apelachi, n., a promoter; a succorer; a helper; an abettor; an ally; an assistant; an auxiliary; a coadjator; a favorer; a paraclete; a patron; ia- pelachi, n., a copartner; mutual help- ers. apeli, n., a hurricane; a tempest; the place where a hurricane passed along and blew down the timber; a whirl- wind. apeli, v.a.i., to storm; to blow, asa hurri- cane. apelua, pp., turned up. apelulichi, v.a. i., to turn up sleeves or legs of pantaloons or leggings. apeli, v. t., to bring, sweep, or scrape together; to rake up, as bears and hogs rake or bring together grass and leaves for a nest. apeli, n.,a raker; a nest maker. apelichi, v. t., to push up the wood on a fire; to put the sticks or brands to- gether; to hoe earth up around plants. apetichi, v. t. pl., to rule at; to preside in; to govern there; apetinchi, nasal form; apelihinchi, freq.; apetiechi, pro. form. apetichi, apeliechi, n., the course, class or term (of Abia), Luke 1: 5. apelichi, n., the place ruled; a kingdom, Mark 11: 10; a tribe, 1 Kings 11: 31, 32; 2 Sam. 24: 2. apelichi fullota, n., a territory; the extent of the place that is ruled. apelichika, apeliechika, n., the place ruled, whether kingdom, province, town, district, plantation, bishopric, diocese, or a single house; or the place ruled by domestic animals; domain; dominion; a dukedom; an empire; a government; a kingdom; a monarchy; a province; a sphere; a tribe, 1 Kings 11: 13; yakni apelichika moma, Matt. 4:8; 3:2; 5:3; 6:18, 33; 12: 25, 26; 54 13: 19, 41, 48; 18: 1; apetichika, in Matt. 6:10, used as a verb, having ish, thou, prefixed; or this ish is used as a poss. pronoun, similar to ish in ishitibapishi, thy brother, so here it is thy kingdom, 1 Kings 10: 20. apetichika fullota, n., a precinct. apeliechi achafa, n., a body; a num- ber of men united by a common tie or form of government. apetiechi, see apetichi. apepoa, apehpoa, apepowa, v. t. pl., to help; to assist by counsel, not in labor; to advocate for; to plead for; to argue for; to stand up for; to fight for; ilapipowa to help himself. apepoa, apepowa, n., helpers; advo- cates; allies; justifiers; apipoat ili, n., a martyr; apipoat illi, n., martyrdom. apesa, apisa, v. t., to order; to appoint, Josh. 1: 7; to fix; to measure, Matt. 7:2; to judge; to adjudge; to reconcile; to regulate; to resolve; torule; to scale; toscheme; toset; to settle; to span; to square; to survey; to test; to time; to tolerate; to transact; to will; to destine; to devise; to direct; to dispose of; to doom; to enact; to engage; to establish; to estimate; to gauge; to instruct; to lay a plan; to legalize; to machinate; to manage; to marshal; to mediate; to ‘mete; to methodize; to order; to ma- neuver; to plan; to prescribe; to pro- ject; to purpose; to adjudicate; to sanc- tion; to command, Matt. 8: 4; 14: 9; to conclude; to decide; to decree; im- apesa, to appoint for him; to allow him; to send him; to license; to re- strict; to make for them, i.e., a feast, Luke 5: 29; to give them power, Matt. 10: 1; nan isht apesa, Matt. 13: 3; ikim- apeso, v. t., to disallow him; ikapeso, a., undetermined; isht apesa, to meas- ure with; to maneuver; to model; isht apesat ima, v. t., to devote; apihinsa, Matt. 15: 4; itimapesa, to league; to agree together; to concert together; to contract; to covenant; itimapesa, n., an agreement; a concert; a contract; a league; ilitibapesa, we agree together; ilapisa, to measure for himself, Luke 12: 21; to make himself, John 5: 18; itapesa, to contract; to liken; itapesa- lashke, I will liken, Matt. 7: 24; also BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 Matt. 11: 16; pitimapesa, Josh. 9: 6; alhpisa, alhpesa, pp. apesa, n., a judge; one that measures, appoints, etc.; a director; an enactor; an estimator; a manager; a measurer. apesa, n., a measurement; mensuration. apesachi, v. t., to oversee; to direct; to manage; torule; totend; chiapesahan- chi, etc., Matt. 4: 6; apesaiyacht, pro. form. apesachi, n., an overseer; a director; a manager; a curator; a tender; a keeper; apesachi ateha hatuk at yitepat, and they that kept them fled, Matt. 8: 33; apesq- chi, a shepherd, Matt. 9: 36; a keeper, Gen. 4: 9. apiha, n. (see apeti, act.; apiha is pass.), a place brushed, raked, etc.; as onush apiha, where the oats have been raked away; itapiha, together with, John 21: 2; itapehachi, collected to- gether; atitapiha, with; together with; apitha, nasal form of apeha, pl., being with, John 11: 31; 21: 3; apithat arya kasho”, them that followed, Matt. 8:10. apinni v. t., to twist a stick into hair, as the mane. apinnichi y. t., to break down the top limbs of bushes; like akauwichi. apisa, n., aglass; a looking glass; a lesson in reading assigned to a pupil; a win- dow; alight; amirror; scenery; aspec- ulum. api®sa, n., a prospect; a study. apisa achafa, n., a pane of glass; a pane. apisa isht alhkama, n., a window; a window shutter. apisa isht alhpolosa, n., putty. apisa isht hopo"koyo, n.,a telescope; a spy glass. apisaka, n., a vision; that which is the object of sight; a view; a sight; a pros- pect. apisahukmi, n., a burning glass. apisaka ali, n., the horizon. apisali, n., ken; view; reach of sight. apissa, pp., straightened; made straight; dressed; unbent. apissa, a., straight. apissa, v. n., to be straight. apissalechi, see apissalechi. apissali, a., due; direct; straight; v. t., to choose, Luke 10: 42; ikapissalo, a., in- direct; vague. TAN BYINGTON] apissanli, a., nasal form of apissalli, or a form like hinanli, kochanli, etc. (q. v.) (Josh. 5: 5); express; direct; straight; being straight; true; erect; firm; unequivocal; genuine, as hatak api humma apissanli, a genuine redman, not a man of mixed blood; explicit, as in anumpa apissanli achukma; fair; zenu- ine; honest; invariable; regular; right ; upright. apissanli, adv., regularly. apissanli, n., fairness; frankness; integ- rity; probity; simplicity. apissanli, v. n., to be straight; to be direct, genuine, etc. apissanlit, apissant, adv., plainly; di- rectly; in a direct course; the nearest way; downright; right; uprightly; as apissant ishla, did you come directly here?; apissant hikia, a., precipitous; perpendicular. apissallechi, apissalechi, v. t. caus., to make straight; to direct; to dress; to straighten, Matt. 3:3; ilapissalechi, John 11:41 [?]; uski naki apissalechi. apissalli, v. t., to straighten; to unbend. apissat hikia, a., erect. apistikeli, n., a watch; a spy; custody; aneyer; aguard; a guardian; a guarder; a manager; an overseer; a supervisor; asurveyor; a troubler; a vigil; a warder; a warden. apistikeli, n., vigilance; watch; ward; a watcher. apistikeli, a., troublesome; watchful. apistikeli, v.a.i., v.t., to watch; to eye; to observe; to look out for with an evil intention; to embarrass; to guard; to look; to oversee; to ward; to be vigilant; to infest; to manage; to mo- lest; to pester; to plague; tosuperintend; to supervise; to tend; to transact; to trouble. apistikeli ahikia, n., a watchhouse. apistikelichi, v. t., to cause to watch; to get one to watch. apistiket, cont. from apistikelit, to watch, etc. apitta, v. t. pl., to put in; wak apitta, to put in cattle; tanchi apitta, to put in corn; okapa"kki apitia, to putina liquid, Matt. 9:17; 13: 48; alhpita, pp. apoa, apoba, v. t., to raise, as cattle or any domestic animals, or fruit trees; A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 55 to have for the purpose of raising, or to let it grow; to domesticate; to tame; alhpoba, pp., imapoa, to ally; to be- troth; to espouse; itimapoa, to espouse each other; itimalhpoba, pp., of above; apoahanchi, ‘‘to spare,’’? 1 Sam. 15: 3; chikapoancho, Gen. 18: 24. apoa, n., preemption; a refusal. apoachi, or apobachi (q. v.) v. t., to raise; alhpoba, pp. apoachi, n., one that betroths or be- speaks. apoba, see apoa. apoba, n., a saver; a preserver. apobachi, v. t., to betroth; to bespeak; to speak for; to bargain for; to pet; to preengage; alhpoba, pp. apohko, pp., protected; covered; tkapoh- ko, a., exposed. apohko, n., protection. apohkochi, v. t., to protect; to cover; ilapohkochi, v. ref., she protects herself, or covers herself. apohkolechi, v. t., to hold the hand and hide or hold something; to hold the flat hand over the ear to prevent hearing; itapokolechi, v. t., to put two flat things together. : apohota, n., the fringe; the flounce. apohtuka, a., shut in so that the air does not circulate, as a house by a thicket. apohtukachi, y. t., to shut in; to make close. apohtukih, y. a. i., to be close or tight, as a room. apokni, appokni, n., my grandmother. The same appellation belongs to all the sisters of the grandmother and to their mother also. When there is an occa- sion to express the real difference it can be easily done. apokofa, v. a. i., to thrust against; to run against, Num. 22: 25. “? apoksia, vy. t., to prepare, Jéhn 14: 2, 3; 15: 2; to mend, Matt. 4: 21. apoksia, n., a repair. apoksia, pp., repaired; mended; recon- ciled; redressed; regulated; remedied. apoksia, a., good; wise. apoksiachi, v. t., to repair; to adjust; to dispose; to prepare, Luke 3:4; Matt. 3:3; 11:10; to reconcile; to redress; to regulate; to shape; ilapoksiachi, to re- form himself. 56 apoksiachi, n., a reformer; a repairer. apoksiali, v. t., to arrange. apokshiama, n., a flap; a clout, called a square; a diaper. The apokshiama is a garment worn by Choctaw men. apokshiama, pp., clouted. apokshiami, apokshiami, apokshi- amumi, v. t., to put the clout upon one’s self; to clout one’s self. apokshiamichi, y. t., to put the clout upon another. apokshiammi, see apokshiamit. apokshiammi, pp., clouted; having a flap put on. apokta, n., a double. apokta, pp., doubled; grown together, as two potatoes fastened together side by side. apokta, a., double; as ahe apokta, noti apokta. apokta, v. n., to be doubled. Apokta chito, n., the name of a par- ticular creek. apoktachi, v. t., to double; to cause any- thing to be doubled. apolichi, hopochi (q.v.) v. t., to hill corn; to work in the corn for the last time, Luke 13: 8. apolukta; itapolukta, v. a. i., to coalesce. apoluma, n., a conjurer at ball plays, called a ball play witch. apolumi, v. t., to conjure; to act the ball play witch. apolusa, n., a daubing; apolusa achajfa, one coat of daubing. apolusa, alhpolosa, pp., a., daubed; plastered; pitched. apolusa, v. n., to be daubed. apolusli, vy. t., to daub; to plaster; to pitch; to smear. apolusli, n., a dauber; a plasterer. apolusli, n., a casing; the act or opera- tion of plastering a house with mortar on the outside. apotoma, n., a hem; a bend; a spring made by a bend. apotoma, pp., hemmed; bent double. apotomachi, n., a hem of a garment. apotomachi, pp., hemmed. apotomachi, vy. t., to hem; to bend over double. over BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY (BULL. 46 apotomi, apotommi, v. t., to hem; to bend over; to go across a bend in a river or road; to lap. apotomi, n., a hemmer. apotomichi, y. t., to fold a blanket and sleep in it, one part under and the other part over a person. apotomoa, pp. pl., hemmed. apolomoa, n., hems; bends. apotomolili, v. t., to hem; to bend over; to go across bends in a river or in a road. : aponaklo, v. a. i., v. t., to inquire; to query. aponaklo, n., an inquirer. aponaklo, n., an inquiry. aponaklo shali, a., inquisitive. aposhokachi, n., the border; the hem; imanchi aposhokachi ya” pit potoli, the hem of his garment; Matt. 9 20; Luke: 8: 44; imanchi aposhokachi ak illa kia, only the hem of his garment, Matt. 14: 36. apota, v. a.i., to lie at the side; ttapota, to lie together; ikitapoto, Matt. 1: 25; chiapota, 1 Kings 1: 2. apota, n., the side; Eli at hina apota ka, 1 Sam. 4: 13. apota, v. n., to be at the side; apunta, nasal form; itapota, vy. a. i., to make snug; to lie sidewise. apotaka, n., the side; a by-place; apo- taka ia, to go one side to void, or toa by-place; an expression used to describe the going away to ease nature, etc. apotaka itola, apotaka atta, v. n., to lie in a retired place; this expression is applied to describe the retirement of females. See Lev. 15: 19-28; apotakachi. The Choctaw women have a small camp near the house to which they retire at such seasons, and where they remain alone till they have their usual health. apotali, v. a. i., to lie at the side. apotoa, pl., apotoat hielitok, to stand be- side; to be at the side, 1 Kings 10: 19. apotoli, apotuli, sing. v. t., to place by the side of, 1 Sam. 5: 2; apotulit hohpi, Acts 5: 10; itapotuli, v. t., to accouple; to adjoin; to couple. apoyua, v. t., to gather up; to pick up and carry away. BYINGTON] A DICTIONARY OF THE aputfa, n., a forge, or the place where the mouth of the bellows acts upon the fire; the mouth of a bellows. apu®fachi, v. t., to blow with a bellows, mouth, pipe, etc.; to expire; to puff; isht apu®fachi, n., a blow pipe, or v. t., to blow with. apulli, v. t. pl., in himaka” apullit itikbo; see alulli. apulli, n., corn suckers. apulli, apalli, pl. of apotali (q. v.). apullichi, v. t., to hill up (corn); to heap up around anything. apunta, nasal form (from apota), v. n., being at the side to make an exchange equal. apunta, prep., by; near, as at the side. apunta, a., contiguous; hohchifo apunta, surname, Matt. 10: 3. apuskiachi, v. t., to divine; to act as a priest. See Gen. 41: 45. apushi (from api and ushi), n., a sprout, as itapushi, a sprout of a tree, (q. v.); a staddle; kati apushi, Mark 12: 1. apushi hika, n., a stake. apushli, v. t., to roast, 1 Sam. 2: 15; to broil; to bake in the hot ashes, as po- tatoes (ahe apushli); alhpusha, pp. apushli, n., a roaster; one that roasts. aputa, a., from puta, all. See 1 John 3: 18. aputkachi, v. n. pl., to lie or stand side by side. aputkachiy, a., pp., laid at the side; lying at the side. asahnoyechi, a., old, aged; or sahnoyechi (q. v.). asanali, see asonali. asanali, n., the forefront of a rock; see 1 Sam. 14: 5; a jamb; the sidepiece of a fireplace. asanalichi, v. a. i., asanni, pl., to cause it to face; ahe a® hashi a® asanalichi, to lay the potatoes in the sun; tlasgnalt, to face each other. asananta, asananta, n., a large bee, re- sembling the bumble bee, that bores into wood, etc. asanata, a., lazy. asalbash, achaba, asalhchap, n., a foot- bridge, made of a log or tree; asilhchap, asahchap, Ch. Sp. Bk., page 50; salbach, Ch. Sp. Bk., page 18. asalhchap, see above. CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 57 asanni, pl. of asonali, to face; to front; to stem. asano, n., an adult; a grown person. asano, v. a. i., to grow up, a word of general signification; alla at asano, Luke 1: 80; 2: 40; itapushi at asano, nusapi at chahat isht ia; asaiyano, pro. form; asano, n., an adult; asano ikono, n., a minor; asano, pp., a., grown; grown up; mature; adult; asaiyano, pro. form; asano, asanno, n., maturity; puberty; rankness; asanochi, asanochika, asanochi, n., an elder in a church. Pees n., the elders of an assem- y. asanonchi, asanonchi, n., the elders; the aged; the fathers (by way of re- spect); an elder; a presbyter; asanon- chi, Josh. 8: 10, 338; 9: 11; asanochi, Titus 2: 2, 3; asanhochi. asechip, asechap, n., a footbridge; a log or tree lying across a creek or water course and used as a footbridge. See asalbash. asehta, pp., tied up; bound up; tied to a tree, as a horse; asinta, tied, Mark 11: 2. asehta, n., a bundle; a sheaf. aseta, v. t., to accept a wager; to bet against; itaseta, to bet against each other. aseta, n., a rawhide rope or string; a rope; a cord; a strap; a string; a thong; aseta isht takchi, to tie with a cord; to cord. aseta chanaha, n., a coil of rope. aseta falaia, u.,a long rope; along raw- hide rope; a rope; a tedder. aseta falaia isht takchi, v. t., to ted- der. aseta isht fammi, v. t., to strap. aseta isht ochi, n., a well rope. aseta pana, n., atwisted rawhide; a hide rope made by plaiting two strands, John 2: 15. aseta tanaffo, n., a plaited hide rope; a braided hide rope made of three or more strands. asetikbi, n.,acord maker; a rope maker. asetilechi, v. t., to make tie; asetilechinka, n., junction of streams. asetili, asetilli, v. a. i., asetoti, pl., to empty; to disembogue; to flow out at the mouth; to discharge into another stream. 58 asetili, n., asetoti, pl., the mouth of a stream. asetilli, n., end of or uttermost part of (the Jordan), Josh. 15: 5. asetoli, v. a. i. pl., to empty. asilballi, v. a. i., to go to excess in eating or drinking; to gormandize. asilballi, n., a gormandizer. asilballichi, v. t. caus., to lead another into excesses. asilhchap, n., a footlog over a creek. asilhha, n., an invitation; an invocation; apetition; a request; a suit. asilhha, v. t., to beg; to beseech, Matt. 14: 36; to entreat; to supplicate; to ask, Matt. 5: 42; 14:7; to implore; to impor- tune; to request; to petition; to crave; to demand; to espouse, invite, invocate, invoke; to supplicate; to wish; to woo; hashasilhhakma, if or when ye ask, Matt. 7: 7. echimasilhha, we beg of thee; anumpa ilbasha asilhha, to pre- sent in supplication, as humble words, i. e., to pray; achunanchit asilhha, to importune; imasilhha, v. t., to beseech him, Matt. 8:6; to pray, Matt. 6: 6; 9: 38. asilhha, v. a. i., to beg; to entreat; to solicit. asilhha, n., a beggar; a petitioner; asup- pliant; a demander; an entreater; an implorer; a petitioner; a solicitor; a suitor. asilhha, pp., entreated. asilbha, a., suppliant; ikasilhho, unasked; unsolicited. asilhha keyu, a., prayerless. asilhhachi, v. t., to beg; to ask, Luke 3: 10; to implore; to petition; to entreat; to request; asilhhanchi, nasal form; asilhhahanchi, freq. asilhhachi, v. a. i., to beg; to entreat. asilhhachi, n.,a beggar; an entreater; an implorer. asilhhi, v. t.; John 5: 39; from silhhi; the a prefix is a locative. asinta, v. t., to seize; to hold, as a dog holds his prey. asishchab, n., a footbridge; a log lying across a stream which is used by foot passengers. asitabi, v. t., toearn; to merit, or deserve by labor; to gain by labor, and not asa BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 gift; to gain; Josh. 24: 13; ikasitabo, a., unearned; unmerited. asitabi, n., the one who earns. asitia, v. a. i., to cleave to, 1 Kings 11: 2, 4; to love; to feel an attachment; to hang to; to join; itasitia, to cleave to each other; to cohere. asitilli, v. t., to tie to; to tieup, as to tie a horse, cow, or calf to a tree. asitoha, asitoa, pp. pl., tied up; bound to. asitoh, v. t. pl., to tie to, or to bind to (from a and sitoti), Matt. 13: 30. asitopa, v. a.i., to persevere. asonak, n., a brass kettle; a vessel made of brass or tin; a kettle. asonak aholuyachi, n., a colander. asonak atakali, n.,a kettle bail; acrane; a pot hook; a trammel. asonak atoba, n., a furnace. asonak hata, n., atin kettle; atin pail. asonak hata maiha, n., tin pan (maiha= wide). asonak isht atta, n., a tinker. asonak isht talakchi, n., pot hooks; the hooks used in lifting kettles, oven lids, ete. asonak lakna, n., brass; a brass kettle. asonak lakna atoba, a., brazen. asonak lakna chito, n., a large brass pan. asonak lakna chuhmiy, a., brassy. asonak lakna ikbi, n., a brazier. asonak lakna isht akmi, pp., brazed; soldered with brass. asonak lakna isht akmichi,y .t., to braze; to solder with brass. asonak lakna isht akmichi, n., a brazier. asonak matha, n., a tin pan. asonak toba, n., tin. asonali, asunali, asanali, v. a.i., v.t., to go against wind or tide; to as- cend; to fly against the wind; to sail against the current; to face; to front; to stem; to confront; to thwart; to with- stand, Ruth 1:13; asanni, pl. asunanta, n., the going against. asunonchi, n., the elders; the aged; the fathers, by way of respect. asunonchika, n., elders, Luke 22: 52. ash (and its compounds), an article; the one, the said, the one which, referring to some particular object that had been BYINGTON] the subject of conversation before; peni ash, the ship, Matt. 14: 29. The idea of past time in this article dif- ferentiates it from other articles and it may be called a past tense article, Matt. 5: 24. Compounds: ashakosh, ashakot, ashakocha—ashano, ob. case, the one which—ashato, the one—ashba, himmak ashba, nitak nana ash, com- pounded of ash, the future, and ba (see below); onnak mak ashba, Ch. Sp. Book, p. 77—ashin—ashinli, the same; the one which also—ashkia, the one also, even that one—ashon, the one; the, Matt. 9: 6; Chihowa asho™, God, Matt. 9: 8; yammak asho”, the which, Matt. 13: 44; osapa yammak asho”, that field, Matt. 18: 44, yammak asho”, him, Matt. 13: 57—ashocha, nom. case, the one—ash- oka, ob. case, the one—ashokako, ob: case, although the one or the said— ashokakosh, nom. case, although the said—ashokano, ob. case, the one—ash- okat, nom. case, the one—ashokato, the said one which—ashoke—ashokia, even that one—ashona, ob. case, the one— ashosh, nom. case, the said one; Chisas ashosh, Matt. 14: 27; 15: 16; tuk ashosh, Matt. 14: 33; okla ashosh, Matt. 16: 4; imi shilombish ashosh (also ilap shilom- bish ashosh), his soul, Matt. 16: 26—ashot, contracted, nom. case, the said one. This word is sometimes written hash. kash, kash, kosh, and chash are generally used after verbs, but have a similar use and meaning; ash, the, the said, Matt. 5: 24; chuka yammak ash aiihinso, beat upon that said house; Matt. 7: 25, 27; Lewiushi ash keyu hon? isnot . . . the son of David? Matt. 12: 23; ano ash sia- hoke? it is I, Matt. 14: 27; chishno ash chiahokmat, if it be thou, Matt. 14: 28. alsha, sing., asha, pl., v. a. i, to sit; to reside; to continue; and often as a substitute for the verb to be; to be there, John 1: 48, 50; there is; he is; she is there, etc., Matt. 14: 13; 15: 37; 17: 4; to kennel; to abide, Matt. 12: 45; ashat toshowa, to remove from, Josh. 3: 1, 3; asht ta, to remove from, Josh. 3:14; imansha, to have, Matt. 18: 12; isht amsha, v. t., to be busy about, Luke 5: 5; iksho, neg. form; tka®sho is not used; but iksho, iksaksho, iksam- A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 59 iksho are used; a®sha, nasal form, made by drawing out the nasal sound of the first vowel; having, Mark 11: 13; ansht, contracted from a®shat, Matt. 3: 5; ansht minti, sing., asht minti, pl., Mark 11: 12; ansht akowa, Matt. 17: 9; aiasha, pl. and pro. form and also a compound of the adv. of place, ai before the verb, as aiasha, to sit there; chintail aiasha (see Matt. 10:5); Josh. 5: 12; imamsha, he has, Matt. 13: 44. This word ansha, with the prefix pronouns am, chim, and im, etc., means to have; as amasha, I have, or there is of mine, John 4: 32; ikimiksho, neg. form, to have none; aheka imashali, I have a debt (see Matt. 3: 5). alsha, pp., entered. algha, a., extant. atgha, n., room; sitting. atsha kuchat, to come out; John 4: 30. ashabi, ashahbi, n., the place to which the mourning poles were taken and thrown away. ‘‘Mourning poles’’ were several poles set at the grave or near the house on account of the death of some friend, beneath which friends sat and mourned the dead. ashabi, a., mournful; lonesome; barren; stripped. ashabi, v. n., to be mournful, some, or barren. ashabichi, v. t., to render mournful, lonesome, or barren. ashachi, causative form of asha, v. t. pl., to put down; to lay them down; to deposit; to store; to leave, as a flock of sheep; Matt. 18: 12; Josh. 2: 6; 7: 23; 8: 2,12; aiashachi, to lay them there, or in areceptacle; hachikashacho- kashke, ‘‘neither cast ye,’’ Matt. 7: 6; to gather into, Matt. 6: 26; to bestow in, 1 Kings 10: 26. ashafi, n., the place where one shaves; also a shaving; what is shaved off. atshaka, prep., behind; in the rear; amashaka ya, “behind him,’’ Matt. 9: 20; amashaka yo", behind me, Matt. 16: 23; amatshanka, behind me, Luke 4: 8; 2 Kings9: 18, 19; Josh. 8: 2, 4; chim- anshaka, behind thee; ashatkanya, going along in the rear; mish ashatkanya, be- yond and along behind; amba apakfopat anshaka, 2 Sam. 5: 23. lone- 60 atshaka, v. n., to be in the rear; to be behind. atshaka intannap, n., the back side; the rear. atshakachi, v. t., to place in the rear; atshakachit na mihachi, to backbite; anshakachit na mihachi, n., a backbiter, Rom. 1: 30. alshakba, v. a. i., to have time, or be at leisure. ashali, n., a vehicle. ashalitka, ady., in haste; with haste; hastily; quickly, Luke 2:16; shortly; straight; immediately, Luke 4: 39; straightway, Matt. 14: 27, 31; Mark 12: 8; ashalika imkashofatok, imme- diately he was cleansed of it, i. e., the leprosy, Matt. 8: 3; anon, Matt. 13: 20; suddenly, Josh. 10: 9. ashalitkachi, v. t., to hasten; to hurry. ashalinchi, v.t., to quicken. ashalint, adv., in a short time (a con- traction of ashalinchit). atshali, n., my master; my lord; rabbi, John 3:2; sir, John 4:11; chitshati, thy master, 2 Sam. 24: 3. ashana, pp., turned; twisted; locked. ashana, v. a. i., to turn; to twist; as it turns. ashatapa, pp., extended; stretched; spread, as the wings or arms. ashatapoa, pp. pl., extended; stretched; spread. ashatapoli, v. a. i. pl., to extend the arms or wings. ashatabli, v. a. i. sing., to extend the wings or arms; to spread the wings. ashatablichi, v. t., to cause to extend the arms or wings; to extend the arms or wings of another. ashatapa,n., afathom; the wingsspread; the arms extended. ashatapoa,n. pl., fathoms; wingsorarms extended. ashatapolichi, v. t. caus. pl., to cause the arms or wings to be extended; to extend the arms or wings of another. ashachahe keyu, a., infallible. ashachechi, v. t., to cause to err; to lead astray. ashachi, v. a.i., to go astray; to mistake; to miss; to err; to sin, Josh. 7: 11, 20; 2 Sam. 24: 10; to deviate; to fail; to miscount; to offend; todo wrong; chim- BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL,48 ashachi, to trespass against thee, Matt. 18:15; ashachi, pp., missing; ashanchi, nasal form; ashahanchi, freq.; ashaty- achi, pro. form. ashachi, v. t., tomistake; to miss; to sin; to slip; to stumble. ashachi, a., amiss; sinful; mistaken; erring; inaccurate; ikashacho; ashachi iksho, a., sinless; without sin. ashachi, n., a sinner; a mistaker; a blunderer; a stumbler; or nan ashachi (q. v.). ashachi, n., asin; a mistake; a blunder; a debt; harm; a lapse; an offense; in scripture, an error; a deviation; a fault; a miss; or aiashachika (q. v.). ashachi keyu, a., guiltless; Matt. 12: 7; innocent (pl. in Greek testament). ashachit anoli, v. t., to misrepresent. ashachit anukfilli, v. t., to misjudge; to mistake. ashachit apesa, v. t., to misjudge. ashachit boli, v. t., to mislay. ashachit hochifo, v. t., to misname. ashachit ishi, v.t., to mistake. ashachit isht atta, v. t., to mismanage. ashachit tosholi, v. t., to misinterpret. ashakachi, pp. pl., locked; turned; twisted. ashana, pp., fastened; locked. ashana, n., a spinning wheel; a spire. ashanatali fabassa, n., a spindle. ashanniz, v. t., to spin on or twist on orat. ashannichi, v. t. sing. and pl., to lock; to turn a key, or to cause it to lock or turn, 2Sam. 13: 17, 18; to cause to spin or twist on. ashannichi, n., a spinner; a turnkey. asheha, pp. pl., bound; tied up at the ends and round the sides, as a packet of letters, or as the Choctaw bind dry skins; isht asheha ya” shoeli, Gen. 24: 32. ashehachi, sing., tied up; bound up; isht ashihachit taiyaha mat, 2 Sam. 20: 8. ashekonoa, ashekonowa, pp. pl., tied in single knots, as knots on a single string; itashekonoa, or itashekonowa, tied together, i. e., the two strings are tied together and pairs of them. See noshkobo hat nosapi ash isht ashekonowa, his head caught hold of the oak, 2 Sam. 18: 9. ashekonoa, n., knots; itashekonoa, knots made by tying two strings together. BYINGTON] ashekonoachi; iiashekonoachi, v. t., to snarl; to knot. ashekonobli, ashikonobli, v. t. pl., to tie a hard knot with a single string or on a single string; to knot; itasheko- nobli, to tie two strings together; ashek- onombli, nasal form. ashekonopa, pp. sing., tied in a single knot; tlashekonopa, tied together, as the two strings of ashoe; ashekonumpa, ita- shekonumpa, nasal forms. ashekonopa, n., a knot; a noose; a tie; itashekonopa, a knot made by tying two strings together. ashela, pp., thickened, as food; inspis- sated, as mush and food of that kind. ashela, v. a. i., to thicken. ashela, n., mush, hasty pudding, pud- ding; a poultice; a cataplasm; a sina- pism; spawn. ashela lapalechi, v. t., to poultice; to put on a poultice. ashelachi, vy. t., to thicken food; to make thick; to inspissate. asheli, v. t., to fill up or stop up fis- sures, cracks, holes, etc. ashelikbi, v. t., to make mush, etc. ashelokchi, n., water gruel; the watery part of ashela. ashetichi, v. t., to bind up; to tie up by winding round the sides and the ends. ashepachechi, y. t., to boil down till nearly dry; to dry it. ashepachi, pp., boiled down till nearly dry; dried away. ashepachi, v. a. i., to dry away. ashikonobli, see ashekonobli. ashinla, n., a dry place in distinction from wet places, both existing at one time. ashinli (from asheli), v. t., to fill up chinks, or small holes, cracks, or fis- sures, with something else; kishi asheli- li, I fill the chinks of a basket. ashippa, pp., stewed dry; dried up at; absorbed at. ashippa, n., a dry place. ashi®ya, pp., filled up; having the chinks filled up. ashke, aux., will or shall; of the will; found at the end of a sentence, as A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 61 ialashke, I will go. This form ex- presses a strong purpose having some- thing of the optative; compounded of ash and ke; cf. ashba from ash and ba; tekashke, shall be female, Gen. 6:19; ilhpakashke, it shall be food, Gen. 6: 21. ashke, imp., sign of the imp., and found also at the end of an expression or sen- tence. issanyimmashke, do thou be- lieve me! John 4: 21; pinshati ma, ishimpashke, ‘‘master eat’? John 4: 31; used for may in 2 Sam. 24: 2; ithana- lashke, J may know; pisashke, he may see, 2 Sam. 2: 43; let, Josh. 7: 3; ikai- yokashke, let them not go; assertive of the future known; shke, assertive of the present known; ialishke, I go, em- phatic specification; ashke, emphatic and specific future tense; ialashke, I shall go. ashoboli, ashobulli, n., a flue; a chim- ney; a funnel. ashobolichukbi, n., a chimney corner. ashobolinaksika, n., a chimney corner; the side of the chimney. ashobolipaknaka, n., a chimney top. asholi, n., a hod; any instrument for car- rying on the shoulder. asholichi, n., a rubstone. ashua, n., a place that is rotten and smells foul. ashuahchi, n., a grindstone; an instru- ment for sharpening edge tools; a whetstone. ashuachi, see ashuwachi. ashuchoha, y. i., to be tempted. See shochoha. ashueli, n. pl., the places where they were taken off. ashueli, v. t., to take them off from. ashutfa, n., the place where it was taken off. ashu®fa, pp., taken off from. ashu2ffi, v. t., to take it off from. ashuma, v. a. i., to mix; to mingle. ashuma, pp., mixed; itashuma, mingled together. ashuma, n., a mixture; itashuma; a mix- ture. ashumbala, n., the cottonwood tree. ashummi, v. t., to mix; to guide; to mingle; itashummi, to mix together; to mingle. 62 ashummi, n., a mixer, a mingler. ashuwachi, ashuachi, v. t., to cause rottenness or a foul smell; to cause any- thing (as meat) to smell bad; to taint. ashwa, ashwa, ashwa (nasal form), v.a.i. pl., tostay there, whether stand- ing, sitting, or lying; dual, Matt. 4: 18; tuklo hosh ashwat kuchat minti, coming out of, Matt. 8: 28; aha®shwa, freq., Luke 2:6. The nasal in a”shwa ex- presses the idea of a continued act. ashwanchi, ashwanchi, v. a. i., to be busy; to be engaged in some employ- ment; itashwanchi, to be employed to- gether or busy together; isht ashwanchi, n., employment or busy with some- thing; nanta isht ashwanchi? what are they doing? at, art., the. at, rel. pro., as iksamatikpacho at, he is the one who does not thank me; lipat. atabli, v. t., to stop; tocheck (a diarrhea). atabli, v. t. sing., to overdo; to over- stock; to put on, lay down, bring, or collect more than is needed or can be disposed of; to exaggerate; to exceed; bok sakti atabli, to overflow the banks, Josh. 3: 15; 4: 18; atambli, nasal form; atamblit apotuli, v. t., to superadd. atablichi, v. t. caus., to cause to over- flow or superabound; to cause an over- plus; isht atablichi, v. t., to aggravate by means of. atablit abeli, v. t., to overcharge; to overload, as a gun; to surcharge. atablit apa, v.a.i., to surfeit. atablit shapulechi, v. t., to overload; to overpack. atablit tikambichi, v. t., to overdo; to overtire. ataha, pp., finished; completed; pro- vided; done; tired; wornout; wearied; ataiyaha, pro. form, concluded, Matt. 2:9 [2]. ataha, n., completion; end; the close; the termination. ataha, v. n., to have an end, or comple- tion; nitak nana ont ataha himma keyu, it will never have an end. ataha hinla, a., that which can have an end. ataha iksho, a., endless; immeasurable; immense; eternal; immortal; infinite; BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 perennial; unbounded; everlasting, Matt. 18: 8. ataha iksho, n., immensity; infinity; perpetuity. atahahe iksho, a., that which will never end; sempiternal. atahpali, v. t., to dress; to adorn; to dress extravagantly; ilatahpali, to dress him- self, Luke 16: 19. atahpalichi, v. t., to dress another with fine clothes. atai, n., buckeye, name of a poisonous shrub or tree, used in killing fish; see atai. [In the Sixtowns dialect this is ataii.—H. 8. H.] ataioha, pp. pl., brought to the land- ing. ataioha, vy. a.i., tocome to land; as they land orcome to land, meaning the boats. ataioha, n. pl., landings. ataiohali, v, t., to bring to land, Luke 5: 11. ataiya, ataia, ataya, v. a. i. sing., to lean against; to land; to come to land; to recline; to rest; to side; itataya, to lean toward each other, spoken of the legs of a horse that bend inward and come near each other. ataiya, pp., landed. ataiya, a., recumbent. ataiya, n., a landing. ataiyali, v. t., to bring to land; to lean or rest it against. ataiyachi, v. t. caus., to lean it; to make it rest against. ataiyuli, n. pl., sources, fountains, of a river or stream of water. atak, hatak, adv., a colloquial word, not elegant nor used in solemn style; always so; usually; commonly; a., usual. It is perhaps compounded of tak with a ha or ya prefix, as in these ex- anoples: takon at apaka yamohmi hatak, yohmi kia apa ka yohmi tak; see tak. atakafa, n., a dish. atakalam iksho, a., undisturbed; unem- barrassed; unresisted; ikataklamo, a., uninterrupted; unmolested; isht ikatak- lamo, a., untroubled. atakalama, see ataklama. atakali, n. sing., a peg; a hook; a pin; anail; a gambrel (as shukha atakali); a stem; a hanger; a hinge; a loop; a thole. BYINGTON] atakali, pp., hung by; suspended from; hitched to; atakanli, Matt. 18: 6. atakali, v. a. i., to hang by; to hang to. atakali hilechi, v. t., to hinge; to hang. atakalichi, v. t., to hang; to suspend; to fasten to some fixed object, Josh. 2: 15. atakaffi, v. t. sing., to dip out of. atakafii, n., adipper; one that dips from. atakchechi, atakchichi, v. t., to tie on; to tie to another thing; to hitch; itatak- chechi, to tie together; to alligate; to hook. atakchi, v. t., to tie at; to tie to; to tie on. atakchichechi, v. t., to tie to anything else. atakchichi,v. t., to lash on; to tie on; to tie it to something. This form is plainly explained by the word ahokchi- chi (see Matt. 13: 25), to plant with other seed or plants after they have been planted. atakla; ataklachi (see Luke 22: 6), from takla (q. v.), I presume, made into a causative verb. atakla, to be with, see John 4: 27. ataklamma, v.a.i., toassent; Acts 24: 9. ataklachi, in the meantime, or in the time of absence, Luke 22: 6. ataklama, a., officious. ataklama, atakalama, pp. sing., hin- dered; prevented; delayed; cumbered; detained; disturbed; interrupted; trou- bled. ataklama, atakalama, v.n., to be hin- dered or perplexed. ataklama, atakalama, n., a hindrance; a disturbance; an impediment; a let; isht ataklama, a hindrance; an interrup- tion; a nuisance; an obstacle; a plague; a pother; trouble. ataklammi, v. t., to hinder; to interrupt; to oppose; to perplex; to pother; to pre- vent; to trouble; to cumber; to delay; to discommode; to disturb; to impede; to incommode; to interfere. ataklammi, n., a hinderer; an opposer. ataklammi, n., a hindrance; an impedi- ment; an interruption. ataklammichi, v. t., to cause a hin- drance; to hinder; ilataklammichi, to hinder or trouble one’s self, Luke 10: 41; issiataklammi chishke, thou art an offense unto me, Matt. 16: 23. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 63 ataklammichi, n., a hinderer; one that causes a hindrance. ataklamoa, pp. pl., vented; delayed. ataklamoa, v. n., to be hindered, pre- vented, or delayed. ataklamol, v. t. pl., to hinder; to pre- vent; to trouble. hindered; _pre- ataklamoli, n., hinderers; troublers; plagues. ataklamolichi, vy. t., to cause hin- drances. ataklamolichi, n., hinderers; troublers. atakli, v. t. pl., to dip out of; to dip in; to dip from; to dip into. ataklokami, v. t., to hinder. atakoli, n. pl., pins; pegs; stems; nails; hooks; gambrels. atakoli, pp. pl., hung up. atakoli, v. a. i., to hang on; to hang to. atakotichi, v. t. pl., to hang them upon. atalaia, pp. sing., placed on; set on. atalaia, n., a shelf. atalakchi, n., a knot. atalakchi, pp., tied at; tied on or to; hitched; ittatalakchi, pp., tied together; tied to each other. atalali, v. t., to place on. ataloa, n., a hymn; a psalm; a song; a canticle; a carol; an anthem; a lay; a music book; a note in music; an ode; a singing book. ataloa ikbi, n., a bard; a poet. ataloha, pp. pl., placed on; set on; stand- ing on. ataloha, n. pl., shelves; a safe. atalohmaya, n., shelves. ataloht maya, v. a. i. pl., to sit round. atali, v. t., to do; to provide for; to make ready; to complete; to conclude; to appoint for, 1 Kings 11: 18; to exe- cute; to find; to furnish; to finish; to fit; to gird; to perfect; to perform; to prepare; to prosecute; to provide; to purvey; to ripen; to settle; aiatati, to lay up there, Matt. 6: 19, 20; ilatati, v. t. ref., to provide for one’s self; iatati, n., providence for himself; imatati, v. t., to purvey; to qualify; to recruit; to satisfy; to support; to pro- vide for him; to enable him; atanii, nas. form, Luke 22: 8; ataanti, freq.; ataiyati, pro. form. 64 atali, n., a provider; one that does or makes ready; a preparer; a purveyor. atali, n., provision; purveyance. atampa, n., leavings; offal; orts; over- plus; refuse; remains; remainder; a remnant; a residue. atampa, a., odd, as an odd one left or remaining after any specified number; spare; more, Matt. 5:37; 15:37; 2Sam. 18: 15. atampa, nasal form of atapa (q. v.). atampa, n., a yearling. atapa, pp., blocked up; itatapa, blocked up and separated from each other; itatampa, nas. form. atapa,n., astoppage; the place at which anything has been separated or cut in two. atapachi, v. t., to block up; to obstruct; to hinder; to fasten; isht atapachi, v. t., to stop with; to button; isht atapachi, n., a button; a hasp; isht atapachi ikbt, y. t., to make a barb; tobarb; itatapachi, to clasp together; to fasten together; itatapachi, n., a clasp; see edapachi. atapachi, n., a fastener; one that makes fast. atapoa, u. pl., stoppages; places at which things are separated. atapoli, v. t. pl. of atabli; atahpoli, a va- riant. ataya, isht ataya, n., descendants; pro- geny; also isht atia and isht aiunchuloli, Matt. 1: 1. atatya, v. a.i., tocome, Luke 3: 4; John 1: 23; to go, Josh. 10: 10. atatya,n., away, Luke 3: 4; John 1: 23; a conduit; ata®ya yatuk am, Josh. 4: 18; applied to a new way, one first used, John 1: 23. atabli, v. t., sing., to separate at; to sun- der at; to break off at; ataptuti, pl. atala, sing., a shelf; ataloha, pl. atalhpi, n., a frame in which the Choc- taw formerly laid their young infants and there confined them for days in order to flatten their heads. atalwa,n., a song; a death song sung at funerals, pole pullings, etc. atalwachi, n., a song; a war song sung by the women when the men were go- ing out to war, and in which they were often exhorted to depend upon the sun and fire for success. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY (BULL. 46 atana, n., a loom. atapa, n., an overplus; an exaggeration; excess; lateness, as to time set; the rest; a surplus. atapa, v.n., to be an overplus; to overgo; to superabound; what is remaining; atampa, nasal form; atampat ashaka, Matt. 14, 20; ataiyapa, pro. form; atat- yampa, pro. nasal form. atapa, v.a.i., to act as an austere man, Luke 19: 22; to take more than is proper or right; atampa, nasal form, Luke 16: 24; Matt. 14: 20. atapa, pp., overstocked; overdone; ex- aggerated. atapa, a., belated; later than the proper time; excessive; exorbitant; immoder- ate; inordinate; intemperate; intense; intolerable; intolerant. atapa, adv., far; immoderately; too; unduly. atapa fehna, a., insufferable; late; over- much; redundant; superfluous. atapa ont ia, adyv., late. ataptua, n. pl., places at which things are sundered; pieces. ataptua, v. a. i. pl., to separate at; to break at; to come in two at. ataptuli, v. t. pl., toseparate at; to break at; to sunder at. atashi, n.,a club; a bludgeon; a cudgel. The stick called atashi by the Choctaw has a part of the root at the heavy end and is from two to three feet long; used by boys as a throwing club. atebli, v. a. i., to press on. ateblichi, vy. t. caus., to press on; to make it press; to jamb; to press; to screw; to squeeze. ateblichi, n., a presser; one that presses. atechi, see atelichi. ateli, n. sing., source; fountain; rise; head of a stream; ataiyalt, ataioli, pl., sources, heads. ateta, see atila. atelachi, pp., hewed on both sides; itt atelachi, hewed on two or four sides. ateli, v. t., to compact. atetichi, atelichi, atechi, v. t., to com- pact; to ram down; to ram in; to push in; to ram; to compress; to cram; to crowd, to squeeze; attia, pp., squeezed; atinlichi, nasal form; atelichi, n., com- pression; atehkachi, pass. BYINGTON] atetifa, atilifa, vy. a. i, to crowd; to press, Luke 5:1; to stand in a crowd, as a multitude of people. atelifa, pp., crowded; pressed; neg. Mark 3: 9. atetifichi, v. t.,to throng; to crowd, Luke 8: 45, atepa, pp., screwed. atepa, n., a tent. atepuli, v. t., to make a camp with a shelter or covering, whether made of bark, wood, cloth, or grass; to tent. atia, n., a way; an alley; an avenue; a passage; a track; a row; an access; an exit; an orbit; a pathway; a road. atia, v.a.i., to travel a road for the first time; hashatia keyu chatuk, Josh. 2: 16; hashatia hetuk, Josh. 3: 4; to go up, Josh. 12: 7; see atatya. atia, v. t., to obey; to follow; to serve, Josh. 5: 6; antia, nasal form and the one most used, with a prefixed pro. am, chim, im, etc.; tmantia, to obey him; ishimantia, you obey him; tksaman- tioshke, he does not obey me; isht atia, y.a.i., to rise from; to descend from, as a race of beings; is/it atiaka, n., seed; progeny, 1 Kings 11: 14. atiballi, a., greedy; gluttonous. atiballi, v.n., to be greedy; to be glut- tonous. atiha, n., a place that has been plucked, or where anything has been pulled up by the roots. atikeli, n., a rack. atikkonofa, v. a. i., to be near to; to ap- proach, Josh. 3: 4; 8:5; to be narrow, Josh. 17: 15. atila, atela,n., a place hewed or blazed; amark on a tree made by hewing off the bark. atila, pp., cut; hewed. atilichi, v. t., to hew; iti a® atitichi, to hew the wood; to cut the wood. atilichi, n., a hewer. atilifa, see atetifa. atiwa, atua, n., an opening; a gap; an aperture; a breach; a break. ato, art., the one, as for the; the sign of the distinctive article pronoun in the conjunctive form, as ano is of the dis- junctive form. This form is more dis- tinctive than @f and at. It is also writ- ten hato, yato, ato, hato, and yato (q. v.). 84339°—Bull. 46—15—_5 A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 65 ato, rel. pro., used after verbs, the one which or who, as for the one which. atoba, v. a. i., to make of or from; to be begotten of; Chisas at atobat atiatuk, Matt. 1: 16; chiatoba, Matt. 2: 5, 6; isht atoba, to increase by means of. atoba, n., the place where anything was made, formed, grew, ripened, or came into being; a germ. The word has a general meaning and is formed from a, place where, and tuba, to be made, to become. atobachi, atobachi, v. t., to raise up at; to make; to cause to become; to cause to supply the place of another; to cause to fill the place of another, Luke 20: 28; itatobachi, v. t., to com- mute; to fill each other’s places. atobahpi, n., beginning; first formation; ahpi first, toba made, a at. atobba hinla, a., responsible; reward- able. atobbi, v. t., to pay, Matt. 5: 26; to recompense; to reward, Matt. 6: 4, 18; to atone; to avenge; to revenge; to retaliate; to liquidate; to render an equivalent; to compensate; to defray; to disburse; to expiate; to fee; to give; to quit; to redress; to remunerate; to repay; to requite; to respond; to retri- bute; to return; to satisfy; to toll; isht atobba hinla, to give in exchange for, Matt. 16: 26; isht imatobbi, to re- ward him, Matt. 16, 27; alhtoba, pp., paid; akchialhtoba, v. a. i., let me take your place; datobbi, v. ref., to revenge himself; tatomba, to save for himself. atobbi, n., a payer; a rewarder; a re- venger; an avenger; adefrayer; a pay- master. atobbi, n., a payment; remuneration. atobbichi, v. t., to change; to replace; to cause to pay; to exact; to put in place of, Josh. 5: 7; to place instead of; itatobbichi, vy. t., to reverse; to invert; to exchange. atobbichi, n., an exactor. atobbichi hilechi, v. t., to pawn. atobbit foka, v. t., to shift a garment; to change, as clothes. atohchi, n., a shot bag; a shot pouch; a pouch. atohni, v. t., to watch; see atoni. 66 atohnichi, v. t., to set on; to halloo, as in setting on the dogs; to cause to bay. atohno, atonho, vy. t., to hire; to em- ploy; to engage; to warn, Matt. 2: 22; to send; to give charge of, Matt. 4: 6; atoho’nokma, when he sendsforth, Matt. 18: 41; pit atohno, to send, ihtono, pp. By some atohno is pronounced atoto, and they say atolohinchi, used for par- ents to urge them to send their children to school. atohno, n., a hirer. atohnuchi, atohnochi, y. t. caus., to authorize another to act; to engage am- other; to prompt; to put up to; atohno- honchi, freq., Matt. 26: 19; pit atohnochi, y. t., to refer. atohnuchi, n., an employer; a prompter. atohwakali, n., the firmament. atohwali, n., an opening. atohwikalitka, n., the place of light. atohwikeli, n., light. See tohwikeli. atohwikinli, nasal form, light, John 3: 19, 20. atok, often written tok; sign of the re- mote past tense, and may be rendered so as to correspond with the preterit tenses in English, was, has, had. The uw before tok may be a word by itself. See a. But by entering the word atok here some assistance may be obtained on the subject. Atok and atuk follow hesometimes. Chi? mak atok oke, that is what it was to be, Matt. 9: 13. Compounds:—atokan, 1 Kings 11: 4, 6—atokakon—atokakosh—atokano —atokato — atokinli—atokkia—atokma— atokmako; ano pulla hatukmakon, ‘for my sake,’’ Matt. 10: 18—atokmakocha— atokmakona — atokmakosh—atokmakot— atokmano—atokmat — atokmato—atokoa- ka— atokoka— atokoke —atokokia—atok- okano— atokokat — atokokato—atokona— atokosh—atokot—atokat—atokato. atokko, see atukko. atokoa, a., definite. atokoa, atokowa, vy. t., to testify; to declare; to take out; to select, Josh. 3: 12. atokolechi, y. t., to choose; to select, John 6: 70; to bear testimony, Mat. 10: 18, BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 atokoli, atokuli, atokkoli, v. t., to point out; to state; to particularize; to appoint; to authorize; to empower; to choose, 2 Sam. 24: 12; Luke 6: 13; 1 Kings 11: 18; to commission; to define; to delegate; to depute; to elect; to nom- inate; to ordain; to send; to vote; to warrant; to take out of, Josh. 3: 12; 4: 2; 8: 3; mihio atokoli, to identify ; atokonli nasal form; dlatokoli, to choose for him- self, Josh. 20: 2. atokoli, n., one that points; a testifier; a chooser; an elector; a voter. atokoli, n., a choice; an ordination. atokolit halalli, v. t., to anoint; to do, Luke 4: 18. atokot pisa, v. t., to eye; alhtuka, pp. atokowa, see atokoa. atokowa, pp., pointed out; proved; fast- ened, as the eyes on an object, Luke 4: 20; wtatokoa, Gen. 45: 15; delegated; deputed; sent; nominated; ordained; mihio atokowa, identified. atokowa, n., a declaration. atoksala hinla, a., tillable. atoksali, n., work, John 4: 38; employ- ment; a field; a shop; ikatoksalo, a., uncultivated. atoksali chuka, n., a workhouse; a working house; a workshop. atokuli, see atokoli. atokulit aiyua, v. t., to choose; to pick out. atokulit ishi, v. t., to choose; to pick; to select; miko atokuli, to choose a chief. atoli, u., a ball ground. atoma, atuma, adv. of doubt, in interro- gations; okchanya chatuk atuma, Deut. 5: 26. atonho, atohno, v. t., to hire; to engage. atonho, n., a hirer. atonhuchi, atohnuchi, v. t., to authorize another; to empower; to engage an- other. atoni, atohni, v. t., to watch; to guard; to keep in safety, Josh. 10: 18; 1 Sam. 2:9; Gen. 2: 15; to attend the bride or groom at weddings, 2 Kings 9: 14; ohoyo atoni, hatak atoni. atoni, n., a watch; a guard; a sentinel. atoni hikia, n., a sentinel. atoni hioh, n. pl., sentinels. atonli, nasal form; from atulli, to hop. BYINGTON] atonli, n., a hop. atonli, n., a hopper. atonoli, v. a. i., to roll in. atonolichi, atononchi, v. t., to roll in. atosh, see hatosh. atoshafa, n., the place where anything has been cut off or sliced off, as meat or bread. atoshba, adv., not; written also hatoshba (q. v.) and yatoshba. atoshke, adv., probably; see hatoshke. attia, pp., compacted; pressed down in; compressed. atua, atiwa, n., agap; an opening; an entrance through an enclosure, fence, etc. atuchina, a., third; the ordinal of three; ont atuchina, ady., thirdly; nitak ont atuchinakma, the third day; Matt. 16: 21. atuchina, v. n., to be the third. atuchinaha, ady., three times; thrice. atuchinanchi, y. t., to repeat three times; to do anything the third time; atuchinanchit. atuk, sign of the immediate past tense, did; was; has; had; has been; had been; sometimes written hatuk and yatuk; see atok. Thisis a compound word from the particle a and tuk, ‘‘which was and is still’; the wu is the definite article, tuk sign of the past tense, ‘‘was the.’’ Compounds: atuka, them that, John 2: 16—atukako — atukakocha — atuka- kona — atukakosh — atukakot — atuk- ano—atukash, Judges 7: 15—atukato— atukat; ikanumpolo atukat, the dumb; atuk means state of, have been and are; hanali okpulo atukat, the lame, i. e., their state, condition—atukato—atukin- li—atukkia—atukma, the, when that is the state of (any thing), when it has be- come thus, which was and is then; ma, then, Matt. 18: 17; as a conj., Judg. 7: 14.—atukmak, atukmakhe, atukmak- het, atukmakheno, atukmakheto, especi- ally, in particular that one, those, etc.; this is a comparative particle, and to the disadvantage of the person or thing compared with another—atuh- makon, hatukmakon, for, Matt. 14: 9— atukmakosh — atukmakot — atukmano — atukmat; yammak atukmat, he, Matt. 18: 17—atukmato, atukon, then in past A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 67 time, which having been (a which, o® having, tuk been and brought), Matt. 1: 2; atukom yakohmi, and then it came to pass, Matt. 7:28. This is used asa contradistinctive conjunction — atuko- cha — atukoka — atukokano — atukokat— atukokato — atukoke — atukokia — atuk- ona—atukosh, then, John 2: 10; then in past time; when he; and he, Matt. 7:12]; atuk osh Chisas at, Matt. 8:5; Saimon atukosh? Simon who is, ete., Matt. 10: 2; osh is contradistinctive, the Simon who has been and is called Peter; this distinguishes him from other men named Simon, Matt. 17: 27; 18: 183—atukot. atukko, atokko, v.a.i., v. t., to take refuge; to shelter; to take shelter; to harbor; y. t., to protect; chuka atukko, itt atukko; atokko achukma keyu, a., inse- cure. atukko, n., a haven; a retreat; protec- tion. atukkochechi, v. t., to screen; to shelter. atukkuchi, v. t., to shelter; to protect others; to shield. atukkuchi, n., a screen. atukla, a., second; next. atukla, adv., next; ont atukla, adv., secondly. atukla,v. n.,to be the second; to bea second; nanta hosh atukla wa. atutkla, pp. nasal form, repeated. atuklaha, adv., twice. atuklanchi, v.t., to repeat; to do again; to react; atuklahanchi, freq.; atukla- hanchit. atuklanchi, n., a repetition. atuklant, ady., second time; again. atuklant achi, v. a. i., to speak again; to repeat. atuklant aiskia, pp., revised; corrected again. atuklant aiskiachi, v. t., to revise. atuklant akmi, pp., recast; molded anew. atuklant akmichi, v. t., to recast; to mold anew. atuklant atlichi, v. t., to reassure. atuklant anoli, v. t., to tell it again; to repeat. atuklant anukfilli, v. t., to reconsider. atuklant apesa, v. t., to revoke; to re- call, 68 atuklant atokoli, v. t., to reappoint; to rechoose; to choose a second time; to reelect. atuklant alhtuka, pp., rechosen. atuklant chukoa, v. a. i., to reenter; to enter anew, or a second time. atuklant fimmi, v. t., to resow. atuklant haiaka, y. a. i., to reappear. atuklant haiaka, pp., found again; dis- covered a second time. atuklant haklo, v. t., to rehear; to hear a second time. atuklant hilechi, v. t., to reestablish. atuklant hobachi, v. a. i., to reecho. atuklant hokli, v. t., to reseize. atuklant hoyo, v.t., to recall; to calla second time. atuklant ikbi, v. t., to rebuild; to re- make; to re-edify; to regenerate; to re- new; to reorganize. atuklant ikbi, n., regeneration. atuklant imatatli, v. t., to recruit. atuklant imalhtaha, pp., recruited. atuklant ishi, v. t., to reassume; to re- take; to regain. atuklant isht ia, v. t., to recommence; to resume; to begin again; to renew. atuklant isht ilaiyulkpa, v. t., to reen- joy; to enjoy a second time. atuklant itauaya, pp., remarried. atuklant itauaya, v. t., to remarry, as the parties marry each other. atuklant itauayachi, v. t., to remarry, as an oftficer marries others. atuklant itannaha, v. a. i., to.reassem- ble. atuklant itannaha, pp., reassembled. atuklant itannali, v. t., to reassemble; to re-collect; to rally. atuklant topuli, v. a. i., v. t., to repass. atuklant miha, v. t., to rehearse; to re- peat. atuklant oia, v. a. i., to reascend. atuklant okchaya, vy. n., to relive; to live again. atuklant oti, v. t., to rekindle. atuklant pila, v. t., to recast; to resend. atuklant pisa, v. t., to reexamine; to revise. atuklant potoma, pp., doubled a second time. atuklant potomi, v. t., to redouble; to double a second time. redoubled; BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 atuklant toba, pp., a regenerate; re- generated; made again; renewed. atuklant ulhti, pp., rekindled. atuklant yammichi, v. t., to react. atuklant yammiht pisa, n., to re- attempt. atuklonchi, and; see Matt. 2: 13. atuktlakafa, v.a.i., to jest; to joke. atuklakafa, a., jocose. atuklakafa, n., a joke; idle talk. atuko, advy., not; also spoken hatuko, yatuko. atukonofa, atikkonofa, v. a. i., to ap- proach near on both sides, Luke 22: 47. Possibly this is a compound word. atukonofa, pp., pressed on both sides. atukosh, adv., not, not to. atulli, v. a. i., to hop. atuma, see atoma. atush, hatush, yatush. Sinti yatush, Satan, Scrip. Biog., p. 31. atushah, pl., to hew, Josh. 8: 31; ap- plied to stones; see tushali. atu®shpa, pp., hastened; hurried. atu®shpa, v. a. i., to hurry; to hasten. atu%shpalechi, v. t., to press; atushpa- Uhinchilitok, ‘I compelled them,” Acts 26: 11. atushpachi, v. t., to hasten; to hurry. atuya, n., a ladder; stairs; a flight of stairs; steps; 1 Kings, 10: 19; astyle; arundle; Samson’s post; a scale; a stair; a stepping stone. au, a diphthong, having the sound of ow in now. aua, auah, a word used in counting the numbers between ten and nineteen, having the sense of and, or with, as ten and one, 11; ten and two, 12; pokoli auahchafa, ten and one, eleven, but the word pokoli is usually omitted. auah achafa, a., eleven, 11, xi. auah achafa, v. n., to be eleven, as auch achafa yoke, there are eleven. auah achafa, v. a. i., to be eleven, or to make 11; as hashauah achafa, you make eleven; you are eleven. auah hannali, a., sixteen, 16, xvi. auah hannali, v. n., to be sixteen. auah hannali, v. a..i., to make sixteen, as ilauah hannali. auah huntuchina, a., eighteen, 18, xviii. auah huntuchina, v. n., to be eighteen. BYINGTON] auah huntuchina, v. a. i., to make eighteen. auah huntuklo, a., seventeen, 17, xvii. auah huntuklo, vy. n., to be seventeen. auah huntuklo, vy. a. i., to make seven- teen; as tlauah huntuklo. auah hushta, auahushta, n., fourteen, 14, xiv, Matt. 1:17. auah hushta, v. n., to be fourteen. auah hushta, auahushta, v. a. i., to make fourteen; as ilauahhushta, Josh. 5: 10. auah tatapi, a., fifteen, 15, xv. auah talapi, v. n., to be fifteen. auah talapi, v. a. i., to make fifteen; as ilawahtatlapi. auah tuchina, a., thirteen, 13, xiii. auah tuchina, vy. n., to be thirteen. auah tuchina, v. a.i., to be thirteen, or to make thirteen; ilauah tuchina. auah tuklo, a., twelve, 12, xii, a dozen, Matt. 14: 20; Josh. 4: 2. auah tuklo, n., a dozen. auah tuklo, v. n., to be twelve. auah tuklo, v. a. i., to be twelve; to make twelve. auah tuklo bat auah tuklo, n., a gross, 144; lit. twelve times twelve. auahsholichi, v. t., to make one dream. auahushta, see auah hushta. auanapa, pp. sing., passed over; put over; gone over or by. auanapoa, pp. pl., passed over; put over; gone over or by. auanapoli, auanopoli, v. a. i. pl., to pass over; to go over; auanabli, sing.; see tanapoli. auanapolichi, v. t. pl., to put over; to throw over; to cause to go over; aua- nablichi, sing. auanabli, v. a. i., to pass over; see tanabli, abanabli. auanablichi, v. t., to put over. auant, see awant. auatsga, v.a.i., to chewacud; or hopatsa, howansa (q. v.)- auashbolechi, v. t. caus. (an old word), to make one dream. auata, v. a.i., to appear; to come out; to expand; to spread; to extend; i- auata, to spread out one’s self; to be proud. auata, a., wide; broad. auata, pp., expanded; extended. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 69 auata, n., breadth; width; extent, I°x. 26: 2. auatali, v. a. i., to stand crooked, as in a half moon or circle. auatali, n., a bent line, like the appear- ance of the new moon. auataya, comp. verb, to be spread and stretched out over something wide as well as long, hence applied to the firm- ament; [earlier and less correct mean- ings obtained] to go along with, to accompany; Shutik at aba moma ka auatanyakma, Sp. Book, page 18, 5th edition. See auata. . auatachi, v. t., to expand; to spread; to extend. auatalli, v. t., to extend ina line. auaya, v. t. (a compound word from auah and atya), to have in marriage; to wed; to marry, fem. gen. This word is used when it is said that a woman marries, but itauaya when a man mar- ries, or when it is the act of both; ik- itauayo, neg., not married; single. auaya, pp., a., married, fem. gen., Mark 10: 12. auaya, n., a woman that marries; the marriage state; ikauayo, n., celibacy; ikauayo, a., unmarried. auaya, v.t., v.a.i., tomarry (fem. gen.); itauaya nitak, n., a wedding day; it- auaya, pp., married; matched; mated; espoused; ihitauayo, a., unmarried; single; itawayachi, v.t., to marry; to mate; to settle; ituuaya, n., matri- mony; nuptials; a match; a settlement; wedlock; itauaya ahalaia, a., nuptial; itauaya ipetachi, n., a wedding feast; itauaya, v. a. i., v. t., to cohabit; to marry, Matt. 5: 32; to couple; to have each other, or to have her; to settle; to wed, Matt. 14: 4; to join; iauaya, a., pp., married, mas. gen. and com. gen.; wedded; itauaya ona, a., pp., marriage- able. auaya alhpesa, a., marriageable. auaya ona, a., marriageable. auayachi, v. t. caus., to marry a woman to a man; to join; itauayachi, v. t., to marry; to cause to marry, the act of an officer or minister, etc.; to joinin wed- lock. auashli, v. t., to fry; to cook in a frying pan, as meat is cooked; to parch; to 70 burn, as coffee is burnt for grinding and use; to poach; to toast; alwasha, pass., aialwasha, a place for frying, 2 Sam. 13: 9. auechi, v. t. caus., (see echt); to send it this way; to send it toward the speaker by the hand of another; to cause it to come this way—not to the speaker but toward him; to transmit toward (the speaker); isht auechi, v. t., to send this way; to bring this way; isht auehin- chi, freq.; auehinchi, freq., John 5: 23. aueli; iaueli, to take along with him, Matt. 4: 8. auet, a ‘‘directive particle’’ before verbs indicating the direction of an action toward the speaker; auet a"hopakishke, is far from me; auet ithopaki, a good way off, Matt. 8:30. auet, awet (cont. of auechit), adv., this way; toward—but always toward the speaker, never from; pit means the opposite of auet, Matt. 3: 17; 10: 40; 17:5; Rev. 14:13; Josh. 4: 16, 17, 18, 19. et (q. v.) and auet have different mean- ings. et means toward the speaker; auet, quite to him, as haksobish et weli cha imanumpa auet haklo; auet is the prolonged form; ¢ is a connective as with other words. aume, exclam., well! indeed! O! auola, y.a.i., to refrain; to stop; to hold up; to cease, as the rain ceases, holds up, stops, etc. auola, u., a cessation; a holding up. auolachi, v. t. caus., to cause the rain to cease. auts, outs, n., an ounce; ous awahtuklok- mat weki achafa, troy weight; ous awah hanalikmat weki achafa, avoirdupois weight. awa, wa, ady., can not; shall not; will not; John 2: 4 [?]. awalakachechi, awalakachechi, v. t., to plait; to pucker; to ruffle. awalakachechi, n., a plaiter. awalakachi, awalakachi, n., a frill; a fringe; a plait; a pucker; a ruffle; gath- ers. awalakachi, awalakachi, pp.,a., ruffled; plaited; puckered. awatalli, n., a boiler. awalalli iskitini, n., small boiler. a saucepan; a BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY (BULL. 46 awant, auant, awat (from au-+aya), prep., with; along with; to go with; to accompany, Josh. 1:5, 9; 3: 7; 7: 12; Luke 1: 56; Matt. 5: 41. awashoha, n., a scene; a place for play; a playground. awat, see awant. awaya, n., product; crop. awaya achukma, a., rich; fertile. awaya achukma, n., richness; fertility. awaya fehna, a., productive; fruitful. awet, see cuet. awiachi, y. a. i., to hover over to get food; to swarm; sheki at isubilli awiachi, to hover in swarms over the dead horse; foebilishke at awiachi; foebilishke at tansh hinak awiachi, the bees come round the corn tassels in quest of something to eat. awiachi, n.,a swarm. awiha, n.,a deserted place; a place from which persons have removed. awokokonlichi, n.,a place rooted up by swine. awokokonlichi, v. t. pl., to root, as swine. atya, aiya, v. a. i., to go; totravel; to go along ; to move along; to pace; to pass; to shoot, as an arrow; to stir; to strike; to sweep; to tend; to waft; to depart; Luke 2: 29; Matt. 5: 17; 10: 34; 11: 18; Josh 1: 5; 3: 7; to come, John 1: 31; to pass in any manner (Josh. 3: 4) or to any end, as to fly, to sail, etc.; wmaya (from imand aya united) alsoimayachi, imaiya, and imaiyachi (the spelling va- ries), Matt. 10: 24; isht anya, v. t., to take along; to carry; to conduct; to drive; to lead, Luke 4: 1; to govern; to sail; to treat; to fare; to fly; to run; shat arya, to convey; achukmat ishan- yashke, farewell. atya, pp., passing; chisht anya, Matt. 4: 6. atya,n.,amover, sojourner, traveler, or one that moves along; a passenger; a stirrer; kanima yor chik anya kia, whithersoever thou goest, Matt. 8: 19; imanya, v. t., to visit him, her, 1 Sam. 2: 21. atya,n.,a going; a motion; a passage; a pace; a sailing. atya, n., a flock; a herd; chukfalhpoa atya kaniohmi, micha wak anya kanioh- mi, 1 Sam. 30: 20. atya achafa,n., a flock; a company, 2 Kings 9: 17; a herd, BYINGTON] atya hinla, a., passable. ayaiya, n., lamentation, Matt. 2: 18; place of weeping. ayaka,a., many; ikaiako, not many; not much. ayakohmi, aiyakohmi, n., a deed; some- thing done, or things done, John 1: 28; De 12: ayakohmi, aiyakohmi, v. n., to take place or transpire at. ayakohmichi, v. t., to do something. ayamaska, n., a kneading trough. ayamasli, v. t., to knead in; to mix in; to make mortar there or in. ayanalli, n., a channel for water to flow in; a tube; a pipe. ayataia, aiyataia, n., a landing place; a resting place; a landing. ayamihchi, v. t., to do, John 2: 11; 3: 2. ayehchi, see aiehchi. ayimmi, v. t., to believe in, John 1: 7. ayoah, see aiyoa. ayofanichih, v. t., to make motions—in trying to commit sodomy. ayuka, pro., each. ayukali, aiyukali, pro., each one; aiyu- kali, adv., apiece. ayukpa, a., pleased; isht ayukpa, v.n., to be pleased with. ayukpa, n., joy, Acts 8: 8. ayupi, aiyupi, n., a bath; a place in which to bathe or wallow, whether in sand or mud, by man, beast, or fowl; a pool. a, a locative particle preceding words; akanalli,atakchicht, akallo,akallih,ahpota; a ig often used with such words; a means place; a, at, to, in. aba, a., high; heavenly; divine; celes- tial. aba, v.n., to be up; to be heavenly; amba, etc. aba, adv., up; on high; aloft; heavenly, John 3: 14. aba, n., the upper regions; heaven, Luke 83: 21; John 3: 27; Matt. 5: 3; 23: 22; aba akon, the air; aba hushi puta kat, the birds of the air, Matt. 8:20; aba apeti- chika, kingdom of heaven, Matt. 13: 44. aba aholitopa, n., heaven above, Josh. 2: 11. aba aiachukmaka, n., happy place above. heaven; the A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 71 aba aianumpuli, n., a preaching place; a pulpit. aba anumpa, abanumpa, n., the gos- pel, Matt. 11: 5; the Scriptures; the word from heaven; Christianity; re- ligion; faith, i.e., the object of faith; light; revelation; theology. aba anumpa ahalaia keyu, a., unchris- tian. aba anumpa ahni, v. t., to desire the gospel; to be anxious on the subject of religion. aba anumpa ahni, n., a serious person. aba anumpa aiisht atta, n., a meeting house; a preaching place. aba anumpa anumpa, n., a sermon. aba anumpa apiha at illi, n., martyr- dom. aba anumpa i"filammi, n., apostasy. aba anumpa ikhana, n., Christians; Christianity. aba anumpa ikithano, n., heathens; heathenism. aba anumpa ikyimmo, n., infidelity. aba anumpa ikyimmo, n., a deist; an infidel. aba anumpa issa, v. a. i., to apostatize; to fall away. aba anumpa issa, n., an apostate. aba anumpa issat falama, v. a. i., to backslide. aba anumpa issat falama, n., a back- slider. aba anumpa isht aianumpuli, n., a tabernacle. abaanumpa ishtanumpuli, abaanum- pa isht holissochi, v. t., to sermonize; to preach; n., a preacher; a sermonizer. aba anumpa isht atta, n., to preach the gospel; to serve in the gospel. aba anumpa isht atta, n., a preacher; a clergyman; a clerk; a divine; an evangelist; a priest. aba anumpa isht atta aliha, n., the clergy; the ministers of religion. aba anumpa isht atta imalhtayak, aba anumpa isht atta atiha, n., priesthood. aba anumpa isht ika, n., a homily. aba anumpa ithana, n., a theologian. aba anumpa ithananchi, v. t., to gospel; to make the gospel known; to evan- gelize. 72 aba anumpa nukfoka, a., serious; de- vout; religious. aba anumpa nukfoka, v. n., to be serious, devout, ete. aba anumpa nukfoka aia4hi, a., pious; truly pious. aba anumpa nukfokichi, vy. t., to evan- gelize. aba anumpa taloa, n., church music; sacred music. aba anumpa tosholi, n., an evangelist. aba anumpa yimmi, v. t., to believe the gospel. aba anumpa yimmi, n., a professor of or a believer in the gospel. aba anumpa yimmi, a., orthodox; re- ligious; aba anumpa ikyimmo, n., an infidel; scepticism. aba anumpa yimmi aiali, a., pious. aba anumpa yimmi keyu, a., irrelig- ious; not orthodox; heterodox. aba anumpeshi, abanumpeshi, aba- numpeshi ammona, n., an apostle. aba anumpuli, v. t., to preach; to pray; to talk up; to talk about religion. aba anumpuli, abanumpuli, n., a preacher; a praying person; a Chris- tian; a professor of religion; a mis- sionary; a chaplain; a minister. aba anumpuli aiaMti, a., godly. aba anumpuli a%li, n., a true Christian. aba anumpuli apistikeli, n., a pastor; a bishop. aba anumpuli aliha, n., the church; all Christians; the church in general. aba anumpuli ibafoka, v. a. i., to join a church; to profess religion. aba anumpuli ibafoka, pp., united to the church. aba anumpuli ibafoki, v. t., to give up to the church; to join to the church. aba anumpuli ikbi, v. t., to christian- ize; to make Christians; to convert. aba anumpuli iksa, n., a church; the church; a Christian sect or denomina- tion. aba anumpuli iksa ibafoka, n., a church member. aba anumpuli iksa kucha, v. a. i., to leave a church. aba anumpuli iksa kucha, pp., excom- municated. aba anumpuli iksa kuchi, v. t., to ex- communicate; to unchurch. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY (pun. 46 aba anumpuli iksa nana ishtimashwa aliha, n., Presbytery. aba anumpuli iksa nana isht imatta, n., a Presbyter. aba anumpuli ilahobbi, n., a professed Christian; a pretended Christian; a hypocrite. aba anumpuli kobafa, n., an apostate; a broken Christian. aba anumpuli kucha, n., an excom- municated person. aba anumpuli peticheka alhtoka, n., a parson. aba anumpuli toba, n., a convert. aba anumpuli toba, v. a.i., to become a Christian. aba anumpuli toba, n., conversion. aba apelichika, n., the kingdom of heaven, Matt. 8: 11; 11: 11, 12; 16: 19. aba aya, v. a. i., to waft. aba chakali, v. a. i. (from aba and acha- kali), to lift up the head; to lift up the eyes, John 4: 35; Matt.17: 8; Luke 19: 5; Josh. 5: 13; aba pit aba chakalimat, when he had looked up to heaven, Matt. 14: 19. aba hatak, n., an angel; an inhabitant of heaven; a seraph. aba holitopa, n., a holy one. aba ia, abia, v. a.i., toascend; to go up; to rise; to go to heaven. Aba itki, n., God. Aba i2ki imantia, a., godly; one who obeys God. Aba i"ki imasilhha shali, a., prayerful. aba imma, abema, ady., upward; high. aba isht aholitobli, v. t., to worship, John 4: 20, 24. aba isht aianumpa chuka, n., a syna- gogue, Matt. 10: 17. aba isht aiokpachi, n., sacrifice, Matt. 9:13; 12: 7; a gift, Matt. 15: 5; tribute for the service of the temple, Matt. 17: 24. aba isht anumpa,n., asermon; a reli- gious discourse; a lecture; a discourse. aba isht anumpuli, v. t., to preach; to pray for, Matt. 5: 44. aba isht anumpuli, n., a preacher. aba isht a®ya, v. t., to waft. aba isht holitobli, n., a worshiper. aba isht ia, v. t., to hoist; to lift; to mount; to raise; to carry up; to rear; to weigh. BYINGTON] aba isht ikahobalo,v.t., to blaspheme. aba isht ikahobalo, n., a blasphemer. aba isht ona, vy. t., to take on high; to carry to heaven. aba iti patalhpo, n., a chamber. aba mi®ko, n., the king of heaven; the heavenly king. aba minti, v. a. i., to descend from heaven. aba patalhpo, n., an upper floor; a chamber floor. Aba pi®ki, n., God; our Father in heaven; Providence; Divine Providence. aba pila, y.t., to heave; to throw up; to toss. aba pila, n., a toss; a heaver. aba pila, adv., upward. aba pilla, adv., upward; on high; away up; farup; heavenward; to heaven; in heaven. aba pit anumpuli, v.t., to pray; to speak toward heaven, Matt. 17: 21. aba shilombish, n., an angel; a spirit of heaven. aba shutik, n., heaven, Matt. 5: 34; 1 Sam. 2: 10. aba takali,v.a.i., to hang up; to depend. aba takali, pp., hung up; suspended; lifted up; a., dependent. aba takalichi, v. t., to heave; to hang up; to lift up, John 3: 14; to uplift. aba taloa,n.,a hymn; a psalm; asacred song. aba tala, n., a mantel piece; a shelf; a scaffold; a scaffolding; see tala, from talali, to set or place. aba tala boli, v. t., to scaffold; to put on a scaffold. aba tala ikbi, v. t., to scaffold; to make a scaffold. aba topa, n., an altar. aba yakni, n., heaven, Matt. 6: 20; 18: 10. aba yakni aholitopa, aba yakni nan isht ilaiyukpa,n., glory; the felicity of heaven prepared for the children of God. aba yakni pila, adv., heavenward. abai anumpuli chuka, n., a temple, Luke 2: 27; achurch; ameeting house. abana, V. a. i., to lie across; to rise; aba- naya, abanaiya, pro. form. abana, pp., laid across. abana, n., that which lies across. abanali, abanoli, v.t. sing., to lay across; to lay over or on; to put on, asa yoke; bahta ya” abanoli, to lay a bag on. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 73 abanapoa, pp. pl., passed over; put over. abanapolechi, v. t., to put over; to cause to go over, or pass over. abanapoli, v. a. i., to pass over. abanabli, auanabli, tanabli, v. t. sing., to pass over; to leap over; to go over; to run over; to get over; to overreach; to superabound; to go past the time; to jump; to leap; to overflow; to overgo; to overrun; to pass; to surmount; to transcend; to transgress. abanablichi, y. t., to cause to go over; to put over; to defer; to adjourn; to pro- rogue; to delay; to overreach; to post- pone; to procrastinate; to reprieve; to respite. abanablit ont ia, n., the Passover, Josh. 5:10, 11. abanapa, pp. sing., passed over; put over; delayed; postponed; reprieved; respited; from alanabli, v. a. 1. abanapa, n., a respite. abanapa, v. a. i., to delay; to procrasti- nate; siabanapa, I procrastinate; nitak hollo achafa siabanapa keyukma, if I do not delay a week. abanoli, see abanali. abanopoli, pl., to go over; to walk over, Luke 11: 44; abanobli, sing. abanumpa, see ala anumpa. abanumpeshi, see aba anuinpeshi. abanumpeshi ammona, see aba anum- pesht. abaona, pp., raised. abbaksha, see abakshu. abema, see aba imma. abenili, see abenili. abi, abi, v. t., to kill, Matt. 10: 28; to slay; to destroy, Matt. 2:15; to butcher; to deprive of life; to dispatch; to slaugh- ter; to martyr; to win at a game of chance; to murder; ahhabi, to kill quickly (ahbi, aiabi, ahambi, ambi); imabi to win from him or to beat him; he wins from him; to put to death, Matt. 14: 5; aiabi, to smite of, Josh. 7: 5; abeli, ishbi, abi, ebi, ilohabi, hashbi, abi; akbo, chikbo, ikbo, kebo, kilohabo, hachikbo, iksabo, ikpebo, etc.; itimabi, to kill each other; debi, to kill himself; to commit suicide, John 8: 22; iebi, n., self-murder; suicide; ahambi, freq., Josh. 10: 10. 74 abi, n., a killer; a slayer; a murderer. abi, n., slaughter; the killing; destruction. abi, v. n., to be sick with certain dis- eases, generally cutaneous, or to have the disease, etc.; as chiliswa abi, to have the measles; chilakwa abi, to have the smallpox; chinak abi, to have the pleu- risy; washkabi, to have the itch; wak- cha abi, to have the venereal disease; palsi abi, Luke 5: 24. abia, aba ia, v. a. i., to mount; to ascend. abichi, v. t., ‘‘to smite,’’ 1 Sam. 5:12. abit apa, v. t., to prey upon; to kill and eat. abit apa shali, a., rapacious. abit tali, v. t., to destroy; to kill all; to cut off. abitampa, n., a male fairy; a hobgoblin; one who kills. aboa, v. t., to strike against; to fall against; to knock; to bunt; wak at yilepa mat itaboa; hatak at itulat ia cha chuka yan aboa; chukfi itibik mat itaboa hoka. : abonumpuli, see aba anwmpult. achafoa, a., a few and scattering; not many. achafoa, vy. n., to be few and scattering; achafotha, nasal form. achafoachi, v. t., to cause a few; to select or take a few; to cause a few to be taken, etc. achafolechi, vy. t. caus., to select a few; to single out. achafoli, v. t., to take a few. affekoma; osapa affekoma, n.,a large field. affekomi, a., mischievous; impatient; exceeding; superabounding; large; see afekommi. affekomi, v. n., to be mischievous; chito kat affekomi fehna and chito kat atampa fehna mean the same. affetabli, v. t. sing., to ensnare; to en- chant to his ruin or death. affetipa, afetipa (q. v.), a., enchanted; greatly interested; captivated. affetipoa, a. pl., ensnared; enchanted to his ruin or death. affetipoa, v. n., to be ensnared. affetipoli, v.t. pl., to ensnare; to enchant. affoa, afoa, v. a. i., to wind round. affoa, afoha, pp., wound round, John 20: 7; furled; see afoa. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 affula, pp., stirred; thickened while cooking; aiatit matya kako, from that (time) forth; see afullt. ahoku®fa, n., piece cut off. aholloka, see aholloka. ahoyo, see ohoyo. ala, v. a. i., to arrive at, when coming toward the speaker or place spoken of; as ona, to arrive at in going from the speaker; to touch; to come; to come to; to get there; to get here; to get to; to attain, Matt. 8: 2, 11, 25; 11:14; 17: 7, 10; ahanlat, Josh. 7: 14; aiala, pl. and intensive; hachimaiala, come to you, Matt. 7: 15; alali, ishla, ala, ela, ilohala, hashla, gla; aiyala, aiyala, and aiyahanla; italachi, for two to arrive together; isht ala, v. t., to fetch; to re- duce; to bring, Matt. 12: 22; to take itand come; ont isht ala, to go and bring; to go and take it and come. ala, n., an arrival; a pass. ala, n., one who arrives or comes; a comer; himo ala, one who has just come; a new comer. alachi; italachi, to arrive together (dual). alba, n., vegetation; herbs; plants; weeds. albachi, yv. a.i., to practice; to make ex- periments; to be instructed, Matt. 13: 52. albala, pp., gleaned. alballi, v. t., to glean; to gather up the remnants or fragments. aiballi, n., a gleaner; a gleaning. albana, vy. a. i., to lie across; see aba- nali. albana, pp. pl., laid across; abanni,v. t. pl. albani, v. a. i., to cure over a fire; abani, v. t. albani, pp., cured; isi nipi at albani; tak- kon at albani; abani, v. t. albani, n., that which is cured. albankachi, pl.; hina at albankachi. albasa, n., lath. albaska, n., lath. albaska, pp., lathed; ribbed, as a roof; abasli, v. t. albehkachi, v. a. i. pl., to repeat; 7t- albehkachi, Phil. 2: 27. albehpo, n., a sack of some kind, Matt. 2: 11, ; albi, aialbi, aiilli, aialli, n., cost; price; a price, 2 Sam. 24: 24; tanchi albi. BYINGTON] albi, pp., valued; perhaps from adi. albichi, v. t., to price; to set a price; to value, John 12: 5. albiha, pp., charged; stuffed. albiha, n., a charge; a load. albiha atapa, n.,an overcharge; an over- load. albihkachi, pp. pl., put in; put on, as garments. albilli, v. t. pl., to repeat; to add; to put on another thickness; i albilli, Matt. 6:7; itishima albillit umpohomo; na foka albillit foka; shukbo albillit patali. albina, n., a camp, Josh. 6: 11; an en- campment; a host, Josh. 3: 2. albinachi, albinanchi, v. t., to camp;, to encamp; to pitch a camp. albita, pp., repeated; done twice; tanchi at albitat holokchi; albitat holisso, copied; anumpa hat hituklaha albitat anumpuli. albita, n., arepetition, Rey. 18:6; v.a.i., to be double. albitat holisso, pp., copied; rewritten. albitat holisso, n., a copy. albitat holokchi, pp., replanted. albiteli, v. t., to repeat; to double; to iterate. albiteli, n., an iteration. albitelichi, v. t., to double; to make double, Rev. 18: 6. albitet anoli, y. t., to repeat the story; to relate a second time; to recapitulate. albitet hokchi, v. t., to replant. albitet holissochi, v. t., to copy; to write over again; to transcribe. albitet ikbi, v. t., to renew. albitet pisa, v. t., to review. albitet shanni, v. t., todouble and twist. albitet yammichi, v. t., to redouble. albitkachi, pp. pl., repeated; having other covers or coats; italbitkachi, John 1: 16; albilli v. t. albo, v. a. i., to adhere; to stick, as glue or mud; lukfi at ashoboli yan albo; itialbo y. a. i., to cohere; itigibot offo, v. a. i., to coalesce. albo, pp., soldered; made to stick or ad- here; glued; itialbo, glued together. albochi, v. t. sing., to solder; to cause to adhere; to set with putty; to glue; to stick; isht ishko a” albochi, to solder a cup; italbochi, to solder together; to glue. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 75 albokazhi, v. t. pl., to solder; te fasten in with putty; italbokachi, to solder to- gether. albonli, almoli, v. i., to catch; to take infection; italbonli; italmoli. alhchakaya, n., an addition; a piece spliced on. alhchakaya, a., additional; something added; anumpa alhchakaya. alhchaba, n., a log lying across a creek used as a foot bridge. alhchaka, pp. sing., spliced; new set; new laid or welded, as an iron tool; welded. alhchakoa, pp. pl., spliced; welded. alhchefa, pp., washed (from achefu, to wash). alhchiba, a., tedious; tiresome; requir- ing or consuming time; slow in accom- plishment;, alhchiebu, Gen. 40: 4. alhchiba, v. n., to be tedious, tiresome, or slow. alhchifa, pp., washed, John 13: 10. albchilofa, pp., paid; liquidated; ikalh- chilofo, a., unpaid. alhchowa, see alhchunwa. alhchunna, a., cheap; low. alhchunna, v. n., to be cheap. alhchunnachi, y. t., to cheapen; to lower; to sink. alhchu2wa, alhchowa, pp., sewn; stitched; sewed; italhchuwa, sewn to- gether; sewed. alhchu2wa, n., that which is sewn. alhfabek imma, adv., on the left hand; toward the left. alhfabeka, n., the left, Luke 23: 33; Matt. 6:3. alhfasha, pp., fastened; latched; okhis- sat alhfasha; afashli, v. t. alhfoa, n., a ligature; a bandage. alhfoa, pp., wound round; bound round; reeled; hooped; afoli, v. t. alhfula, pp., stirred, as a liquid with a stick; afulli, v. t. albfullinchi, v. a.i., adhfullihinchi,to com- pass, Matt. 23: 15. alhkaha, pp., laid down. alhkama, pp., sing. stopped up; fastened up; calked; barred; aboha alhkama; ok- hissa yat alhkama, Josh. 2: 5; shut up, Josh. 6: 1; see akama. alhkama, a., fast. 76 alhkania, a., gone; forgotten; pass. of kania of the form alhtaha. alhkania, v. n., to forget; chimalhkania, you have forgotten it. alhkata, pp., patched; botched; mended; clouted; akkalli, v. t. alhkata, n., a patch; a botch; a clout; isht alhkata, a patch. alhkoha, pp., molded, as pottery; shaped; plated, as metals with silver; shi at alhkoha; ampo at alhkoha; lukfi nuna yat alhkoha; tali holisso lakna isht alhkoha, plated with gold; akkoli, v. t. alhkomo, v. a. i., to dissolve; to melt, as salt, sugar, etc. alhkomo, pp., dissolved, as sugar in wa- ter; ikalhkomo, a., undissolved; unmelt- ed; okomo, v. t. alhkomoa, pp. pl., stopped up; calked; barred; aboha alhkomoa; haksobish ath- komoa. alhkucha, n., the balance; the remainder; an odd one, Num. 3: 48; shulush alhku- cha, an odd shoe; waktoksait alhkucha, an odd steer. alhkuna, n., a gown; adress for a lady; ef. the alconand of French writers. alhkuna falaia, n., a long gown; a frock; a slip. alhkuna kolofa, n., a petticoat. alhpatak, n., a fan made of a wing. alhpesa, n., convenience; decency; sufficiency; an execution; fairness; fit- ness; reason. alhpesa, alhpisa, a., proper; suitable; enough; sufficient, Matt. 6: 34; lawful, Matt. 12: 2; 14: 4; right, Matt. 11: 26; Luke 6: 2; straight, Luke 3: 5; John, 4:17; necessary; worthy, Matt. 10: 11, 13; John 1: 27; comely; commodious; compatible; competent; consistent; convenient; correct; decent; decorous; due; eligible; fair; fit; honest; just; justifiable; lawful, Matt. 12: 12; legal; meet, Matt. 15: 26; moderate; passable; reasonable; scrupulous; seemly; staple; timely; profitable, Matt. 5: 29; alhpinsa, tolerable, Matt. 11: 22, 24; ikalhpeso, wicked, Matt. 12: 45; disagreeable; ill; erroneous; unadyisable; imalhpisa, John 1: 14 [?]; ialhpesa, respond- ing; agreeing together. alhpesa, v. n., to be proper, etc., Matt. 5:5; it is enough, 2 Sam. 24: 16. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 alhpesa, alhpisa, pp., measured; deter- mined; agreed; appointed; accom- plished; concluded; corrected; decided; decreed; effected; enacted; established; suited; surveyed; estimated; exe- cuted; filled; fulfilled; gaged; gauged; judged; justified; ordered; passed, as a law; reconciled; regulated; resolved; settled; stipulated; nitak alhpisa, an ap- pointed day; ikalhpeso, evil, Matt. 12: 35; idle, Matt. 12: 36; imalhpisa, pp., judged; imalhpesa, a., contented; agree- able to him; ont alhpesa, pp., passed; ikimalhpeso, a., dissatisfied; unallowed; uncommanded; ‘himalhpesochi, ikimalh- pesacho, to dissatisfy; ikalhpeso, a., ille- gal; illicit; improper; inadmissible; in- correct; unapproved; unapt; unbecom- ing; undignified; undue; unfit; ungen- teel; unmeasured; unreasonable; un- seasonable; unseemiy; unsuitable; un- suited; wrong; wrongful; alhpisahekeyu, a., immeasurable; ikalhpeso, n., an im- propriety; a wrong; ikalhpeso, ady., un- duly; alhpiesa keyu, n., injustice; itim- alhpesahe keyit, a., irreconcilable; alh- piesa, adv., justly; imalhpesa, to please; to feel pleased; ikimalhpeso, v. a. i, to repine; tkimalhpeso, n., a repiner. alhpesa, v. a.i., to become, Matt. 3: 15; to behoove, Luke 4: 43; to eventuate; italhpisa, to respond; to suit; to be lik- ened to, Matt. 7: 26. alhpesa, ady., well; very well; comely; fairly; rightly; well done. alhpesa, v. a. i., to do or be right; ish- alhpesa, Acts 10: 33. alhpesa achi, v. a. i., to approve; to ap- probate (rather, to express approba- tion), as red men do when they approve of a talk. alhpesa ahni, alhpiesa ahni, v. a. i., to acquiesce; to comply; to consent; to be willing; to feel contented; alhpesa ishahnihokmat, if thou wilt, Matt. 8:2; ahpesa ahnilishke, I will, Matt. 8: 3. alhpesa miha, v. a. i., to assent. alhpesali, v. a. i; see ikalhpesalo, fraud, James 5:4; to be true or virtuous, Mark 10: 11; ohoyo alhpesali, a virtuous wo- man. alhpesashke, even so, Matt. 11: 26. alhpesachi, v. t., to correct; to humor; to justify; imalhpiesachi, to right; ikitim- BYINGTON] alhpesacho, Matt. 10: 35; ikimarh pesochi, to grieve. alhpesachi, n., a justifier. alhpi, n., a wooden spoon; a horn spoon; nakalhpi, a pewter spoon. albpichik, n., a nest; a bird’s nest; ap- plied to birds, squirrels, hogs, and bears, alhpichik at imasha hoke, have nests, Matt. 8: 20, alhpichik ikbi, v. t., to nest; to make a nest. alhpiesa, vy. a.i., to fay; to suit exactly; aialhpesa, suitable, Matt.6:11; worthy; sialhpesa keyu hoke, 1 am not worthy, Matt. 8: 8. alhpiesa, a., deliberate; exact; nice; pat; precise; respectable; strict; alhpiesashke, John 1: 12 [?] italhpisashke, shall be likened; Matt. 7: 26; ikimalhpieso, of- fended, Matt. 15: 12; Luke 3: 14. alhpi®kachi, n., a pile of corn piled like cord wood. alhpisa, pass. of apesa, to be judged, Matt. 7: 2; measured, Josh. 3: 4. alhpisa, u., a decision; an estimate; a fulfillment; an institution; a judgment; a justification; a measure; an ordi- nance; aplot; ascheme; astandard; a stint; a stipulation; a measure, Matt. 13: 33. alhpishechichi, v. t., to prepare a pillow for another, 1 Sam. 19: 13. alhpishi, n., a pillow. alhpishi, v. a. i., to pillow; alhpishi hosh itonla tok, 1 Sam. 19: 16. alhpishi afoka, n., a pillow case; a pil- low-bier. alhpishi falaia, n., a bolster; a long pillow. alhpishi itshukcha, n., a pillow case; a pillow-bier. alhpitta, pp., loaded; charged; put in, Matt. 6: 30; alhpinta (nas. form). alhpitta, n., a load; a charge; isht alhpitta, n., wadding; some say naki impatalhpo. alhpoa, alhpoba, alhpowa, n., domestic animals; fruit trees, such as are culti- vated; produce; cattle; stock; live stock; a pet. alhpoa, pp., espoused, Matt. 1: 18; be- spoken for; domesticated; raised; saved, asa tree or plant; tamed; ittm- alhpoba, espoused to each other. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE ee alhpoa aiimpa, n., a pasture. alhpoa apistikeli, n., a pastor; a herds- man. alhpoa foni, n., a rack; the frame of bones of an animal. alhpoa ilhpita, pp., foddered. alhpoa imilhpak, n., fodder; forage. alhpoa imilhpak itannali, v. t., to forage. alhpoa ipeta, v. t., to fodder. alhpoachi, alhpolachi, v. t., to heap up dirt or ashes around anything. alhpoba, see alhpoa. alhpoba, a., exotic; tame. alhpoba hinla, a., tamable. alhpohomo, v. a.i., to be laid on or coy- ered. alhpolachi, see alhpouachi. alhpolosa, pp., daubed; plastered; pitched; smeared apolusii v. t. alhpowa, see alhpou. alhpoyak, n., goods; wares; merchan- dise; a commodity; manufactures; stuff; alhpoyuk oklushinla atisht ala, v. t., to import goods, Matt. 17: 25. alhpoyak aiasha, n., a store; a store room; a store house. alhpoyak holisso, n., an inventory. alhpoyak ikbi, n., a manufacturer. alhpoyak shali, n., a peddler; one who carries goods. alhpoyak toba, pp., manufactured. alhpu®fa, pp., blown into; blowed; breathed in; inspired; puffed. alhpu®fa chuhmi, a., puffy. alhpusha, pp., roasted; broiled; toasted; ahe alhpusha; nipi alhpusha. alhpusha, n., a roast. alhtaha, v. a. i., to ripen; hachim- alhtaha, prepare you, Josh. 1: 11. alhtaha, a., pp., ready; prepared; done; finished; completed; complete; con- summated; expert; fitted; forward; furnished; matured; ripened; atimath- taha, Matt. 13: 54, 56; thorough, Josh. 1: 14; 8: 4; ikalhtaho, a., imperfect; undone; unexecuted; incomplete; un- finished; imalhtaha, pp., qualified; ik- imalhtaho, a.,. unprepared; unready; unsupplied. alhtaha, v. n., to be ready; to end; to finish; to get through or to be so; chimalhtaha, you are ready; anumpuli chimathtaha, have you done talking? 78 alhtaha, n., accomplishment; readiness; a consummation; fullness; maturity; preparation; ripeness. alhtaha hinla, a., handy. alhtakla, a., bereaved; without friends, kindred, parents, etc.; forlorn; ohoyo alhtakla, a widow; a bereaved woman; alla alhtakla, an orphan child. alhtakla, v. n., to be bereaved. alhtakla, n., bereavement; orphanage; an orphan. alhtaklachi, v. t., to bereave. alhtaloa, n., a song; a hymn. alhtaloak, n., a song; see Rev. 15: 3, Moses imalhtaloak. alhtampa, n., overplus; surplus; bal- ance; remainder. alhtanafo, n., the rim of a cane basket. alhtayak, n., character; profession; calling; nature; imalhtayak, his calling. alhtalwa, pp., sung; ikalhtalwo, a., un- sung. alhtalwak, ilhtalwak, n., a song; a ditty; a hymn; note, 2 Chron. 29: 27. alhtannafo, pp., woven; plaited; braided. alhtekachi, v. t., to press down, Luke 6: 38. alhtipo, n., a tent; a pavilion; a booth; a lodge; a tilt; a tabernacle, 1 Sam. 2: 22; Josh. 7: 21, 22; 2 Cor. 5: 1. alhtipo, a., tented; alhtipo asha, tented. alhto, v. a. i. pl., to be in; to stand in, Matt. 2:12; from ani, v. t., ibalhto, Matt. 13: 49; Josh. 10: 1; peni alhto, Matt. 14: 13; ilaialhto, we arein here; a®ihto, nasal form, being in, John 21: 8; Matt. 4: 21. Cf. also Matt. 14: 32. alhto, v. t., to hold; to contain. alhto, pp., poured in; put in; from ani, y. t., to pour in; ibalhto, mixed, Matt. 13: 49; itibalhto, mixed together. alhto, n., lading. alhtoba, v. a. i., to be in the place of another; to be in the stead of; to suc- ceed; to be sold, Matt. 10: 29; akchi- alhtoba, \et me take your place; imalh- tomba, have their reward Matt. 6: 2, 5, 16. alhtoba, adv., instead. alhtoba, a., vicarious; expiatory. alhtoba, n., pay; wages; hire; price, Matt. 13:46; reward, Matt. 5:12; rec- ompense; postage; a charge; ferriage; BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 pilotage; carriage; freight, etc.; com- pensation; damages; a disbursement; expense; afee; fees; afine; alien; meed; merit; payment; a premium; a prize; remuneration; a render; a reward; room or stead; salary; salvage; satis- faction; a stipend; toll; value; see isht alhtoba. alhtoba, n., atonement. alhtoba, n., a deputy; a proxy; a substi- tute; a succeeder; a successor. alhtoba, pp., refunded; remunerated; re- warded; paid; recompensed; avenged; revenged; atoned; compensated; de- frayed; exchanged; expiated; liqui- dated; italhtoba, exchanged; tkalhtobo, a., unpaid; unrepaid; unrewarded. alhtoba chito, n., highness; dearness; high price. alhtoba hinla, a., expiable; expiatory; imalhtoba hinla, a., rewardable. alhtoba hosh ishi, v. t., to supplant. alhtobat atta, n., a vicegerent. alhtoboa, v.a.i. pl., to take the place of; to take turns with; italhtoboa sholit isht arya, to take turns in carrying it; italhtoboa, to exchange with each other; to reciprocate; italhtoboa, n., rotation; italhtoboachi, vy. t., to transpose. alhtohno, ilhtohno, pp., hired; en- gaged; employed; hatak ilhtohno, a hired man. alhtohno, ilhtohno, n., a hireling. alhtoka, alhtuka, pp., pointed out; set apart; sent, John 3: 28; authorized; appointed; delegated; deputed; elected; selected; nominated; ordained; voted; to be taken, Josh. 7: 16, 17, 18; hatak alhtoka, a committee; atokuli, v. t. alhtoka, n., authority; appointment; a delegate; elect; the Messiah; the anointed; Jesus Christ; an ordina- tion. alhtokoa, alhtokowa, pp., pointed out; set, Luke 2: 34; commissioned. alhtoshoa, alhtoshowa, pp., removed from one place to another; translated; construed; rendered into; interpreted, Matt. 1: 23; explained. alhtosholi, v. t., to transfer; to remove; to translate; to interpret; to construe; to render into. alhtosholi, n., a translator, alhtuka, see alhioka, BYINGTON] alhtuka keyu, a., unengaged. alla, n., achild; children, Matt. 14: 21; a brat (a low word); a papoose; hachim- alla, your children, Matt. 7: 11; alla yosh, children, Matt. 11: 16. alla, v.a. i, to bea child; sigila, I ama child; chialla, thou art a child; sialla ma, when J wasa child; nasal form anla. alla aiimpa, alla aiishko, n., a porringer; a basin for a child. alla anusi, n., a child’s bed; a cradle; a crib. alla anusi foki, vy. t., to cradle. alla apistikeli, v. t., to watch or nurse children; to nurse. alla apistikeli, n., a nurse. alla ayupi, n., a bathing place for chil- dren. alla alhtakla, n., an orphan; a bereaved child without father or mother. alla chipunta, n., young children; small children. alla chuhmi, a., child like; puerile. alla eshachi® i2palammi, v. a. i., to labor; to travail. alla eshi, alleshi, v. t., to bear children; to bring forth a child; to have a child; “‘to be confined.’’ alla eshi, n., childbearing. alla haksi, n., ‘‘asauce box;’’? atomboy; an urchin. alla himmita, n., a stripling. alla holisso pisa, n.,a pupil; pupilage; a schoolhoy. alla i8foka, v. a. i., to conceive; to be- come pregnant. alla itki iksho, a., base born; illegiti- mate. alla itki iksho, n., a bastard; an illegiti- mate. alla ikimiksho, a., childless; barren, Luke 23: 29. alla ilahobbi, allilahobbi, a., acting like a child; pretending to be a child; puerile; childish. alla isht aiopi, n., the youngest child; the last child. alla isht illi, v. a. i., to die in childbed. alla nakni, n., a boy; a male child; a chap; a lad; a shaver; a son; a male infant; see Matt. 1: 21, 22; Luke 1: 13, where alla nakni is the translation of son, A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 79 alla oka isht imokissa, n., pedo-bap- tism; infant baptism (tbe old form of expression). alla pishechi, v. t., to suckle a child. alla sholi, v. t., to bring forth a child; to dandle. alla sholi, n., a nurse. alla tek, n., agirl; a female child; a lass. alla tek haksi, n., a romp; a rude girl. alla tek holisso pisa, n., a school maid. alla toba, n., adoption. alla tomha, n., childhood. alla tomba, v. n., to be in the state of a child; alla satombama illitok. alla yakni pataffi, n., a plow boy. allahe! interjection of displeasure, used by the ancients in scolding children. allachi, causative form; ilallachi, to make himself a child. alleh, ali, hale, exclam. of distress, uttered by children when in pain; oh! oh, dear! alleshi, see alla eshi. allikchi, alikchi (q. v.), n., a doctor; a physician; a curer. allilahobbi, see alla ilahobbi. alloluat, see alolua. allotsabi, n., infanticide. allota, see alota. allutsi, allotsi, alosi, n., an infant; a babe; a baby; a papoose; a suckling, Matt. 2: 8, 11; Luke 18: 15; alos: puta han, Matt. 11: 25. almachi, n., a fan. almo, pp. pl., trimmed; cut; picked; pulled; mown; reaped; clipped; crop- ped; sheared; shorn. almo, n., that which is picked, etc. almochi, n., cream; scum. almoli, see albonli. alosi, see allunsi. alwasha, v.a.i., to fry; to parch, ascoffee. alwasha, pp., fried; parched; poached; toasted, Josh. 5: 11; nipi at alwasha; kafi at alwasha. aleha, see atiha. ali, v. a. i, to end; ont aiali and i- aiali; ikati, to verge; ontati, toeventuate; to terminate. ali, n., the edge, end, limit, boundary, line, borne or bourne; the extent; the margin; the mete; the verge; a wing; a border, Josh. 4:19; yammat imati; 80 yammokosh imati; yammak osh ali, etc.; isht imatekashkeh, take him to the edge or verge of, Matt. 5: 21, 22. alichi, vy. t., to end; ont aiatichi, Josh. 5: 3. aliha, aleha, n. pl., all; the whole; the whole company; each one and all of, Luke 6:17; Matt. 5: 1; 12: 2, 46; 13: 49; 17: 6, 10; it differs from ‘‘all’’ in that it directs the mind to each one; tashka atihama, the body of warriors. This word is added to nouns to indicate plu- rality of persons and sometimes of things. See Matt. 2: 1, 4, 5, 6, 7, 16, 17, 18, 28; (of wolves), nashoba isikopa aleha, see Matt. 7: 15; ateha hat is dis- tributive; aleha yat is collective. alipila, adv., toward the end. alipilla, at the end; away to the end; outmost. am, my, pre. pos. pro. Ist per. sing. in the nom. case before a noun beginning with a vowel, as amisuba, my horse, Matt. 2: 6; John 2: 2. am, pre. per. pro. Ist per. sing. in the dative case before verbs beginning with a vowel or diphthong, and to be ren- dered often with a prep. in Eng. as of me, to me, for me; amia, amanumpulr, amanoli, amaia’ti, amachi, ‘‘saith unto me,’’ Matt. 7: 21. am, I, per. pro. Ist per. sing. before a neuter verb formed from an adj., as am- okpulo, 1 am mad; ‘‘to me evil;”’ see chim, John 1: 33. am, used before verbs when removed from the noun, as isubat amilli, allat am- illi, instead of amallat ill. ama, to give me; from ima, to give or to give him; chiksamo, neg. form; ikemo, he did not give him; issiaiamashke, give thou me, Matt. 14: 8. amafo, n., my grandfather and his bro- thers, including their father, grand- fathers, etc., male cousins and their paternal ancestors; my father-in-law, i. e., the father ofa woman’s husband, the proper appellation for a woman to use in speaking to her husband’s father; chimafo, imafo, pimafo, ete. amalak, n., my sister’s husband; my brother-in-law. amalak usi, n., my wife’s brother; my brother-in-law. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL 46 amalak usi ohoyo, n., my wife’s sister; my sister-in-law. amanni, n., my brother, and one older than the brother who speaks; my brother who is older than myself. amanni, n., my sister, and one older than the sister who speaks; my sister who is older than myself (always both per- sons are of the same gender). amiffi, a., equal in size and age. amiff—i, v. n., to be equal in size and age. amintafi v. t., to open; to cut open, as the carcass of a hog; amintafa, pp; see mitagi, from which these are derived. amintoli, pl. amishoa, v. a. i. sing., to rub against. amishofa, pp., rubbed; rubbed against. amishoffi, v. t., to cause to rub against and pass by; to cause to graze; itt chanalli at iti an amishonfa, the wagon was rubbed against the tree. amishokachi, pp. pl., rubbed off; shapo at amishokachit hishi taha. amisholichi, v. t. pl., to rub against; suba hat shukcha yan iti an amishotichit okpani fehna. ammi, a., my; mine. ammi, v.n., to be mine, Matt. 10: 37. ammi keyu achi, v. t., to disclaim; to disown. ammi toba, v. a. i., to become mine, Luke 4: 6. ammona, a., incipient. ammona,n., the beginning; the dawn; the commencement; ammona ataha aiena kat iksho, a., eternal; n., eternity. ammona, ady., first, Matt. 12: 45; Josh. 8:5; ammona kano, Matt. 8: 21. ammona isht ia, v. a.i., to rise. amo, v. t. pl., (tabli, sing), to pick; to pull; to trim; to mow; to reap, Matt. 6: 26; to cut; to clip; to gather, Luke 6: 44; to cut off; to crop; to rid; to shear; to slip; panki an aiamo, gather grapes of, Matt. 7: 16; shumati akon aiamo, gather of thistles. amo, u.,a gatherer; a picker; a shearer. amohmi, v. i., to do anything entirely, utterly, and absolutely, Matt. 5: 34; ikshok amohmi; ikshoka amohmi (for ikshokamohmi, as often heard) there is none at all; amohmichi, amohmincehi, caus., 1 Sam. 15: 3; Josh. 10: 1; 11: 11, 12, 20, 21. BYINGTON] amohoyo, n., my woman; my wife. amombalaha, u., my brother-in-law, i. e., my husband’s brother, his uncles and nephews (language of a woman). amoshi, amoshshi, n., my uncle, i. e., my mother’s brother or brothers and male cousins. ana"kosh, pro., I the one who. ani, v. a. i., to bear fruit; to yield fruit; to bring forth fruit, Matt. 7: 17; ana- he keyukma, when it can not bear fruit, Matt. 7:18; ani chatuk; anikmat, Matt. 13:23; ahani, Ps. 1: 3. ani, n., fruit of the berry kind; a berry; a nut; fruit in general, Matt. 7: 16. ani, v. t., to pour intoa vessel; to infuse; ilan’, in yourselves, Mark 9:50; pass. alhto. ani chilofa, n., a windfall. ; anit watya, v. t., to bring forth fruit, Luke 3: 9; Matt. 13: 8. annoa, annoa, anoa, (q. V.), n., fame. annoa, anoa (q. v.), pp., noised. annoachi, see anoachi. annonto, pro., as for me. ano, I, me, mine, Matt. 5: 11; ano ato, Matt. 5: 22, 32, 34, 39, 44; 17: 27; ano a®, me, Matt. 11: 6; ano akinli, myself; compounds: @norkosh; annon- to; anonto; see ano. apa, v. t., to mouth. apa, v.a.i., v.t., to eat; generally used when speaking of a single article of food; when a meal or several articles is spoken of, the word impa is used; to fare; to feed; to pick, Matt. 15: 32; onush apa, onush alwasha apa, Josh. 5: 11, 12; apat isht ia, began to eat, Matt. 12: 1; Josh. 5: 11; ikpo, Matt. 15: 32; ampa, ahampa, ahampahi oke, shall be gnashing, Matt. 8: 12; noti ahampa, Matt. 13:42, 50; apa isan irreg. verb, like abiand ala; conj.: apali, ishpa, apa, epa (Matt. 6: 31); wohapa, hashpa, apa, akpo, chikpo, ikpo, kepo, kilohapo, hachikpo, ikpo; sapa, eat me, John 6: 57; okapanki paska isht alhpisa apa, to commune; apat tali, v. t., to devour; apat pisa, v.t., to taste; apat ikpeso, a., untasted. apa, n., food. apa, n., an eater. apa kitinisi, n., a morsel. apanukfila, n., a whirlwind. 84339°—Bull, 46—15——6 A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 81 apanukfila, v. a. i., to blow, as a whirl- wind. apat tali, v. t., to devour; to consume. api, n., thestalk; a vine; a handle; a tree; acob; ahelve; ahaft; a trunk; a body; a leg; a blade, Matt. 13: 26; a straw; a spire; the warp or chain of cloth as woven; a staff; a stock; ahapi, a potato vine; aiomanili api, a chair leg; bihi api, a voulberry tree; chahapi, a hoe handle; hashuk api, a spear or blade of grass; iskifapi, an ax helve; nusapi, an oak tree; the trunk of an oak; the body of an oak; onushapi, a blade of wheat; wheat straw; a stalk of wheat; tanchapi, a cornstalk; a corncob. api aiishi, n., a thole. api isht ala, n., the lower end. apiha, see apeha. apishia, u., a piazza; aboha apishia, a piazza that extends all round an old- fashioned house. apohtuki, v. a. i., to be close and light, as a room. appokni, apokni, n., my grandmother; my granddam. asananta, see asananta. askufa, v. t., to put a petticoat upon one’s self (feminine gender). askufa, pp., girded; belted; begirt (fem- inine gender). askufa, n., a petticoat (doubtful). askufa tapa, n., a coat; a petticoat. askufachechi, v. t., to put a petticoat or belt upon ‘another person; to begird another person; to gird; ilaiaskofache- chi, to gird himself, John 21: 18. Perhaps there is a mistake and it should be ilaiaskofachi, as in John 2h 7. askufachi, pp., girded. askufachi, v. t., to gird one’s self; to put a belt on; to begird; ta isht asko- fachi, to gird himself, John 13: 4; to gird the loins, 2 Kings 9: 1. asseta, v. a. i., to cleave to; to love. ashke, see ishke. ashwa, ashwa (q. v.), v. a. i. pl. and dual, to sit; to be there; chuka ilashwa. ashwanchi, aswanchi, ashwanchi, v. a. i., to be engaged about something; to be active or busy; ittashwanchi, to keep at work (at it), singular,—J. E, 82 at, art. (see hat and yat), the; the one; Chekob at, Jacob he, Matt. 1: 2; itt ok- pulo at, a corrupt tree, Matt. 7: 18; itt at, atree, Matt. 7: 19; at, rel. pro., who; the one who; the which. ata, adv. particle, as ishlata, have you come (when not expected)? atai, atai, n., buckeye (accent on last syllable; unusual in this respect and unusual in ending with a diphthong). ataiya, v. a.i., to lean on or touch at; atayali, tr. sing., to cause to lean against or to touch at, asa boat or ship; atayoti, pl. atakapulechi, see itakopulecht. atanapoa, v. t., to jump over; iti ar itanapoa, to jump over a log. atanapolechi, v. t., to cause to jump over. atanapoli, v. t., to jump over. atanabli, v. t., to lay on the second strata of leaves, etc. atanabli, n., underbrush; undergrowth; the second layer of leaves in woods. atanapa; wak atanapa, a yearling. atapa, pp., scotched. atapachi, atapachi, v. t., to hasp; to fasten. ataya, v.a.i., to lean; pit atayat, John 21: 20; 2 Kings 9: 30; see ataiya. ato, ato, art., the one; as for the (by way of contrast to others); ano ato, I, in distinction from them of old time, Matt. 5: 22, 32, 34, 39, 44; aiishi ato, he that received, Matt. 13: 23; hatak ato, men, Matt. 16: 13. ato, ato, rel. pro., the one who, as for the one who, etc. atta, v. a. i., to be born; to come into the world; to stay; to live; to reside; amatta, aiattutok, Matt. 14: 6; anta, nasal form, to abide; to dwell; to inhabit; isht atta, v. t., to use; to em- ploy; to be busy with or about. atta, v. uv. i.,to heal; to cicatrize; ihato, not healed; lachowa ikato, a chronic ulcer. atta, v. t., to occupy; isht alta, to occupy; isht imatta, ministered unto him, Matt. 8: 15. atta, n.,a birth; nitak aialta, a birthday. atta, n., an occupant; a resident. atta, pp., born; healed; cured; cica- trized; remedied; atatta or itatonli (old BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 style), healed up or united and healed; ikaito, a., unborn. atta ammona, n., infancy; an infant; primogeniture. atta ammona, a., primogenial. atta hinla, a., healable; curable. attahe keyu, a., incurable. attahpi, n., birth, Matt. 1: 18; primo- geniture; the first born, Josh. 17: 1. attapachi, v. t., to hasp; to fasten. attachi, n., a healer; a curer. attachi, v. t., to heal a sore or wound; to cicatrize. attat akowa, v. a. i., to come down, Matt. 8: 1. attat atya, Matt. 15: 22. attat falama, v. a. i., to return from, Luke 4: 1. attat hofanti, pp., educated; raised; brought up. attat hofantichi, v. t., to raise; to edu- cate; to bring up. attat ia, v. a.i., to start from; to depart from, Matt. 12: 9; 15: 22; to go from, Luke 3: 4 [?]; to go on from, Matt. 4: 21; to pass forth from, Matt. 9: 9. attat isht ia, v. a. i., to rise; to begin to heal, etc.; to take a start. attat minti, v. a. i., to come from; ashirat minti, pl. (antat minti and anshwat minti, nasal forms, can not be used because they include the idea of con- tinuance). attepuli, v. t., to make a pavilion; to pavilion; to tent. ba, ady., nothing; merely; certainly; surely; ia l ba, I merely go; I just go; I will just go, and meaning that nothing shall prevent; a word used chiefly by children. ba is compounded with, and forms the termination of, several words; amba, kamba, chumba, yoba, hioba, chikimba, tokba, nahba, kbato, okbato, kbano, okbano. bachali, n. sing., bachoti, pl., a row; a course; astick of timber lying straight, as a joist; sabaiyi bachali wia, my nephews; lit., my row of nephews; tanchi ithina bachali, rows of corn, i. e., the furrows and not the standing corn; (tanchi baiil, a row of standing corn; takkon api at baiilli, a row of peach trees). BYINGTON] bachali, v. t. sing., to make a furrow for planting corn; to lay in a straight line; itt tittt bachali, to blaze trees in a line for a road. bachaya, a., prostrate, and lying in arow so as to touch all the way. bachaya, v. a. i. sing., to lie connected in a line or row; tanchi inhina at bachan- ya, the corn rows are laid off; it at bachaya, the tree or the timber is laid; ahchaba at bok a®bachanya, a foot log lies across the creek. bachaya, v. pass., laid ina line; laid off; lusa at bachaya, the black (line) is laid, i.e., on a stick of timber for hewing; hina at bachaya, the road is laid off, or the road is marked off. bachaya, n., a row; a line; a course; a vein; hina bachaya, line of a road, Josh. 2: 19. bachoha, v. a. i. pl., to lie in courses; hina at bachoha, to lie in lines; issuba ai- itintimia yat bachoha, the race paths for horses are laid off, or are there. bachoha, n. pl., rows; ranks; courses. bachoha, pp. pass., laid in lines or courses. bachohat maya, v. a. i., to lie in rows or lines; hina at bachohat matya hoka ishpisa chin, as the roads are laid off, you will see them. bachohmatya, n., a noun derived from the foregoing verb. bacholi, v. t., to lay in rows or lines; to make rows, lines or furrows for rows. bachoh, n. pl., rows. bacholi, n. pl., those that lay off in rows. bafaha, v.a.i., to grow, asa bush; osapa at bafahat kania, the field is grown over with bushes. bafaha, n., a bush; a green bush; a thicket; bafaha and bafalli are both used for bush and bushes; bafaha chanli, cuta bush; bafalli chanli, cut the bushes; but bafaha anutka and bafalli anutka, in the bushes, is proper. bafalli, n. pl., bushes; a thicket; green brush. bafalli, v. a. i., to grow, as bushes; osapa yat bafallit kania, the field is grown over with bushes. bafalli, a., shrubby; bushy. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 83 bafalli foka, a., bushy; grown up with bushes (applied to a large place). bafalli talaia,n.,aclump; atuft; asmall thicket (applied to a small place). baha, pass., gored, stabbed, jabbed, by being struck with a straight forward blow; pricked; pierced; uski osh baha, the cane jabbed him, iti osh baha, the wood jabbed him, and bashpo yosh baha, the knife jabbed him, are transitive forms. baha, n., a jab; a stab; batshpo baha, a knife stab; uski baha, a cane stab. bathachi, n., baa, the cry of a sheep; chukfi at bathachi, the sheep says bath or batath, bahafa, pass., gored, stabbed, or jabbed by being struck with a blow that comes up, as cows do when they hook; alla nakni at bahafa, the boy is gored. bahaffi, v. t. sing., to gore; to stab; to jab; to pierce; to stick; to thrust with an upward motion, as hogs with their tusks and cattle with horns, and to thrust a man with a knife with the point up. bahaffi, n., a stabber; a gorer. bahpo, bappo, n., a kind of nut pudding made of corn and peanuts. bahpo, pass. of bahpuli(q. v.), made into a nut pudding; bahpot alhtaha, it is beaten and ready. bahpuli, v. t., to beat up parched corn and parched peanuts for bahpo; to pound corn and peanuts for bahpo. The corn and peanuts are both parched and then beaten or pounded together. The meat of hickory nuts is sometimes used. bahta, n., a bag; a pack; a budget; a knapsack; a scrip; a wallet, Matt. 10: 10, bahta at iksho, no scrip, Mark 6: 8. This word differs but little from shukcha (q. v-); hapi shukecha, salt sack, kafi shukcha, coffee sack, are used, but not bahta. bahta chito, n., a bale; a big bag. bahta chito abeti, v. t., to bale, or to put up ina bale or big bag; tanchi an bahta chito yor abeti, to put up corn in a big bag. bahta chito abiha, pass., baled; put up in a bale. 84 bahta chito hoshitsh aialhto, n., a tick; a bed tick; lit., a big bag holding feathers. bahta shinuk aialhto, n., « sandbag; a bag having sand in it. bahtushi, n., a pouch; a small bag; a satchel; a scrip; a wallet. baialli, v. a. i., to stand in files or rows; or baiilli (q. v.). baiallit a®ya, v. a.i., to move in a single file. baiallit ala, v. a. i., to arrive in a row. baiallit heli, v. a. i. pl., to stand in ranks. baiallit hika, v. a. i. sing., to stand in a row or single file. baiallit matya, v.a.i., to advance in file. baiallit minti, v. a. i., to come in a row. baiet bitya, bait bitya, v. a. i. pl., to move in ranks as soldiers, not abreast but one following another. baieta, y. wu. i. sing., to stand or go in a row, one after another, as men or animals in a single road; caus., baietachi or baietat hinli, to stand in a row; baietat atya, to go along in a row; to stand in a row, as planted corn or trees when set out. baieta, n., a row of corn, trees, men, or animals. baii, baiyi, n., white oak; name of an oak tree and its fruit; a white-oak acorn; baii laua, plenty of white-oak acorns. baii toba, a., oaken; made of white oak. baiilli, baialli (pl. of baieta), pass., ranked; placed in rows or ranges; alaiali, 2 Kings 11: 8. paiilli, baialli (pl. of baieta), v. a. i., to stand in files or rows; to rank; to fol- low in order one after another. baiillichi, v. t., to cause to follow in ranks; to march; to place in ranks. baiillit nowa, v. a. i., to march in sin- gle ranks, but not abreast. It differs from auatali, v. a. i., to march abreast. pbaiillit nowa, n., a march. bait bitya, see baiet binya. baiyana, v. n., to want. from which it is derived. baiyi, see bai. bakafa, v. a. i. sing., to split off; and pp., split off. See banna, BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 bakaha, pl., bakalichi sing., v. t., to cane; to baste; to strike with a cane or stick; to maul; ofi yo bakahali, I beat the dog. bakaha, n., a caning. bakah, pp. pl., split; blocked; slabbed; bakati ushta, split in quarters. bakah, v. a.i., to split; to block; to slab into several, i. e., more than two, pieces. bakalichi, v. t., to split into large blocks; to slab; to block; to split puncheons for a floor. bakalichi, n., a splitter. bakapa, pass. sing. of bakabli (q. v.); halved or divided into two equal parts; cleft; riven. bakapa, v. a.i., to divide into two equal parts; to cleave; to split; to divide once in the middle; iti at bakapa, the tree divides or opens in the middle. bakapa, n., a half when split in two; a cleft; shuka nipi bakapa, half of a hog. bakastoa, pass. pl., split in two; di- vided into two equal parts. bakastoa, v. a. i. pl., to split in two; to divide. bakastoa, n. pl., halves; wben things have been split open. ; bakastuli, v. t. pl., to split in two; to halve them; to rob; holisso ha bakastuli; same as wehpuli, say M. Dyer and Thompson. bakabli, v. t. sing., to split in two; to halve. bakabli, n., a splitter; a divider. bakasto, bakastuli, pass., finished; completed; all taken, as when a rob- bery is committed, or grain in a field is destroyed. bakastuli, v. t., to get all; to takeall; to finish. bakastuli, n., a finisher; one that takes all. bakbak, n., a large red-headed wood- pecker, smaller than the tivkti. bakbak at paki akbano hon apa, the bakbak eats grapes only. bakli, v. t. pl., to split into large blocks, whether halves, fourths, or eighths; bakali, pass. (q. v.), nusa pi a® baklili, I split the black oak into blocks. baklichi, v. t., to score. bakna, n.; imbakna, the rennet (or run- net) or stomach of cows or deer, BYINGTON] bakoa, bakowa, a., spotted; pied; large check; brinded; tabby brinded; tabby; dapple; dappled; wak at bakoa, the cow is spotted; nan tanna at bakoa, the cloth has large checks; abaksha hat bakoa, the chicken snake is pied. bakoa, v. n., to be spotted, pied, ete. bakoachi, bakowachi, v. t., to make spotted, pied, etc.; to dapple. bakokoa, n. pl., spots. bakokota, a. pl., spotted; pied; large check. bakokota, v. n. pl., to be spotted. bakoku"kachi, n. pl., large white and red spots. bakoku®kachi, bakoku®kachi, a. pl., spotted; sintulo at bakokutkachi, the rattlesnake is spotted. bakoku®kachi, v. n. pl., to be spotted. bakowa, see bakoa. bakowachi, see bakoachi. balakli, v. a. i. sing., to leap up; like halakli. balakli, balakli (the best forms) bilakti, v. a 1, to wilt; it hishi at bilakli, the leaves wilt. balakti, pass., wilted ; see bilakii. balaktichi, v. t., to wilt; to make it wilt. balali, v. a. i., to creep, as a child; to crawl; to grovel; alla yat balali, the child creeps. balali, n., a creeper; a crawler; a groveler; alla balali, a child creeper. balama, a., fragrant; odoriferous; am- brosial; balmy; sweet; odorous; redo- lent—used with reference to the smell of objects only. balama, vy. n., to be fragrant. balama, n., a sweet odor; savor; flavor; scent; smell, as of a rose; na balama, n., incense, Luke 1: 10; Rev. 5: 8. nan isht balama, 2 Cor. 2:15; a savor; Eph. 5: 2. balama, pass, perfumed. balamachechiy, v. t., to perfume another person or thing; to incense another per- son or thing; to cause one to perfume another. balamachi, balamachi,.v. t., to make it fragrant, balmy, sweet; to scent well; parshi a® balamachi, to make the hair balama,; na foka ya balamachi, to make the garments balama. balalli, v. a.i., to creep, as a vine; to run, as a vine; to scramble. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 85 balalli, u., a creeper; a scrambler; avine. paleli, maleli, v. a. i. sing., to run, as an animal or aman, 1 Cor. 9: 24; Gal. 5: 7; emallihinlashke, Heb. 12: 1; maleli is the more common word: tilaya dual (q. v.); tilaharya, tilaharyatok “did run,’ Matt. 28: 8: yilepa, pl., Mark 9: 15. baleli, n., a runner. baluhchi, u., the hickory bark which is used in making ropes. balup, n., slippery elm; also the linden, or lind tree; the teil tree. bali, v. t., to stab; to gore; to hook and jab; to strike straight forward; to jab; to beat up the materials for making bahpo; to dagger; to dirk; to pick; to prick; to push; to spur; to stick; to beat, as meat in a mortar;. to thrust; to pierce, John 19: 34; Rev. 1: 7; iinbati, to gore each other; issi nipi yan bali, beat the venison; tu®shpat batt hon, or tushpat bati hot, make haste and beat it! bali, n., a stabber; one that gores or hooks; a thruster; a beater. bali, n., a push; a stab; a thrust. balichi, v. t., to make anything stab, gore, etc. bam, balam, n., balm, Gen. 37: 25; bam is the Choctaw pronunciation of balm. bambaki, bamboki, a., not even; rough; bulbous; rolling, as land having swells. bambakichi, v. t., to make uneven. bamboki, v. n., to be uneven. bamppoa, pass., shot with a blow gun; discharged from a blow gun, whether the arrow has hit the object shot at or not. bamppoa, n., a discharge; a shoot. bamppulli, v. t., to shoot with a blow gun. bamppulli, n., ashooter; one that shoots with a blow gun. banatboa, banatboha, vy. a.i. pl., to wave; to billow. banatboa, banatboha, n. pl., waves; willows. banatbohachi, y. t., to cause the waves to rise; to cause the water to wave. banatha, n., a wave; a billow; a rolling; asurge; a heave, James 1:6; Matt. 8: 24; oka banatha, Matt. 14: 24. banatha, v. a. i., to wave; to billow; to roll; to heave. 86 panathachi, v. t., to make it wave, bil- low, or roll; banatkachi, pl. pano, adv., only; altogether; perfectly; completely; all; merely; simply; to- tally; utterly; wholly; entirely; ishi- bano, Matt. 7: 8; receives entirely, Josh. 1:16, 17; yammakbano, that only; yak- bano hon, Matt. 4: 4. bano, a., mere; naked; simple; only; iyi bano, barefoot; nipi bano, naked. bano, a., alone; entire; stark; ilap bano, himself alone; Matt. 14:23; hatak bano, man alone; bano preceded by k is used for the sign of the optative mood; mintikbano, only that he comes. pbano, v.n., to be alone; to be entire; banokmat, 2 Sam. 18: 25; banot, Matt. 11: 21. banochi, banuchi, v. t., tomake it entire; to make solitary or alone; ilap banochit hassarfilammachinka, ye shall leave me alone, John 16: 32. baptismo, n., baptism, Matt. 20: 23; 21: 25. baptismo, pass., baptized, Matt. 20: 23; 1 Cor. 10: 2; baptismo used with active prep. pbaptismochi, v. t., to baptize, Matt. 3: 11; baptismohonchi, freq. Mark 1: 4; Matt. 28: 19; baptismochechi. baptismochi, n., a baptist; one who administers baptism; a baptizer. baptist, n., a baptist; John the Baptist, Matt. 3:1; 11: 11. pbasaboa, pass. pl., sparks made. basacha; basancha, in luak basancha, a spark of fire. basachi, see basatichi. pasaha, v. a. i. sing., to pop or snap, as burning wood. basaha, n., a pop; a snap. basahachi, v. t. sing., to cause it to pop or to snap; to make sparks. pasahkachi, v. a. i. pl., to pop; to snap. basahkachi, n. pl., a popping; a snap- ping. basak, basak, n. sing., a pop; a snap- ping noise; snap of a stick, of clay thrown against a wall, or of the fist in giving a blow. basakachi, y. a. i., lit. to say basak; to snap; to pop. basali, v. a. i. pl., to snap; to pop; to explode, as burning wood. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY (BULL, 46 basali, n. pl., a popping; a snapping. basalichi, basachi, vy. t. pl., to cause a snapping or popping. basasu®kachi, n. pl., a poppitig; a snap- ping. basasu2kachi, a., scarred. basasutkachi, basasu"kachi, v. n., to be brindled or striped. pbasisakachi, v. a. i. pl., to snap; to crack; to pop. pasoa, v.n., to be striped; to be brindled; to be brinded; to be checked and tabby; basasoah. basoa, u., striped; brindled; brinded; tabby. basoa, pass., streaked. basoa, n., stripes; spots of different col- ors; a streak; a stripe; basasoah. pbasoachi, basoachi, v. t., to stripe; to make brindled; to streak. basotli, v. t. pl., to stripe. basoli, n. pl., stripes. basolichi, v. t. caus., to make striped work, as cloth. basosu"kachi, basasu"kachi, n. pl., scars; marks; small checks; small stripes. ba®spoah, n., slabs, or slats of paling. basunlash, n., the gall; the bile; basun- lash homi, gall of bitterness, or bitter gall, Acts 8: 23. basunlash aiatto or aialhto, n., the gall bladder. pbasunlash okchi, n., the gall; the mat- ter secreted in the liver, Matt. 27: 34. basha"kchi, n., elder, name of a shrub. batshka, n., a good nature; a gentle disposition. batshka, a., good natured. batshka, v. n., to be good natured. batshka achukma, a., friendly. batshkiksho, a., sullen; irritable; cross; morose; perverse; rugged; unpeaceable. ba®shkiksho, y. n., to be sullen. bashukcha, n., the sumac which bears the purple bud. The other kind is called bati (q.’v.). bat, adv., only; each; contracted from bano or bano hosh; tuklo bat ia, two and two go, or two in each company go. bat, times, as tuklo bat tuchinakmat hanali, twice 3 is 6. brindled; striped; BYINGTON] batammi, watammi, v. t., to trip up another in wrestling. bato, conjunctive form of bano. to and kbano. bachalusha, n., sleet. bachalusha, v. a. i., to sleet. bachalushachi, v. t., to cause the sleet to fall. bahcha, bachcha, n., a ridge of land. bahcha ikbi, v. t., to ridge; to make ridges. bahcha pissa, u., a straight ridge. bahcha tabokaka, n., the top of the ridge. bakoku®kachi, bakoku"kachi (q. v.), a., spotted; having many colors, as Joseph’s coat, Gen. 37: 3. bala, n., a bean; the name of one kind of bean which is large. bala hakshup, n., a bean pod; skin of a bean. bala hobbi, n., boiled beans. bala okchi, n., bean porridge. balakachi, v. a. i., to gulp; to swallow in large drafts. balbaha, v. a. i., to talk in a foreign or unknown language; to prattle, as an infant. balbaha, n., one that talks in a foreign language. balbaha toba, v. a. i., to become one that talks in a foreign language. Balbancha (from balbaha + ansha), n., New Orleans; a place of foreign lan- guages. balli, v. t., to cut up underbrush; to clear land by cutting off the undergrowth. bali, v. a. i., to hit. banaha, n., boiled corn bread wrapped in leaves, in which boiled beans are mixed; a roll, as of bread or butter. banaiya, n., a ridge, asa corn ridge, etc.; banaboa, pl. banaiyachechi, vy. t., to ridge; to ruffle. banaiyachi, n., a ridge, such as is made in a field where corn is planted. banakachechi, v. t., to cause to fluctu- ate or ripple. banakachi, vy. a. i., to fluctuate; to roll, as the waves; to ripple; to ruffle; to undulate. banakachi, n., a sea; a wave. banakachi, a., rough, as troubled water. banakachi, pass., ruffled. See ba- A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 87 banna, v. a.i., to want; to desire; to wish, Matt. 5; 42; to crave; to seek, Luke 6, 19; to will, Matt. 14: 5; to gape; to long; to need; to pant; to strive; to water, as the mouth waters; ikbanno, n. f. ikchibannokashke, thou shalt not wish; baiyana, pro. form. abanna, to want of or for; in want of, Matt. 6: 8; to need, Matt. 6: 32; ikbaiyanno, a., not willing; ikbanno, a., averse; loath; reluctant; unwilling; v. n., to be averse. banna, a., minded; prone; wishful; ikban- no, a., reluctant. banna, n., a longing; a wish; a need; a wanting. banna, n., a wisher; one who wants. banna fehna, v. t., v. a. 1., to covet; to hanker; to wish intently. banna fehna, a., covetous, greedy. bappo, see bahpo. basa, n., the name of the fish called pike. basak, see basak. basasu®kachi, basosunkachi. baska, basto, v. a. i, to game; to gamble; to play with cards or marbles; to card. baska, basto, n., a gambler; hatak baska, a gambler. basha (from bashli, v. t.), pass., sawn; cut; carved; mown; mowed; reaped; clipped; gashed; gelded; marked; plowed; sheared; shorn; ikbasho, a., unmarked; unwounded. basha, n., a gash; an incision; a mark; a cut with a saw or knife. pasha hinla, a., perishable. bashat holisso, bashat holisso, pp., graved; engraved; cut and written. bashat holisso, n., an engraving. bashechi, y. t., to wilt; to blast; to wither; to shrink. bashi, bashshi, pass., wilted; blasted; blighted; contracted; faded; withered. bashi, bashshi, v. a. i., to wither, Matt. 13: 6; to wilt; to blast; to contract; to fade; to flag; to languish; to perish; bashi chatuk, John 15: 6; bashit tahatok, withered away, Matt. 13: 6; 21: 19. bashi, n., a languisher. bashkachi, pass. pl., laid in rows; laid side by side, as sleepers under a floor; bachaya, sing. see basasurkachi and 88 bashkachi, a. pl., lying in rows, as rows of timber; hina bashkachi puta, the rows of roads; bok ushi bashkachi puta, the branches running in one direction, side by side, as if in rows. bashkachi, vy. n., to lie in rows; to bein rows. bashkachi, n., rows. bashli, v. t., to saw; to cut with a draw- ing motion, as with a knife, sword, scythe, or sickle, and therefore also meaning to mow and to reap; to clip; to castrate; to emasculate; to gash; to geld; to hurt; to mark; to nick; to reap; to shear; to slash; see Matt. 5: 30, bashlit taplit ishkanchashke; iebashli, to cut himself. bashli, n., a cutter; a sawyer; a mower; a reaper; a marker; a shearer. bashli, n., an incision; a cut. bashlit holissochi, v. t., to engrave. bashlit holissochi, n., an engraver. Bashokla, or Paskokla, n., Pascagoula; bread people, or cutting people [almost certainly ‘‘ bread people.’’—Eps.]. bashpapi, n.,aknife handle—a compound word from bashpo knife, and api, han- dle, stem, or stalk. bashpo, u., a knife; aknife blade; ablade; Josh. 5: 2, 3. bashpo chito, n., a large knife; bashpo chito inshukcha, n.,ascabhard; a sheath. bashpo falaia, n., a long knife; a sword, Josh. 5: 13; the blade of a sword; a rapier; a dirk; a bilbo; a dagger, Matt. 26: 51, 52; 10: 34; Turk inbashpo falaia, a Turk’s sword, i. e., a scimiter. bashpo falaia aiulhpi, n., a hilt; the hilt of a sword. bashpo falaia atakali askufachi, n., a sword belt. bashpo falaia halupa, n., a sword blade. bashpo falaia i"shukcha, bashpo falaia afohka, n., a scabbard for a sword, Matt. 26: 52. bashpo falaia i"shukcha fohki, y.t., to scabbard. bashpo falaia patha, n., a broadsword. bashpo ibbak pishinli, n., a table knife; a case knife. bashpo isht impa,n., a table knife; a case knife, lit. a knife to eat with. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY (BULL. 46 bashpo isht itibi, n., a dirk; a rapier; a stiletto, lit., a knife to fight with. bashpo itala"kla halupa, n., a two- edged knife; a knife sharpened on both sides. bashpo potoma, n., a clasp knife; a pocketknife. bashpo wishakchi,n., the point of a knife. bashpuli, v. t., to sweep; to remove; to obviate, as to prepare a path. bashpuli, n., a sweeper. bashpushi, n., a small knife; a pen- knife; from bashpo, knife, ushi, son. bashshi, see bashi. basht, cut and; this is acontraction from bashlit, to cut and. basht pisa, v. t., to cut and see. basht tapli, v. t., to cut off. basht tapli,n., excision; basht tapa, pass., cut off. basht tapli, v. t., to amputate; to cut off; to mutilate. basht tushafii, v. t., to cut off; to slice off. bashto, n., the overcup oak tree. bati, n., the high sumac. beka, a., alone; mere; stark; bieka, the prolonged form of beka. beka, v. n., to be alone; bieka in ano sa- bieka hosh hikialachin hoke, John 16: 32, in an old translation; ishbieka, Deut. 28: 13. beka, bieka, adv., always; commonly; usually; only; merely; simply; totally; hitherto, Acts 23: 1; Luke 20: 20; yoh- mi beka, he does so always; yammak beka, that one only; beka is used in speaking of the customary actions of one who is dead, while chatuk is used in speaking of such actions of one who is yet alive; chatuk connects a past act with present time, beha does not. beli, v. t., to breast, as a suckling calf or lamb. biakak, biya™kak, n., a hawk; a chicken hawk. bicha, pass., drawn; taken from a cask. bicha, v. a. i., to spout, as water. bichataha, pp., racked; drawn off. bicheli, v. t., to draw liquor; to take from a cask; to cause a liquid to run out; to draw; JInta! ho bicheli cha, “Draw out now!’’ John 2: 8. BYINGTON] bicheli, n., a tapster; a drawer. bicheli, v. t., to draw a small quantity of liquid from a cask. bichet tali, v. t., to rack; to draw off from the lees; to draw the liquor all off- bichillahe keyu, a., waterproof; (lit.)’ it will not leak. bichilli, pichilli, v. a. i. pl., to leak out; to ooze; to percolate; to run out gently; oka hat sakti apichilli, the water drips from the bank; italhfo aiyat bichilli, the keg leaks. bichillichi, pichelichi, v. t. pl., to cause to ooze out; to burst them; to break them so that the liquid will flow out gently. bichokachi, pp. pl., bent; sprung; iti ad bichokachi, the wood is bent. bichokachi, v. a. i. pl., to bend; to spring. bichohi, v. t. pl., to bend. bichol, n. pl., benders. bicholichi, v. t. pl. caus., to bend; to make them bend. bichota, pass., bent; sprung. bichota, v. a. i., to bend; to spring. bichotakachi, v. a. i., to spring a single time. bichubli, bochubli, v. t. sing., to squeeze in the hand. bichu2ko, n., the brisket. bichulli, v. t. sing., to bend; to spring; bichunli, nasal form, bending. bichulli, n., a bender. bichullichi, v. t. caus., to bend. pbichupa, bochopa, pass., squeezed in the hand; from bichubli, v. t. (q. v.). bieka, from beka (q. v.), a., mere, John 16: 32. bieka, adv., merely; only. bifisha, n., a cluster of little bushes. bihi, n., a mulberry; the fruit of the mulberry tree. bihi api, bihapi, n., a mulberry tree. bihi chito, n., a large mulberry; a fig, John 1: 48; Luke 13: 6 (changed to Jik in the last edition). bihi chito hishi, n., a fig leaf. bihi holba, n., a sycamore, 1 Kings 10: 27. bihi talaia, n., a mulberry grove. bihapi, see bihi api. bihkachi, pl., to be rent and worn out, as cloth. This may be a contraction of the genuine word. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 89 bitka, mitka, a., each; both; like; re- sembling; of the same kind or species; chaha kat kubit pokoli bitka, each ten cubits high, 1 Kings 6: 23; ilubirka, each himself; both; Gen. 40: 5. bitka, n., a fellow; tishu pibitka, our fellow-servant, Col. 1: 7; ilap bitka, their fellows, Matt. 11: 16. bitka, v. n., to be like, or of the same kind; hatak sabitka, a man who is like me; na hollo chibirka, a white man who is like you. bitka, v.a.i.sing., to whine, as a puppy; to yelp. bitkbia, v.a.i. pl., to whine; to yelp. bi"kbia, n., a whine. bit kbia, n., a whiner. bikbina, n., a knop, Ex. 37: 17; 25: 23; see kibikshi. ; bikeli, v. t., to touch; to press up against with a point or the end of anything; to touch the side with a pointed object; to flow in or over, as the tide; okhata chito at bikeli; mikma wishakchi okat shutik tabokaka bikelashke, and whose top shall reach heaven, Gen. 2: 4. bikeli,n., astick or anything that touches or reaches to something else; a support; a supporter. bikelichi, v. t., to cause to reach up to; to strike against an object overhead; shutik hakakkia bikelichi bannat ahan- shuatok, they desired to cause it to reach up to the sky. bikobli, bokobli, v. a. i., to bud; to put forth buds; to shoot; takon api at bikobli, the peach tree buds. bikobli, pass., budded; put forth in buds. bikobli, n., a bud; buds; a germ; the shoot of a plant. bikoblichi, v. t., to cause to bud. bikoha., v. a. i. pl., to bend. bikoha, pp. pl., bent; bikota, sing. bikoha, n., bends. bikokachi, pass. pl., bent. bikokachi, v. a. i. pl., to bend. bikoti, v. t. pl, to bend without breaking. bikoli, n. pl., the persons who bend; benders. bikolichi, vy. t. caus., to bend; to make them bend. bikota, pass. sing., of bikulli, bent. 90 bikota, v. a. i., to bend; to crouch; to sag; to sway. bikota, n., a bend; the bend. bikota hinla, a., flexible. bikota keyu, a., unyielding. bikotahe keyu, a., inflexible; imanuk- fila bikotahe keyu (his mind bend will not), inflexible in purpose. bikotakachi, v. a.i. sing., to bend once. bikulli, v. t. sing., to bend; to incurvate; to sag; bikunli, nasal form, to be bend- ing. bikulli, n., a bender. bikullichi, v. t., to bend; to cause to bend; to make it bend. bikuttokachi, v. a. i., to cower; to squat; to courtesy (as a lady); to bow or bend down; isi at bikuttokachi (the deer bends down), koi at (the tiger); or aba hushi at bikuttokachi (air, fowl of, it squats). pila, n., oil; fat; gravy; grease; nita bila, bear’s oil; shukha Lila, hog’s fat. pila, v. a. i., to melt; to dissolve; to fuse; to thaw; to resolve; Lihinda, Josh. 2: 9, 11; to melt or faint, Josh. 7:5. bila, a., unctuous; greasy. bila, pass., melted; dissolved; fused; thawed; liquefied; resolved; ikbilo, a., unmelted, unthawed; ikabilo, a., un- dissolved. bila bieka, a., oily; only oil; oilentirely. bila hinla, a., fusible; dissolvable, (lit. ) melt can. bila chapka, nani chapka, nia chapka, n., a cockroach. bila oMaha, pass., basted; moistened with fat. bila oMlati, v. t., to baste; to drip fat upon meat; to moisten with fat. bila pala, n., a lamp; an oil lamp. bilahama, pass., oiled; anointed; an- ointed with oil. bilahammi, v. t., to anoint with oil; j. e., him or herself. bilahammichi, y. t., to anoint another with oil. pilahe keyu, a., indissoluble, (lit.) melt will not. pilakh, balakli (q. v.), v. a.i., to wilt; to droop; to wither. bilakhi, pass., wilted; a., flaccid; pp., withered. pila®khi, n., a small round and long hill. pilaklichi, vy. t., to wilt; to wither. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY (BULL. 46 pileli, v. t., to melt; to fuse; to thaw; to dissolve; to colliquate; to liquefy; to resolve; to run; ‘‘to make melt,” Josh. 14: 8; bilet, contracted form with t conjunctive. bileli, n., a melter. bilelichi, y. t., to melt; to cause to melt. bilhkachi, pl. of binili. bilia, adv., always, Matt. 18: 10; perpetu- ally; forever; continually; eternally; regularly; off, Josh. 4: 7, 24; away; tat bilia, gone away, gone off, Heb. 13: 8; hikia biliat peh biliashke, stands forever and ever, Heb. 1: 8. pilia, a., continual; eternal, John 3: 15; ever; e’er; everlasting, John 3: 16; in- cessant; lasting; perennial; permanent; perpetual; unbegotten; unceasing; un- intermitted; unremitted; atissikkopa bilia and aiokchayat bilia, Matt. 25: 46. pilia, vy. a. i., to be or do always; to con- tinue, ano yokat hachiapehat ayat biliali, Matt. 28: 20 (old translation). bilia, v. n., to be always; to be forever; to be continual; to continue evermore; okchatya na biliahe, John 6: 51; hachi- yukpa na biliashke, rejoice ye evermore, 1 Thess. 5: 16; abilia, adv., forever, Matt. 6: 13; where it is always; to eternity. biliachechi, v. t., to perpetuate. biliachi, v. t., to make perpetual or con- tinual. bilitka, adv., just; nigh; close by; at hand; Chihowa aiibilitka, nigh to God, James 4: 8. pilitka, n., nearness; vicinage; vicinity; bilinka alatok, 2 Sam. 18: 25; abilitka, a suburb; a neighborhood, Josh. 20: 5; inbilika, n., propinquity to it, him, or her; inbilinka, a., snug. pilitka, a., near; close by; close; bilika fehna, too close; contiguous; adjacent; imminent; nigh; proximate, Matt. 3:5; itinbilinka, a., thickset; near to each other; bilimkakmak bano pisa, a., near- sighted; to see that only which is near. bilitka, v. t., to come near; to near; to approach; itindilinka, to come near each other; itinbilika fehna, to be too near each other. pilitka, v. n., to be near; to be close by, Matt. 15: 29; bilinkat ibataklat, Scrip. Biog., Abraham and Lot, p. 20; itimbil- BYINGTON] inka, to be near each other; iibilinka atsha, n., a neighborhood; a proximity to each other; nearness to each other. bilitkasi, a. dim., very near; not far off; quite near, Matt. 15: 8. bilitkasi, v. n., to be very near; isht i7- bilitkasi ilonashke, ‘‘let us draw near,”’ Heb. 10: 22. pilitkatta, v. a. i., to reside near. pilitkachi, v. t., to bring near; to draw near; to fetch near; to approximate; ilabilinkachi, Luke 9: 47. bilitkatta, n., a neighbor; one that dwells near. bilinchi, vy. a. i., v. t., to draw near; to come near; to make near; to draw nigh; to near; ishpi™bilinchashke, do you come near to us; lap mat hachinbilinchachin hoke, he will draw nigh to you, James 4: 8. pilinchi, a., near. pilinchi, adv., nearly. bilinchi kat iMshaht tali, a., nearest. [bili™sbi, u., the name of a bird.—H. 8. H.] bilitsbili, n., a very young turkey, just beginning to cry. bila, pass. pl. of biti, wounded; hurt; pricked. pila, a., wounded; hurt. bitepa, sing., fipia, pl., to lie on the face; to lie low; to sit with a downcast eye; bitimpa, nasal form. bitepa, pl. of biniliN. Gardner. pili, v. t., to bunt, as a calf bunts the bag to make the mother’s milk come, ji, e., to work at the bag by pushing, bunting, etc. This word is applied to the rubbing of deer skins with a stick flattened and sharp at one end to make the skin soft and pliant.—J. Hudson. bili, v. t. pl., to point at; to prick; to wound; to hurt; to injure the feelings; to spur; chutkash biti, to wound the heart; itimbili, to point at each other, etc.; abili, to perforate at, i. e., to set up bushes or poles for peas, beans, ete. ; nipi isht biti, n., a flesh hook, 1 Sam. 2:18. bili, n. pl., wounders; those that wound, hurt, point, etc.; or one that wounds, etc., more times than once. pilibli, v. t. sing., to point at; to prick; to point out; bili is the plural form perforated ; A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 91 (q. v.); cf. bilihimbli in okchalinchi yan chinbilihimbli kat kallo keyu. pilibli, n., a pointer. bim, n., sound of a tree falling through the air; a roaring. bimihachechi, v. t., to make a roaring. bimihachi, y. a. i., to roar, as fire in dry grass, or as a flock of birds when on the wing; tocrash; tomumble; to murmur; to peal. bimihachi n., the roar; the roaring; a peal. bimimpa, v. a.i., to crash; to roar. bina, n., a camp; a lodging place out of doors and without shelter; a camping ground; an encampment; a tabernacle; a tent, Josh. 3: 14; ahost, Josh. 1: 11; binah, 1 Sam. 4: 6; bina wihat kucha, y.t., to decamp; to move out of camp. bina a®sha, pass., tented; camped. bina awiha, n., a deserted camp. bina awiha, v. t., to move from a camp. bina hilechi, y. t., to pitch a camp. bina talali, v. t., to tent; to set a tent. binachi, v.t., tocamp; toencamp; 1 Sam. 4:1; Josh. 8:9; binanchi, nasal form, to be camping; Josh. 4: 19; 5: 10; 10: 5. binachi, n., one that camps. binanchi, n., a camping; the act of en- camping. binili, v. a. i., to sit; to take a seat; to settle; ont binilima ‘‘when he was set,”’ Matt. 5: 1; 13: 1; to fix one’s habitation or residence; to abide, John 1: 32; to sit down, Luke 4: 20; to encamp; to light; to nestle; binint; ilebinili, to seat himself; to sit; to perch; to rest on the feet, as fowls; ilabinili, to retire; to sit alone; ilabinili, n., a retreat; a retire- ment; ombinili, y. t., to sit on; to incu- bate; to ride; tukla binili, v. a. i., to in- trude; to sit among. binili, n., a sitter; a setter; one that set- tles; wihat binili, a colony; apetiechi ha yat wihat binili, Col. Folsom’s colony; oklat wihat binili, a colony of people. binili, n., asitting; tavkla binili, n., an in- truder; binili ho” ont pisatok, Matt. 9: 9; ta%kla binili, n., an intrusion. binili, pp., seated; settled; located; kan- allit binili, colonized; ikbinilo, a., un- seated; achukmat ikbinilo, a., unsettled; binili bilia, a., sedentary. 92 binilichi, y. t., to scat; to place on a seat; to establish one in a habitation or place; to cause to sit down; to settle him or her at a place, as on new land; hanal- lichit binilichi, v. t., to colonize; to in- stall; to locate; to set; to settle. bininili, v. a. i. freq., to sit here and there; to be sitting here and there; moving about from seat to seat. bininli, v. t., nas. form, to be sitting, Gen. 18:1; 19: 1; John 4:6; plural chinya; binihinli, frequentative; binininl, orbin- ininh, iterative. binnilechi, v. t., to cause to sit a long time. pinnili, v.a.i., to sit down a long time; to abide, 2 Kings 1: 9; to be there, Matt. 6:9; 15:13; 16:17; 18: 10. binohmaya, n., a sitting round. pbinoht, cont. from binoli; binoht taiyaha ma or binotit taha ma, and were set down together, Luke 22: 55. binoht aiasha, v. a. i., to sit around. binoht aiasha, pass., seated around, John 6: 11. binoht maya, v.a.i. pl., to sit round; to sit by; yamma binohmanyatuk, ‘sitting by,”’ Luke 5:17; alla yosh binohmarya, Matt. 11: 16. pinoli, v. a. i. pl., to lodge, Matt. 13: 32; to sit; to take a seat; to settle; to sit down; okla laua yat aka hashuk aiom- binolachi, Matt. 14:19; o@binotit marya, “which sat,’’? Rev. 12: 16; yamma om- binilihatukina, “him that sitteth there- on,” Matt. 23: 22; binotahe oke, shall sit down, Matt. 8: 11. binoh, n., sitters; those who take seats or settle; abinoti, seats. See Matt. 21: 12. binoli, pass., seated; settled. binolichi, v. t. caus., to seat; to place on aseat; to colonize; to settle them. binolichi, n. pl., one who colonizes or settles others; one that seats others or those who colonize. bint, in mih bint achukma. bisakchakinna, bisukchakinna, n., a bramble; a green wild vine having briars and bearing berries, growing in swamps and low grounds, and called the bamboo brier. pisakchakinna foka, a., thorny; foka, about, ete. brambly; BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY {puLL. 46 bisakchula, n., the name of a weed re- sembling nita irpisa; the leaves are long and tough. bisali, bisinli, u., a sprout; a twig; uksa- kapi bisinli, a hickory withe. bisali, v. a. i., to sprout; to shoot forth, as young leaves; to germinate; bisanli, nasal form; bisali, bisanli, pp., sprouted. bisanli, n., a sprout. bisanlichi, v. t. caus., nasal form, to sprout; to cause it to sprout and grow. bisanlih, n., a crack; a chap in the skin of the hands or face; a small crack.— J.G. [biskantak, n., a bird of the tomtit family.—H. 8. H.] biskinak, biskinik, u., a small speckled woodpecker, called by some a sap- sucker. pislichi, v. t., to milk. bissa, n., a blackberry. bissalu®kani, n., the seed of the weed spoken of below. bissalu"ko, n., a weed, the vulgar name of which is beggars’ lice. bissapi, n., a blackberry brier; a bram- ble bush; a bramble; bissapi akon panki at aiamo, Luke 6: 44. bissapi foka, a., brambly. bissukchanaki, bissalukko, n., thorns, Luke 8: 7, 14; thorns is rendered kati in the last translation. bissuntalali, haiuntalali, n., a dew- berry. bisukchakinna, see bisakchakinna. bishahchi, pass., milked; ikbishacho, a., unmilked; not milked. bishahchi, wishahchi, a., milch; giving milk. bishbeli, bishbeli, v.i., to ooze out. bishkoko, bishkokok, n., a robin; robin redbreast. bishkori, n., name of an oak; the acorns are long and yellow, bark yellowish. bishkumak, n., a red bird. bishlichi, wishlichi, v. t., to milk; wuk at bishlichi, he milks the cow. bishlichi, n., one that milks; a milker. bita, n., a turban or tire; a frontal; a frontlet; a head band; a band for the head. Choctaw men weara silver band on the head called tali hata bita, a silver head band. BYINGTON ] bita, pass., turbaned; having on a frontal or head band. bitanli, n., acrack; asmall crack; achap; a crevice; a flaw; yakni bitanli, a crack in the ground, and cracked ground; a large crack. bitanli, vy. a.i., to crack open slightly; to chap. pitanli, pass., cracked open; yakni bi- tant. pitanlichi, vy. t., to crack open; to chap; to flaw. ° pitatatya, v. a. i. pl., to crack open. biteli, v. t., to put a frontlet or turban called a bita on one’s self; to put on a silver headband. bitelichi, v. t., to put a turban or head band on another person; to crown, Ps. 8: 5. bitema, a., fetid; having a disagreeable smell, like that of old bones; jfoni at bitema, the bones are fetid. pitema, v. a. i., tosmell bad; to be fetid; to stink. pbitema, n., fetid; a stench like that of old bones. bitemachi, v. t., to cause a fetid smell. bitepa, v. t. sing., to put the hands on; to press on with the hands; ibbak at umbitepa, Luke 4:40; to rest upon, while leaning on the hands; ombitepa, umbitepa, or o®bitepa are usual expres- sions for ‘‘Jaying on.”’ bitka, v. t. pl., to bear on with the hands. bitonoa, botonoa, pass., bent. bitonoa, botonoa, v. a. i., to bend. bitonoti, botonoli, v. t., to bend. biutko, n., a strawberry; biutko at nuna, the strawberries are ripe. biutko api, n., a strawberry vine. biuntalali, see haiyantalali. biyatkak, bia?kak, n., a hawk; a large chicken hawk. boa, pass., beaten; beat; hammered; pounded; drubbed; see boli. boafa, see boyafa. boat pilefa, pass., riveted; beaten and turned down on; botpiliffi v. t., to rivet. boaffi, see boyaffi. bochokachi, pass. pl., squeezed in the hand. bocholi, vy. t. pl., to squeeze in the hand. bochopa, bichupa, pass. sing., squeezed in the hand. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 93 bochubli, bichubli, v. t., sing., to squeeze in the hand; to hold fast asa trap holds game. bochunoa, pass., squeezed up. bochunoli, v. t. pl., to squeeze them up. bochupha, v. a. i., to contract; draw up and sink in like the breast of a child with sickness in the breast. bochusa, vy. a. i., to warp; to curl up; to twist; iishimu at bochusa, the shin- gle warps. bochusa, pass., warped; bent; twisted. bochusachi, v. t., to warp; to twist; to curl; to cause it to warp. boha; oka itiboha, water mixed and ren- dered dirty or roily; kafi itiboha, roily or muddy coffee. bohokachi, y. t., to churn. bohpoa, pass. of Lbohpul/, thrown; slung. bohpuli, v. t. pl., boli, sing., to send; to throw; to sling; isht bohpulit foki, v. t., to inject; isht bohpulli, to take and throw; isht bohpulit oka itokachi (from it and okachi), to douse. bohpuli, n., a sender; a thrower. bok,n.,a brook; acreek; anaturalstream of water less than a river; a river, as Bok humma, Red river; Mississippi Bok, Mississippi river. bok aiitisetili, n., a junction of creeks; a place where the creeks meet and run together. bok aiyanalli, n., the channel of the creek; the place where the creek flows. bok anu®ka, n., a swamp on the sides of a creek; (lit.) within the bok. bok anu®ka, a., swampy. bok asetili, n., the mouth of a creek. bok chulaffi, n. sing., a single livision of the creek; a branch of a creek; the word branch as used in the South means asmall brook, a rivulet. bok chuli, n. pl., the branches of water courses belonging to one creek; the head branches which mingle and form the creek. bok falaia, n., long creek; the name also of a particular creek, Long creek; Bok falaia akon minti, I came from Long creek. bok falakto, n., the fork of a creek. bok intannap, n., the side of the creek; the other side of the creek; the oppo- site side of the creek. 94 bok itahnoli, n., junction of creeks. bok itipatalhpo, n., a bridge made over a creek, or a crossway made in the swamp near the creek. bok mishtannap, n., the farther side of a creek; the other side of a creek. bok ola intannap, n., this side of the creek; the side of the creek this way. Four words are here compounded, bok creek, ola this way, in to it, tannap, side. bok ola tannap,n., this sideof the creek. bok sakti, n., banks of a river, Josh. 3: 15. bok ushi, n., (a diminutive from bok, a river, and «shi, son, lit., the son of a river); a rivulet; a brook; a branch (a word in use in the South, meaning the same as brook); a rill. bok wiheka, top of a side of a creek. bok wishahchi, n., the fountain; the head of a creek. bokafa, pass. sing., broken open; burst; cracked; bokaffi, v. t. bokafa, vy. a. i., to break open; to crack; to burst; to open; to explode. bokafa, n., a crack; an eruption. pbokaka®kachi, v. a. i., to break open; to burst open. pbokali, pass. pl., broken open. bokalichi, v. a. i. pl., to break open; bokunli, nasal form, being cracked open; na pakank bokanli putaka, ‘open flow- ers,’ 1 Kings 6: 18. pbokalichi, v. t. pl., to crack them open; to burst; to cause them to open. bokanli, n., a bud. bokanli, v. a. i., to bud. bokanli, pass., budded. bokanlichi, v. t., to cause it to bud. potkachi, pass. pl., doubled up; rolled up; wrapped up; folded up; pass. of bunni (q. v.), v.t., to double up. botkachi, vy. a. i., to roll up. bo®kachi, n. pl., bundles; rolls. bokafii, v. t. sing., to break open; bokafa, pass. bokboki, a., roan; isuba bokboki, a roan horse; moldy, as bread, Josh. 9: 5. bokboki, v.n., to be roan. bokbokichiy, v. t., to make ofa roan color. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 bokko, v.a.i., to be a hill; borkko, nasal, being hilly; botkko ilanya, we go among the hills. bokko, n., a hillock; a knoll; a hum- mock; a bank; a mound; a mount; a swell; anything round (see Josh. 5: 3), or like a cup; the top of the head. bokko, pass., banked. bokkuchi, v. t., to make a bank or hill; to bank, 2 Kings 19: 32. bokkushi, n. (a dim.), a small hillock; from bokko and ushi. bokobli, see bikobli, v.a.i., to bud. bokokakachi, bokoka®kachi, _pass., broken open, as the pod of certain fruits, etc. bokonnoa, pass., pressed against. bokonoli, y.t., to press up; to bend up; to raise up, as the seed which grows underground presses against the earth, and makes it crack open. bokota, bikota, v.a.i., to bend. bokota, bikota (q. v.), pass., bent; a., crooked. bokulli, bikulli (q. v.), v. t., to bend. bokupli, bikobli (q. v.), v. a. i., to bud. bokusa, v. a. i., to warp; to crisp; to draw up; to turn up. bokusa, pass., warped; crisped; drawn up. bokusachi, y. t., to warp; to cause to bend up at the sides or at the ends. bolbokechi, v. t. pl., to make circles or squares. bolboki, a. pl., circular; square. bolboki, n. pl., circles; squares. boli, v. t. pl., isso sing., to strike; to beat; to bang; to hammer; to pound; to batter; to pelt, Acts 7: 57; to hit or strike once; to bastinade; to smite; to forge; to lay on, as blows; to maul; to pelt; to thrash; boa (q. v.), pass., beaten; shaken; bondi, nasal form; bohonii, freq. ; boyuli, pro. form; ileboli, to smite him- self; itiboli, tostrike each other; to fight. boli, n., a striker; a hammerer; one who works with a hammer; a pelter; a thrasher; as tali boli, a blacksmith or ironsmith. bolkachechi, y. t., to make circles or squares. bolkachi, a. pl., bolukta sing., circular. bolkachi, n., circles; squares, BYINGTON] bolutkboa, v. a. i., to make a cry like that of a person who has the night- mare. bolukta, u. sing., a circle; a square; orbed; « quadrangle; roundness; bol- buki, pl. This word is used for both because there are no distinct words. bolukta, pass., orbed; squared; rounded. bolukta, a., square; circular; round; four square; quadrangular; nantapaski bo- lukta, a square pocket handkerchief. bolukta, v. n., to be square or circular; to be round. boluktali, v. t., to go round; to take round. boluktachi, y. t., to make a square ora circle; to round. boti, v. t., to stock; to store; to stow; kanima aboli, where to lay; Matt. 8: 20; to send, Matt. 10: 34; 25: 27; to lay, Luke 6: 48; to lay down; to deposit; to lay up; to put; to give; 2 Kings 6: 28, 29; Josh. 7: 11; to put out a proc- Jamation, 2 Chron. 30: 5; to bestow; to lay up in store; to offer; to couch; to dispose; to pack; to pawn; to pledge; to stake; Loyuli, pro. f., italallit boti, to pack together; itaboti, to lay up for himself; ishilaboli, you lay it by itself; i/imboli, to lay down against each other, as a wager; ikboto, a., unstored; unlaid. boli, n., one that lays down, deposits, etc.; an offerer; a pawner. poli, n., a pawn; a pledge; a wager. bombaki, bambaki (q. v.), a., rough; uneven. bonna, a., rolled up. bonuha, y.a.i. sing., to roll up. bonuha, pass., rolled up; from bonulli (q. v.). bonuha, n., a roll. bonulli, y. t. sing., to double up; to roll up; to bundle up; to wrap up. bonulli, n., a wrapper; one that wraps. bonunta, pp., rolled up; doubled up. bonunta, y. a. i., to roll; to double; to curl, bonunta, n., a roll; a bundle; a pack; a parcel. boppoa, pp., sent. boshulli, v. a.i., to crumble; to break in pieces. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 95 boshulli, pass., crumbled; broken in fragments; mashed. boshulli, pl., crumbs; bits; fragments; small pieces; imatimpa yor boshulli, crumbs of his table, Luke 16: 21; frag- ments, Matt. 14: 20; 15: 27, 37. boshullichi, v. t., to crumble; to break in pieces; to mash. bot, contracted form of boli; bot abi, to kill by blows; isht bot kanchi, to strike with and kill. bot apelifichi, v. t., to rivet. bot apiliffi, v. t., to rivet. bot shebli, v. t., to malleate; to draw into a plate or leaf by beating. bot shepa, pp., malleated. bota, pass., pounded; pulverized; pow- dered. bota, v.a.i., to become flour. bota, n., flour made of parched corn by pounding it; powder. bota hata, bota tohbi, n., wheat flour. bota kapassa, n., cold flour made of parched corn. bota lakcha®sha, bota lakchi a®sha, n., coarse meal. bota lashpa, n., flour made of parched corn. bota o®fima, pass., powdered. bota ta™shpa, n., corn flour made of corn parched without being boiled. bota tohbi, bota hata, n., wheat flour; white flour. bota tohbiisht ofimmi, v. t., to powder with wheat flour. botoli, v. t., to pulverize; to pound fine; to reduce to a fine powder by pounding in the mortar. botolichi, botullichi, vy. t., to rub fine; to pulverize (not quite fine); to powder. botona; uski botona, a cane bent for tongs. botonoa, see bitonoa. botonoli, see bitonoli. botosha, buttoshah, v. a. i., to dazzle; to be overpowered by light; to be en- feebled; nishkin botosha, applied to the eyes of the aged; iyi at botoshu, the leg is feeble. botulli, n., filings; dust; small pieces; powder. botullichi, see botolichi. boyafa, boafa, pass., rubbed off, as the hair is rubbed from a hide; molted; ik- boafo, a., unshed. 96 boyafa, v.a.i., to shed the hair, feathers, or coat; to molt; see boyaffi, trans. verb. boyafa, n., the shedding of the hair. boyati, pass. pl., rubbed off. boyali, v. a. i. pl., to shed the hair. boyati, n., the shedding of the hair. boyatichi, v. t. pl., to rub the hair off from skins. boyaffi, boaffi, v. t. sing., to rub the hair from a skin, as tanners dress hides when taking off the hair; to molt; ileboaffi, to shed his own hair or coat and horns, as a deer. boyaffi, n., one who rubs the hair from a skin. bufboli, v. a. i., to pant for breath, asa man in a fever. buna, pass. pl., rolled up; doubled up. buna, v. a. i., to roll up. buna, n., rolls; bundles. pbunni, v. t. pl., to double up; to roll up; to fold up; alhbona, pass., doubled up. bunto, n., a hill; asmall hill; a barrow; a mound; a potato hill. bunto, pass., made into a hill. buntochi, y. t., to make hills for pota- toes; to hill up the ground. busha, pass., squeezed; wrung out; ex- pressed; extracted. busha hinla, a., expressible, i. be squeezed out. bushi, v. t., to squeeze out a liquid; to wring out water, as from wet clothes after being washed; to express; to ex- tract; to press; to wring. bushli, n., a wringer. bushto, n., name of an oak which bears a large acorn. bushul, n., a bushel. bushul iklanna, n., a half bushel. pbushul iklanna iklanna, n., a peck, i. e., half of a half bushel. buttoshah, see Lotosha. butummi, n., fine drizzle; fine rain. e., can ch, see chi. cha, conj., and, usually connects two verbs which have the same nomina- tive; itih ha® wakammi cha, opened his mouth and, Matt. 5: 2; if the second verb has a different nom. from the first, na is often used. Cha is also used at the close of some questions, as John 1:50; Matt, 2:7, 8, 13, 14, 16; haklo BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [ BULL. 46 cha, Matt. 7: 24; mati cha, Matt. 7: 25; haklo cha, Matt. 7: 26; 17: 27; chiyimmé hacha? It seems to refer at times to something not looked for or expected; Jik api at bashit taha cha, the fig tree is withered away, Matt. 21: 20. See hacha. chachachi, y.i., to hop and flit like a bird. chaha, n., height; altitude; grandeur; growth; loftiness; rankness; stature; a steep; steepness; sublimity; hachi chaha, your stature, Matt. 6: 27; achahaka, n., a high place, 1 Kings, 11: 7. chaha, a., pp., high; lofty; tall; sublime; elevated; steep; eminent; grand; high, as to musical key; sahti chaha, a steep bluff, Matt. 5: 1; nanih chaha yor, a high hill. chaha, v.n., to be high or lofty. chaha, v.a.i., to tower. chaha, chahat, adv., aloft; on high; stately. chaha, pass., heightened; elevated; ex- alted; raised higher; raised. chaha i®shaht tali, a., uppermost; highest. chaha i®shali, a., upper; higher, Luke 14: 10. chaha i®shali nanih, n., an eminence; a mountain higher than (others). chaha moma i®shah, a., the highest, Luke 2: 14. chahachi, vy. t., to elevate; to raise up; to heighten; toenhance; to ennoble; to exalt; to raise; to sublimate; to sup- lime; to cause it to be higher. chahachi, n., a raiser. chahachi, n., a raising. chahapi, chahe api, u., a hoe handle. chahe, n., a hoe. chahe aialhpi, chahe aiulhpi, n., a hoe handle. chahe iskifa, n., a mattock; lit., a hoe ax. chahikcheli, v.a.i., to limp. chahikcheli, n., a limper. chahikli, v.a.i., to limp. chahikli, n., a limper. Chahta, n., a Choctaw; Choctaw (pl.). Chahta, a., Choctaw; Chahta yakni, Choctaw nation; Chahta anumpa, Choc- taw language, BYINGTON] Chahta, v. n., to be a Choctaw. Chahta anumpa, n., the Choctaw lan- guage; a Choctaw speech or word; the Choctaw tongue. ‘Chahta alla, Chahtalla, a Choctaw child; Choctaw children. Chahta hatak, n.,a Choctaw man; Choc- taw men. Chahta i2"kowi, n., a Choctaw mile. Chahta imanumpa, n., the language of the Choctaw; the words of a Choctaw. Chahta imisuba, n., the horse of a Choc- taw. Chahta isuba, n., a Choctaw horse; a Choctaw pony. Chahta isht atia, v. n., to be descended from the Choctaw; to be of the Choc- taw race. Chahta isht ia, n., the Choctaw race; Choctaw descent; Choctaw origin; Choc- taw blood. Chahta ohoyo, n., a Choctaw woman. Chahta okla, n., the Choctaw; Choc- taw; the Choctaw nation; the Choctaw tribe; the Choctaw people. Chahta yakni, n., Choctaw land; Choc- taw nation; Choctaw country; Choctaw soil; Choctaw ground. Chahtalla, see Chahta alla. chahto, n., a drought; dryness; want of rain. chahto, a., dry; droughty; wanting in rain. chahto, v. n., to be dry; to be droughty. chahtochi, v. t., to cause a drought. chahtoshba, a., never. chaka,n.,a comb; a gill; gills; the flaps that hang below the beak of a fowl; inchaka, his comb; his gills. chakali, chakkali, a., nine, 9, ix (numeral), Matt. 18: 12; 2 Sam. 24: 8; hashi chakkali, nine months. chakali, v. n., to be nine. chakali, v. a. i., to make nine; as echa- kali, we make nine; chakali bat chakali, nine times nine. chakali, chakali, a., pregnant; gravid; great; big. chakali, chakali, v. n., to be pregnant; to be with child, Matt. 1:23; v. a.i., to teem. chakali, n., pregnancy. chakaliha, advy., nine times. 84339°—Bull. 46—15——7 A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 97 chakapa, n., vile language; reviling; pro- faneness; the language made use of in the place of common swearing as in use among the lowest classes of white and black people. chakapa, a., vile; low; vulgar; indecent; reproachful; filthy. chakapa, yv. a.i., v. t., to revile; to utter filthy language; to blackguard; to in- veigh; to vilify. chakapa, n., a reviler; one who utters foul language in contempt and re- proach; a blackguard. chakiffa, n., a gizzard; the gizzard. chakkali, see chakali. chakla, n., an oyster. chakli, n., a cup (authority, Nelson Mc- Coy’s mother, May 15, 1855); a vessel used for boiling coffee; a coffee pot; a tin coffee pot. chakoa, pass., notched. chakoa, n. pl., notches. chakofa, pass., notched. chakofa, n., a notch. chakoffi, v. t. sing., to notch; to cut a notch. chakoffi, n., a notcher. chakoli, y. t., to string, as to string venison for drying. chakoli, v. t. pl., to notch; to cut notches; chakonli, nasal form. chakolichi, v. t. caus., to cut notches; to make notches; chakonlichi, see 1 Kings 6: 18; Exodus 31: 5. chakowa, pass., strung up and dried; ist nipi chakowu, venison strung up and dried; chakonwa, see 1 Kings 6: 29. chakpa, a., being part way; not mid- way; iti chakpa; nitak inchakpa. chakpa, v. n., to be part way; to be not midway. chakpaka, n., side, as of a well or cup. chakpatali, n., the foot of a hill; the base of a hill; chakpatali ka, Luke 8: 33; Judg. 19:1. chakpatalika, n., the place at the foot of the hill; the foot of the hill. chakwa, n., soreness in the throat; an ulcer in the throat; bronchitis. chakwabi, chakwaabi, v. n., to have such a soreness. chalatka, v.a.i., to scream, chalatka, n., a scream. 98 chalakbi, see chilakbi. chalakwa, see chilakwa. chalantak, see chilantak. Chalakki, n., a Cherokee; the Cherokee. Chalakki, a., Cherokee. Chalakki hatak, n., a Cherokee man; a Cherokee. Chalakki okla, the Cherokee people; the Cherokee nation; the Cherokee. chalak, n., a snap; the noise made by snapping a gunlock. chalakachi, v. a.i., tosnap; tosay chatak. chatakwa, chalakba, n., a copperhead snake. chatichaha; aka™ka at cha®chaha, the cackling of a hen after laying an egg. chatek, a., possible, and known to both speaker and hearer; chatek, recent past time; -& is contracted from kamo,; it may have been, Gen. 3: 1; it might have been; perhaps it was, and you and I knew it; chitchuka onali chalek? did I not go to your house (and you knew it)? chali, vy. n., to be possible, and some- thing known to both speaker and hearer. chali, v. a. i., to stride; to walk fast. chali, a., fast; swift. chati, n., a fast walker. chalichi, v. t. caus., to cause to walk fast; to make him walk fast. chalk, adv., possibly; perhaps; surely, and known (chatek, Gen. 3: 1, old translation; hachimachi chalek) . chalin, adv., possibly; probably; same as chatek, but referring to a more remote past time. chamak, n., a clink. chamakachi, chama®kachi, v. a. i., to clink; to say chamak. chamo, a., past, gone by and remotely; kamo and kamo express a time that is recent. These words can be translated by was, were, have been. chamo is used for renewed mention and indicates something seen or well known to the speaker; yohmi chamo, it wasso. There is another mode of expressing the same idea, viz., yohmin, it was so, and I saw it; takofivn, he has recovered to my personal knowledge. chamo, v. n., to be past. chamo, adv., used after verbs, and not only qualifies them, but also indicates BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [ BULL. 46 the remote past tense and that the thing spoken of wasseen or well known to the speaker, as though he were an eye or ear witness; still tok is used. by some speakers before chamo. See kamo and kamo. champko, n., the shin. champulachi, v. t., to sweeten; to honey. champuli, n., sweetness; honey. champuli, a., sweet; grateful to the taste; grateful to the heart; dulcet; lus- cious; saccharine. champuli, v. n., to be sweet. champuli, pp., sweetened. champuli, n., sweetness; honey. chanahachi, v. t. pl., to turn them around; to roll them over; to cause them to run around. chanaia; itachanaia, v. a. i., to be two together alone, like an old man and woman at home alone. chanakbi, v. n., to be crooked; see chinakbi. chanakhbichi, see chinakbichi. chanashik, n., a large yellow wasp. chanalli, v. a. i., to roll over; to move or run on wheels, as a wagon; to run; to roll; to turn; to turn over, as a wheel, not as a log (tonoli, to roll over as a log); itachanalli, to roll together. chanalli, n. pl., a wheel; a circle. chanalli, n., a rotation. chanallichi, v. t., to roll; to turn it over; to wheel; itachanallichi, to roll them to- gether. chanichi, v. t. sing., to roll; to turn around; to cause to run round, as a wheel. chanla, a., dry, as corn and hickory meats; dry and tough; cured. chanli, v. t., to chop; to cut with an ax or hoe by striking; to gash; chati, sub- positive, to peck; to hew; tostrike with the teeth, as a venomous serpent; to chop (modern); to hurt; to pick; to slash; cha™heti; chanlit tablitok, cut off, Mark 14: 47; ilechanli, to cut himself; itinchanli, to peck or to chop each other. chanli, n., one who chops; a pecker; ‘‘a hewer,”’ Josh. 9: 21. chanlichi, v. t., to cause to chop. chant, contracted from chanlit; the t has’ the force of the conj. and. ‘ BYINGTON] A DICTIONARY OF THE chant akkachi, v. t., to cut down or to chop and bring down; chanlit akachi, cut it down; Luke 13: 7. chant kinaffi, v. t., to cut down; or to chop and fell. chant lakot bakli, v. t., to score. chant tapli, v. t., to cut off; to chop and sever; chanlit tabli, Mark 14: 47. chant tushtuli, v. t., to hack, or to chop and cut up fine. Chanueli, n., January. chatsa, chas, n., a sound in the ear; a tingle, 1 Sam. 8:11; 2 Kings 21: 12. cha%sa, a., shrill. chatsa, v. n., to be shrill. : chatsa, v. a. i., toshrill; to utter an acute, piercing sound; to shriek; to tingle, as the ear. See 1 Sam. 3: 11. chasaloha, v. n., to be crooked. chasaloha, n., crooks; bends. chasaloha, chassaloha, a., pl. of cha- sola, crooked; bent; having hollows or bends; pass., warped; ikchasaloho, un- warped. chasalohachi, v. t. pl., to make them crooked, or to make crooks; to warp. chasala, a., crooked; bent; having a hollow or bend; wak nali chasala, a crooked-back cow. chasala, pass., warped; bent; ikchasalo, a., unwarped; unbent, chasala, v. a. i., to warp; to bend; itr- basha at chasala, the plank warps. chasala, n., a bend; a crook; a warp. chasalachi, v. t., to crook; to bend; to make crooked; to warp; hashi at itiba- sha ya® ontomi kat chasalachi, the sun which shines on the plank warps it. chasalla, v. n., to be crooked or bent. chasalli, v. a. i., to glance off. chasallichi, v. t., to turn it; to glance off. chash, the said; thesame, known to both speaker and hearer, and in remote past time; chash and its compounds are used as simple or compound rela- tive pronouns in relation to subjects that are past; it may be called a per- sonal pronoun in the remote past tense; kash and kash (q. v.) refer to the im- mediate past tense; chash signifies the same which; the said; late, known to both speaker and hearer; a renewed mention particle; oh chash, it is the said; being ‘‘the said’’; used in calling CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 99 the dead to mind, or in speaking of them, instead of mentioning their names. Compounds: chashinli, the same also which was; compounded of chash and inli, same, also—chashket the game that was; that which; alichashket, that is what I said but recently, and you know it; it is in the nom. case; ket may be formed from kat or it may be from ke and t, like kesh from ke and sh— chashkia, even the same which was, and you knew it—chashkint, the same which was, but more remote than chash ket, in the nom. case—chashon, the same which; the said one (in the obj. case); see grammar for these particles or arti- cle pronouns — chashocha — chashoka— chashokako — chashokakosh —chashokano —chashokat — chashokato — chashoke — chashokia—chashoma—chashona—chash- osh—chashot. chasha, chasha, n.; inchasha, his rat- tles; sintulo inchasha, the rattles of the rattle snake. chashahachechi, v. t., to make him rattle; to rattle. chatsha, v. a. i., to rattle, like a rattle- snake. chashahachi, v. t. pl., to rustle; to rat- tle, as the rattlesnake; sintulo at chasha- hachi, the rattlesnake rattles. chashaiyi, v. a. i., to be round and ele-. vated, as a mound. chashak, n., arustling; a rattling—a sin- gle motion. chashakachi, v. a. i. sing., to rustle once; it says chashak. chashakachi, n., a rattling; a rustling. chashampik, n., a grindstone (called also tal ashuahchi and tashika). chashana, vy. a.i., tohangoverand own as the skirts of a common coat. chashana, a., having skirts that hang down; hanging over and down, as na foka chashana, a coat. chashanachi, v. t., to cause to hang over. chashap, u., a variety of grasshopper. chashlichi, vy. t., to rattle; to make a rustling noise. chatshpo (a Sixtowns word), a., former; ancient; of things, or time: nilak chan- shpo, a former day; future, like tikba; first in order. 100 cha™shpo, vy. n., to be ancient, or of former times. chatshpo, adv., formerly; anciently; be- fore; former time; in ancient times; ‘before time,’’? Josh. 11: 10; 14: 15. chato, chatoh, adv.; in okishko chatoh. chatok, adv., commonly; usually; al- ways; ever. This form implies also the remote past tense. The particles which are used after tok are used after chatok, generally. In the past tense chatok may be rendered, has been usually, always has been, etc.; chatuk and chatok are often used with verbs to express general truths or common us- age, custom, etc., and when used in reference to persons it is implied that they are alive. For the dead, bekatok is used instead of chatok; ishla chatoko? did you ever come here? alali chatok keyu, I never came here. chatok, vy. n., to have been always so; to have been usually so; was so always; tok is the sign of the remote past tense and not connected with the present. chatoshba, adv., never. chatoshba, v. n., never to be so. chatoshke, in hash yamohmi chatoshke, page 130, Chahta Holisso Atukla, chatuk, adv., usually has been and still is, etc.; commonly; usually. This word differs from the other, chatok, only in the last syllable and means the immediate past tense and up to the present time, John 2: 10; Matt. 5: 21; 6:2, 5; 17:25; ehahaklo chatuk okat, Josh. 2:10. ‘‘bilia’”’? is used for always— Matt. 3:10; 12: 4, 33; 18: 12; chatuka- tok, Matt. 27:15. never has been; never was; never has; ne’er; Josh. 3:4. chauala, a., slim; tall and slender, ap- plied to the figure of a horse; issuba hat chauala, the horse istall and slender. chawana, a., crooked. chawana, v.n., to be crooked. chawana, n., a crook; a hook. cha®ya, pass., cut; chopped; gashed; pecked, Matt. 3: 10; ikchayo, a., un- wounded; unchopped. cha®ya, n., a gash. cha"yat pashafa, n., a gash made by an ax. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY chatuk keyu, adv.,. [BULL. 46 chabbi, v. t., to dip into oil, honey, or grease. chabiha, a., a few; some; scarce. chabiha, v. n., to beafew, some, scarce; chabiha keyu, not scarce. chabiha, n., a scarcity. chabiha keyu, n., no want; no scarcity. chabihachi, v. t., to render scarce; to make a few or a small number. chabihasi, dim. a., a very few; a few. chabihasi, vy. n., to be a very few. chabli, n., dry bark. chach, n., a church, Matt. 18: 17. chafa, v. a. i. sing., to run; to flee; chan- Fa, chahanfa, chaiyafa; chahanfa, 2 Sam. 24: 13. chafa, pp., fled; banished; chased away; exiled; expelled. chafa, n., a runner; an exile; a flier. chafa, n., a flight. chafali (from achafa), v. t., to make one; to do one; to one; kana kia ikimikshokma inchafalashke, if there is any one who has none, give one to him, Luke 3:11. chafichi, chaffichi, v. t., caus. (from chafa), to send off, Matt. 11:10; 15: 23; to cause to flee; to drive off; to banish; to exile; to expatriate; to expel; to rouse; to run; to rid; to spring, Mark, 12: 3, 4, 5, 6; to send men, Josh. 2:1; achafichi, to send from, Josh. 14: 7. chafichi, n., a sender; a driver. chakali, chakali (q. v.), a., pregnant. chakbi, n., a projection beyond sur- rounding objects; an overplus; a contin- uation; chakchubi, pl. chakchak, n., a small speckled wood- pecker with a red head. chalhchakachechi, v. t., to cause them to shine, sparkle, twinkle, etc. chalhchakachi, v. a. i. pl., to shine; to glisten; to sparkle, as particles of oil on the surface of warm water; to twinkle as the stars; to scintillate. chalhchakachi, n., a twinkling; a shin- ing. chalhchaki, v. a. i. sing., to sparkle. chalhchaki, n., a spark, a sparkling. chalhpi, see akchalhpi. chalabakko, u., name of a fish of the sucker genus. chatakachi, v. a. i., to rattle. chatakchi, n., a rattling. BYINGTON] chamakachi, v. a. i., to clank; to rattle; to ring; asonak at chamakachi, the ket- tle rattles or rings. chamakachi, n., clank; ringing; din; noise; clangor. chamalichi, v. t., to clank; to make din or clangor. champoa, see chimpoa. chanafila, shanafila, n., black haw; a haw. chanaha, vy. a. i., to turn round; to roll over; to coil; to curl; to roll, as the wheel of a carriage; to round; to wheel. chanaha, n., a wheel; a circle; a coil; a felly; aring; around; roundness; aseta chanaha, a coil of rope. chanaha, v. t., to coil up, as a serpent; to querl; to turn. chanaha, a., rotund; coiled up; round; being in a circle; orbed; pass., rolled; ikchanaho, a., uncoiled. chanaha folota achafa, n., a square; a circuit. chanaha holitopa, n., a hack. chanaha iklanna, n., a semicircle. chanahachi, y. t., to coil; to roll; to round. chanal, n., a general (from the English). channi, pp. sing., probably from chan- ichi, (q. v.). channichi, v. t., to roll a wheel. chassaloha, see chasaloha. chassalohachi, see chasalohachi. chasha, chasha (q. v.), n., inchasha, his rattles; those of the rattlesnake. chashanoha, v. wu. i., to be long tailed, like some coats. chashwa, n., sinews of the loins; in- chashwa, his sinews of the loins. chashwa nipi, n., the flesh of the loins; the loin; the tenderloin; inchashwa, his sinews of the loins; inchashwa nipi, n his loin. chechik, adv., probably; likely; per- haps. chechik, y. n., to be likely, or probable. chechike, adv., probably; spoken by way of inquiry and in modesty. chechike, y. n., to be probable. chechuk, adv., probably; expressing a supposition. cheki, a., speedy; quick; near; late; re- cent. cheki, y. n., to be near, etc. “y A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 101 cheki, adv., soon; immediately; newly; quickly; recently; chekikma, in a short time, i. e., when it is soon, from cheki and kma. chekichi, v. t., to cause it to be soon; to hurry. chekikash, adv., lately. See kash, late, recently. chekikash, v. n., to be lately, in refer- ence to things past. chekusi, a., very near; immediate; soon; used in reference to the future; a dim- inutive formed from cheki and ust or ushi. chekusi, v. n., to be very near in time, or goon. chekusi, ady., very soon, immediately; forthwith; quickly, Josh. 2:5; straight; shortly; straightway; thereupon. chekusi fehna,adyv., quickly, Josh. 8:19. chekusi kania, a., transitory; passing away very soon. chekusi ont ia, a., transient; passing by very soon. chekusikash, adv., latterly; recently. chekusikma, y. n. sub. mood, when it shall have been a short time. chekusikma, adv., in a short time; after a short time. chelahpi, n., the animal which has young for the first time, as heifers, etc. chelahpi,n., the firstling; the first prod- uce or offspring, Gen. 4:4; from cheli and ahpi, the first, as tofahpt, spring, lit. the first of summer; tikba attahpi, the first born, Rom. 8:29. cheli, v. t., to bear; to bring forth young, applied to animals and some plants and not to the human species; to cub; to foal; to teem; to whelp; to lay; to calve; to pig; to spawn; to kid; to breed; to blow; to deposit eggs, as flies; to bear, as vines; okchank qt cheli, the muskmelon bears; shukshi at cheli, the watermelon bears; isito at cheli, the pumpkin bears; to draw interest, as money lent out; tali holisso at cheli, the money bears interest. cheli, v. a. i., to propagate; oncheli, v. t., to prime a gun; to lay on the powder; pass., onchinya. cheli, n., parturition. cheli, n., a breeder; the female that breeds or produces. 102 cheli imponna, a., prolific; skilled in bearing. chelichi, v. t.; to cause to bear or breed; to cause to bring interest; to put out on interest; achelichi hosh akhoyo cho? Luke 19: 23. See also Matt. 25: 27, where ushiis used for interest or usury. Chelusalim, Chilusalim, n., Jerusalem. chepulechi, v. t., to make a feast, ban- quet, festival; to dance; to feast; impa chito ikbi is used in the New Testament translation. chepulli, n., a feast; a great feast; a ban- quet; a frolic; agreat dance; an Indian feast or a heathen feast. chepulli, v. a. i., to attend a feast; to feast and to dance; to frolic. chepullit atsha, y. a. i., to have a feast; to be at a feast. chetoma, adv., for chintoma, in the future; see tuma. chi, ch, pro., thou, nom. case 2d per. sing. of neuter verbs. chinukshopa na, Luke 1: 13; chilbasha, thou art poor; chilli, thou diest. chi, ch, thou, nom. case 2d per. sing. of passive verbs, as chinaia, thou art wounded. chi, ch, thee in the obj. case before active transitive verbs; chipesali, I see thee; chithanali, I know thee; cf. chitikba, be- fore thee, Matt. 11: 10. chi, is prefixed to nouns of near relation or family interest; chitekchi, Matt. 1: 20. It is applied to the family dog, chipaf. chi, ch, poss. pro., thy; prefixed (with a few exceptions) to the names of the body and most of its members, as chi- chutkash, thy heart; chibbak, thy band. chi, a diminutive, in kapasachi, coolish; hochukwachi, chilly. chi, sign of the causal form, meaning to cause, to make, to render; as minti, to come; mintichi, to cause to come, etc. chi is also suffixed to adjectives, etc., as kallo, a., strong, hard; kallochi, to make it hard or strong; to harden; Saimon Ba Chona chia hat na chiyuk- pashke, Blessed art thou Simon Bar- Jonah, Matt.16: 17. chiisalso suffixed to adjectives, verbs, and adverbs to make y. t. in the caus. form. chumpa, chumpachi; kallo, kallochi; fehna, fehng- BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 chi. Itisa ‘‘ particle of form’’ or the causative form of verbs. chi, a suffix to verbs, which take the lo- catives aor ai; others make a new form of verbs, where one thing is made to act on or with another; onush ash haiyukpolo yo" ant ahokchichi tok, Matt. 13: 25; Judg. 16: 13. chi4, thy and thine, prefixed poss. pro., meaning ‘‘thy,’’ prefixed to nouns that do not begin with a vowel or the con- sonants p, ch, 1, t. See chim and chin. chi®holisso, thy book; chi®hatak, thy hus- band; chithina, thy way, Matt. 11: 10. chi, prefixed per. pro. in the dative case before verbs, and usually translated with a prep., as, of thee, to thee, for thee, from thee, against thee. It is found before verbs which do not begin with a vowel or p, ch, 1, or t. See chim, which is written before vowels and diphthongs. chi®, 2d per. sing., poss., thine, thy, re- moved from the noun in the nom. and placed before the verb, as tali holisso chi®hotina, he has counted your money, instead of chintali holisso hotina. chi®, achi®, sign of the immediate future tense of the indicative mood, shall, will; achi® is the true form; the final vowel of the verb is dropped when achi” is suf- fixed, as chumpa, chumpachi”, he shall buy; minti, mintachin, he shall come; haklo, haklachi™, he shall hear. chia, sub. pro., 2d per. sing.; thou; thee; chia ma, Matt. 1: 20; chia hoka, Matt. 5: 22; 7:5; Kapenaam chia, thou Caper- naum, Matt. 11: 23; chia ho, thou art, Matt. 16: 14; Pita chia, thou art Peter, Matt. 16: 18; chia ma, O thou, Matt. 14: 31; chia hon, Matt. 14: 33; chiama, Matt. 15: 22; chishno akosh saso a®holi- .topa chia hoke, Luke 3: 22; chishno akon nan isht achia satyukpa makoke, Luke, 3: 22; na hollo chiahoke, thou art a white man. It is now called a substantive personal pronoun, as the verb to be is used in translating it, thus chia, thou -art, sia, lam. Lewi ushi chia ma; Matt. 1: 20; Chihowa ushi chia hokmat, Matt. 4:3; chiashke, from. chia, thou art, John 1: 49; Chihowa ushi chiashke, thou art the Son of God. chiashke, see chinshki. BYINGTON ] chibak, chibuk, n., a noise, such as is made by the falling of a stone into: water. chibakachi, chibukachi, v. a. i, to make a noise; to say chibak. chiba"ko, n., the shin.—J. E. chibokachi, yv. a. i., to work, asa liquid; to ferment, etc. chibolichi, see chobolichi. chi®chint, advy., will not; can not. chichothi, y. a. i., to be coarse grained or gritted, like a grindstone. chiffoko, see Josh. 8: 28; 10: 27; chiffor- kot, a heap of rubbish; chiffokohonchi, 2 Kings 19: 25. chihakli, see chitukli. Chihowa, n., Jehovah; the Scripture name of the Supreme Being; Deity; God; Judge; the Supreme Being; Chi- howa achafa kia tuchina, Inki, Ushi, Shil- ombish holitopa, n., the Trinity. Chihowa aiasha, n., the throne of Je- hovah; the dwelling place of Jehovah. Chihowa aiokpachi, v. t., to worship Jehovah; nanakia abit Chihowa isht ai- okpachi, v.t., to immolate. Chihowa aiokpachi, n., a worshiper of Jehovah. Chihowa aiokpachi, n., the worship of Jehovah. Chihowa apiliechika, n., the kingdom of Jehovah. Chihowa abanumpa, n., divinity; the- ology; the revelation from God. Chihowa chitokaka, n., the Lord God, or the God Jehovah. Chihowa hobachi, n., an idol; an image of God used in idol worship. Chihowa hobachit ikhi, v. t., to deify; to make an image of God. Chihowa hobachit ikbit aiokpachi, n., an idolater. Chihowa ikimantio, n., impiety; un- godliness. Chihowa ikimantio, a., impious; un- godly. Chihowa imantia, v. t., to obey Je- hovah. Chihowa imanumpa alhpisa pokoli,n., the decalogue; the ten commandments of Jehovah. Chihowa inchukfalhpo yushi, n., the Lamb of God, John 1: 29. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 103 Chihowa i®yimmi keyu, n., impiety. Chihowa pallammi, Chihowa palam- mi, the Almighty God. Chihowa ushi, n., the Son of God. chiishke, chishke, v. n., to be likely; to be probable; onatok chishke: Ch. Sk., p. 12, sec. 6. chik, likely to beso, asiala chik, probably I shall go. chik, used for ish; chiksiataklammi hoh kia, Judg. 13: 15; chik arya kia, Luke 9: 57; Matt. 8: 19. chik, thou, pro. 2d per. sing. of the neg. verbal form, as chikono, thou dost not go to it. chitka, v. a. i, to squeal; shukha yat chika, the hog squeals. chitka, n., a squealer. chikchik, n., a small species of wren; asmall wren; okchiloha is the name of the common wren. chikchikechi, v. t., to make spotted or speckled. chikchiki, pass., speckled; spotted with small spots; freckled. chikchiki, n., smal]] spots; small check; a freckle; freckles. chike, vy. n., to be hereafter; as, it will be so; it may beso; kucha kapassa chin- ke, there will be cold weather. chitke, n., thy father, Matt. 15: 4. chikfikowa, see itukfikowa. chikitha, y. t., to jog with the hand, elbow, or foot; to peck like a hen. chikitha, n., a jog; a slight blow. chikihah, v. a. i., to be thick and close together, like corn or piles of manure. chikimba, v. n., not to be so; to be mis- taken; it is a mistake. chikimba, adv., no; not. chikinoha, see kinoha. chikisana, a., bent; twisted; having a twisted neck, or one bent sideways. chikisana, v. n., to be bent or twisted; to have a twisted neck. chikisanali, a., bent; twisted; crooked; having a twisted or crooked neck. chikisanali, v. n., to be bent, twisted, or crooked. chikki (an old word), a., old; past; gone by; middling old; partly worn. chikki, v. n., to be old. chikkichi, vy. t. caus., to make old. 104 chiksanakli, sing., to dodge, or bend the body suddenly; see halakli, kanakti, shalakli. chiksanali, a., bent; inclined to one side, like a crooked neck. chiksanalli, v. a. i., to bend one’s self; to incline. chila®k, n., a scream. chila*kachi, y. a. i., to scream. chilakbi, chalakbi, a., hard; dry andstiff, as a dry hide. chilakbi, v. u., to be dry; to be stiff, as a hide or leather. chilakbi, v. a. i., to stiffen. chilakbi, pass., dried; stiffened; starched. cehilakbi, 1:., stiffness. chilakbichi, v. t., to stiffen; to harden; to dry; to starch; to size thread. chilakchawa, n., a common wart. chilakto, chulakto, a., forked; split; clo- ven ; iyi chilakto, a forked foot; a clo- ven foot. chilakto, v. n., to be forked; to be cloven. chilaktochi, y. t., to split; to cleave; to make forked. chilakwa, chalakwa n., the smallpox; a pock; hashtap inchilakwa, chicken pox. chilakwa abi, a., sick with the smallpox. chilakwa abi, v. n., to be attacked by the smallpox; to have the smallpox; chi- lakwa sabi, I have the smallpox; n., cancer. chilantak, chalantak, n., the small red- headed woodpecker. chilantakoba, n., the pelican, or a bird resembling the chilantak. chilatwa, halanchilawa, n., a lizard. chiletalli, chilitalli, v. t., to inflame; to animate. chilhpatha, chilhpata api, n., the Span- ish oak. chililli, v. a. 1., to provoke. chiliswa, n., the measles. chiliswa abi, a., sick with the measles; attacked with the measles. chiliswa abi, v. n., to be attacked with the measles; to have the measles; to be sick with the measles. chilita, n., keenness; resolution; spunk. chilita, a., fierce; ardent; zealous; reso- lute; brave; animated; doughty; intent; keen; masculine; rude; sharp; spirited; strenuous; urgent, Josh. 1:14, BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY (BULL. 46 chilita, vy. n., to be fierce, zealous, ar- dent, brave. chilita, pass., inflamed; animated; pro- voked. chilitachi, v. t., to animate; to inflame; to make zealous; to provoke. chilitalli, see chiletalli. chilofa, chiloffi (q. v.), v. t., to pay; to liquidate. chilofa, n., payment. chilofa, v. a.i., to fall; to drop, as leaves from a tree, or as crumbs, Matt. 15: 27. chilofa, pass., fallen; paid, as a debt; ikchilofo, a., unpaid; unliquidated. chilofa, n., the falling; a falling. chilofachi, v. t., to cause to fall; to cause to pay. chiloffi, v. t., to pay; to recompense; see chilofa. chiloha (see okchiloha), n., a wren. chilosa, chulosa, a., still; quiet; calmed; calm. chilosa, chulusa, y. n., to be still, quiet, calm; chulusat talaiatok, Luke 8: 24. chilosa, chulosa, n., a calm; a quiet. chilosachi, v. t., to makeacalm; to quiet; to calm. chilpitha, n., name of a tree. chiluk, chuluk, n. sing., a hole;a cavity; a hollow; a pit; an eye, as the eye of a needle; a chasm; a chink; hollowness; a leak; an orifice; a vent; it is usually applied to a cavity or hollow and not toa hole through anything, for which other words are used, as zdukafa, tuta, tumpa (q. v.). chiluk, a., hollow; having a hole, as iti chiluk, a hollow tree; chula puta kat chiluk at imatsha, foxes have holes; aboha chiluk, an empty house. chiluk chukoa, v. a. i., to hole; to enter a hole. chiluk ikbi, v. t.,to hole; tomakea hole. chiluk iksho, a., tight. chiluk toba, v. t., to chink; to open and form a fissure. chilukka, chiluka, v. t., to shell, as corn. chilukka, pass., shelled. chilukoa, pl., having holes; hollow; broken. chilukoa, n. pl., holes; pits. Chilusalim, Chelusalim, n., Jerusalem, Matt. 2:1; 3:5. BYINGTON ] Chilusalim hatak, n., a man of Jerusa- lem; a Jerusalemite. Chilusalim okla, n., the people of Jeru- salem; Chelusalem okla moma aiena, all Jerusalem with him, Matt. 2:3. chitafa, v. a. i., to peel up, as the skin of boiled potatoes; nishkin at chitafa, to open the eyes wildly, like sick people; applied also to the eye of an untamed horse. chilakba, chilakwa, chatakwa, cha- takba, n., the name of aserpent called acopperhead. The best formis chitak- ba, in the Oklafalaia dialect. chitanli, n., the scrofula; the king’s evil; struma. chitanli, v. a. i., to have the king’s evil; scrofula. chitanlichi, achilanlichi, v. t. caus., to cause the king’s evil; to cause a hard swelling. chiltichi, in luakisht chitichi, to make fire sparkle, chilina, n. sing., a bruise of the flesh; numbness from pain. chilina, pass., bruised in the flesh. chilinanchi, vy. t., to make the cords swell. chilinoha, n. pl., great numbness or pain. chiltukli, chihakli, v. a. i., to limp; see chahikli. chim, dative pro., 2d per. sing. in the dat. case before a noun beginning with a vowel, as chimisuba, your horse, or, a horse for you; chimanumpa ha® imali- tuk oke, I have given them thy word, John 17: 14; Luke 7: 44. See chi and chin, thy. chim, dative per. pro., 2d per. sing. be- fore verbs beginning with a vowel, and to be rendered with a prep., as, of thee, for thee, to thee, from thee, as chimia, chimona, he goes for you or to you; chimanoli, he tells you; ano at chim- atyali makoke, I come to thee, John 17: 11; chimaiyamohmashke, be it unto thee, Matt. 15: 28. chim, dative pro., 2d per. sing., before a neuter verb formed from an adjective and one which begins with a vowel, as chimokpulo, thou art angry, or there is bad to thee, or there is evil with thee; this mode of expression is like ‘‘thou;” imhollo, be loves it; it is dear to him; A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 105 or he is stingy; i”holitopa, he loves it, or it is sacred to him, ete. chim, dative pro., used before neuter verbs and where the pro. is not found with the noun, as allat chimilli, your child is dead; the child for thee is dead. chimmi, pro. a. and pass. pro., thine; thy. chimmi, v. n., to be thine, as chimmi, it is thine; chimmi hokma, when it is for thee, Matt. 17: 4; John 17:10. chimmitoba, v.a.i., to become thine; chimmihashke in last translation, Luke As chimpoa, champoa, vy. a. i. pl., to be small. chin, thy; thine; dative pro., 2d per. sing., before nouns beginning with the letters ch, 1, and ¢, as chinchuka, thy house; chintakkon, thy peach; see chim and chim. chin, dative pro., before words beginning with the letters ch, /, t; it is 2d per. sing. and is usually to be rendered with a prep. as of thee, for thee, to thee, from thee; as chinchumpa, to buy of thee, or for thee, or from thee; apat chin- tali, they have eaten it all up for thee. chin, thine; poss. pro., found before some verbs, chiefly neuter, when not before the noun in the nom. case, as tanchi at chintaha instead of chintanchi at taha. chin, see chint. chinachubi, pl., hooked; crooked. chinachubi, v. n., to be hooked; to be crooked. chinachubi, n. pl., hooks; crooks. chinachubichi, v. t., to make them crooked. chinakbi, chanakbi, a. sing., hooked; crooked. chinakbi, v. n., to be crooked. chinakbi,n.,acrook; ahook; Ex. 27:11; hooks. chinakbichi, chanakbichi, v. t., to make it crooked; to make a hook or crook; to hook. chini, achini, vy. n., to seem so; to ap- pear so (when not before known). chini, ady., apparently; seemingly; iksho chini; achini (q. v.) has a different meaning. chinakbi, sing., 2, 106 chinifa, chenafa, n., asmall piece; a bit. chinitffa, pass., pinched; chinowa, p. pl. chiniffi, v. t. sing., to pinch with the fingers, but not with any instrument; to pick; chinoti, pl. chiniffi, n., a pincher; one who pinches. chiniffi, n., a pinch. chinisa, a., brindled; striped. chinisa, v. n., to be brindled or striped. chinisa, n., a small ground squirrel; a chipmunk. chino, vy. t. pl., to pinch; to nibble; to pick. chinowa, pass. pl., pinched. chinowa, n., a pinching. chint, chin, ady., not; okpanachi™ chint, he will not destroy it; atti chint, hope it is not true. Chintail, n., a Gentile; Gentiles, Luke 2: 82; oklushi taloha puta, all nations. Chintail, a., Gentile, Matt. 18:17. Chintail hatak, n., a Gentile, Matt. 18: 17. Chintail okla, n., Gentiles. chintok (more remote in time), should have been; should be; was about to be; about to have been. chintuk (less remote in time), should have been; was about to be; about to have been. chinuko, see chunoko. chipinta, chipunta, a. pl., very small; very fine; fine; naku%shi chipinta, very fine shot. chipinta, v. n., to be very small. chipinta, chipunta, n., small ones; chi- punta tlappa, Luke 17: 2. chipintasi, n., particles. chipintasi, a. dim., quite small; from chipinta and asi. chipintasi, v. n., to be quite small. chipintachi, v. t. caus. pl., to render them quite small. chipota, n. pl., young children; little ones, Matt. 10: 42; 18: 10, 14; children (of Ammon), Josh. 12: 2; anchipota atiha ma, oh, my young children. chipota, a., small. chipunta, nasal form, being small; hushi chipunta, sparrows, Matt. 10: 29; alla chipunta, children, Matt. 2: 16; alla chipunta, little children, Mark 10: 14; nani chipunta, little, Matt. 15: 34; 18: 3 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY (BULL. 46 chisa, n., nameofa tree; perhapsitshould be written chisha, and is thusa post oak. chitsa, n., name of asmall bird, one kind of sparrow. Chisas, Jesus, Matt. 7: 28; Chisas ash- osh, Matt. 8: 20. Chisas Kilaist, Chisas Klaist, n., the name of our Saviour, Mark 1: 1. Chisas Kilaist imanumpeshi, n., an apostle of Jesus Christ. Chisas Kilaist inanisht alhpisa, n., a sacrament; an ordinance of Jesus Christ. Chisas Kilaist isht anumpuli, n., an evangelist. chisbi, v. a. i. sing., to extend; to stretch; to be continued in length. chisbi, pass., stretched out; extended in a line. chisbichi, v.t., to extend; to stretch; to draw out in length. chisemo, v. a. i. sing., to stretch the limbs, or the body; to yawn. chisemo, pass., stretched out. chisemoa, y. a. i. pl., to stretch the limbs or the body. chisemoa, pass., stretched; extended. chisemochi, v. t., to extend; to stretch another; to cause to stretch; chibbak an chisemochi, stretch forth thine hand! Matt. 12: 13; chisemochi, stretch forth thine hand, Mark 3: 5. chisemoli, v.t. pl., to stretch. chiskilik, n., a blackjack, name of a va- riety of oak. chiso, n., thy son, from iso, son; chiso ilappat, this thy son, Luke 15: 30; saso, my son, Luke 15: 31. chisoha, chusoha, v. a. i., to rattle; to make a noise; tali yosh chisoha yoke, the iron rattles. chisoha, n., a rattling. chisohachi, chusohachi, v. t., to rattle; to make it rattle. chisohachi, n., a rattler. chisha, n., a post-oak tree and its acorn. chishaiyi, n., a grasshopper that sings in the night. chishakko (see itichishakko), n., an arbor; a bush arbor; also see ahoshontika. chishba, v. n., to be doubtful; kanioh- machi? chishba, it is doubtful how it will be. This is often translated ‘‘I don’t know,”’ and is used in that sense. BYINGTON] chishba, a., doubtful; unknown; uncer- tain; perhaps. chishba, advy., possibly and possibly not; perhaps so, and perhaps not so. chishinto, vy. a. i., to be round and ele- vated, like a mound. See chashaiyi. chitshka, n., an infant girl; a babe; a baby. chitshka keyu, n., an infant boy. This expression and the above were used in the southern part of the nation. chishke, n., thy mother, Matt. 15: 4. chishke, see chiishke. chitshki, chiashki, v. n., to be proba- ble; used at the end of another verb, as yohmi chishke, it is probable that it was so; keyu chishke, Matt. 12: 7; okpula chishke, it will be foul, Matt. 16: 23. chitshki, adv., probably, will be. .chishno, pro., 2d per. sing., thou, Josh. 1: 2; chishno ato, Luke 7: 45, 46; thou, Matt. 6: 17; chishno akosh, Matt. 14: 33; chishno at, thou, Matt. 16: 18; chishno, ako” chimmi, for thee. chishno, ob. ¢., thee; chishno a”, Matt. 3: 14; chishno chinishkin, thy eye, Matt. 7:4; 17:27; chishno, poss. pro., thine, thy; chishno akinli, thyself; yourself; chishno yokan, thine, in the obj. case; chishno yokat, thine, in the nom. case. chito (subpos. forms, chito, chitto, chehto, chinto); hochito, pl., n., size; greatness; enlargement; the extent; fullness; grandeur; growth; largeness; loudness; magnitude; majesty; scope; splendor; sublimity; chito fehna, n., vastness. chito (subpos. forms, chitto, chehto), a., great, Matt. 13: 50; large; big; huge; immense; heavy; capacious; august; egregious; enormous; extensive; gigan- tic; grand; grievous; gross; handsome; heavy; high, asa price; immense; lusty; majestic; massive; mighty; noble; pro- fuse (as laksha chito); prominent; pro- tuberant; signal; capacious; splendid; stocky; stout; sublime; superb; chitto; a diminutive of chito, less than chito, in music, low, base, grave; chieto, pro. form of a.; chito fehna, a., herculean; prodigious; thick, as hair, cane, etc.; tremendous; unwieldy; vast; ikchito, a., scant; not great. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 107 chito, v. n., to be large, chithohchifo chinto ka, thy great name, Josh 7: 9; chinto, nasal form na chiyimmi kat chin- toshke (thy path) excels or is great (greater than others), Matt. 15: 20; okla chinto, Matt. 4: 25; 5: 1; yammat chinto, Matt. 6:23; of great, Matt. 13: 46; chin- toshke, great is, Matt. 15: 28; chihinto, freq.; chieto, pro. form. chito, pass., made large; enlarged; dis- tended; chinto, nasal form, being made large; the large one; cf., Matt. 2: 17, 18. chito, ady., largely; profusely; thickly. chitochi, v. t., to enlarge. chitokaka, n., a prince; a great one. chitokaka, n., a lord; sir; God, Luke 1: 25; John 4:1; majesty; excellency; honor; the great one, Matt. 7: 21 (chitokaka ma,Lord); 11: 25; 14: 28. chitoli, a., loud; hard; large; stentorian. chitoli, v. a. i., to swell; to enlarge; to increase, as a storm of rain. chitoli, v. t., to enlarge; to make louder or larger; to do on a large scale; to di- late; to distend; to elevate; to rage; to stretch; to swell, Josh. 6: 5; pl. hochetoli. chitolichi, v. t., to enhance; to enlarge; to magnify. chitolit, adv., hard; loudly; as chitolit umba, it rains hard. chitolit fiopa, v. a.i., tosigh; to breathe loud. chitolit fiopa, n., a sigh; also, a sigher. chitot (a contraction of chitolit), adv., greatly; nobly. chitot anumpuli, v. a. i., to rant. chitot anumpuli, n., a ranter. chitot fiopa, v. a. i., to heave; to sigh; to puff; to wheeze. chitot ia, v. a. i., to grow large; to en- large; to rise; to thrive. chitot ishko, chitot nalli, v. t., to swig, to drink largely; to swallow largely. chitot nanabli, y. t , to quaff. chitot nanabli, n., a quaffer. chitot ola, chitot ola hinla, a., sonorous. chiya, chiyya, v. a. i. pl. pass., from cheli, v. t. (q. v.). It is applied to persons and things and signifies to sit; to lie. Some say that chiya is strictly dual, but it is not always thus used. It implies 108 that the sitting is for a time, like seated on a bench, as a court; to stop and sit down, not expecting to leave soon; ita- chiya, to sit together; chivya, nasal form, Josh. 3:2; 7:21; pinchiyashke, Luke 9: 13; chihinya, freq.; chieya, chiyeya, pro. form. chiya, v. n., to be seated. chiyuhmi, see chohmi. chiyuhmichi, see chohmicht. cho, ha; sign of a question and having an adverbial meaning also, like eh! in Eng- lish, Matt. 2: 2; 18:1; Luke 3: 12; cho implies ignorance in those who inquire. It implies a question and a demand for an answer. It is a strong interrogative word; impa cho? Matt. 9: 11; compounds are yakohmichicho? John 2:18; akcho? akchuba? or akchu? (which last is said to be a contracted form of (ak)chuba), see Luke 7: 19, 20; hassiacht cho? Luke 6: 46. akchu”? nanta chi” cho? Matt. 11: 3; akcho is used in disjunctive forms of interrogation, or, Matt. 11: 3; 1 Kings 20: 15; 2 Sam. 24: 13; choba, chuba, or chomba, is the perfect form of the word; it is used in asking ques- tions where there is an alternative. chobilhkan, chobilhkash, n., chips. chobohachi, v. a. i., to ripple; to roar, as the running water of a stream. chobohachi, n., a roaring of water. chobokachi, chibokachi, v. a. i., to bubble, as water. chobokachi, chibokachi, n., the bub- bling of water, chobolichi, chibolichi, v. t., to rinse; to shake up; to shake, as water is shaken in a keg or cream in a churn when pro- ducing butter. chohmi, chuhmi, a., like; similar; some- what; such; tolerable; choyuhmi, chi- yuhmi, Luke 6: 10. chohmi, v. n., to be like; to be similar; to beas, Matt. 5:16; 6:29; chohmitok, it was like, Matt. 12:13; chohmihoke, is like Matt. 13: 44, 46; to be so, Matt. 3: 17; yammakinlt hom chohmit, even so, Matt. 7:17; choyuhmi, chiyuhmi, pro.; chiyuh- mashke, Matt. 5: 48; hashchiyuhmi, Matt. 10:16; chiyuhmi hoke, Luke 6: 48, 49; chiyuhmi ma, Matt. 17: 2; 18: 3, 4. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [ BULL. 46 chohmi, chiyuhmi, choyuhmi, v. a. i., to do like; to act like; chiyuhmi, to be- come as, Josh. 7:5; Matt. 10: 16. chohmi, adv., somewhat; in some degree; measurably; moderately; in a limited degree; to some.extent; partly; par- tially; hardly; like; pretty; scarcely; tolerably; achukma chohmi, kapassa chohmt. chohmichi, choyuhmichi, chiyuhmi- chi, vy. t., caus., to make it like; to cause it to resemble in some respects; to do as, 1 Kings 10: 27; Josh. 1: 15; ilechoyuhmichi, ilechohmichi, to make yourself like, Luke 10: 27; to make as if or to feign, Josh. 8: 15. chohpa, n., the meat provided for a pole pulling or Choctaw funeral which is observed at the end of the days of mourning; meat cured and dried; veni- son dried. chokamo (for kamo, see under letter /), adv., always; usually; connected with verbs when general customs, habits, truths are expressed, see chatok; hak- loli chokamo, I always have heard it. chokamo, a., usual; wont; the said; the definite known one; cho has the sense of cha in chatuk. chokash, a. and rel. pro., in past tense; the said who was always, John 6: 42; Llappat a®shat nana asihinta chokash mak- ot keyu? ‘Ts not this he that sat and begged?”? John 9: 8; hashachi chokash ohcho? who ye say was, John 9: 19; chokash o, Luke 7:32 [?]; ikchokash osh 2 Sam. 7: 6. chokashosh, etc., see kash. cho"ki, chu®ki, n., martin, a bird of a particular kind. chomi, a., such; like; and so on; and go forth, or others of the kind; like the et cetera taken from Latin in use among the English. chopa, v. a. i., to roar, as falling water at a cascade. chopilhkash, chupilhkash, n., chips; trash; a dunghill, 1 Sam. 2:8; dung, Phil. 3: 8. chopilak, chupitak, n., a swallow; a chimney swallow. chowa, a., displeased; offended; see achowa; itachowa, 1 Tim. 3: 3. BYINGTON] chowa, v. n., to be displeased; to be of: fended, Luke 7: 23. chowa, v.a.i., to differ, as itachowa, to dispute; to differ with each other. choyuhmi, see chohmi. choyuhmichi, see chohmi. Chu, n., a Jew, the Jews. Chu, a., Jewish. Chu chepuli chito, n., the Passover, the great Jewish feast; a great Jewish feast. Chu hatak, n., a Jew; a Hebrew; an Israelite. Chu ohoyo, n., a Jewess. Chu okla, n., the Jewish nation; the Jewish people; Jews; Chu okla immirko, King of the Jews, Matt. 2: 2. Chu okla imabohahanta, n., a Jewish synagogue; a Jewish temple. Chu yakni, n., Judea; Palestine; the Jewish country. chuata, u., a cedar. chubuk, n., sound of a bell. chufak, n., a nail; a spike; an awl; a rowel; the little wheel of a spur; a fork. chufak ahokli, chufak aholhpi, chu- fak aiulhpi, n., an awl haft; an awl handle. chufak chipinta, n. pl., tacks; brads; small nails. chufak chito, n., a spike; a large nail. chufak chito isht ahonala, pp., spiked; nailed with big nails. chufak chito isht ahonatichi, v. t., to spike. chufak falakto, n., a forked nail; an iron fork; a fork. chufak ikbi, n., a nailer. chufak isht ahonata, n., a hammer; a nail hammer. chufak isht bili, chufak isht impa, n., a table fork. The common name is chufak.—Capt. Shoni. chufak iyalhfoa, chufak iyafoa, n., a spur. chufak nan isht achunli, n., a needle; a sewing needle. chufak nishkin, n., the eye of a needle; a needle’s eye. chufak nishkin a®sha, chufak ushi nishkin a™sha, n., a needle; the son of a nail that has an eye. chufak nishkin ltopulli achafa, n., a needleful. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 109 chufak nushkobo chito, n., a hob nail. chufak ush ikbi, n., a pin maker; a needle maker. ; chufak ushi, n., a pin; son of a nail; a tack; a pin; a needle; a small nail; a brad. chufak ushi ashamoli, chufakush a- shamoli, n., a pin cushion. chufak ushi shuekachi, pp., unpinned. chufak ushi shueli, v. t., to unpin. chufak wishakchi, n., the point of a needle. chufak wushala, n., the tine of a fork. chufak yushkoboli, n., a pin with a head, such as are used by females for fastening their clothes. chufak yushkololi, n., a tack; a short nail; chufak yushkolushi, n. pl., tacks. chuhmi, see chohmi. chuk, sign of future imp. tense. chuka, chukka, n., a house; a building; a dwelling; a domicile; a cabin; an abode; a residence; a seat; a home, Matt. 8: 6; a nest; a den; the hole or the abode of animals; a dome; an edi- fice; ahabitation; housing; a mansion; a mansion house; a structure; a tene- ment; chi®chuka, thy house, Matt. 9: 6; chuka yo™, an house, Matt. 10: 12; 7: 24, 25, 26, 27; inchuka kak illa hoh chatuk oke, Matt. 13: 57; itinchuka, v. t., to keep house together; itinchukali, n., my husband, or my housemate, but usually uttered by the woman. chuka, v.a.i., to house or live; achukat ahanta, Josh. 2: 15. chuka abaiya, chukabaiya, n., a vaga- bond; a vagrant; one that wanders from house to house. chuka abaiya, a., vagrant. chuka abaiya, v. n., to be vagrant; to wander or go from house to house. chuka abaiyachi, v. t., to act as a vaga- bond; to go from house to house; chuka abaiyachit hachikitanowokashke, go not from house to house! Luke 10: 7. chuka abaiyat nowa, v. a.i., to gad abou chuka abaiyat nowa, n., a gadder; a gadabout. chuka abilitka, n., a neighbor, Josh. 9: 16; 20: 5. chuka achafa ahalaia, a., domestic, per- taining to a family. 110 chuka achafa, chukachafa, n., a family; a household; a house, Luke Li 27, ; chuka afoha, n., an inn; a tavern; a hotel; a house of rest. chuka afoha hatak, n., a host; an inn- keeper. chuka afoha ithikia, chuka afoha in- talaia, n., a taverner; an innholder; one to whom stands a house of rest. chuka aholitopa, n., a sanctuary, or a sacred house. chuka aiitola, n., the site of a house; the foundation of a house. chuka aiontala, n., the foundation of a house; the underpinning. chuka akinli ashana, a., homespun; spun in the house itself. chuka akinli atoba, a., home made; made in the house itself. chuka anusi, n., a hotel; an inn; a house of sleep, or where they sleep. chuka apanta, n., a neighbor; an adjoin- ing house; chuka panta hatak, John 9; 8; Matt. 5: 43. chuka apanta a™sha, n., neighbors, Luke 1: 58. chuka apantali, u., an adjoining house; a neighbor. chuka apalli, chukapalli, pl., in i*chuka- palli, his neighbors. chu"ka a®sha, a., homebred. chuka a¥sha, v. a. i., to be at home; to sit at home. chuka chaha, n., a tower; ahigh house. chuka chukoa, v. a. i., to enter a house; to house. chuka foka, pass., housed; inchuka foka, cooped; put in his house. chuka foki, v. t., to house; inchuka foki, to coop; to put in his house. chuka hanta, n., a council house; a state house; a senate house; a house of peace and friendship; a white house; the capitol; a temple. chuka hukmi, v. t., to burn a house; inla inchuka hukmi, v. t., to burn the house of another; n., an incendiary. chuka ikbi, n., a carpenter, Matt. 13: 55; see chukikbi. chuka impalata, a., homesick; longing for home. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [ BULL. 46 chuka impalata, v. n., to be homesick, or he is homesick; chuka ampalata, I am homesick. , chuka impalata, n., homesickness. chuka ishi kanchak, n., a witch; a hob- goblin. chuka isht alhpolosa, n., mortar for a house; daubing for a house. chuka isht holmo, n., the roof of a house; shingles for a house; covering for a house. chuka isht holmo ah, n., the eaves. chuka isht holmo ibitahaka, n., the eaves. chuka itabana, u., the sides of a house. chuka itabana, n., a log house. chuka itabanni, n., a house raising. chuka itontala, n., a story in a building. chuka ituksita, n., a dooryard. chuka lukonli, n., a number of houses near each other; a neighborhood; a set- tlement. chuka timishki, n., a framed house. chuka na chokushpa, n., the furniture of a house; household furniture. chuka naksika, n., the side of the house. chuka osapa, n., homestead; the house field. chuka patali, v. t., to massacre. chuka pallit aya, chuka pulalit a®ya, v. a. i, to saunter; to act the vaga- bond. chuka pila, ady., homeward; home- wards; toward the house. chuka pulalit aya, chuka pulalit nowa, n., a saunterer; a vagabond. chukabaiya, see chuka abaiya. chukachafa, n., a family; a house; a household; lit. one house, Matt. 10: 6; 15: 24; Josh. 7:14; see chuka achafa. chukachafa abinili, n., a few; a seat for a single family. chukachafa isht atia, n., a house line- age, Luke 1: 27, 33. chukachafa nan isht atta, n., a stew- ard. chukachafa pelicheka, n., a house- holder; the ruler of a house; a house- keeper. chukachafa petichi, n., a housekeeper, a householder, Matt. 13: 27. chukafa, pp., plucked out; pulled out. BYINGTON] A DICTIONARY OF THE chukafoha ohoyo,n.,a hostess; a woman who keeps an inn. chukah, in tahchukah, indeed; something unlooked for by the speaker; from iah, an adverb in the recent past tense; ishtatahchukah or tohchukah, same but in the remote past tense. chukalaha, n., the present made food to a visitor. chukalahachi, vy. t., to go in search of a present in food; to obtain food as a present. chukalahachi, n., for food. chukali, chukli, v. t., pp., pl., plucked out; pulled out, as grass or hair; to pluck out, etc.; see chukaffi. chukalichi, vy. t. caus., to make him pull out, or to pull out from another. chukanakbila, see hachukbilankbila. chukani, n., the common house fly; the green-headed fly that blows meat, etc. chukanicheli, v. t., to fly blow. chukanushi, n., a fly-blow; a maggot. chukanushi a®sha, pp., fly-blown. chukanushi laua, a., maggoty. chukapanta, chuka apanta (q. v.), n., a neighbor; chuka palli, pl. chukapalli, see chuka apalli. chukapishia, n., an old-fashioned house built with upright logs, and having a shed all around it; a porch, Matt. 26:71. chukashana, n., a houselock. chukashaya, v. a. i., not to come out even, in folding a handkerchief; itachu- kashaya, to cross each other, as bridle reins when crossed. chukachi, a., mad. chukaffi, v. t. sing., to pluck out; to pull out; chuFli, pl. chukaffi, n., a plucker. chukalbaska, n., the ribs of a house, or roof. chu"kash, n., the heart; the center; the stomach; the feelings; the affections; spirits; conscience; pluck; the reins; spirit; temper; disposition; a grain; chutkash ako™ aminti, Matt. 15: 18, 19; chunkash yohbi, chu™kash akanlosi, the person; himself, Matt. 11: 29; chunk- ash anutkaka okla ahnitok, think or say within themselves, Matt. 9: 3; yakni chunkash, heart of the earth, Matt. 12: in a visitor who comes CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 111 40; okla ilappa chukash, this people’s heart; chu”kash okato, their heart, Matt. 15: 8; imchumkash, his or her heart; imichukash (I once heard this form used.—Byington). chu"kash achukma, n., a good heart; grace. chu"kash akka®lusechi,v.t.,todaunt; to sink the spirits; to depress; to humble. chu®kash akka®lusi, n., melancholy; a depressed heart or spirits; humility. chu2kash akka®lusi, v. a. i., to despond. chutkash akka®lusi, pass., daunted; spirits sunk; depressed; humbled. chutkash akka®lusi, a., lowly, Matt. 11: 29. chutkash akka®lusi keyu, a., unhum- bled. chutkash a®h, u., a pure heart; a true heart; a sincere heart; an honest heart; sincerity. chutkash apa, n., animalcule from which mosquitoes grow, called wiggle- tails. chu"kash banna, v.a. i., to wish for with the heart; the heart desires. chu"kash bila, pp., piqued. chu®kash bili, v. t., to pique. chu®kash chaha, a., high minded; high hearted. chu"kash chaha, y. a. i., to be high minded. chu2kash chumpa, v. t., buy the heart. chu®kash halupa, a., high tempered; angry; having quick feelings. chutkash halupa, v. n., to be high tempered. chu"kash himmona,n.,a renewed heart; a new heart; regeneration. chu2kash himmona, pp., regenerated; having the heart renewed. chu"kash himmona, a., regenerate; hav- ing a new heart. chu2kash himmonachi, y.t., to renew the heart; to regenerate. chu"kash homi, n., a bitter heart; bit- terness of heart; a venomous temper; fire; gall. chutkash homi, a., foment fiery. chu"kash hominchi, v.t., toenvenom; to embitter the heart. chu"kash hutupa, n., a wounded hears an offended spirit, to bribe; to 112 chu"kash hutupa, pp., insulted; of- fended. chu"kash hutupali, v. t., to affront; to wound thefeelings; toinsult; to offend. chu®kash hutupali, n., an offender. chutkash ia, v. a. i., to desire; the heart goes; to wish for. / chu®kash ikhotopo, a., unwounded; un- offended. chu"kash iknakno, n.,ahypochondriac; a dispirited person. chu"kash illi, a., disheartened. chu2®kash illichi, v. t., to dishearten. chu®kash imanukfila, n., the affections of the heart; the thoughts of the heart. chu"kash imanukfila achukma, n., charity. chutkash imanukfila nukoa, n., re- sentment. chu®kash inla, a., alienated; another heart, generally used in a bad sense; itinchurkash inlah, shaken in mind. chu®kash inla, v. n., to be alienated. chutkash inlachi, v. t., to shake the purpose; to change the mind or the affections. chutkash ishahinla, a., impressive; can take the heart. chu"kash ishi, v. t., to seize the heart; to captivate; to overcome; to rap; to touch the feelings; to charm; to steal the af- fections; to gain or get the affections; to fascinate. chu®kash ishi, n., rapture; a spell. chu2kash kapassa, a., cold-hearted; in- sensible. chu"kash kallo, a., flint-hearted; hard- hearted; headstrong; obstinate. chu®kash kallo, n., hardness of heart; obstinacy; sangfroid. ehu®kash lua, v.a.i., to burn; to be in- flamed with passion. chutkash lua, n., heartburn. chu®kash nakni, n., hardihood; bravery; boldness of spirit. chu"kash nata, n., a wounded heart. chu"kash nata, pp., piqued; offended. chu2kash nalii, v. t., to pique; to offend. chu"kash okpani, v. t., to demoralize; to injure the heart. chu"kash okpulo, n., a bad heart. chutkash okpulo, pp., demoralized; ruined in heart. chukash shanaiachi, v. t., to wean the affections; to pervert the heart, BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 chu"kash tuklo, n., a double dealer. chu"kash tuklo, a., double-hearted. chu®kash walwaki, a., tender-hearted. chu2kash weki, n., gravity. chu2kash weki, a., grave-minded. chu“kash yiminta, a.; hearty; zealous; fierce-minded. chutkash yohbi, n., a serene heart; a subdued heart; a sanctified mind; clem- ency; meekness; righteousness. chutkash yohbi, a., clement; as hatak chutkash yohbi, a clement man, or a man of clemency; clever; familiar; holy; meek, Matt. 11: 29. chu"kash yohbichiy, v. t., to subdue the heart; to sanctify the heart. chutkash yukachiy, v. t., to fascinate; to captivate the heart. chutkash yukpa, n., cheer; a joyful heart; consolation. chutkash yukpa atapa, n., ecstasy; overgladness of heart. chu2kash yukpali, v. t., to console; to feast; to rejoice the heart. chukbaiyachi, vy. t., to act the vaga- bond. chukbaiyachi, n., a vagabond; a va- grant. chukbi, n., the corner; the inside corner; the lee; chukbeli, pl., corners, Rev. 7:1. chukbika, n., the corner; the place oc- cupied as a corner, Mark 12: 10, 11; corner of a sea, Josh. 18: 14. chukbilaklak, see chukkilakbila. chutkcho, n., a fishhawk. chukchu n., a maple; a soft maple, the most common kind among the Choctaw. chukchu chito, chukchu imoshi, u., hard maple or big maple. chukchu hapi champuli, n., maple sugar. chukchua, pass., tickled. chukchua, n., a tickling. chukchuki, v. a. i., to be spotted, like cattle; see chikchiki. chukchulli, v.t., to tickle. chukchulli, n., a tickler. chukfaluma, n., a cony burrow. chukfalhpoba (Matt. 7: 15; 15: 24; 18: 12), chukfi alhpoba (John 10:1, 3, 7; Matt. 12:11, 12) chukfalhpowa, chukfi alhpowa, n., a sheep; lit. a domesti- cated rabbit. This form of expression BYINGTON ] is used sometimes for the sake of dis- tinguishing the sheep from the rabbit; chukfi alhpoba yo, the sheep, Matt. 10: 16. chukfalhpowa apistikeli, chukfalh- poba apesachi, n., a shepherd, John 10: 11. chukfalhpowa hishi, n., wool. chukfalhpowa iZhollihta, n., a sheep- fold, John 10: 1. chukfalhpowa nakni, n., a ram; a buck. chukfalhpowa nipi, n., mutton; the flesh of sheep. chukfalhpowa tek, n., a ewe. chukfalhpoyushi, chukfi alhpowaushi, chukfushi, n., a lamb. chukfi, n.,a sheep, or a rabbit which is the first definition as sheep have not been long known among the Choctaw; a cony. chukfi aiasha, n., a sheepfold. chukfi apesachi, n., a shepherd. chukfi apistikeli, n., a shepherd. chukfi alhpowaushi, see chukfalhpoyushi. chukfi hakshup, n., a sheepskin. chukfi hishi, n., wool; sheep wool. chukfi hishi almo, u., a fleece. chukfi hishi almo, pp., fleeced. chukfi hishi amo, vy. t., to fleece; to shear off wool; to shear sheep. chukfi hishi amo, n., ashearer; asheep shearer, Acts 8: 32. chukfi hishi itapana achafa, n., one hank of woolen yarn. chukfi hishi nan tanna, n., flannel; woolen cloth; cloth made of wool. chukfi hishi nan tanna aiskiachi, n., a clothier. chukfi hishi shana, n., woolen yarn. chukfi hishi shapo, n., a felt; a hat made of wool; a wool hat. ; chukfi hishi tanna, n., flannel; woolen cloth; woven wool. chukfi imaseta, n., the vine which grows and adheres to the bark of trees, having a trumpet-shaped blossom. It is said to be good in dysentery. chukfi isht abeka, n., the rot; a disease among sheep; a fatal distemper incident to sheep. chukfi luma, n., a rabbit. chukfi nakni, n., a ram;a buck; the male of the sheep; Joshua 6: 4, 5, 6, 8, 13. 84339°—Bull. 46—15 8 A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 113 chukfi nishkin, n., a painful, obstinate ulcer which comes on the foot or leg; stone bruise on the thick muscles. chukfi pattakata nakni, n.,a buck; the male of the hare. chukfi pattakita, chukfi pattakata, n., a hare. chukfi tek, n., a ewe. chukfi yoba, n., the cramp in the hand. chukfikoa, nukfichoa (q. v.), n., the hiccough or hickup. chukfikoa, v. a.i., to have the hiccough; to hiccough. chukfikoli, v. t., to cause the hiccough. chukfikolichi, y. t., to make him hic- cough. chuktikpelo, n., the northeast. chukfikpelo, a., northeast. chukfitohtololi, n., a viper; ‘ta ground rattlesnake.”’ chukfoba, a. (from chukfi and holba, like), sheepish; like a sheep. chukfoba, v. n., to be sheepish. chukfoloha, a., dizzy; drunk; giddy. chukfoloha, v. n., to be dizzy; to be drunk. chukfoloha, v. a. i., to stagger; to reel; to swim in the head. chukfoloha, n., dizziness; the vertigo; giddiness; the staggers. chukfulli, chukfolli, chukfolulli, v. t., to stagger; to make dizzy; to cause to swim; to cause to reel, chukfulli, a., dizzy; drunk. chukfushi, n., a lamb; a young rabbit. chukfushi holba, a., lamblike. chukfushicheli, y. t., to lamb; to bring forth a lamb. chu®ki, see chonki. chukikbi, n., a house maker; a house wright; a joiner. chukillissa, n., a deserted house; an empty house; a vacant house; solitude. chukillissa, a., desert; vacant; empty, as a house that stands vacant; desolate; waste; hachinchuka yat hachinchukillis- sat taiyaha, Matt. 23: 38. chukillissa, chukilissa (from chuka and ilissa), v. t., to desert a house or houses that are their own; ikchukillissa, Acts 1: 20. chukillissa, n., those who desert their house. 114 chukillissa, pp., desolated. chukillissachi, y. t., to cause to desert the house; to make another leave his house; to desolate; to depopulate. chukillissachi, n., a destroyer; one who causes others to leave their homes. chukimma, ady., homeward, home- wards. chukimpata, n., a piazza. chukka, see chuka. chukkilakbila, chukkilakpila, chuk- Kilatpila, hachukbila"kbila (q. v.), chukbilaklak (Ch. Sp. Book, p. 55), n., the whip-poor-will. chukli, v. t. pl., to pluck out; to pull up, as hair or grass, with the hands; chu- kati, pp.; chukoffi, sing; see chukali. chukli, n., a plucker; one that plucks. chukiampulli, hachuktampuli (q. v.), tuklampuli, n., a cobweb; an air thread; a spider’s web; a spider’s nest. chukma, a., good; well; healthy. This is usually written achukma. chukma, y.n., to be good, well, healthy, agreeable; iksanchukmo, I am not well; ikinchukmo, he is not well, Matt. 4: 23; haknip ikinchukmo; inchukma, he is well. chukoa, chukowa, v. t., to enter; to go in; to come in; to thrust, Matt. 5: 20; 7: 21; 8: 5; 12: 4, 9318: 2; 17: 25; 18: 8, 8, 9; Josh. 1:11; 8:19; Luke 2:27; 4:16; ikchukoo ahni, v. t., to admit; to permit to enter; isht chukoa, v. t., to carry in, Luke 4:1; to take into; to ob- trude; ant chukowa, to come under, Matt. 8: 8; to come in, Josh. 6: 1; chukoyua, pro form; ibachukoa, v. t., to invade; to enter with another; v. a. i., to obtrude; achukowa, n., an entrance, Josh. 8: 29. chukoa, n., an entrance. chukoa, n., an enterer; one who enters. chukokhisa, n., a house door. chukowa hinla, a., penetrable. chukowahe keyu, a., impenetrable. chukpalali, v. a. i., to shine dimly, as on a cloudy day. chukpalantak, hachukpalantak, n., a tree toad. chukulbi, n., a nook or point of land lying in the bend of a creek or in a fork between two creeks; bok chukulbi, the fork of creeks; achukulbi, united; com- BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY (BULL. 46 panionship; communications, 1 Cor. 15: 33. chukushi, n., a small house; a cot; a cot- tage; a hut. chukushi abeli, v. t., to hut. chukushmi, n., a desert; chukushmi foka ya”, John 6: 31. chukushmi, a., sandy, sandish; yakni chukushmi, sandy land. chukushpa, a., small; i®na chukushpa, “their stuff;’? Josh. 7: 11. chukushpa a., slanderous. chukushpali, v. t., to amuse. chukyiweta, chukyuata, v. a. i., to loathe; to feel sick at the stomach. chukyiweta, chukyuata, a., loathsome. chula, n.,a fox; chula puta kat, the foxes, Matt. 8: 20. chula aiabi, n., a fox trap. chula hishi, n., fox fur; fox hair. chula holilabi, n., a mad fox; a rabid fox. chula isht abeka, n., a diarrhea; a loose- ness; a more modest way of speaking than ikjia. chula nakni, n., the male fox. chula tasembo, n., a mad fox; a rabid fox; a raving fox. chula tek, n., the female fox. chula ushi, chulushi, n., a young fox; a cub. chulahtu%sh, n., asmall variety of mush- room. Chulai, n., July. chulakto, chilakto (q. v.), a., forked; cloven. chulaktochi, v. t., to fork; to cleave. chulabi, n., a fox hunter. chulhah, vy. a.i., tosay chulh; to rumble, as the bowels. chulhkan, n., a spider. chulhkan inchuka, n., a spider’s nest; a spider’s web. chulosa, chilosa, a., calm; quiet; still; hush; mum; peaceful; quiescent. chulosa, v. n., to be calm; to be quiet; to be still. chulosa, v. a. i., to become calm, quiet, still, silent; 1 Sam. 2: 9; to assuage; to calm; to lull; to moderate; to subside; chulusat talaiatok, Luke 8: 24. chulosa, pass., becalmed; allayed; quiet- ed; appeased; hushed; lulled; moder- ated; stilled; unruffled, BYINGTON] chulosa, n., moderation; peace; quiet; quietness; silence. chulosachi, v. t., to quiet; to still; to al- lay; to appease; to hush; to lull; to moderate; to silence. chulosachi, n., a calmer; a quieter; a luller. chuluk, chiluk (q. v.), n., a hole; a pit; a cavity. chulushi, see chula ushi. chula, v. a. i. pl., to split; to shiver. chula, pass., split; riven; slit; cut; marked; surveyed, as land; laid off; shivered. chuta, n., that which is split; strands. chulafa, v. a. i. sing., to split off a piece; to rive. chutafa, pass., split; riven. chutafa, n., that which is split; a piece split off; a splinter; a shiver; a slit. chutali, v. a. i. pl., to splinter; to shiver. chulata, v. a.i. sing., to split; to scantle. chulata, pp., split; slit; rived; riven; split off from another piece; chulanta, nasal form, being slit or rived. chutata, n., @ slit; a piece that is split off; a shred; a slip; a strand; a slit in the ear. chutaffi, v. t. sing., to split off a piece; to splinter; to cut off a piece (not to tear it off). chutaffi, n., a splitter. chutalli, v. t., to split off a piece; to slit; to shred. chutalli, n., a splitter. chuhi, vy. t. pl., to rive; to slit; to cut out, as cloth when a garment is cut; to shred; to subdivide; to lay off land into sections or smaller portions; to survey; yakniachuti, to survey theland; iti a® chui, to slit up the wood; nantan- na ya” chuti, to cut up the cloth. chul, n., a splitter; a river; a slitter, etc.; shivering. chutoH, chutullih, to drip; chutohonii; chutohonlit aba yakni. chutotah, v. a. i., to fly, as a spark. chumatko, n., the shin. chumba, choba, adv., consequently, said in anger by achild; chumba ialachin, so I will be off; see cho. chumpa, v. t., to buy and pay with cash at the time and not with a promise of cash; to purchase; to redeem; to shop; A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 115 to negotiate; to ransom; he buyeth, Matt. 13: 44, 46; ilimpa chumpat tamaha ilhkoli, John 4: 8; okla achumpashke, they shall buy there, Matt. 14: 15; isht chumpa, to buy with, Rev. 5: 9, 10; chumpat pifalaminchi, Gal. 3:13; chuhpa, subpositive form; chuhopa, immediate future form, to buy now; ilechwmpa, to buy himself; to redeem himself, cho- humpa, freq.; choyumpa, pro.; ikchumpo, a., unbought. chumpa, n., a buyer; a purchaser; a re- deemer. chumpa, n., a purchase. chumpa hinla, a., purchasable. chumpa hinla, a., venal. chumpahe keyu, a., irredeemable. chumpachi, vy. t., to cause to buy; to make him buy. chunasha, n., a moccasin snake. chuncho, n., a bird of some kind. Chuni, n., June. chunna, a., lean; poor; spare; low in flesh; meager; raw-boned. chunna, pass., emaciated. chunna, v. n., to be lean, poor, ete. chunna, v. a. i., to emaciate; to fall away. chunna, n., leanness; poorness. chunnachi, v.t.,to make lean, poor, ete. chunnat ia, v. a. i., to waste; to wither. chunukabi, n., the pleurisy. chunukabi, a., sick with the pleurisy. chunukabi, v. n., to be sick with the pleurisy; to have the pleurisy; chunuko sabi, I have the pleurisy; chinuko chibi, thou hast the pleurisy. chunuko, chunoko, chinuko, n., the side below the armpit; the pleura; chinuko foka ako, Rev. 1: 18. chunuko takchi, v. t., to lace the chest; isht takchi hosh hikiatok, Rev. 1: 13. chunuko talakchi, pass., strait-laced. chunuli, a., bowed down; bowed to- gether. chunuli, v. n., to be bowed; to be bent double, Luke 13 :11; chunohonli, freq. chupilhkash, chopilhkash (q. v.), n., chips; trash; sweepings. chupilhkash isht piha,n.,a rake; achip rake. chupilak, chopilak (q. v.), n., a chim- ney swallow. chutsa, chitsa, n., « sparrow. 116 chutsa, n., neck of a junk bottle. chutsa, v. a. i., to be pointed or tapering; : smaller at one end than at the other. chusoha, chisoha (q. v.), v. a. i, to rattle. chusoha, chisoha, n., a rattling. chusohachi, chisohachi (q. v.), to rattle; to make it rattle; to purl. chusokachi, v. a. i., to chink. chusolichi, v. t., to chink. chusopa, v.a.i., to rattle, as chains. chusopa, n., a rattling. chusopa, a. sratiliings tali chusopa, rattling iron; a trace chain. chusopachi, vy. t., to cause it to rattle. chushak, n., the back side of the neck next to the shoulders. chushak hishi, n., the mane. chushak hishi a®sha, a., maned; having a mane. chushak hishi kallo, n., bristles. chu®shkiksho, a., peevish. chushukli, iachushukli, y. a. i., to be lame. chushukli, a., lame. e prefixed per. pro. 1st per. pl. of active verbs beginning with consonants, as chanli, to chop; echanli, we chop; eha- chimolachi, ehachityaiya, Matt. 11: 17. ebi, we kill; Ist per. pl. irreg., from abi. echi, y. t., used only in the imp., hand; give; put this way into the hand; see auechi; isht echi, v. a. i., to begin, Luke 24: 27. eha, ehah, int., oh dear! heigh! heigh ho! ehehe, int., lay alas. eho, prefixed, per. pro. Ist per. inclu- sive, pl. of active verbs, beginning with consonants, as ehochanli, we all chop; ehofokachi® cho? shall we puton? Matt. 6: 31. eka; in yakni paknak eka; see aika. ela, we come (from ala to arrive), 1st per. pl. irreg. elefant, n., elephant; elefant noti, n., ivory, 1 Kings 10: 18. elli, a., grievous; from ili. ema, we give; lst per. pl. irreg., from ima, to give (q. v.). emo, we pick; we trim; 1st per. pl. irreg., from amo, to pick, to trim. enchil, n., angel; the English word writ- ten in Choctaw; yammakoka imenchil, BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 their angels, Matt. 18: 10; enchil oka, angels, Luke 2: 15. epa, we eat, Ist per. pl. irreg., from apa, to eat. Eplil, Epilil, n., April. eshi, v. t., to take, from ishi (q. v.)3 esht- tok, 1Sam. 2:21. This is nothing more than an intensive of ishi, requiring more time for the action: ishi, to take; eshi, to hold. eshi, n., parturition. eshichi, caus., to cause to take; ala eshi, to travail, ‘‘to have a child,’’ 1 Sam. 4:19. et, adv. this way, i. e., toward or in the direction of the speaker, but not up to him; auet. (q. v.) means quite to the speaker. fabaspoa, a. pl., long and slender. fabaspoa, v.n., to be long and slénder. fabasfoa, a. pl., long and slender; slim. fabassa, fobassa, a. sing., long and slen- der; slim. fabassa, v. n., to be long and slender; to be slim. fabassachi, v. t., to make it long and slender. fabassat itonla, v. a. i., to lie prostrate. fabassoa, a. pl., long and slender; slim. fabassoa, v.n., to be long and slender. fachachi, v. t. pl, to throw with a stick, which is done hy holding a stick and pressing the lower end of it against an object on the ground and then making the stick spring suddenly, whereby the object is thrown; fachali, v. t. sing.; fachoti, pl. fachama, pp. sing., thrown by a stick, as described under fachachi. fachamoa, pp. pl., thrown by a stick, etc. fachamoli,v. t. pl., to throw by spring- ing a stick, as above. , fachanli, fichanli (q. v.), fachanli, v. a. i., to peel up, as bark on a tree, or to scale; to open; to crack open; to burst open, as a bur or pod; to scale, Deut. 28: 27. fachanli, n., peeling up; the act of peel- ing; a crack; lachowa fachanli, Deut. 28: 27. fachanlichi, y. t., scale. to cause to peel; to BYINGTON] fachammi, fichammi, v. t. sing., to throw by springing a stick; cf. fachachi, pl. fachammi,n., one who throws by spring- ing. facho™"wa, v. n., to be scaly; to have scales, Deut. 14: 9. faha, pp., waved. fahakachechi v. t. caus., to swing; to ' cause to vibrate; to vibrate. fahakachi, v. a. i. pl., to swing slowly and heavily, as a bag filled and laid across a horse swings as he walks along; to seesaw; to swingle; to vibrate; to wave; toundulate; frequently, to swing or wave, as aleaf inthe wind; to vibrate, as the pendulum of a clock; takant faha- kachi, v. a. i., to dangle; fahakanchi, nasal form; fahakahanchi, freq. form. fahakachi,fahakachi, pp.,swung; made to vibrate; vibrated; waved; whirled. fahakachi, n., a vibration; a whirling. fahali, fahali, v. a. i. pl, to swing; to vibrate; to wave. fahah, pp., swung; vibrated; shaken; waved; single act like shalakli. fahatichi, v. t. caus., to swing; to vi- brate; to shake; to wave. fahatichi, n., a swinger. fahama, v. t. sing., to beat; to smite; to-strike. fahama, pp., burt. fahama, n., a stripe; a lick; a blow; a lash. fahata, v. a. iigpl., to swing; to vibrate a long distance, as a long rope or grape- vine, when suspended from a tree; to oscillate. fahata, pp.; swung; vibrated. fahata, n., a swinging; a vibration. iahatachi, v. t. pl., toswing; to vibrate; to cause to swing. fahammiy, v. t., to sling; to throw side- ways with a whirling motion; to scourge, Matt.10: 17; fahammat pila, to swing and throw; to hurl; to supplant; to thrust a sickle, Rev. 14: 19. fahammiy, n., a hurler. fahattakachi, n., aswing; aswinging. fahattakachi, fahattakachi, v. a. i. sing., to swing; to turn; fahatkachi, v. t. pl., to swing; also passive; fahatkahan- A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 117 chi, pp., keep turning, Gen. 3: 24; to turn every way, Gen. 3: 24. fahfoa, v. a. i. pl, to move in various directions; to whirl about. fahfoa, pp., brandished; whirled about. fahfuli, v. t. pl., to brandish; to move about in various directions; to turn, as to turn a grindstone; to move about a sword, the arms, the feet (as a child), or the tail (as a cow). fahko, a. sing., long and slender; thin; oski fahko; iti fahko; see fabaspoa. fahko, v.n., to be long and slender; to be thin. fahkochi, vy. t., to make long and slender. fahpo, fappo (q. v.), n., magic. faiokachi, v. a. i., to stagger; to reel; to shake; to wave, asgrowing grain in the wind; to nod; to rock; to roll, as a boat; to totter; to vacillate. faiokachi, pp., rocked; shaken, Matt. 11: 7; faiokanchi, nasal form, reeling; waving; faiokahanchi, freq., to reel; to keep reeling. faiokachi, n., a vacillation. faioli, y. t. pl., to shake; to make them reel; to make them wave. faiotichi, v. t., to vibrate; to shake; to cause to vibrate; to rock. faiotichi, n., a rocker. faiotlakachi, v. a. i. sing., to swing; to shake. faiotlakachi, n., a nod; a shake. faiu"kli, v. a.i., to reel; to stagger; same as chukfulli, to reel’ (q. v.). fakit, n., a turkey, whether domestic or wild—named from’ one of its notes, which sounds like this name; other fowls have received names in the same way. j fakit homatti, n. a male turkey; a gobbler; a turkey cock. fakit inchahe, n.,‘a turkey’s spur. fakit ishke, n., a hen turkey that has raised a brood. ' fakit kucha"kak; n., a young male tur- key, not a year old. fakit nakni,n., a male turkey; a turkey cock. ; fakit salakoba, n., lit., like the liver of a turkey; the name of a plant, called by some hart leaf. fakit tek, n., a hen turkey. 118 fakit ushi, n., a young turkey; a tur- key’s egg. fatkkulih, see favkulli. fako, n., a tree without limbs. fakobli, see fakopli. fakoha, v. a. i. pl., to peel off; to scale off; to drop off; to come off; lukfi at fakoha, the dirt peels off. fakoha, pp. pl., peeled off; dropped off; scaled off. fakoha, n., the _ peelings; pieces that come off. fakohi, y. a. i. pl., to peel off; to strip off; to come off; to scale off; to slough. fakoli, n., a peeling; a stripping. fakoh, pp., peeled off. fakolichi, vy. t., to cause them to be stripped off. fakolichi, n., a peeler; a stripper. fakopa, v. a. i. sing., to peel off; to scale off; to drop off; to come off; to shell. fakopa, pp., peeled off, etc.; shelled. fakopa,n., the peeling, or piece that comes off. fakopli, fakobli, v. t. sing., faili or fakoti pl., to peel; to scale; to strip; to tear off, or up, as to peel off bark, or tear up a floor. fakopli, n., a peeler; a stripper. fakoplichi, v. t. caus., to cause to strip, to peel, etc. fakowa, pp., peeled; scaled; stripped; torn up. fakowa, v. a. i. pl., to scale off, ete. fatkulli, fatkkulih, v. t., to throw mud, etc., with a stick. falaia, a., long; tall; lengthy; livelong; prolix, drawn, as wire; tkfalaio, a., short. falaia, pp., elongated; lengthened; pro- longed; protracted. falaia, v. n., to be long or tall. falaia, n., length; tallness; height; lon- gitude; a strip. falaia alhpesa, a., ample; long enough. falaia itshah, a. comparative degree, longer; thus falaia, long; falaia i™shati, longer; falaia i%shat tati, longest. falaia i2shat tali, a., sup. degree, long- est. falaiachi, v. t., to lengthen; to elongate; to prolong; to protract; to spin out; to make long, Josh. 6: 5. scalings; BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY (BULL. 46 falaiakat auataka itshah, n., oblong, the length is longer than the width. falaiat ia, v. a. i, to grow long; to lengthen. falatkna (by metathesis), properly fa- natkla n., a large yellow squirrel. falakto, n., a crotch; a fork. falakto, a., forked; crotched. falakto, v. n., to be forked. falakto, v. a. i., to fork; to divide into two prongs. falaktuchi, v. t., tomakea fork; to cause it to fork; lapish falaktuchi, to make the horn fork. falaktuli, v. t., to make a fork or crotch; to fork. falama, v.a.i., to return; to turn back; to turn about; to backslide; to turn; to recede; to fall back; to react; to recoil; to revert; to revolve; falamat achukmat tcha, restored whole, Matt. 10:13; 12:13; 17:9; Josh. 4:18; 7: 3; falamat ialashke, I will return, Matt. 12:44; infalama, v. t., to return to him; i”falamahe keyu, a., irrecoverable; he will not return to him; falahama, freq. falama, pp., returned; turned back; re- duced; refunded; reverted. falama, falama, n., a return; a turning back; a backslider or turncoat (?); a recess; a defection; aregress; i%falama, a recovery; a render. falamaka,n., the return; the turning back; afalamaka, the place of turning back. falamakachi, falamakachi, v. a. i., to recoil; to start back suddenly. falamat, adv., again, as falamat anya, he comes back again. falamat abeka, v. a. i., to relapse; to become sick again. falamat a®ya, v. a. i., to return along; to come back again. falamat atya, n., the return. falamat a”ya, n., a returner. falamat ala, v. a. i., to return; to return and arrive; to come again. falamat alhtoba, pp., refunded; repaid; also n., repayment. falamat chumpa, v. t., to redeem; to return and buy. falamat ia, v. a.i., to go back; to return; to retrograde. falamat ia, a., retrograde. BYINGTON] falamat minti, v. a. i., to start back. falamat okcha, v. a. i., to revive; to come to. falamat okcha®ya, v. a. i., to revive; to rise as from the dead. falamat okcha*ya, pp., resuscitated; re- vived; n., a revival. falamat ona, v. a. i., to return. falamat tani, v. a. i., to rise again, John 2: 22; Matt. 16: 21; 17: 23. falamichi, falammichi, v. t., to return; to cause to go back; to send back; to bring back; see afalaminchi, to answer; Matt. 11:4; falaminchi, v. t., to restore, Matt. 17: 11. falamoa, v. a. i. pl., to return; to oscil- late; see falama; falamohoa, freq. falamoa, pp., returned; turned back; a., elastic. falamoa, n. pl., returns; turnings back; backsliders. falamoaka, u., the returns. falamoa, v. a. i. pl., to go backwards and forwards; to go and return more than once. falamolichi, v. t. pl., to cause to go backward; to cause to turn from or return; to cause them to go and return; itifalamolichi, 1 Sam. 18: 7. falamolichi, n., a returner; returners. falam isht ikhana, n., a compass, an instrument used in surveying land; “an instrument to learn where the north is.”’ falama, see falama. falama, n., a relapse. falamakachi, falamakachi, vy. a. i., to recoil; to start back suddenly. falamakachi, n., a recoil; a recoiling. falammi, n., the north. falammiy, a., north. falammi, vy. n., to be north; i”falammi, it is north of it. falammi chohmi, northerly; northern. falammi fichik, n., the north star; the north polar star. falammi hashi aiokatula itintakla,n., northwest; between the west and north. falammi imma, falamimma, a., ady., northern; northerly; northward; north- wards. falammi mali, n., the north wind; Boreas. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 119 falammi minti, a., northern, i. e., come from the north. falammi pila, adv., northwards; toward the north; northerly, but not in the north. falammi pilla, adv., at the north; to the north; away to the north; northern; in the north. falammi pilla, a., arctic; polar. falammichechi, v. t., to reclaim; tocause to return. falammichi, v. t.sing., to return;to bring back; to give back; to back; to cause to retreat or recede; to avert; to defend; to recall; to reduce; to reflect; to refund; to remit; to render; to repel; to replace; to repulse; to restore; to retaliate; to retribute; to revert, 2 Sam. 24: 13; winfalammichi, to swap back; to return toeach other; falamotichi, pl.; ilefalam- michi, v. ref., to return himself; falam- minchi, nasal form, i%falamminchi, v. t., to recompense him; to re-cede; to re- turn to him; see falamichi. falammichi, i9falammichi, n., a return- er; a restorer; a return; i”falammichi, n., a restitution. falammichit anumpuli, v. t., to retort; to answer again. falammichit ishi, v. t., to recapture; to retake. falammichit miha, vy. t., to respond. falammichit pila, v. t., to retort; to cast back. falammichit pila, n., a return. falammint, contracted form of falam- michi. falammint atobbi, v.t., to reimburse; to repay; to refund. falammint alhtoba, a., repaid; falam- mint ikalhtobo, a., unrepaid. falammint boli, v. t., to replace. falammint chumpa, v. t., to redeem; to buy back; to repurchase. falammint chumpa, n., a redeemer; a repurchaser. falammint chumpa, n., redemption; a repurchase. falammint chumpa hinla, a., redeem- able; can buy and return it. falammint fohki, y.t., to reinstate; to return and place in. falammint heliche, v. t., to reinstate; to return and set it up. 120 falammint hoyo, falammint ihoyo, to reclaim; to return and look after. falammint i2kanchi, falammint kan- chi, v.t., to re-cede; to reconvey; to sell back to him. falammint ima, falammint ibbak fohki, v. t., to render; to restore; to give back; to redeliver; to return and place in his hands. falammint ishi, v. t., to recover; to get again; to resume; to retake. falammint ishi, n., a recovery. falammint isht ia, v. t., to carry back. falammint isht ona, v. t., toreconvoy. falammint nanabli, v. t., to regorge. Falisi, n., a Pharisee. fahi, v. t. sing., to brandish; to wave the hand, as to beckon with the hand; to flirt; to sweep; to vacillate; to wave; to whirl; to whisk. fali, n., a brandisher; a whirler. fati, n., a whirl. fanatkla, see fulavkla. fapa, fopa (q. v.), v. a. i, to roar, as wind. fappo, fahpo, n., magic; tricks; enchant- ment; witchcraft; conjuration; a charm. fappo, pass., charmed. fappo onuchi, v. t., to practice magic or tricks upon; to charm. fappo onuchi, n., a charmer; an en- chanter. fappo onuttula, pp., practiced upon with tricks. fappuli, v. t., to charm; isht infappuli, v. t., to reprove. : fappuli, n., a magician. fappuli imponna, n., a skillful ma- gician. fataha, a., waving in the wind; sita fataha, a ribbon. fatali, v. a. i., to swing; to wave. fatalichi, v. t., to cause to swing or to wave. fatema, v. a.i., to open the eyes like an infant. fatohachi, v. a. i, to swing round; fatohanchi, nasal form; fatohahanchi, freq. fatoma, fatuma, pp., opened, as a clasp knife, or the eye; nishkin at infatumat oklatok, Matt. 9: 30; ikfatomo, a., unopened. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY (BULL. 46 fatummi, fitammi, v. t., to open his own eyes; to unclose; to open (a knife); to untwine. fatummi, u., an opener. fatummichi, v. t., to cause to open, i.e., the eyes of another; to make him open. fatummichi, n., an opener. fachanli, v.a.i.; see fichanli, and fachanli, to crack open, as chestnut burs, pea pods, ete. fala, pp. pl. of fakopa, scaled off; oksak jalla, shagbark hickory; pecan (?) fala, n., a crow. fala atoni, n., a scarecrow; one that watches the crows. fala atoni, v. t., to watch crows. fala chito, n., a raven. fala imisito, n., a May apple; a man- drake. fala intanchi, falaknimushi, n., a mandrake. falakna, see fanakla. falla, v. a. i. pl., to peel off. falli, pl. of fakopli, v. t., to scale off; to peel; hashi atitihakshup a” falli, the sun peels off the bark of the tree; isito a” falli, peel the pumpkin. falushi, n., a crow’s egg; a young crow. fama, n., a whipping. fama, pp., whipped; flogged; chastised; scourged; lashed; punished; chastened; ikfamo, a., unpunished; unchastised; not whipped. fammiy, v. t., to whip; to flog; to chas- tise; to scourge; to lash; to castigate; to chasten; to correct; to discipline; to leather; to punish; to lick. fammi, n., a, whipper; a castigator; achas- tiser; a chastener; a lasher; ascourger. fammi, n., a whipping. fanakla, falakna, a fox squirrel—fannak- la and not fallakna—J. E. fani, n., a squirrel. fani hasimbish holba, n., yarrow or wild tansy. fani imalakusi, n., a lizard that changes his color; a chameleon. fanilusa, n., a black squirrel, rarely seen in the Choctaw Nation: fani okchako, n., a gray squirrel. fani shapha, n., mistletoe. fani ushi, n., a young squirrel, BYINGTON] fanikoyo, n., a sycamore tree—lit. ‘‘the squirrel does not climb it’? (Sixtowns word). fanitasho, n., a gray squirrel. fappo, see fappo. fatokachi, v. a. i., to wiggle; to shake loosely, as the loose blade of a knife. fattahachi, v. a. i., toshake, asa leaf; to swing back and forth quickly as leaves shaken by the wind and with noise, or as a loose penknife blade. fehna, fena, fehnha, v. a. i., to do in- tensely, or considerably; to effect a good deal; itafehna, to fight, 2Sam. 14: 6. fehna, fiena, a., much; very; real; own, John 1: 41; self; exceeding; excessive; exorbitant; intense; intimate; intrin- sic; mighty; particular; passing, as passing strange; peculiar; quite. fehna, fiena, v., n., to be much, very, real; ikfehno, Matt. 7: 11. fehna, adv., well, Matt. 17:5; John 2: 10; much, Matt. 6: 7; very; often; ex- tremely; far; freely; heartily; ma- turely; mightily; mighty; most; much; oft; richly; rapidly; terribly; griev- ously, Matt. 8: 6. fehna keyu, adv., seldom; little, Matt. 6: 80. fehnakma, in nitak yamma fehnakma, in that very day, Matt. 7: 22. fehnachi, v. t., to make much of; to ef- fect much; ilefehnachi, v. ref., to think much of himself, Matt. 13: 22 [?]; to make much of one’s self; to praise one’s self; to boast; to make much of himself; fienachi, pro. form; tlefehnachit nowa, to stalk; to strut; to walk proudly; ile- fehnachi, a., proud; vain; arrogant; consequential; self-important; dJefehna- chi, v. n., to be proud; ilefehnachechi, v. t., to make proud; tefehnachi, n., pride; vanity. felami, filammi, u., a branch or a limb, of a tree or of a river; itinaksish filam- mi, Gen. 40:12; bok ushi filammi, prong of astream of water. felamichi, n., a branch; a limb, Gen. 40: 10. ' Fibueli, n., February. fichak, fichak, n., the dew, or water (from any cause), as the rain standing in drops like the dew on the grass or elsewhere; dew drops. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 121 fichak champuli, n., a honey dew; a sweet dew; a mildew. fichak chito, n., a heavy dew; a great dew. fichak kashatha, n., a honey dew; a mildew; a sweet dew. fichak toba, v. a. i., to fall, as dew; to become dew. fichama, v. a. i., to spring; to spring open, as a door when pushed; to fly open. fichama, pass., sprung open; sprung and thrown. fichamoa, v. a. i. pl., to spring and fly. fichamoa, pp. pl., sprung open. fichamoli, fichammi (q.v.), pl., to spring them; to throw them by springing. fichanli, fachanli (q. v.), v. a. i., to open; to crack open, as pods, bean pods, etc. fichanli, pp.,a., cracked open; opened. fichanli, n., a cracking open. fichapa, v. a. i., to fork; to divide into two parts. fichapa, pp., a., forked, as a road. fichapa, n., a fork. fichapoa, v. a. i. pl., to fork. fichapoa, pp. pl., forked. fichapoa, n., forks. fichapoli, v. t. pl., to fork; to turn off, as to turn off from a road. fichapolichi, v. t. pl., to cause to fork. fichabli, v. a. i. sing., fichapa, pp. (q. v.), to fork; to turn off, Matt. 2: 22. fichablichi, v. t., to cause him to turn off. fichammi, fachammi, (q. v.), v. t., to spring and throw; to spring open by pushing against. fichik, fochik, n., a star; stars; planets; a planet, Matt. 2: 2, 7. fichik a®sha, a., starry. fichik atia, n., the orbit of a planet. fichik asha, v. a.i., to have amaurosis; anfichik asha, I have amaurosis; chit- Jichik asha, thou hast amaurosis. fichik baieta, n., the yard stars. fichik chito, n., a large star; a planet that appears to be large, as Venus and Jupiter; Lucifer; Saturn; Venus; Ves- per. fichik heli, n. pl., shooting stars; teors; flying stars. fichik hika, n. sing., a shooting star; a meteor. fichik homma, n. a red star; Mars. me- 122 fichik isi nalta silhhi, n., the yard stars; the ell stars; lit., the stars that track the wounded deer. fichik issuba, n., the stars called the pointers, or dipper, or butcher case, that point toward the North Star; lit., the horse star. fichik laua, a., starry. fichik luak, n., a blazing star. fichik lukoli, n., a constellation. fichik potoli, n., a blazing star; a comet. fichik shobota, fochik shubota, fichik shobulli, n., a comet. fichik tohwikeli, n., starlight. fichik watalhpi, n., the seven stars, pleiads, or pleiades. fichonli, fochonli, v. a. i., to scale off. fichonli, pp., scabbed off; scaled off. fichonlichi, v. t., to scale off; to cause it to scale off. fichukbi, n., aden; ahole in the ground. fihobli, v. t., to satisfy; to gratify by treatment, as in feeding, paying, or treating well; to cloy; to slake; to suf- fice. fihobli, n., a satisfier. fihobli, a., satisfactory. fihoblichi, v. t., to make satisfied; to satisfy the mind. fihoblichi, n., a satisfier. fihopa, v. a. i., to stalk. fihopa, pp., satisfied; gratified; cloyed; sufficed; ikjfihopo, a., unsatisfied. fihopa, n., satisfaction; gratification; sa- tiety. fihopahe keyu, a., insatiate; insatiable. fik, n., a fig, Matt. 7: 16. fikomi, see isht afikomt. filatkitsin, n., frankincense. filama, pp., turned away; hashinfilahan- mashke, Peter 2: 11; filammi, v. t., itin- filama, pp., separated from each other; disunited; parted. filamoa, pp. pl. turned away from; turned from; iti®filamoa, turned from each other. filamotechiy, v. t., to turn them away from it or them; to separate from and turn away; to part them from each other; mikmat ititfilamotechikmat, and when he separated them from each other, Matt. 25: 32; late edition, itinfilamoli- chi. filamotechi, n., a separator; a divider. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY (BULL. 46 filamoli, v. wu. i. pl, to turn away; to branch, as the limb on a tree; itirfila- moti, to turn from each other; to part; itifilamoti, pp., separated from each other. Filanchi, n., French. Filanchi anumpa, n., French, or the French language. Filanchi hatak, n., a Frenchman. Filanchi okla, n., the French people, or nation; Frenchmen. Filanchi yakni, n., France; French coun- try. filammi, felami (q. v.), a branch of a tree or stream. filammi, v. a. i., to turn away; to turn from, Matt. 2: 12; Josh. 1: 7, 8; to leave; to depart from, Matt. 4: 11; Luke 4: 13; Chihowa ya™ itfilammi; 1 Kings 11:9; a%filammit, depart from me, Matt. 7: 23; itinfilammi, to turn away from each other; to part; i%filammi, to leave him; to turn from him; aiin- jilammi, to turn away from at. This differs from filammi, to depart out of. filammi, n., obliquity; izjilammi, n., a turncoat; one that turns away from him. filammichi, v. t., to cause to turn away from; to lead off from, Josh. 5: 9; to cause to go from; to cause to branch off from; itinfilammichi, v. t., to turn from each other; to separate them; to disunite. filamminchi, yv. a. i., nasal form, to branch; to shoot or spread in branches. filamminchi, n., a branch, of the limb of a tree or a water course; a fork; a knag; a prong; a bay, Josh. 15: 2; 18: 19; bok filamminchi, branch of a creek; naksish filamminchi, branch of a limb; naksish filamoli, pl., branches of a limb. filehkachi, y. a. i. pl., to turn back and forth; nashuka yat filehkachi, their faces turn back and forth; itihishi at filehka- chi, the leaves of the tree turn, ete. filekachi, n., a turning. filema, v. a.i. sing., to turn the person, i. e., one’s own person; to turn round; to turn over; to turn, as in looking back; filemat chikpsokashke, to veer; Chisas ash ot pit filema, ‘‘ Jesus turning unto them,”’ Luke 23: 28; to turn about, Matt. 7: 6; 9: 22;to turn, Josh. 8: 20, 21. BYINGTON] filema, pp., turned round; turned back. filemachi, vy. t., to turn; to veer. filemat itola, v. a.i., to turn over; to fall over; to capsize. filemoa, vy. a. i. pl., to turn over and over, or backwards and forwards; to veer; to turn this way and that way; jilemoat pisa, to look around, Mark 11: Ad. filemoa, pp. pl., turned over; turned. filemotechiy, v. t., to cause to turn away; to sever from, Matt. 13: 49; see fila- motechi. filemoli, v. t. pl., to turn over; Mark 11: 15. filetakachi, v. a. i., to turn once sud- denly. filitka, filitko, adv., very; achukma - filinko, very good, used by some per- sons. filimmi, v. t. sing., to turn it over; to come about; to upset; to turn away, 1 Kings 11: 2, 3, 4; holisso han filimmi, to turn the book over; filihimmi, Josh. 7: 8; mali hat filimmi, v. a. i., the wind turns. filimmichi, v. t. caus., to turn it over or round. filimmikachiy, v. t., to turn. fima, pp., scattered; sowed; sown; strewed; disseminated; dissipated; sprinkled; o”fima, pp., sprinkled on; ik- Jimmo, a., unsowed; seed not sown; osapa ikafimmo, a field unsown (the a is locative. ) fima, v. n., to be scattered; to be dissi- pated. fima, v. a. i., to scatter; to dissipate. fimibli, v. t. pl., to sow; to scatter; to strew; to disperse; to dissipate, but not liquids; to spread; see fatabli, to spill; itafimibli, v. t., to dispel; to disperse; to shatter. fimibli, n., spreader. fimibli, n., a spreading. fimiblichi, v. t., to scatter; to sputter; to cause to scatter. fimimpa, a., sparse. fimimpa, adv., thinly. fimimpa, pp., scattered; dispersed; strewn; dissipated; diffused; littered; sowed; sown; spattered; sprinkled, 2 Kings 9: 33; ikfimimpo, a., neg. form, a sower; a scatterer; a A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 123 unscattered; itafimimpa, dispelled; scattered from each other, John 10: 12; dispersed; itafimimpa, pp., interspersed; scattered with; scattered abroad; Matt. 9: 36; ofimimpa, pp., spattered on; sowed on, as seed. fimimpa, v. a. i., to dissipate; to scatter; to disperse; itafimimpa, to scatter about; to scatter apart from each other; wak at fimimpa, the cattle disperse; hoshonti at fimimpa, the clouds disperse; ita- jfimimpa, to scatter or disperse from each other; to straggle away from each other. fimimpa, n., a dispersion; the state of being scattered; litter; itafimimpa, n., a dispersion, James1: 1. fimmi, v. t., to sow; to scatter; to dis- perse; to dissipate; to issue; na jimmt, to sow something; to diffuse; to dissemi- nate; to seminate; to spatter; to sprinkle; jihimmi, Matt. 12: 20; iba- Jimmi, v. t., tointersperse; to sow with; orfimmi, v. t., to splash on; to sprinkle on; to sow on. fimmi, n., a sower; a scatterer; a dis- seminator. fimmichi, v. t., to scatter; to sprinkle; to cause to scatter. fimmichi, n., a scatterer. fimpkachi, pp., sowed;sprinkled,as when water is sprinkled on the ground by shaking a garment. fimpkachi, y.a.i., to scatter; to sprinkle. fiopa, n., breath; expiration; respira- tion; a whiff; wind; a blast, Josh. 6: 5; safiopa, my breath. fiopa, v. a. i, to breathe; fiopali, I breathe; fiopa, to draw a breath; v. t., to expire; to respire; to whiff; o®fiopat foyuki, to breathe into, Gen. 2: 7; ilafi- opa, to inhale; to snuff up; to inspire; to snuff; to draw in the breath. fiopa ikfalaio, a., short-breathed; breath not long. fiopa imokpulo, n., the asthma; breath bad for him, or breathing bad for him. fiopa isht aiopi, v. a. i, to expire; to breathe the last time. fiopa kobafa, n., broken wind; short breath. fiopa kobafa, a., short-winded; short- breathed. 124 fiopa taha, a., broken-winded; breath- less; breath exhausted; short-breathed. fiopa tati, v. t., to exhaust the breath. fiopa tapa, a., dead; breath-sundered. fiopa tapli, v. t., to destroy life, Luke 6: 9; fiopa intapli, to separate the breath. fiopat taha, v. a. i., to pant. fiopat taha, n., broken wind; short breath. fiopachi, v. t., to cause to breathe; to give breath; to bring back the breath; to save. fitekachi, v. a. i., to veer about; to whirl, as a top. fitekachi, n., a whirling. fitekachi, pp., whirled. fitelichi, v. t., to whirl quickly; to cause to fly and whirl as a handkerchief or a flag when suspended and shaken by the wind. fitelichi, n., one that whirls. fitiha, v. a.i., to whirl about; to veer about; to shift about. fitihachi, v. t. caus., to whirl about. fitilema, pp., turned over, i. e., from be- ing under another person or thing to bring it on top; hatak at fitilema. fitilimmi, v. t., to turn over, from being underneath; to bring on top as may be seen when two men wrestle and one is thrown, but he gets the ascendancy of his antagonist. fititekachi, pl. of fitekachi, pp., whirled. fititekachi, v. a. i., to whirl; to veér. fitukhak, n., name of a bird often called the yellow hammer, or yellow wood- cock. : fo, adv., may be; perchance; as katima iafo, where may he have gone. fobassa, see fabassa. fochi, see foechi. fochik, see fichik. fochik shubota, see jichik shobota. fochonli, see fichonli. foe, n., honey. foe akmo, n., beeswax; bee bread. foe bila, foi bila (Josh. 5: 6), n., honey or ‘‘bee oil’’; melted honey or honey oil. foe bila hakshup, n., honeycomh. foe bila iti atsha, n., wild honey; wood- land honey; honey in the woods. foe bilishke, foishke, n., honey bee or honey bees; those which collect the BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 honey; the mother of the honey; foe bilishke hocheto, n., big bees. foe bilishke i"mitko, n., the queen bee. foe bilishke inchuka, a bee hive; a bee gum. foe bilishke inchuka fohki, v. t., to hive bees. foe bilishke inchuka foka, pp., hived. foe bilishke inchuka i"hoshontika, n., an apiary; a bee house or shelter. foe bilishke i"pokni, n., the drones or grandmother bees. foe hakmi, n., wax; beeswax. foe inlakna, n., bee bread; wax. foe nia,n., honeycomb filled with honey. foechi, fochi, fohchi (M. Dyer); o” foechi, 1. Cor. 8, caption; to sprinkle on water, salt, etc. foeli, fulli, v.t., to pick out; to take out. foha, v. a. i., to rest; to take ease; to ease; to harbor; to recruit; to repose; to respire. foha, n., rest; respite; cessation; ease; an intermission; recreation; a vacation. fohachi, v. t., to give rest; to cause to rest; to rest another; to ease; to harbor; to recreate; to repose; to unburden. ilefohachi, v. ref., to rest himself; hachi- fohachilashke, I will give you rest, Matt. 11: 28. fohchi, see foechi. fohka, foka, v.t., to put in; to put on; as to put garments upon one’s self; to clothe one’s self; to dress one’s self; to ornament; albikachi, v.t. pl., ilalbikachi, we dress ourselves (by putting on more garments). fohka, foka, v. a. i., to enter, Matt. 15: 17; to go into, John 3: 4; chinfoyuka, to be in, Matt. 6: 23; to conceive, Luke 2:21; allainfoka, to conceive, Luke 1: 24; alla infoyuka, to be with child, Matt. 1:18; ilefohka, to put on himself; hence, ilefohka or ilefoka, n., agarment, ashirt; itibafoka, n., a coalition; fovhka, forka, nas. form, foyuka, afoyuka (Josh. 3:3, 6; 4:18), pro. form. fohka, foka, sing., (cf. fohki), albikachi, pp. pl.; put on, as garments; dressed; clothed, Matt. 11: 8; clad; girded; in- closed; put in, as a horse is put into a stable or a field; invested; laded; loaded; lodged; shut; vested; itibafoka, BYINGTON] pp., combined; sabafohka, Matt. 12: 30; forhka, forka, nasal form, being in; be- ing on, Josh. 2: 11, 19; possessed, Matt. 4:24; aiinforka, Matt. 12: 22; aforka, ‘‘is in,’’ Matt. 7:3; forka kano, that is in, Matt. 7: 3; atinforka, possessed with, Matt. 8:16; 12: 40; 17: 27. fohka, foka, n., a lading; a passage; that which is put on; found in compound words, as na fohka, a garment or dress; fohka achafa, a suit of clothes; foyuka, Matt. 12: 40. fothka, fotkka, v. a. i., to roar, as the wind; to murmur; cf. John 3: 8. fothka, n., the sound or roaring of wind, Jobn 3: 8. fohkachechi, v. t., to array another ina garment; to gird; to girdle; na fohka tohbi holitompa ho fohkachechi cha, ar- rayed him in a gorgeous robe, etc. Luke 23:11; some say this word means putting several garments upon another; alla yan fokachechili, I dress the chil- dren; fohkachicht mat, Matt. 27: 28, 31. fohkachi, v. t., todress; to put garments upon another person; toclothe another; to furnish another with clothes; to in- vest; to indue; to ornament; to vest. fohkat a®ya, n., a passage; a passenger. fohki, foki, to putin, Matt. 14:3; I Kings 10: 24; to fall into, 2 Sam. 24: 14; toin- close; to inject; to lade; to load; to lodge; to put; to shut; to tuck; to deliver to, Matt. 5: 25; 11: 27; ibafohki, to com- bine; to hide in, Matt. 13:33; Josh, 2: 24; 6:2; 7:7; itibafohki, to combine together; fohkihchih, fohkichi, v. t., to anoint; togrease; fohoki, freq.; foyuhki, pro. form; itifohki, v. t., to put in to- gether; to unite; to set, asa bone; iti- fohkit ikbi, to frame; itifohkit itabana, framed, p. fohkul, pohkul, n., a hornet; see below. fohkul inchuka, n., a hornet’s nest. fohobli, fohopli, v. t., to take out; to unload; to take and spill; to pour out; to shed forth; o”fohomplilahi oke, Acts 2:17; to put on, Josh. 7:6; fohombli, nasal form. fohobli, n., an unloader. fohoblichi, v. t., to cause to take out. fohopa, v. a. i., to pour out largely; to fall down, Josh. 6: 5; hohtak oka foho- pat illit taha tok, Luke 8: 33; fohompa, A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 125 nasal form, being poured out; fohompa, n., a bunch; a pile; a collection; fohohumpa, freq.; foypa, pro. fohopa, pp., spilled; unloaded; poured out. fohopa, n., that which is poured out; an effusion. fohopli, see fohobli. fohukfunli, see fotukfunli. fobukli, v. a. i., to pant or puff, like a laboring ox; to blow. foi bila, see foe bila. foishke, foe bilishke (q. v.), n., ahoney bee. foiya, see hoiya. foka, see fohka. foka, n., rate. foka, adv., about, as to time, place, de- gree, quality, etc., nitak yamma fokama, about that time, Acts 12: 1; fokama, Matt.1: 11; nitak yamma fokama, atthat time, Matt. 12: 1; hatiohmi foka, how long? Matt. 17: 17; fokatok, were about, Matt. 14: 21; fokama, Josh. 2: 5; 9: 1; in, i. e., in one place; aiasha, for plu- rality of places. foka, fuka, n., a place; aresidence; mitko foka iatuk, he has gone to the king’s or about the king’s; ishke foka iatuk, he has gone to his mother’s, or about his mother’s; itt fuka, about or in the woods, fokahota, adv., perhaps. fokakash, adv. of past time, ago; about that time, at or in that time; agone. fokali, v.i., see 1 Sam. 4: 20; atuk osh illi fokalima, when she made about to die, or went about to die, yamma fokalika, at that time, 2 Kings, 16: 6; fokalechi, with himak, 1 Tim. 5: 22; see yammak- fokalechi. fokachi, n., a dresser. foki, see fohki. fokichi, y. t., to cause to go in; to put in; fokinchi, nasal form; fokihinchi freq. ; fokiechi, pro. form. folokachi; see fullokachi. fololi, folulli, v. t., to go round; to take round; imfolulli, v. t., to edge it; to go round it. fololichi, folullichi, v. t., cause to turn round, as to turn a horse round at the end of arow of corn; to curb; to rein; to guide; toturn; 2 Kings 9: 23; to cause 126 it to go round; ifolololichit achunli, to sew on a border; to border; to skirt; infolullichi, to skirt; to face. folota, fullota,n., acircuit; actionor per- formance in a circle; a round; a zone; the region; the part; an excursion; a period; a wandering; ifolota, its edge; lace; edging; folotoa, pl. circuits; rounds. folota, n., a stroller; a wanderer. folota, a., crooked; roundabout; going round; circuitous. folota, fullota, v. n., to be circuitous, Matt. 2: 22; fullotat Kalile imkaniohmi hon onatok; fullota is a diminutive of folota, to go about slowly; round about, Matt. 14: 35; to come about, 2 Sam. 24: 6; allround, Josh. 13: 2. folota, fullota, y. a. i., to go round; to deviate; to straggle; to stray; to stroll; to swim; to wanton; to wheel. folota, pp., taken round; put round; infolota, edged; skirted; faced. folota, adv., round. folota, a., crooked; roundabout; cuitous. folotat ala, n., a revolution. folotoa, v. n., to be crooked. folotoa, pp., taken round; put round; infolotoa, edged; skirted. folotoa, v. a.i., to go round; to take cir- cuits. folotolichi, v. t. caus., pl.; to turn them round; to cause them to go round. folotolichi, v. t. pl., to put them round. folotowachi, v. t., to take round; to cause to wave backward and forward. folulli, see fololi. folullichi, see fololichi. folumpa, round about, Mark 1: 28; see afolumpa, from afolubli. fotichi, v. t., to pour; o®folichi, to pour on, as water on a plant; foholihinchi, Ps. 40: 2 [?]. fomohachi, y. a. i., to roar, as the wind in the top of a tree; mati hat fomo- hachi. fomohachi, n., a roaring. fomoli, v. a. i., to weary; itafomoli, Gen. 19: 2. fomosa, a., slender; slim; without a border; naked; without hair. foni, n., a bone; stone, as of a peach, etc.; shell, of a hickory nut, etc. ; a nut shell. cir- BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY (BULL. 46 foni bano, a., bareboned; bony; full of bones; nothing but bones; raw; raw- boned. foni bano, n., raw bones. foni falammint itifohka, pass., set or replaced, as bones after a dislocation. foni falammint itifohki, v. t., to re- place bones; to set bones; to reduce from a dislocation. , foni falammint itifohki, n., setter. foni hotupa, n., bone-ache; pain in the bones; rheumatism. foni ikbi, v. t., to ossify; to form bone. foni iksho, a., boneless. foni kommichi, n., bone-ache. foni kommichi, v. a. i., to ache in the bones; the bones ache. foni laua,a., bony; full of bones; having many bones. foni lupi, n., marrow; marrow of the’ bones. foni toba, v. a. i., to ossify; to become bone; to form into bone. foni toba, pp., ossified. foni toshbi, n., a rotten bone; rottenness of the bone; caries; an ulcerated bone. foni toshbi, a., carious. foni toshbichi, v. t., to cause the bone to rot; to render carious. fopa, fapa, v. a. i., to bellow; to roar as wind in the top of a pine, or as water falling at a distance in a shower; to estuate; to murmur. fopa, n., a roaring; a roar; a rapid; rap- ids; a sound; fopa hosh mintit ala cha. Acts 2: 2. fopachi, v. t., to cause to roar. fota, adv., perhaps. fotoha, n., a bore; a turn; a grinding; motion of a mill. fotoha, v. a. i., torun, asa mill; togrind; to move, as a grindstone. fotoha, pp., etc., ground; bored; tash Jotoha, ground corn, or corn meal. fotokachi, v. a. i., to shake asa scythe when not tightly fastened to the snath; fotokahanchi, pro. form. fotoli, v. t., v. a. i., to grind; to wind; to bore; to mill; to turn; isht fotoli, to bore with; isht fotolit tumbli, v. t., to mill. fotoli, n., a borer; one who bores; a miller; a grinder; a turner, a bone BYINGTON] fotoli, u., a turn. fotukfunli, fohukfunli, v. a. i., to be out of breath; to pant hard like a run- ning horse. fuka, see foka. fuli, n., a switch; a rod; a twig; aslip;a sprig; a wattle; a wand. fuli atoba, a., wicker, made of a switch. fuli isht fama, pp., switched; whipped with a switch. fuli isht fama, n., a switching; a whip- ping with a switch. fuli isht fammi, v. t., toswitch; tostrike with a small twig or rod. fuli isht fammi,n., a whipper; one who whips with a switch. fuli kaua, n., broken twigs; a name ap- plied to the broken sticks or small split pieces of cane made use of in notifying of any public meeting. They are made and sent by the headmen to others at the time when the appointment is made, and one is thrown away every morning, and on the last morning the last is thrown away, and at night the assembly takes place. fulli, v. t., to gouge; to pick out; to take out; nishkin fulli, to gouge or to pick out the eye; foeli, pro. form. fullichi, v. t. caus., to cause to gouge or to pick out the eye of another. fullokachi, afolokachi, v. a. i. pl., to wan- der; Josh. 14: 10, to rove; to keep mov- ing about; to shuffle; to go round; to circle; to sinuate; folota, sing; fulloka- hanchi, freq., to move round, as a horse in a mill; to roam; to wander; fulloka- hanchi, a., serpentine. fullokachi, n., a rover; a shuffler; fulloka- hanchi, n., a roamer; a trollop. fullokachi, pp., taken round. fullokachi, n. pl., circuits; rounds. fullokachit anumpuli, v. t., to ramble in speaking. fullokachit at™ya, v. t., to ramble; to rove about. fullota, see folota. fullottokachi, v. a. i. sing., to part; to move suddenly, as if by a twitch. fullottokachi, n., a start. fulomoli, a., devious; crooked. fulomoli, v. n., to be devious, A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 127 fulumi; in asht itafulumit yakni yamma ita- nowa chatukon, sermon: Duties to chil- dren, page 13. fulup, n., the shoulder down as far as the elbow. fulup foni, n., the shoulder bone. fulush, n., a clam (a shell). fulush hakshup, n., a clamshell. fulush isht impa, n., a shell spoon. h, an aspirate, at the end of words after a vowel, to indicate a verb or an assertion, etc.; see 0”, a, i.—Note: I think itis the verb to be; siah, I am, etc. (Byington). ha is used before tok and tuk and their compounds, in some sense as a definite article, to make definite the action; hatok, hatuk, it was; as, sabannahatok, that which I want, it was; the want I have; atyalihatok okat, Luke 4: 43; ammihahetuk ash, the, Luke 15: 12; ushi atok, Luke 3: 23; kilik hatak atok, Acts 16, 1. ha, adv., time or times, used after ordi- nals; atuklaha, second time; twice; hituchinaha, three times, thrice; hayak om, after that, 2 Sam. 24:10; Acts 1: 3; hayokmato, John 21:18; haya, Matt. 5: 32; 12: 29; a, ha, or ya is considered as alocativeof time, as in acheki, abilia, atuk, achin, ete. ha, adv., after verbs, meaning after or be- fore next; minti ha, after he comes; ibbak achifa hayor keyukmat, if they had not first washed their hands (hands wash after it is so, if not) they do not eat, Mark 7: 3: alla aleha akosh tinkba kaiya ha yor, Mark 7: 27; pima ha- ma, after, when he has given us, Josh. VT 25 date 7a 2, ha®, a definite particle, in the obj. case, used after verbs, etc.; subj. case, hat, the which; the one which; tamaha han, town it, or town the, Matt. 2: 1; ishia han, are you the one that goes? ha” ig found after verbs and verbal nouns, derived from verbs more frequently than a” or ya”, that which, but holisso han, issuba hat, imanukfila han, chula han, areexceptions. This h may bethe aspirate of the verb, which in speaking is carried over, like ilohia, spoken ilo hia. See a, particle. 128 ha®, ahath (q. v.), adv., no; not so; a word of denial; han keyu, no, it is not so. habali, v. a. i., to tassel, as corn; tanchi at habali; habanli, nasal form. habali, n., a tassel; tanchi habali, a young corn tassel. habali, pp., tasseled. habalichi, v. t., to cause to tassel. habani, a., being ready to tassel. habani, v. n., to be ready to tassel. habefa, pp. sing., a., dented; habefoa, pl. habefa, n. sing., a dent; habefoa, pl., dents. habefoli, v. t. pl., to make dents. habena, y. t., to receive a favor gratui- tously; to receive a present; to receive, Matt. 10: 8; to obtain a favor, applied to receiving money or goods as an an- nuity; habena sabanna, I wish for afavor. It differs a little from asilhha, to beg, be- ing alittle more honorable in its mean- ing. habena, n., a present; a gift; an annuity received; a boon. habena, pp., received as a present; ob- tained as a present; presented. habenachi, v. t., to make a gift; to make a present; to present; to give, Matt. 6: 2; to do alms, Acts 10: 2. habenachi, na habenachi, n., a bene- factor. habenachi, n., a gift; a boon; a bribe, 1 Sam. 8: 3. habenat a®ya, habint atya, v. a. i., to go in quest of a favor. habenat a®ya, habint a®ya, n., one that goes to seek gifts; a beggar, but not in the worst sense; one that solicits char- ity. habiffi, v. t. sing., to dent. habiffi, n., one that dents. habifkachi, pp. pl., dented. habifkachi, n., dents. habifli, v. t. pl., to dent. habi®shak, n., a large grasshopper. habishko, habishko (q. v.), v.a.i., to sneeze. habli, n., a treader; a kicker. habli, n., a tread; a step; the space passed by the foot in walking or running; a pace; the space between the two feet in walking; a kick, BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY (BULL. 46 habli, v. a. i. sing., to tread; to step; to stamp; to kick; to foot; isht habhi, v. t., to kick; to spurn; to trample; to winch, 1 Sam. 2: 29. hablichi, v. t., hatichi, pl., to cause him to tread on it. habofa, v. a. i., to cease; to subside; to abate, as a swelling; to go down. habofa, pp., abated; subsided; gone down; shatali at habofa, the swelling has abated. habofa, n., abatement. habofachi, to disrupt; to scatter a swelling. haboffi, v. t., to reduce; to abate; to diminish; to remove; to cause a swell- ing to abate. haboli, pl., habofa, sing., v. a. i., to cease; to subside; to go down. haboli, n. pl., abatement of swellings, etc. haboh, pp. pl., abated; subsided. habotichi, v. t. pl., to cause swellings to abate; to remove swellings; to scatter them. hacha, adv., perhaps; how? what? in re- lation to something that was not looked for, 1 Sam. 20: 18; John 1: 50; chiyimmi hacha? ishachi hacha, do you say then, Mark 5: 31. hachi®, will; shall, Josh. 1: 6. ha®chi, see hanahclii. hacho, a., a Creek word meaning ‘‘mad.”’ It is found only as part of the war names of men, viz., Tashka hacho, Hopaii hacho (David Folsom), Ishtana- ki hacho (Mr. Dyer’s grandfather), and has an honorable meaning among Choctaw. hachofaktapi, n., the chinquapin tree. hachofakti, n., a chinquapin; the dwarf chestnut. hacho®malhmokki, v. a. i., to swim with the face under water. hachotakni, n., a large turtle, called by some the loggerhead turtle; a tor- toise; hachotakni hakshup, turtle shell. hachotakni okhata atsha, n., a sea turtle. hachowanashi, v. a. i. heels over head. hachowanashi, n., a somerset. hachowanashi, adv., head first; head- long. sing., to fall BYINGTON] hachowanashichi, v. t. sing., to throw another heels over head. hachowani, v. a. i. pl., to fall heels over head. hachowani, n., a somerset performed by a number of persons, or a number of times by the same man; somersets. hachowanichi, v. t., to throw others heels over head. hachukbila"kbila, chukbila"kbila, chukkilakbila (q. v.), chukanakbila, n., name of a bird, the whip-poor-will. hachukbilhka, v. a. i. pl., to kneel; to couch. hachukbilhkachi, v. t. pl., to kneel; to make them kneel. hachukbilfepa, v. a. i. sing., to kneel; to fall on the knees; to bend the knee, Matt. 17: 14. hachuknilepa, n., a kneeler; Aachuk- bilhka, pl. hachukkashaha, n., sorrel; name of a weed; see pichi or pihchi. hachuklampulechi, v. t., to spin, as a spider; to make a web. hachuktampulechi, n., a spinner; a spider which spins. hachuktampuli, chuktampulli (q. v.), u., a cobweb; a spider’s web; an air thread. hachukpalantak, chukpalantak, n., a tree toad. hachumbilhka, y. a. i. Matt. 27: 29. hachunchuba, n., an alligator. hachunchuba, a., being without hair, ag an elephant. hachunchuba, pp., deprived of hair. hachunchubachi, vy. t., to deprive of hair; to cause to be without hair. hafakbi, n., a dent. hah, ha, adv., perhaps; likely; shilup on episa ha, perhaps we saw a spirit. hahchabah, n., a footlog for a bridge; see achaba. hahe, uksak hahe, n., a walnut. hahe api, n., a walnut tree. hahka, hakka, hakha, v. a. i., to loll; to pant from fatigue or from heat or from overexertion; wak at hahka, the cow lolls; ofi at hahka, the dog lolls; akanka yathahka; fakitat hahka; akatka yat hahka the hen lolls. 84339°—Bull. 46--15——9 pl., to kneel, A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 129 hahka, v. t., to loll; to thrust out, as the tongue. hahkachiy, v. t., to cause to loll. hahta, hahwash (Sixtowns word), n., an adder. hahwa, see hawa. hahwash, see hawash. haiaka, v. a. i., to appear, Matt. 1: 20; to come out; to occur; to peep; to show; to transpire; haiaka hinla, a., osten- sible. haiaka, pp., exhibited; presented; un- dissembled; unequivocal; unfolded; manifested; made manifest, John 1: 31; appeared, Matt. 2:7; found, Luke 15: 32; discovered; developed; divulged; elucidated; exposed; illustrated; mani- fested; revealed; haianka, nasal form; ikhaiako, neg. form, not found; unde- tected; ithaiaka, pp., undeceived. haiaka, n., appearance; an opening; an open place. Josh. 3: 4; an exposure; nakedness; ostentation; apeep;ikhaiuko, n., a secret; something not known, or not made known. haiaka, a., visible; in sight; that may be seen; audible; plain; conspicuous; dis- cernible; evident; expressed; frank; full; legible; lucid; manifest; naked; notorious; obvious; open; ostensible; overt; palpable; perspicuous; prom- inent; undissembling. ikhaiak o, a., latent; secret; shadowy; unexposed; unfound; unpublished; vague. haiaka, ady., abroad; out; haiaka pinusi, clearly; legibly. haiakachechi, y. t., to simplify; to make plain. haiakachi, haiakechi, v. t., to cause to appear; to make known; to publish; to show, Josh. 5:6; Luke 4: 5; to mani- fest, John 2:11; to develop; to disclose; to discover; to divulge; to elucidate; to exhibit; to expose; to illustrate; to in- dicate; to manifest; to present; to rep- resent; to reveal; to solve; to tell; to unfold; to unmask; to unravel; haiak- aiyachi, pro. form; ilehaiakachi, to make himself known, Gen. 45: 1; 1 Sam. 3:21; inhaiakachi, v. t., to undeceive; to show it to him; ishilehaiakachi, show thyself, Matt. 8: 4. haiakachi, n., one that manifests; an exposer. 130 haiakat, adv., openly; clearly; mani- festly; plainly; simply. This and other adverbs ending with ¢ precede verbs, as haiakat anoli, haiakat hikia. haiakat anoli, v. t., to unbosom; to tell plainly or openly. Haiaketabi, a man’s name, derivation uncertain. haieli, v. t., to scuffle; towa ya® iti™haieli, toscuffle against each other for the ball. haieli, n., a scufter. haiemo, a., miry; soft, as mud when filled with water. haiemo, v. n., to be miry. haiemuchi, v. t., to make it miry. haili, v. a. i., to get away from him ina scuffle, as towa ya imhaili, to snatch away. haiochi, see haiuchi. haiochichechi,v.t., totear, Luke 9: 39, 42. haiochichi, see haiuchichi. haioli, hioli, v. a. i. pl., to stand up, and sometimes hieli, pl., to stand up erect. haioli, pp., set; placed erect; made to stand up. haioli, n., standers; those who stand. haiolichi, v. t. pl., to set up; to cause to stand; to erect. haiolichi, n., one that sets up; an erecter. haiombish, n., the navel string; the placenta. haiowani, see haiyowani. haiuchi, haiochi, n., a fit; a convulsion; the fits which are incident to hydro- phobia; epilepsy; pp., convulsed. haiuchi, haiochi, yv. a. i., to shake; to convulse, Matt. 17: 15. haiuchichi, haiochechi, haiochichi, v. t., to cause a shaking with fits; to shake with fits; to convulse. haiuchichi, n., a fit; a spasm; hydro- phobia. haiyantalali, biuntalali, bisuntalali, aiuntalali, iuntalali, n., a dewberry, or running blackberry. haiyichichi, n., a fit; spasms. haiyi®hchi, haiyi"kchi, n., the kidney or kidneys; the reins. haiyi"hchi hotupa, n., pain in the kid- neys; inflammation of the kidneys. haiyithchi nia, n., suet; the fat about the kidneys. haiyithchi nipi, n., the kidney meat. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 haiyi"ko, haiyinto, n., soft mud; mire, whether in a swamp, plowed land, or elsewhere. haiyi®ko, a., miry; mellow. haiyi"ko, v. n., to be miry. haiyi"ko, v. a. i., to mellow. chaiyitko, pp., made miry. haiyi®kuchi, v. t., to make haiyitko, mire or soft mud; to mellow. haiyip, n., a pond; a lake; a puddle. haiyip ikbi, v. t., to pond; to make a pond. haiyowani, haiowani, n., a worm called the cutworm. haiyutkpulo, n., a weed; an_ herb, Matt. 13: 32; a plant; a tare, Matt. 13: 25, 26; a vegetable; herbage; a hollyhock; thoroughwort; any weed for which there is no particular name is called by this general name. haiyu®kpulo awatalli, n., a saucepan. haiyu"kpulo holokchi, n., a plant; a planted herb. haiyutkpulo ilhpak, n., sauce; vege- table food. haiyu"kpulo ishkot hoita, n., a vege- table emetic, such as ipecacuanha. haiyu"kpulo nihi, u., the seed of plants. haiyu"kpulo nihi aialhto, n., the cap- sule. haiyutkpulo nihi hakshup, n., capsule or pod for the seed. haiyutkpulo pakanli humma, n., a pink; a weed with a red blossom, par- ticularly the Carolina pink. haiyup, n., a twin; twins. haiyup atta, a., twin born; born at the same birth. hak, the, and itscompounds. Seeak,ete.; but as the compounds of the two differ in some instances, it is best to insert those of hak here at length, that neces- sary comments may be made regarding such particles as require them, having in mind also the different senses of the same word after different parts of speech. Compounds: haka—hakano— hakat or hakat — hakato or hakato —ha- kbano—hakbano, adv., that only— hakcho — hakbanot — hakbat — hak cho? a form of inquiry used in anger—hakhe, etc., probablynot used—hakin—hakinli, ady., also; likewise—hakinli u, pro- the BYINGTON ] noun, meaning self—hakint—hakkia— hakma, probably not used —hako, a particle — hakocha— hakoka— hakokano —hakokat — hakokato —hakoke — hako- kia—hakona—hakosh—hakot. hakbona,a., moldy; ta”sh hakbona,moldy corn. hakbona, v. n., to be moldy. hakbona, n., mold. hakbonachi, v. t., to mold; to cause mold. hakchalhpi, akchalhpi, n., the coarse outer bark of a tree. hakchalhpi shila, n., ross; dry outside bark. hakchihpo, n., driftwood. hakchipilhko, see hakchupilhko. hakchulhkapi, see hakchupilhko apt. hakchuma, hakchumak, n., tobacco. hakchuma ashutka, hakchuma shutka, n., a pipe; a tobacco pipe; a calumet. hakchuma alhfoa, n., a roll of tobacco bound up with bark. hakchuma bota, n., snuff. hakchuma bota aialhto, n., a snuff box. hakchuma hishi, n., a tobacco leaf. hakchuma holba, n., mullein; resem- bling tobacco. hakchuma i®shu2shi, n., worm. hakchuma palaska, n., a brand of to- bacco. hakchuma shana, hakchumak shana, n., a twist of tobacco; a cigar. hakchuma shu®ka, v. t., to smoke to- bacco. hakchuma shuti, n., an earthen tobacco pipe; a tobacco pipe of any kind; a cal- umet; the pipe used among the aborig- inals of America. hakchupilhko, hakchipilhko, akchu- pilhko, hakchupilhkash, n., dog- wood. hakchupilhko ani, n., dogwood berries. hakchupilhko api, hakchupilhkapi, hakchulhkapi, n., the dogwood tree. hakha, hahka, hakka, v. a.i., to loll. hatkha, n., a wild goose. Hatkhaiola, n., place where the goose cries; the name of a creek. a_ tobacco A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 131 ha®khobak, ha®khoba, n., a large, wild water duck called a mallard, resem- bling a wild goose. haklo, v. a.i., to hear; to listen; to assent; to comply; to yield; to attend; to hearken; to heed; to mark; to mind; to notice; to receive; Josh. 5: 1; Matt. 7:24; 18:15, 16; 15:10; 17:6; ikhaklo, not to hear; to dissent; to grudge; to refuse; to abnegate; to deny; to decline; to object; ikhaklo, a., deaf; listless; havklo, nasal form, Matt. 5: 27; haharklo, freq., Josh. 2: 10; haiyaklo, prolonged form; ilehaklo, to hear him- self; John 3: 20 [?]; to listen to himself; ilahaklo, to hear of himself, what is said of him; nana hash hanklo ka, things which ye hear, Matt. 13:17, 43; haiyaklo, intensive form, Matt. 2:17, 18; 12: 19. haklo, n., a hearer; a listener. haklo, a., mindful; ikhaklo, a., mindless; deaf; reluctant; unheard; unwilling. haklo, n., a hearing; heed; ikhaklo, n., a refusal; tardiness. haklochi, v. t., to cause to hear; to make to hear; to inform; to notify; to signify; haklonchi, nasal form; haklohonchi, freq. , made to hear; sahaklohonchi tok, made me to hear, John 15: 15. haklochi, n., one that makes others hear; an informant. haklotokosh anoli, n., an ear witness; he who heard it told. haktopish, haktobish, n., ross, as iti haktopish, the ross of a tree; chaff; bran; shorts; fish scales; scales, Acts 9: 18. hakmo, akmo, v.a.i., to congeal; to cool; to harden, as tallow when it cools. hakmo, pp., a., congealed; hardened; cooled; cast; run; molded, as in a fur- nace. hakmo, n., congelation. hakmuchi, v. t., to cool; to cause to harden; to congeal; to found; to cast. hakmuchi, n., a caster; a founder. haknip, aknip, n., the body, trunk, chest, or frame; the thorax, Matt. 5: 29; 6: 22; 14: 12; siaknip, my body. haknip achukma, n., health. haknip achukma, a., healthy; healthful. haknip bano, a., naked; nothing but the body. 132 a haknip foni, n., the thorax; the bones of the trunk or chest. haknip ikbi, v. t., to embody; to make a body. haknip iksho, n., bodiless; incorporeal; without a body; disembodied. haknip illi, pp., a., palsied. haknip illi abi, n., the palsy. haknip illichi, v. t., to palsy. haknip inla, n., a monster; a strange body; another body. haknip kota, n., feebleness; a feeble body. haknip toba, n., incarnation. haknip toba, a., incarnate. hakonlo, n., name of a weed. haksa hinla, a., fallible; capable of doing wrong; knavish. haksi, a., deaf; drunk; tippled; intoxi- cated; inebriated; boozy; besotted; cunning; wicked; vile; stubborn; obsti- nate; abominable; arrant; bewitched; felonious; roguish; drunken; sinful; deceitful; disguised; double faced; evil; flagitious; fraudulent; fuddled; groggy; guileful; guilty; hollow; immoral; im- pure; insidious; lascivious; lewd; li- centious; mellow; naughty; profligate; roguish; saucy; subtle; tipsy; tur- bulent; unfair; unprincipled; unruly; venal; vicious; villainous; wanton; wicked; wily; nashuka haksi, applied to an old man. haksi, pass., seduced; stunned; swin- dled; deceived; cheated; cozened; de- frauded; deluded; duped; fooled; gulled; muddled; overreached; ilehaksi, self deceived; ilehaiyaksi, Matt. 13: 22; inhaksi, pp., tricked, or he is tricked. haksi, v. n., to be vile, deaf, drunk, sinful, ete. haksi, v. a. i., to act vilely, as ishhaksi, you act wickedly; to inebriate; to get drunk; to wanton. haksi, n., drunkenness; deafness; deceit; deception; guile; a gull; hollowness; inebriation; inebriety; intoxication; lewdness; roguery; a shift; a sleight. haksi, adv., rascally. haksi chohmi, a., boozy; partly drunk; merry with liquor. haksi keyu, a., guileless; guiltless; not haksi, BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 haksicha hinla, a., fallible; liable to be deceived. haksichi, v. t., to beguile, Josh. 9: 22; to cheat; to deceive; to bewitch; to bilk; to impose upon; to mislead; to over- reach; to delude; to befool; to abuse; to cajole; to coax; to surprise; to make drunk; to get drunk; to intoxicate; to cozen; to bribe; to lead astray; to deafen; to debauch; to decoy; to defraud; to delude; to disguise; to dishonor; to dupe; to fascinate; to fool; to fuddle; to gull; to inebriate; to juggle; to lure; to muddle; tooverreach; to palm; to reach; to reduce; to sharp; to sponge; to stun; to swindle; to tantalize; to trick; isht haksichi, v. t., to cheat with; to bribe; ilehaksichi, to deceive himself, Gal. 6: 3; haksinchi, nasal form, haksihinchi, freq., v. t. haksichi, n., a cheater; a deceiver; a rogue; a villain; a rascal; a cheat; a cozener; adefrauder; adeluder; adou- ble dealer; a juggler; a seducer; a sharper; a swindler. haksichi, n., chicane; a fallacy; a fraud; an intrigue; knavery; a lure; a strata- gem; atrick; treachery, 2 Kings, 9: 23. haksichi shai, a., tricky; knavish. haksiepi, see haksipi. haksinchi, a., unexpected. haksinchit, ady., by surprise; or it may be rendered as a verb transitive with a consonant, as to cheat, etc.; haksinchit anta, he deceives and stays. haksinchit abi, v. t., to assassinate. haksinchit abi, n., an assassin. haksint, contracted from haksinchit, ady., unexpectedly; by surprise; sud- denly; haksint ala, to arrive unexpect- edly. haksint ala, v. a. i., to arrive -unex- pectedly. haksint ishi, v. t., to take by surprise; to surprise. haksint ishi, n., a surprise. haksipi, haksiepi, n., rascality. haksit illi, a., dead drunk. haksit okpulot taha, pp., debauched. haksobachi, see haksubachi. haksobish, u., an ear; the skirts, as of a saddle; ears, Matt. 13: 9, 15, 16,43; Luke 4; 21, BYINGTON] haksobish anli, n., a large flying insect, called by some a mosquito hawk or spindle. [Perhaps really haksobish nult.—H. 8. H.] haksobish awiachi, n., an earring. haksobish almo, n. pl., cropped-ears. haksobish almo, a., cropped-eared. haksobish basha, n., a marked ear; a cut ear; a cropped ear; an ear mark. haksobish bashli, v. t., to ear mark; to cut the ears; to mark the ears. haksobish cha%sa, n., a sharp sound in the ear. haksobish chiluk, n., the hole of the ear. haksobish chuta, n., slit ears. haksobish chutafa, n., a slit ear. haksobish chutali, n. pl., slit ears. haksobish hokofa, n., a clopped ear; an ear cut off. haksobish hokoti, n. pl., cropped-ears. haksobish hokoli, a., cropped-eared. haksobish hotupa, n., the earache. haksobish ibakchufanli, n., a foxed ear; an ear cut in the shape of a fox’s ear. haksobish ibakchufa2shli, n. pl.,foxed ears. haksobish iksho, a., earless; without ears. haksobish itakchulali, n. sing., a forked ear. haksobish itakchulatshli, n. pl., forked ears. haksobish litilli, n., the wax of the ear; ear wax. haksobish takali, n., an ear ring; a pendant; jewelry; a jewel. haksobish takalikbi, n., a jeweler; one who makes pendants. haksobish takohi, n. pl., pendants; ear- rings. haksobish tapa, n., a cropped ear. haksobish taptua, n. pl., cropped ears. haksobish walobi, n., the lobe; the lower and soft part of the ear. haksuba, a., harsh; deafening. haksuba, pp., stunned with noise; con- fused; deafened. haksuba, n., confusion. haksubachi, haksobachi, v. t., to con- fuse;-to stun with noise; to deafen; to deafen with noise. haksulba, a., simple; foolish; somewhat deaf. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 133 haksulba, v. n., to be simple, foolish, somewhat deaf. haksulba, n., foolishness; folly; deaf- ness. haksulbachi, v. t., to deafen; to make somewhat deaf. haksun, n., a priming pan. haksun aionchiya, n., the priming pan. haksun chiluk, n., the vent of firearms; the touchhole. haksun chiluk isht shinli, n., the prim- ing wire. haksun hishi, n., the earlock. haksun oncheli, v. t., to prime. haksun onchiya, pp., primed. haksun tapaiyi, n., the temple; the part where the head slopes from the top. haksun tapaiyi hishi, n., the earlock. hakshish, akshish, n., the veins; sinews; arteries; cords; root, Matt. 13: 6, 21. hakshish chito,n , anartery; a big vein; a large cord. hakshup, n., skin; hide; shell; pod; comb; bark; scales; bur; husk; crust; rind; chaff of grain; integument; coat; cuticle; a film; a hull; apeel; peelings; the scarfskin; a tegument. hakshup akuchichi, v. t., to shell. hakshup a®sha, a., scaled. hakshup fachowa, n., scales of a fish, Deut. 14: 9. hakshup hish a®sha, n., a pelt; a raw- hide; the skin of a beast with the hair on it. hakshup ikbi, v. t., to crust; to make a crust; to incrust. hakshup laua, a., scaly. hakshup lufa, n., a paring. hakshup lufa, n. pl., parings. hakshup tabli, v. t., to circumcise; hakshup taptuli, v.t. pl., Josh., 5: 2, 3, 5, 7, 8 hakshup tapa, pp., circumcised. hakshup tapa, n., circumcision, or hav- ing circumcision. hakshup taptua, pp. pl., circumcised, Josh. 5:5, 7. hakshup toba, v. a. i., to produce pods; to form, as skin; to pod. hakta, akta (q.v.), therefore; because. haktampi, n., the armpit, and the spot or place just behind the forelegs of ani- mals, on the chest. 134 halabushli, vy. i., to begin to ripen, as corn, as alaknat ia, to turn yellow. halaia, ahalaia, v. n., to feel an interest in; to be interested in. halaiya, a., interested, concerned. halaiya, n., interest; concern. halakli, halalli, v. t. sing. (see halalli), to hold once; to jerk by seizing; see shalakli, kannakti, chiksanakli. halalua, y. a. i., to be smooth. halalutkachi, v. a. i., to shine. halalu®kachi, a., bright. halalu®kachi, n., brightness. halalu"kachi, pp., made bright. halalu®lichi, y. t., to brighten; to make bright. halali, hallah, v.t. pl., to hold; to draw; to touse; to twitch; to jerk; to work a pump handle; halalli, sing (q. v.). halati, v. a.i., to have the nerves affected. halah, a., nervous. halal, n. pl., a drawing; an affection of the nerves; a jerk; a twitch. halali, n., a jerker. halatichi, v. t. caus., to employ others to draw; to make them draw; to cause the nerves to be affected; itahalatichi, to make them draw together. halambia, n., a scorpion. halambisha, n., a bat. halampa, hallampa (q. y.), n., a ring- worm; a tetter. halanchila™wa, n., a lizard. halanchila"wa chito, n., a horned frog. halanli, n., a hold; a restraint; a stay; see halalli. halanli, n., a bolder. halat, hallat, adv., a contraction from halalli. halat akkachi, v. t., to pull down; to pull and down it. halat isht a”ya, hallat isht a®ya, v. t., to tow; to draw and take along; to tug. halat kuchi, v. t., to pull out. halata, v. a.i., to abate; to subside; to assuage; to remit. halata, pp., assuaged; abated; oka fa- lama chito yokat halatatokoke, the waters of the deluge abated. halata kallo, a., headstrong. halatali, v. t., to assuage; to abate. halatat taha, a., low; entirely abated; gone down. halalli, v. a. i., to draw. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 halalli, n., a drawer; a holder; a hauler; an occupier; a puller; a supporter; an upholder. halalli, a., tenacious. halalli, halakli, v. t. sing., to keep; to occupy; to own; to preserve; to pull, Matt. 5: 29; to support; to treat; to tug; to cleave to; to draw, Matt. 13: 48; to hold; tosustain; to uphold; io lead; to conduct; to haul; to cling to; to drag; to grapple; to hale; to hand; to have; to jerk; to withhold; to catch, Matt. 14: 31; itihalalli, to draw together; to cleave together; to join; 7i”halalli, to draw against each other; to pull against each other; itihalalli, pp., joined in marriage; halanli, to bear up, Luke 4: 11; to be holding: to hang or to hold on; to restrain; to retain; to stay; to steady; to suffer; pit halanli, to hold to, Matt. 6: 24. halalli, n., adraw; a gripe; a haul; a pull; a support; a tug. halallichi, v. t., to make him draw; iti- halallichi, to cause them to unite or embrace, as in wedlock; to marry; to join; ohoyo itihalallicht (or itahalallicht), to marry him to a woman. halappa, see halupa. halasbi, halusbi, a., slippery; glib; smooth; shining; halalua and halalu”kea- chi, pl. halasbi, v. n., to be slippery. halasbichi, halusbichi, to make slip- pery; to glib; to lubricate. halatkachi, v. a. i. pl., to abate; halata, sing. halatkachi, pp., assuaged; abated. halatkachi, n., the state of being as- suaged or abated. hale! or alleh!, exclamation of children, uttered in time of distress. haleli, v. t., to touch, but not with the hands; to affect with disease; sahaleli, it affects me, or I am affected with; to catch, as a disease. haleli, n., a contagion. halelili, v. t., to have caught; to graze. halluts, see haluns. haloka n., son-in-law; father-in-law; an appellation proper only for those who sustain this marriage relation, and not even used by others in speaking of them; a man who sustains the relation BYINGTON] of uncle calls his niece’s husband ha- loka, and the latter calls this uncle haloka in return. haloka, a., sacred; beloved; dear. halonlabi, halunlabi, halunlawi, n., the largest kind of bullfrog. [The word is to be found in Halunlawa?sha, ‘‘Bull- frogs are there,’ or, more concisely, “Bullfrog place,’’ the name of a village which stood on the site of the present Philadelphia, Neshoba County, Missis- sippi, and is recorded on Bernard Ro- mans’ map of 1775 as Alloon Loan- shaw.—H. 8. H.] halupa, haluppa, halappa, a., sharp; acute; keen; fine; piked; poignant; rough; rude; rugged; shrill; ikhalupo, a., dull; not sharp; obtuse. halupa, v. n., to be sharp, acute, keen. halupa, pp., sharpened; filed, as a saw; pointed; whetted. halupa, n., sharpness; keenness; edge; an edge tool; point; roughness; tanap arya ima halupa, armor, 1 Kings, 10: 25. halupa, ady., sharply. halupa tuklo, a., double-edged; two- edged. halupoa, v. n. pl., to be sharp. halupoa, a., sharp; keen; acute. halupoa, pp. pl., sharpened. haluppa, see halupa. haluppachi, y. t. sing., to sharpen; to edge; to file a saw to sharpen it; to point; to tip; to whet. haluppachi, n., a whetter. haluppalli, v. t. pl., to sharpen. halu2s, yalu2s, hallus, n., the leech; a bloodsucker. halu®s chito, n., the horse leech. halusbi, see halasbi. halusbichi, see halasbichi. halussi, see holusst. halushki, n., lubricity; sleekness. halushki, a., smooth; sleek; glib. halushki, v. n., to be smooth; to be sleek or glib. halushki, pp., smoothed; sleeked; lubri- cated; planed. halushkichi, v. t., to make it smooth or sleek; to plane; to glib; to sleek; iti- basha ya” halushkichi, to plane a plank; to make smooth the sawed wood. hata, n., name of a serpent. hatan, n., a large blackbird. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 135 hah; in alla nakni siahalili, Iam a boy; perhaps it should be adili, from which comes ahnili. [hamintini, n., the june-bug.—H.8. H.] hamo, adv.; in imaiithana ateha haino, John 4: 8; see amo and yamo. hanahchi, hatchi, y. a. i., to hop on foot. hanahchi, n., a hopper; a hop. hanaiya, a., triangular; three cornered; nantapaski hanaiya, a three-cornered handkerchief. hanaiya, n., a triangle; the shape made by splitting a square handkerchief diagonally. hanaiyachiy, v. t., to make a triangle. hanali, n., a limb of the body, or a quarter; one limb of a quadruped with the adjoining parts; a member; hanali okpulo, lame, Matt. 15: 30; halt, Matt. 18: 8. hanalushta, n., the four limbs; the four quarters of any animal. hanaweli, v. t., to double a handker- chief diagonally, tie it over one shoul- der, and around the body under the other arm, and wear it. hanaweli, n., one who wears a hand- kerchief thus. hanannu®ki, v. n., to be dizzy. hananukichi, y. t., causative, to cause dizziness. hanchi, v. t., to shell, as to shell off the outer shell of hickory nuts. hanla, ha®ya, pp., shelled. hanlichi, v. t., to shell or shuck hick- ory nuts. hannali, hannali, n., six; 6; VI; the number six. hannali, a., six. hannali, v. n., to be six; hannali hoke, there are six; see below. hannali, v. a. i., to make six; as ehan- nali, we make 6; hannalashke, Josh. 6: 3. hannalichi, vy. caus., to make six; hun- nalet abelih, I killed off six, or took six and killed; lichi is contracted to let. hano, part., as for the; antishw hano, Matt. 12:17, 18. hanta, a., nas. form, from hata (q. v.), pale; white; bright; clear; ripe, ag grain ready for the harvest, John 4: 35; wan; peaceable; anumpa hanta, Matt. 4: 23. 136 hanta, v. n., to be pale, white, bright, clear, wan. hanta, n., wanness; righteousness; peace. hantachi, vy. t., to make white, clear, bright. hap, n., a harp, 1 Kings 10: 12. hapalak, n., a weevil; an insect which destroys ripe grain in the crib. haponaklo, v. a. i., to listen; to attend; to give attention; to lend an ear, Josh. 1: 17; to give ear; to hear; to hearken; tohark, Matt. 11:5; 17:5; isht haponuklo, to hear with, Matt. 18: 9, 43; 18: 15, 16: ikhaponaklo, neg. sing., not to hear; ikhaponaklo, a., deaf; surd, Matt. 11: 5; halhpanaklo, pp., to be heard. haponaklo, n., a hearer; an auditor; a hearkener; a listener; sahaponaklo, my hearer (distinguish between this word and aponaklo, to inquire of) . haponaklo, n., a hearing; an audience. haponaklo achukma, a., heedful. haponaklochi, y. t., to cause to hear or attend. hapukbo, n., down; the fine soft feath- ers of fowls. hapullo, n., the seat of a man; the ramp or the protuberant part behind; the buttocks. hasimbish, n., the tail; a skirt. hasimbish fali, v. t., to whisk; to flirt the tail. hasimbish foka, n., a crupper. hasimbish hishi, n., the hair of the tail. hasimbish humma, hasimbichomak, n., a large red-tailed hawk. hasimbish tapa, n., a cropped tail; a bobtail; a short tail; a dock. hasimbish tapa, v. n., to be bobtailed; to have the hair cut short. hasun, n., a bug that lives on the surface of water. hash, renewed mention particle and its compounds; thesaid; thesame; see ash and its compounds. The meaning of hash is nearly the same as ash, but as it occurs in a different connection, and chiefly for euphony’s sake, I shall enter the word separately. Usually hash fol- lows verbs, ash and yash nouns. nan imatithana aleha hash, his disciples, Matt. 16: 20. hashke, let it be, Matt. 17: 4; see ashke. Compounds: hashano— hashato — hashin — hashinli— hashkia— BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 46 hasho”, the said, John 4: 42—hashocha, obj. case—hashoka, obj. case—hashoka- kon—hashokakocha—hashokakosh—hash- okano—hashokat—hashokato —hashoke— hashokia—hashona—hashosh, the said, John 4: 33; Luke 6: 2; ohoyo hashosh, Josh. 2: 4; nan imaiithana aleha hashosh, the disciples—hashot, the; the said, John 4: 11, 25, 40. hashaya, see hashaya. hashitka, n., a pallet made of bearskin or buffalo skin. hashi®ko, n., name of a plant, the leaves good for food mixed with tafula (In- dian hominy). hashintak, see shalintak. hashonti, v. a. i., to be puny, like liposhi; hashontichi, caus. form. hat, adv., in akostininchili alhpesa. hatachi, v. a.i., to ripen; to grow white; takkon at hatachi, the peaches ripen. hatachi, a., ripe; white. hatachi, n., ripeness. hatafo, n., hail; a hailstone, Josh. 10: il. hatatfo, v. a. i., to hail. hata®fochi, v. t., to cause it to hail. hatafottula, v. a. i., to hail; to fall, as hail. hatak, see atak. hatak, hatak, n., a man; Matt. 9: 2; 18: 12; a person; a husband (hatak at ikimiksho, she has no husband); a being in some senses, but not in all; a human being; mankind; folk; folks; a mortal; mortals; a subject; an in- habitant; Kenan hatak, Matt. 10: 4; a red man; a native; an Indian, being used to distinguish the red men from the whites; hatak at ikbi, a red man made it; hatak an, a man, Matt. 15: 11. This word implies nationality; a man of the nation to which the speaker or the hearer belongs. hatak inkoi, an In- dian mile; na hollo inkoi, an English mile. eKalili hatak, an inhabitant of Gallilee. hatakis a Jew witb Jews, see Luke 10: 30; i”hatak, n., a husband; a consort; a lord; her lord; her man. hatak abeka, n., a patient; a sick man. hatak achafa, n., one man; an individ- ual. hatak afoha, n., a tavern. hat, ahni BYINGTON] hatak ahalaia, a., personal; pertaining to a man. hatak aholopi, n., a graveyard; a bury- ing ground; a cemetery; a tomb; a sep- ulcher; a place of burial; a catacomb; a churchyard. hatak aianumpuli, n., a council ground; a place where men talk. hatak aianumpuli chuka, n., a council house. hatak aiattahe keyu, a., uninhabitable. hatak aiyimita, n., a zealot. hatak anuksita, n., a gallows. hatak anuksiteli, n., the hangman. hatak anuksiteli, v. t., to hang a man there or on. hatak anuksitkachi, n. pl., the gallows. hatak anumpa isht aya, n., an ex- press; a messenger. hatak anumponli, n., aspeaker; a coun- cilor; a counselor. hatak anumpuli, n., a talking man; a pleader; hatak tkanumpolo, a mute; a dumb man. hatak asahnonchi, hatak asonunchi, n. sing., an elderly man; a presbyter; hatak asahnonchika, pl., elderly men; elders. hatak ashosh, the men, hatak ashosh okla nuktakancha, they marvelled, Matt. 8: 27. hatak awaya, n., a married man; mar- ried by a woman, i. e., she has married him. hatak abi, v. t., to murder; hatak bitka abi is the usual expression, to kill a fel- low-man. hatak abi, hatak bitka abi, u., a mur- derer; a man slayer; a homicide; a man killer; see Rev. 21: 8. hatak abi, n., murder; manslaughter. hatak abi, a., tragical; murderous. hatak abi, pp., murdered. hatak abit tali, v.t., to murder or kill all the men. hatak abit tah, n., a murderer of men; aman killer. hatak afikommi, n., a barefaced man; an impudent man. hatak alhpesa, n., a gentleman; a fair man; a moral man. hatak alhtoka, n.,a committee man; a man that has some appointment; a com- A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 137 missioner; a delegation; a deputation; a legation; an official man; an officer. hatak apa, n., a cannibal; an anthro- pophagite; a man eater. hatak api humma, n., a red man; a man of ared trunk or stalk; an Indian; a native of America; aborigines of America; aboriginals of America. hatak api humma i®mitko, hatak api humma mi®ko, n., a sachem; a saga- more; a mi®ko or mingo. hatak api humma inchuka, n., a wig- wam; an Indian cabin. hatak at, u., aman, Matt. 9: 9. hatak baleli, n., a runaway. hatak baska, n., a gambler; a gamester. hatak bitka abi, n., murders, Matt. 15: 19, hatak chakapa, n., a blackguard. hatak cha®shpo, n., the ancients; an ancient man. hatak chafa, n., a runaway. hatak chilita, n., a blade; a bold, for- ward man. hatak chito, n., a giant; a great man. hatak chitokaka, n., a great man; a ruler; a lord; a noble; hatak hochito- kaka, pl., the great men; rulers and magnates. hatak chuka achafa, n., a family; a household; a house; men of one house. hatak chu"kash apa, n., animalcule from which musquitoes grow, called by some wiggle tails. hatak chu"kash kallo, n., a_ hard- hearted man. hatak chunna, n., a bare bones; a very lean person; a skeleton. hatak fappo, hatak fappo, n., a magi- cian; a conjurer; a soothsayer (Ba- laam), Josh. 13: 22. hatak fappoli, n., a magician, Gen. 41:8. hatak haiaka keyu, n., a recluse; a her- mit. hatak haksi, n., a bad man; a rogue; a villain; a caitiff; a rascal; a scoundrel; the wicked, Matt. 13: 49; 16: 4; aman given to crimes of any kind; a drunken man; a culprit; a debauchee; an evil doer; an evil worker; a knave; a profli- igate. hatak haksi atapa, n., a ruffian. hatak haksi okpulo, n., a renegade. 138 hatak haksichi, n., an impostor; a sharper; a cheat. hatak halalli, n., the old-fashioned man- ager of funerals, who picked the bones of thedead and buried them and pulled up the red poles at graves. hatak hikia puta, n., all men; all men in general; all standing men. hatak hilechi, v. t., to man; to set men} to place men; to furnish with men. hatak himaka, n., the moderns. hatak himmita, n., a young man; a chap; a lad; a shaver; a swain; a youth. hatak himmitaiyachi, n., a young man. hatak himmitacheka, pl., young men. hatak himmithoa, p|l., young men. hatak himona ohoyo itauaya, n., a groom. hatak hobachi, n., an efligy. hatak hobak, n., a poltroon; a coward; lit., a castrated man; a castrato. hatak hochitoka, n. pl., the great men; senators; rulers; lords; elders, Mark 11: 27. hatak hochitoka itanaha, n., a sen- ate; the council of great men; elders, Matt. 16: 21. hatak hofahya, n., a shamed man; a guilty man. hatak hofahya iksho, hatak hofah- yiksho, n., a barefaced man; a shame- less man. hatak holba, n., an image or shape of a man; a picture of a man; the resem- blance of a man; a statue. hatak holba isht washoha, n., a pup- pet; an image of a man for a toy. hatak holhkunna, n., a witch;a wizard; a dreamer; a necromancer. hatak holhpa, pp., nettled. hatak holhpa, n., a stinging worm; a nettle; one kind of caterpillar. hatak holhpalii, v. t., to nettle. hatak holhpalli, n., a caterpillar whose hairs are poisonous. hatak holhpalli holba, n., « caterpillar resembling the one above named. hatak holhtina, n., a census of the in- habitants; men numbered. hatak holissochi, n., a scribe; a secre- tary; a writer. hatak holissochi imponna, n., a pen- man; a skillful writer. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 hatak holitompa, n., anobleman, John 4: 46; a rich man; a gentleman. hatak holitopa, n., a gentleman; a respected man; a beloved man; a rich man; a worthy man. hatak holitopa banna, n., an ambitious man. hatak hopi, n., a funeral; a burial; an interment. hatak hopoksia, n., a wise man. hatak hopoyuksa, n., a wise man; the magi, Matt. 2:1; a sage; hatak hopoyuksa yosh, a wise man, Matt. 7: 24; hatak ikhopoyukso yosh, a foolish man, Matt. 7: 26. hatak hotina, n., a capitation. hatak hu"kupa, v. t., to kidnap. hatak hu®kupa, n., a thief; a kidnaper; a man-stealer. hatak hu®kupa peni fokat atya, n., a privateer. hatak hullo, n., a priest; the name also of one of the officers of government in ancient times; a sacred man (almost obsolete). hatak hulloka, u., an encl.anter. hatak ithaklo, v. a. i., to listen to a man, i.e., to aseducer; to commit adul- tery (by awoman); n., a fornication. hatak i2haklo, n., an adulteress; a forni- catress; a man listener. hatak ithaklo, n., adultery, as commit- ted by a woman. Hatak itholahta, n., name of one of the great Choctaw families, the laws of which affect marriages, one of which is that any person may not marry another belonging to the same family. hatak itkana, n., humanity; kindness to men. hatak itkana achukma,n.,a hospitable man. hatak i2kanohmi, n., a relation; kin- dred; a man’s relations. hatak ikhana, hatak ithana, n., an ac- quaintance; a friend; lit., a known man. hatak ikhananchi,n., a tutor; a teacher. hatak iksitopo, n., a cripple. hatak ilakshema shali, u., a spark; a blade; a fop; a coxcomb. hatak ilawata, n., a brag; a bragga- docio; a boaster. hatak ilbasha, n., a poor man. BYINGTON ]} hatak ilbasha inla anukcheto, n., a pauper. hatak illi, n., a dead man; a corpse; a corse; relics; remains. hatak illi achopa, hatak illi chopa, n., the hunters for a funeral or pole- pulling who furnish venison, ete., for the company on that occasion. hatak illi aiasha, u., tombs, Matt. 8: 28. hatak illi ashali, n., a hearse. hatak illi asholi, n., a bier. hatak illi foni aiasha, n., an ossuary; a charnel house. hatak illiisht afoli, n., a shroud. hatak illi isht afoli, v. t., to shroud. hatak illi isht anumpa, n., an obituary. hatak illi shilombish aiasha, n., the place of departed spirits, sometimes identified with hell. hatak illichi, v. t., to murder; to cause death. hatak illichi, n., a murderer. hatak imabachi, n., a teacher; an in- structor. hatak imanukfila, n., the mind of man; the understanding of man; the thoughts- of man. hatak imanukfila achukma, n., a man of good mind, or good affections. hatak imanukfila apissanli achuk- ma, n., a candid man. hatak imanukfila a™sha, n., a man of mind. hatak imanukfila holitopa, n., a saint; a holy-minded man. hatak imanukfila ikkallo, a., feeble- minded. hatak imanukfila iksho, n., a block- head; a fool; a dunce. hatak imanukfila shanaioa [or sha- naia—H.§8. H.], n., a capricious man. hatak imanukfila tu2shpa, n., a wit; a ready-minded man. hatak i2?mi®ko, n., an undertaker; the manager of a funeral, or for the disposal of the dead, as practiced in former times. He presided over the ceremo- nies, especially at the feast. hatak i2moma, n., a dwarf; a pigmy. hatak impashah, u., an epicure. hatak imponna, n., a proficient; a learned man. hatak inla, n., a stranger; a foreigner; another man, Matt. 17: 25, 26. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 139 hatak inlaua, n., polyandry on the part of the woman; lit., having many men. hatak intakobi, n., a sluggard; a lazy man; an idler. hatak intitkba, n., an ancestor; his an- cestors (and by his mother’s side, or of her family; but see hatak tinkba). hatak i{nukkilli, n., a man hater. hatak isikopa, n., an epicure; aglutton, Matt. 11:19. hatak isht ahalaia, a., human; pertain- ing to man or mankind. hatak isht ahollo, n., a wizard. hatak isht atia, n., the human race; generation of man; the human species. hatak isht atia, a., descended from man; belonging to the human race. hatak isht atia, v. n., to be descended from man. hatak isht afekommi, u.., a prig. hatak isht ilawata, hatak nan isht ilawata, n., a braggadocio; a brag; a braggart. hatak isht unchololi, n., the descend- ants of man; progeny. hatak itahoba, n., an assembly of men; a collection; a gathering; a congrega- tion of men. hatak itakhapuli shah, n., a hector; a rioter; a rowdy. hatak itachowachi, n., a peacebreaker; a breeder of dispute or quarrels. hatak itanaha, u., an assembly of men; a collection; a congregation; a multi- tude; a convention; a council. hatak itanaha petichika, n., a mod- erator. hatak ithana, see hatak ikhana. hatak ititkana, n., friends; mutual friends. hatak ititmiko, n. pl., the managers of a funeral or pole pulling. hatak iti=nanaiyachi, n., a peacemaker. hatak itishali, n., a boxer; a man who carries a club. hatak kamassa, n., a strong man; a firm man. hatak kamassalleka, n. pl., aged men; men advanced in years. hatak kamassalli, n., an aged man; a firm man. hatak kanomona (from hatak kanohmi ona), n., a crew; a gang; a number of men, 140 hatak kauasha, n.,a man somewhat past middle age and low in stature. hatak kauashachi, n., approaching old age; being past middle age. hatak kania, n., an exile; a straggler. hatak keyu, n., no man; a worthless man. hatak kostini, n., a wise man; a sensible man; a civil man; a moral man. hatak lakna, n., a yellow man; a mu- latto. hatak laua, n., a crowd; a multitude. hatak laua itanaha, n., a mob; a mass. hatak laua yahapa shali, 1, a rout. hatak lauat a®ya, n., a caravan; amul- titude of travelers. hatak litiha okpulo, n., a sloven; a dirty man. hatak luma, n., a recluse; a silent man. hatak lumbo, n., an individual; one man. hatak lusa, n., a black man; a black moor; a negro. hatak lusa haui, n., a wench; a black woman who is a strumpet. hatak lusaiklanna,n., a mulatto; a half black man. hatak lusa isht atiaka, n., a zambo; a descendant of an African. hatak lusa i? yakni,n., Africa; the land of negroes. hatak lusa i2yannash, n., an elephant or African buffalo. hatak lusa i{yannash noti isht itibbi, n., ivory; the tusk of an elephant; lit., the fighting tooth of an African buffalo. hatak lusa lakna, n., a mulatto; a yel- low negro. hatak lusa nipi humma, n., a mulatto. hatak lusa ohoyo, n., a black woman; a negress. hatak lusa ushi, n., a zamhbo; a son of an African. hatak makali, n., a groveler; a scrub; a wretch. hatak moma, n., the world; all man- kind. hatak moma okchalinchi, n., the say- ior of the world, or of all men. hatak na pilesa, n., a laborer; a work- ingman; a hireling. hatak nakni, n., a male (opposite to the female, who is hatak ohoyo); a man; a brave man. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY (BULL. 46 hatak nan achefa, n., a launderer; a laundryman. hatak nan anoli, n., an informer; a newsman; a notifier; a tale bearer. hatak nan apesa, hatak nana apesa, n., a committee; a court; a senator; a judge. hatak nan apistikeli alhtuka, n., a trustee. hatak nan chumpa, n., a merchant man, Matt. 13: 45. hatak nan i®holitopa, n., an avaricious man; a hard-fisted man; a hunks; a scrimp. hatak nan i*hollo, n., aniggard; a miser. hatak nan ikhana, n., a doctor, i. e., one qualified to teach. hatak nan ikithano, n., a savage; a heathen; an ignorant man. hatak nan inlaua, n., arich man; aman of wealth or property. hatak nan ithana, n., a learned man; a man of learning or knowledge; a statesman. : hatak nan ithana ilahobbi, n., a pe- dant. hatak nan olabechi, n., a hinderer; a peacemaker; a mediator. hatak nana yoshoba isht nukha®klo, n., a penitent man; a penitent. hatak nanumachi, hatak nanuman- chi, v. t., to backbite; to defame. hatak nanumachi, n., a backbiter; a defamer. hatak nanumachi shah, n., backbiter. hatak nipi achukma, a., hale; healthy; n., a healthy man. hatak nipi tohbi, n., a white man; the ' white man. hatak nipi tohbika, n. pl., white men; the whites. a great hatak nowat a®ya, n., a pilgrim; a way- farer; a traveler; a lodger. hatak nukoa shali, n., a churl; a hot- brained man; a hotspur; a madcap. hatak nuksiteli, n., a death man; a hangman; an executioner. hatak nusilhha shali, n., a blunder- head; a booby; asleepy fellow; a dunce. hatak ohoyo, n., a woman; a female. hatak ohoyo ikimiksho, n., a bachelor; a single man; an unmarried man. BYINGTON ] hatak okishko, n., a sot; a bibber; a tippler; a drinker. hatak okishko atapa, a., intemperate; drunken. hatak okishko shah, n., a hard drinker; a great drunkard; a bacchanalian. hatak okla, n., humanity; mankind. hatak okpulo, n.,a monster; a profligate; a wretch. hatak ona, n., manhood. hatak osapa to®ksali,n., a farmer; a planter; an agriculturist. hatak owatta, n., a huntsman. hatak palammi, n., a potentate. hatak pa2sh amo, n., a barber. hatak pa®shi, n., man’s hair; a scalp. hatak pa®ya, n., a crier. hatak pelichi, n., a ruler; a headman; a leader; a leading man. hatak petichika, n. pl., rulers; head- men; grandees. hatak peni isht aya, n., a pilot. hatak pishukchikanchi, n., a milkinan; a dairy man. hatak puta holhtina, n., a census of all the people; the number of the men. hatak sipokni, n., a graybeard; an old man; an elder. hatak shaui, n., an ape, 1 Kings 10: 22; a monkey. hatak shema shali,n.,a fop; a cox- comb; a dandy; a man _ excessively fond of dress. hatak takchi, u., a constable; a sheriff; ‘a man tier.’’ hatak tasembo, n., an insane person; a lunatic; a maniac; a rake. hatak tasembo aiasha, n.,a madhouse; a lunatic asylum. ~ hatak tamaha petichi, n., a mayor. hatak tanap a®ya, n., men of war, Josh. 6: 3; 8:3. hatak tekchi imantia, a., henpecked; n., a henpecked husband. hatak titkba, n., a man’s uncles; a fore- father; elders, Matt. 15:-2; antinkba, my living uncles. hatak titkba, n., an ancestor or anteces- sor; an ancient; the ancients; antiquity. hatak titkba atiha, n., all antiquity. hatak toba, n., manhood. hatak totksali, n., a laborer; a hire- ling; a working man; a workman, Matt. 10: 10, A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 141 Hatak Ushi, n., the Son of Man; Jesus Christ, John 3: 13, 14; Matt. 8: 20; Hatak Ushi okato, the Son of Man; Halak Ushi yat, Matt. 10: 238; Hatak Ushi at, Matt. 18:11. hatak wishakchi, n., the tip end men; remnants of men; the last, or least among men. hatak yahapa laua, n., a rabble. hatak yopisa, n., a spectator; a looker- on. hatak yopula, u.,a jester; a joker; a humorist; a wag. hatak yopula shah, n.,a great joker; one addicted to joking. hatak yoshoba, n., a lost man; a man who has wandered out of the way; a fallen man; asinful man; a sinner; a malefactor; a wretch. hatak yoshubii, n., a snail. hatak yuka, n., a bondman; a prisoner; a captive. hatak yuka atoksali, n., a penitentiary; a state prison, where prisoners labor. hatak yuka keyu, n., a freeman. hatak yukpali, n., a man pleaser. hatak yushpakama, n., a bewitched man. hatak yushpakammi, v. t., to bewitch a person. hatak yushpakammi, n., a witch; a bewitcher ; ikhitsh isht yushpakammi, Rev. 21: 8. hataklipush, n., a hen hawk. hatakwa, a., like wood beginning to rot. hatambish, n., the navel; the navel string; the umbilicus; see haiomlhish. hatapofokchi, hatapofukchi, ibafak- chi, hatabafakchi. u., a prairie hawk. hatapushik, hashtapushik, hatapa- shi, hatapushik, hashtampushik, n., a butterfly. hataffo, n., a grasshopper. hato, hatoh, adv. of certainty. See toshke. Wekehato? heavy indeed, when not thought to be so; chi banna hato? hatoh chikeh, hachi moma hato? are ye also yet? Matt. 15: 16. kahato, old style of kaheto.—N. Graham. hatotfalaha, n., an eschalot; an onion; a leek; a scullion; shachuna is a name in use among the Sixtowns Choctaw for an onion, 142 hato"falaha chito, n., an onion; a large onion or eschalot. hatok, hatuk, hattok, sign of the re- mote past tense, with ha prefixed. See haand atok. These words pertain to the grammaras ‘‘particles;’’ cf. Matt. 13:13; anyali hatuk keyu, [am not come, Matt. 9: 13; atok, Matt. 9: 13—Com- pounds: hatoka —hatokako — hatokako- cha—hatokakona —hatokakosh; hatoka- kot —hatokano— hatokato—hatokat— ha- tokato— hatokinli—hatokkia—hatokma— hatukma; nan isht alhpisa hetukma, the parable, Matt. 13: 18—hatokmako, ha- tukmakon, the sake of, Matt. 16: 25— hatokmakocha— hatokmakona—hatokma- kosh — hatokmakot — hatokmano — hatok- mat—hatokmato—hatukon, for, Matt. 14: 4—hatokocha—hatokoka; hatukoka, be- cause, Matt. 14: 5—hatokokano — ha- tokokat — hatokokato—hatokoke — hatoko- kia—hatokona—hatokosh; hatukosh in hohchafo hatukosh, Matt. 12: 1; hatukosh, for, Matt. 13: 44—hatokot; iknatokahato expresses a wish as well as certainty; as, he will not fail to be wounded. hatokbi, a., pale; whitish. hatokbi, v. n., to be pale; hatak nashu- ka yat hatokbi, the man’s face is pale. hatokbichi, v. t., to make pale; to bleach or whiten. hatombalaha, hatomalaha, n., a beech; a beech tree. hatombalaha ani, n., a beech nut. hatomma, see hatuma. haton lakna, a., brown colored. haton lakna, v. n., to be brown col- ored. haton lakna, n., brown color. haton laknachi, v. t., to color brown; to brown. hatonchi, v. a. i., to jump; to leap, as a man or a hobbled horse; hatak at ha- tonchi, the man jumps. hatonchi, n., a jumper; a leaper. hatonli, nasal form pl. of hatulli (q. v.); to jump. hatonli, n., a jumper. hatosh, atosh, yatosh, the compound particle made of at and osh, a strong contradistinctive of the simple definite a; alat osh atsha, BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL, 46 hatosh, adv., not; not so; said when a person corrects his own statements; similar to chikimba. hatoshba, atoshba, yatoshba, adv., cannot; nevercan. Holisso han (Book it) pisali (see I) heywu kat (not who) itha- nala (learn I) hatoshla (never can); issa- manoli (thou me tell) keyukma (if not) ithanala (learn I) hatoshba (never can). hatoshke, adv., truly, John 4:19[?]; cer- tainly; spoken as an inference from facts which took place without the knowledge of the speaker; see toshke and hato. hattaui, v. a. i., to prance. hattauichi, v. t., to cause to prance. hattauichi, v.a.i., to ride ostentatiously. hattauichi, n., a prancer. hatuk, hattuk, see atuk and hatok, Matt. 4: 24; those which were; those which had been, implying continued state of, or condition in; the immediate past tense; with the particles a, ha, ya, did; was; has; had; has been; had been; chinchuka ialihatuk, I was on my way to your house; hatuk, have, Matt. 2: 2; sabannahatuk, I have wanted and want now; timatyalihatok keyu, I came not to them, past tense completed. Com- pounds: hatukan, the; intishu hatuk an, who sustained the relation of servant to Moses, and although Moses was dead, retained the name; had been and was the servant of Moses, Josh. 1: 1.— hatukakon— hatukakocha—hatukakoka— hatukakokat—hatukakona—hatukakosh — hatukakot — hatukano — hatukato — ha- tukat; intishu hatukat, Matt. 8: 13—ha- tukato— hatukinli—hatukkia — hatukma, Matt. 7: 24—haltukmakon, for the sake of, Matt. 18: 5—hatukmakocha—hatuk- makona — hatukmakosh— hatukmakot — hatukmano—hatukmat; umba hatukmat, the rain, Matt. 7: 25, 27; ha, which; tuk, was andis; mat, also, , con.in nom. case; antishu hatukmat, Matt. 8: 8—ha- tukmato—hatukon, by reason of, Josh. 9: 138—hatukocha—hatukoka—hatukokakon, ilappat hatak katiohmi hatukokako, what manner of man is this? Matt. 8: 27— hatukokano — hatukokat, for; because, Matt. 13: 5, 6; Josh. 1: 3; tali paknaka BYINGTON] yor aiitabana hatukokat, rock on there founded for, Matt. 7: 25—hatukokato— hatukoke—hatukokia— hatukona—hatuk- osh—hatukot. hatukchaya, see hatukchaya. hatuko, adv., not (see atuko); hina (road) yat (the) aiyamba (well chosen) hatukon (not) atyalahe keyu (go along I can not). hatukosh, ady., not; nahullo sia nanta hatukosh, as Tam not a white man. hatulli, vy. a. i. pl., to jump, as a hob- bled horse; to canter; hatonlt, nasal form, jumping; isuba hat hatonli. hatulli, n., a jumper. hatullichi, v. t., to cause to jump; to canter. hatuma, hotuma, hatomma, ady., evi- dently; Mashkoki ishittibitokon? Na ka- tihmi hatomma; akbokitok. hatush, see atush. hauachikchik, n., name of one kind of grasshopper. hauatsa, hopatsa, v. a. i., to champ; to chew; to chaw. hauashko, hauwashko, a., sour; acid; tart; acetous; frowsy; hard; rancid. hauashko, v. n., to be sour. hauashko, v. a.i., to prick; to become acid; to quail, i. e., to curdle, as milk. hauashko, n., sourness. hauashko, pp., soured. hauashko chohmi, a., subacid. hauashkochi, v. t., to sour; to make anything sour; to turn sour, etc. haui, v. t., to act the harlot; applied to females not to men, though in the New Testament this word is used in the masculine gender. haui, n., a harlot; a whore; a strumpet; a fornicatress; an adulteress, Matt. 5: 32; Rev. 21: 8. haui, n., lewdness; whoredom; ahaui, whoredom,; 2 Kings 9: 22. haui, a., lewd; lascivious; given to lewd- ness, as an abandoned female; wanton; adulterous, Matt. 12: 39; 16: 4. haui, v. n., to be lewd (a female). haui anukfoyuka, a., wanton; given to lewdness. haui ikbi, v. t., to debauch. haui ikbi, n., a whoremaster. haui itimalhpisa, v. t., to commit adul- tery, Luke 16; 18 old translation, A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 143 haui pelichit nowa, vy. t., to act the whoremonger; to pander. haui toba, v. a. i.. to become a harlot; to prostitute one’s self or herself. haui toba, n., fornication, Matt. 15: 19. haui tobat nowa, v. a. i., to act the harlot. hauk, huk, exclamation, oh, dear; alas; aman says hauk when a woman says aiehna, hauwashko, hauwashkochi, see hau- ashko above. hawa, hahwa, v. a.i., to gape; to yawn. hawa, n., a gaper. ha™wa, n., a locust; the small kind of locust; washa is the large kind. hawachi, vy. t., to cause to gape. hawash, hahwash, n., an adder. haya, adv. of time, after. The particles are suffixed to it. The final syllable ya is changed in some respects for sound’s sake, when some of the particles are suffixed; ha is the true word; ya, yat, yosh, and yo are art. pronouns. In Matt. 1:12 we have ha after ya”, the; also cf. hayokmakosh, Luke 6: 42; ha- yashke, Matt. 17: 9. ha®ya, pp., shelled or shucked, as hick- ory nuts. habishko, n., a sneeze. habishko, habishko vy. a. i., to sneeze. habishkuchi, v. t., to make one sneeze. habishkuchi, n., snuff; maccaboy. hacha, n., a river; the name of Pearl River. hachi, hach, per. pro., n. case of neuter, and passive verbs, 2 per. plu., you; ye or you; hachinusi, you are asleep; hachilli, ye die; hachinukshopa na, Luke 2:10; hachitalakchi, you are tied; ha- chiachukma, you are good, Matt. 5: 48. hachi, hach, per. pro., in the obj. case before active trans. verbs, meaning ‘*you;”’ hachianoli, Matt. 15: 7; hachi- pisalt, I see you; hachipirsa chin ka; Matt. 6:1; hachikhanali, I know you; hachikanimachi, to despise or slight you; Matt. 5: 44, hachilbashacht, to per- secute you, Matt. 5: 44. hachi, hach, pos. pro. prefixed to nouns which are the names of the body and its members or personal qualities; your; hachinushkobo, your heads; hachinish- 144 kin, your eyes, Matt. 13; 16; hachibbak, your hands; hachitekchi, your wives, Josh. 1: 14. hachi®, pos. pro. prefixed to nouns which do not begin with a vowel or with p, ch, 1, t, meaning your, as ha- chinholisso, your books; hachinki, your father; hachin nan alhpoa, your cattle, Josh. 1: 14; see hachim, hachin, chin, ete. hachi®, per. pro., in the dative case, pre- fixed to verbs, and usually translated with a preposition, as, of you, to you, from you, for you, and the like. This form of pronoun for the sake of sound precedes the same letters as described above; hachithullo, Matt. 5: 46; hachin- nukkilli, Matt. 5: 44. hachia, per. pro., 2d per. plu., ye or you; na hollo hachiahoke, Matt. 5: 13, 14, 45; see chia; hachiama, Matt. 12: 34; ye, Matt. 15: 7; 16: 3; hachia hokato, ye, Josh. 1:14; hachia kat, Matt. 12: 34. hachik, n., a small bag; a satchel, such as are made by the Choctaw women. hachik, 2d per. pl., neg. form, ye or you; hachikminto, ye do not come; hachik: chohmokashke, Matt. 6: 2; hachikaya- mihchokashke, Matt. 6: 1. hachim, prefix ed, pos. pro., 2d per. pl. in the obj. case before nouns beginning, with a vowel, as hachimisuba, your, horses; hachimalhtoba, n., your reward, Matt. 6:1; hachimaila, your little ones Josh. 1: 14. See hachin, hachin. hachim, prefixed, per. pro., 2d per. pl., in the dative case, before verbs beginning with a vowel and to be rendered with aprep., as, of you, for you, to you, from you, and the like, hachimanoli, hachim- anumpuli, hachimachilishke, Matt. 5: 20; hachimathtoba, Matt. 5: 46; hachimanuk- fillit, Matt. 5: 44. In Matt. 7: 2; ha- chishnomat and hachim stand in apposi- tion; one is considered to be in the nominative and the other in the dative case. hachim, nom. case before some neuter verbs beginning with a vowel, as hachim okpulo, you are angry, or there is evil in you. See chim. hachimmi, adj. pro., your. hachimmi, v. n., to be your. hachimmi toba, v. a. i., to become your. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 hachin, pre. per. pro., 2d per. pl., in the nom. case before nouns beginning with ch, 1, and t, as hachinchuka, your houses; hachintanap, Matt. 5: 44; but hachin- miha, command you, Josh. 1: 13. See hachin, hachim. hachin, pre. per. pro., 2d per. pl., in the dative case before verbs beginning with ch, 1, and t, and is usually ren- dered with a prep., as, of you, for you, from you, to you, and the like. hachin, pre. pro., your, found before some verbs when not before the noun in the nom. case, as tanchi at hachintaha instead of hachintanchi at taha. hachishno, pro. pl., ye or you; hachishno an, Matt. 7: 1; hachishnoma, you also; hachishnomat, ye also. hachishno, obj. case, you, Matt. 5: 46; 11: 21; hachishno ashor, you; hachishno asho” hachiokpani, rend you, Matt. 7: 6; hachishno akint, yourselves; your own; hachishno akinli, yourselves; your own; hachishno yoka, a., your; hachishno yokat, your; hachishno yokato, Matt. 13: che hachishno, pos. pro., yours; your. hafikbi, v. a. i., to sink, as land. halapoli, v. a. i., to lap over; nilak itor- halapoli; see walapolih. halba, u.,a glow worm; a lightning bug; the matter discharged from sore eyes. Halbamo, n., Alabama. Halbamo okhina, n., the Alabama River. halba2sha iksho, n., ill nature; ill will; see halhpansha iksho. halbabi, v. u., from halla and abi, to have sore eyes, as halla sabi, I have sore eyes. halbabi, n., sore eyes. halbina, n., a present; a donation; a gift; a gratuity; na halbina, a present, 1 Kings 10: 25. halbina, pp., presented; given as a pres- ent. halhpa3sha, v. n., to be amiable, peace- able, kind, etc., Gen. 33: 10. halhpa®sha, n., peace; kindness. halhpa®sha, a., amiable; peaceable; kind; peaceful. halhpasha iksho, halba2shaiksho, a., unkind; cruel; ill natured, BYINGTON] halhpa%shi, adv., peaceably, Gen. 37: 4; v. a. i., to be pleased, Gen. 33: 10. hallati, see halati. hallampa, halampa, n., a ringworm; a tetter; herpes. hallampabi, v. n., to havea ringworm or tetter. halwa, n., a soft-shelled turtle. hata, pp. pl., kicked; trodden. hahi, v. t. pl., to kick; to tread; to step; to stamp, to trample; habli, sing. hali, n., treaders; steps. hatichi, v. t., to cause to tread on; to trample; isht ahalichi, Matt. 7: 6. hama, pp., rubbed; stroked. hammi, v. t., to rub gently with the hand; to stroke. hammi, u., a stroker. hammoli, v.t.; in anumpa alhpisa ya hatak okat kobahafitokoku (or okat) achukmatlit hammotit imantia cha, alhtobat illi tok cha. hanawia, n., suspenders. hanan, hannan, n., a bird called a small eagle, or a hawk; a swift bird of prey. hannali, see hannali. hannanuki, v. i., to turn round; to be giddy. hannaweli; hanaweli, n., one strap of a suspender;. a handkerchief hung over the shoulders like a sword belt; a sling by which to carry things. hannaweli, v. t., to carry, as a gun, with a sling that comes over the breast and under one arm, the gun being be- hind. hapi, n., salt, Matt. 5:13. hapi, a., salt. hapi, v. n., to be salt. hapi, hap, per. pro. we, nom. case, Ist per., social pl. of neuter verbs, as hapi- nusi, we sleep, i. e., we all sleep; hapi- tankla, all with us, Matt. 13: 56. hapi, hap, per. pro. we, nom. case, 1st per., social pl. of passive verbs, as hepi- talakchi, we are bound, i. e., we are all bound. hapi, per. pro. us, ob. case, lst per., social pl., before active transitive verbs, as hapipesa, he sees us, i. e., all of us; hapiakaiya, to follow us, Matt. 15: 23. hapi, hap, pos. pro. our, in the nom. case, prefixed to nouns which are the names of the body and its members, as hapichunkash, our hearts. 84339°—Bull. 46—15——10 A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 145 hapi aialhto, n., a saltcellar; a salt-bin, basin, etc. hapi aiikbi, n., a salt-work. hapi atoba, n., a saline; a salt-work. hapi champuli, n., sugar. hapi champuli aialhto, n., asugar bowl, barrel, box, ete. hapi champuli api, n., sugar cane. hapi champuli okchi, n., molasses; the sirup of sugar. hapi champuli tohbi, n., white sugar, called loaf and lump sugar. hapi champuli yammi, pp., sweetened with sugar. hapi champuli yammichi, v. t., to sweeten with sugar; to sugar. hapi holba, n., salts; resembling salt; saline. hapi kanchi, n., a salter. hapi kapassa, n., saltpeter; niter. hapi kali, kali hapi oka, n., a salt spring; a saline. hapi lakchi, n., coarse salt; alum salt; hominy salt. hapi lakchi chito, hapi lakchi hochito, n., rock salt. hapi oka, n., salt water. hapi okchi, n., brine. hapi okhata, n., salt sea, Josh. 3: 16. hapi pushi, n., fine or blown salt. hapi yammi, pp., salted; seasoned with salt; hapi ikyammo,a., fresh; not salted; unsalted; unseasoned. hapi yammichi, v. t., to salt; to corn. hapi yammichi, n., a salter. hapi®, pre. pos. pro., our, prefixed to nouns that do not begin with a vowel or with p, ch, l, t.; hapi®holisso, our book, or our books. hapi®, per. pro., us, Ist per. pl. in the dat. case before verbs, and usually trans- lated with a prep., as of us, to us, for us, from us. This word is found writ- ten hapim before the same sounds as the above. hapi®, 1st per. pl. social, our; the pro. is removed from the noun in the nom. and placed before the verb, as nakni tashka hapi®hotina, he has counted our warriors. hapia, per. pro. nom. case, we, as hatak api humma hapia hoke, we are all red men. 146 hapim, pre. pos. pro., our, Ist per. social pl. prefixed to nouns which begin with a vowel and sometimes p, as hapim- isuba, our horses. hapim, per. pro., us, lst per. social pl. in the dative case before verbs that begin with a vowel and usually trans- lated with a prep., as to, for, of, etc., as hapimanoli, he told us; hapimanum- puli, he spake to us. hapim, Ist per. social pl., our; the pro. is removed from the noun in the nom. and placed before the verb, as isubat hapimilli instead of hapimisuba hat illi. hapimmi, a., our. hapimmi, v. n., tu be our, or ours, Mark 12: 7. hapimmi toba, v. a. i., to become our. hapin, pre. pos. pro., our, Ist per. social pl. in the nom. case, before nouns be- ginning with ch, 1, and t, as hapin- chuka, our house. hapin, per. pro., us, Ist per. pl., dat. case, before verbs beginning with ch, 1, and t, and usually rendered with a prep., as of, for, to, from. hapin, pos. pro., our. hapishno, per. pro., we, Ist per. social pl., nom. case, i. e., you and I; you and we, etc.; all of us. hapishno, obj. case, us. hapishno, per. pro., our, 1st per. pl.; hapishno akinl, ourselves. has, per. pro., ye or you, as hassathana, ye know me; hassiachi, ye say of me, Matt. 16:15; hassamashke, Josh. 2: 13. hash, per. pro., ye or you, 2d per. pl., - nom. case, before active verbs, as hashia, Matt. 5: 44, 47, 48; 6: 1, 2; 18: 14. hash isht ikhana, see hashi isht ikhana. hashatya, hashatya, vy. a.i., to get mad; to become mad, bristled or vexed; to pout. hashatya, v. n., to pout; to be cross or angry; ilehashaya, to be angry with himself, Gen. 45: 5. hashatya, a., cross; fretful; sulky; surly. hasha"yachi, v. t., to fret; to make a person mad, cross, or fretful. hashcha, n., an offense. hashi, n., the sun; a luminary; a light, Josh. 10:12; hashi at kohchama, when the sun was up, Matt. 13: 6; hashi akon, the sun, Matt. 13: 48; 17: 2. hashi, n., a sunflower. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL, 46 hashi, n., a moon; a lunar month; a month, Josh. 4: 19; 5: 10. [Mr. Byington says of the Choctaw months: ‘But very few Choctaws know all the names or know when the months come in or go out.’”? At first he inserted a list of month names in alphabetical order without stating whether they were obtained from one person or from several. Later he obtained and recorded two others, one October 23, 1854, from Ila- pintabi, and the other December 31, 1856, from Iyapali. Dlapintabi told him that the year began in the latter part of Sep- tember, while, according to Iyapali, it was in the latter part of March. Both of these statements are reconciled by a subsequent note to the effect that the year was divided into two series of six months each, asummer series and a win- ter series. From the time when these are said to have begun, September 21 and March 21, it is evident that the autumnal and vernal equinoxes were taken as start- ing points. The list of months obtained from Tyapali is in almost complete agree- ment with the earliest list recorded by Byington, and therefore is probably more correct than that of lapintabi. It is as follows: March-April, chafo chito (from hohchafo chito, “big famine’) April-May, hash koinchush, May-June, hash koichito. June-July, hash mati. hash watullak. tek imhashi, July-August, August-September, September-October, hash bihi, October-November, hash bissa. November-December, hash kaf. December-January, January-February, February-March, hash takkon. hash hoponi. chafiskono (from hohchafo iskiti- ni, ‘little fam- ine’’). Besides some inconsequential differ- ences the earliest list has hash watonlak instead of hash watullak. No May-June month occurs in this list unless it is rep- resented by ‘‘luak mosholi,” the specific application of which is not given, and BYINGTON ] which appears to have been questioned by Mr. Byington’s later informants. Since, however, a year of twelve strictly lunar months must be corrected at inter- vals to agree with the solar year, the editor suggests that luak mosholi, which means ‘‘fire extinguished,’? may have applied to an intercalary month or period at the time of the annual festival when the year began anew. Ilapintabi’s list differs from that given only in inverting hash koi®chush and hash koichito, and hash mati and hash watullak, the first being made to fall in May-June, the second in April-May, the third in July-August, and the fourth in June-July.—J. R. 8.] hashi achafa, n., a month; one month; one moon. hashi achafakma, ady., monthly. hashi ahalaia, a., solar; pertaining to the sun. hashi aiitolaka, n., the west. hashi aiokatula, n., the west. hashi aiokatula, a., west; occidental; western; westward. hashi aiokatula imma, adv., occidental; westward, Josh. 1: 4; 8: 9. hashi aiokatula mali, n., a zephyr. hashi aiokatula pila, adv., occidental; westward; toward the west. hashi aiokatula pilla, adv., to the west; at the west; away to the west; a., western. hashi akochaka, hashi akuchaka, n the east, Matt. 2:1, 9. hashi akonoli, n., a circle around the sun or moon. hashi akuchaka, hash akuchaka, n., the east, Matt. 8: 11; orient; a., oriental. hashi akuchaka imma, hash aku- chaka imma, adv., eastward; easter- ly; toward the rising sun, Josh. 1: 15; 4: 19. hashi akuchaka okla, n., the eastern people; the orientals. hashi akuchaka pilla, adv., at the east; to the east; in the east. hashi akuchapila, adv., toward the east; eastward. hashi aopiaka, n., the west, Matt. 8: 11. hashi atomi, n., the sunshine; the place where the sun shines. hashi alhpisa, n., terms; the monthly course of females; menses. "y A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE = 147 hashi bolukta, v. a.i., to full, as the moon. hashi bolukta, n., the full moon. hashi himmona, u., the new moon. hashihimmona talali, v.a. i., to change, as the moon; to pass the sun, as the moon in its orbit. hashi himmona talali, n., the new moon. hashi himo auata, v. a.i., to change, as the moon; to appear, as the new moon. hashi himo auata,n., the new moon. hashi holba, a., sunlike. hashi inni, v. t., to bask; to warm by the sun. hashi isht ikhana, hash isht ikhana, n.,awatch; atimepiece; achronometer; a dial; a timekeeper. hashi isht ikhana i2shukcha, n., a fob; a watch pocket. hashi isht ithana chito, n., a clock. hashi isht ithana ikbi, n., a watch maker; a clock maker. hashi kanalli, n., an hour, John 1: 39. hashi kanalli alhpisa,n., an hour, Matt. 8: 13; 10: 19; 15: 28; 17: 18. hashi kanalli isht alhpisa, n., an hour. hashi kania, v. a. i., to go; to disappear, as the sun when eclipsed. hashi kania, n., an eclipse of the sun or moon. hashi kucha, n., sunrise. hashi kuchaka, n., the east. hashi libisha, v. t., to bask in the sun; to get warm by the sun. hashi loshuma, n., the old of the moon. hashi lua, a., sunburnt. hashi lua, v. n., to be sunburnt. hashiluhmi, v. t., to hide the sun, i. e., to eclipse the sun. hashi luma, pp., eclipsed or hid, as the sun. hashi moma, adv., monthly. hashi ninak a®ya, n., the moon, Josh. 10: 12. hashi nitak isht ikhana, n., a calendar; an almanac. hashi okatula, n., sunset; sundown. hashi talali, n., the new moon, Ch. Sp. Book, p. 95. hashi tohwikeli, n., daylight. hashi tuchinakma, adv., quarterly. hashilabi, ushelabi, n., a sty; a disease of the eyelid. 148 hashilli, v. a. i., to change, as the moon; this refers to the old of the moon. hashilli, n., the change or death of the moon. hashintak, n., a comb. hashintak yauaha, n., a coarse comb. haship, u., the breast of a fowl. hashitombi, see hashtomi. hashki, n., my mother, Josh. 2: 13; Matt. 12: 48, 49, 50; mam, or mamma; chishke, thy mother. hashninak atya, n., the moon; a lumi- nary; a light. hashninak a®ya isht alhpisa, n., lunar measurement or calculation. hashninak a®ya tohwikeli, n., moon- light; moonshine. hashontombichi, y. t., to sun. Hashtali, n., the Great Spirit; the gov- ernor of the world, whose eye is the sun. hashtampushik, hashtapushik, see hatapushik. hashtapola, n., the bull nettle. hashtap, hashtip, n., fallen leaves; dead leaves. hashtap inchilakwa, n., chicken pox. hashtap mati shali, n., drift. hashtap yuloli, hashtap yoluli, n., a salamander; a small lizard. hashtomi, hashtombi, hashitombi, n., a sunbeam; sunshine. hashtula, n., winter; the winter season. hashtula anta na topulli, v. a. i., to winter. hashtula chohmi, a., wintry. hashtula iklana, n., midwinter. hashtula tashka chipota aiasha, n., winter quarters for an army. hashtulahpi, n., the fall; autumn; the fall season. hashtulammona, n., the early part of winter. hashuk, n., grass; herbage; sward, Matt. 6: 30; 14: 19. hashuk abasha, n., a place mowed; where grass has been cut; a meadow. hashuk aiamo, n., a meadow. hashuk ashachi, v. t., to mow; to put away hay or grass. hashuk batsi, n., a wild grass of which hand brooms are made. hashuk basha, pp., mowed; mown. hashuk basha shila, n., hay; mowed grass. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 hashuk bashli, v. t., to mow; to cut grass. hashuk basbli, n., a mower. hashuk cha®shlichi, n., a large green grasshopper which sings loud and in the morning. hashuk chito, n., great grass; stout grass; thick and heavy grass. hashuk foka, a., grassy. hashuk hata, n., a bird having a small body and long legs, often seen around water and muddy places. hashuk impa, vy. a. i., to pasture. hashuk impachi, y. t., to pasture; to graze. hashuk ipeta, v. t., to graze. hashuk isht bashli, n., a hook. hashuk isht holmo, n., a thatch. hashuk isht homo, v. t., to thatch. hashuk isht itannati, n., a rake. hashuk itanaha, n., a haycock; a pile of hay; a rick of hay; a mow; a swath of grass. hashuk itannali, y. t., to collect hay; to rake hay. hashuk lohammichi, v. t., to trail the grass. hashuk malli, v.a.i., to lighten; to flash, as lightning (lit., grass leaps, or to leap over grass). hashuk malli, n., lightning; a thunder bolt; electricity; a flash of lightning. hashuk pancha, n., a flag; a blue flag; a “cattail’’ flag. hashuk patalhpo, n., a grass bed; a straw bed. hashuk pata, n., crab grass; crop grass. hashuk shila, n., hay; cured grass. hashuk shileli, v. t., to hay; to cure grass. hashuk shileli, n., a haymaker. hashuk umpoholmo, n., thatch. hashuk umpoholmo, pp., thatched. hashuk umpohomo, vy. t., to thatch. hashwish, hashwash, n., worms; those of asmall kind that affect children as a disease. hat, art., the, nom. case, suffixed to nouns; aleha hat, they; Matt. 2: 1. Sometimes written at and yat as well as ha, a, and ya (q. v.). hat, rel. pro., when suffixed to verbs. hat, used before tok and tuk. BYINGTON] hata, an adv. in recent past tense, ex- pressing surprise. hata, n., paleness. hata, a., pale; white; cadaverous; pallid; sallow. hata, v. n., to be pale; hanta, nasal form (q. v.). hata, n., a gleet; gleets. hata lakna, n., a yellow white; an orange color. hata lakna, a., having a yellow-white color. hata laknachi, v. t., to color a yellow white. hata ont ia, v. a. i., to have the gleets; to gleet. hata ont ia, n., the whites. hatabafakchi, see hatapofokchi. hatachi, v. a. i., to turn white; to be- come pale; to ripen, as peaches. See hatacht. hatachi, n., a light color. hatakbi, a., white, like a man’s tongue in fever. hatapakli, v. a. i., to gallop. hatapaklichi, v. t., to gallop. hatapofukchi, n., a prairie hawk. hatapusha, n., the bull nettle. hatapushik, hatapushik, n.,a butterfly. hatak, see hatak. hatat kania, a., very pale. hatat kania, v. n., to be very pale; v. a. i., to become very pale. hatip, n., the rump; the croup or crop. hatto2, adv.; ishwiha hatton? hattok, see hatok. hatukchaya, hatukchaya, n., a great witch; an imaginary being who makes Choctaw doctors. he, art., see ak. he, heh, ahe (q. v.), adv., almost; well nigh; etata he, we have almost finished it; nearly, Luke 8: 42; ef. hikma. he, hi, sign of the remote future of the indicative mood; shall; will. Com- pounds: hea—heakano —heakat—heak- ato — heakat— heakin — heakinli — heak- int — heakkia — heakma — heakmako— heakmakocha — heakmakona— heakmak- osh—heakmakot—heakmano—heakmat— heakmato—heako—-heakocha—heakoka— heakokano — heakokat— heakoke — heak- okia—heakona—heakosh — heakot — hea- tok, heatuk, hiatuk, etc., should have— A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 149 hekak, etc., see kak, and its compounds— hekakon, but; for—hemak—hemaka—he- makano—hemakin — hemakinli — hemak- int— hemakkia — hemako —hemakocha— hemakoka— hemakokat — hemakoke —he- makona — hemakosh — hemakot — heor, Matt. 6: 1—heoka—heokama—heokat— heoke, hioke; lawa hioke, many will there be, Matt. 7: 22; achilahioke, say I will; Matt. 7: 23—heokmano—heokmat—heok- mato—hetok, should have been; would have been; might have been; remote— hetuk, recent past tense, might have been; ought; hashatatyahetuk at, Josh. 2: 16; 3: 4. he keyu, adv., can not; shall not: will not. heahni, see hiahni. healhpesa, n., an occasion. hehi, vy. a. i., fem. gen., to sing. hehi, n., fem. gen., a singer. hehio, hehyo, n., the name of a wild root. hehka, v. a. i., to start; to recoil; to startle; to wince. hehka, n., a starter; a wincer. hehkachi, v. t., to startle. hehkat anumpuli, v. t., to extemporize. hehkat anumpuli, u., an extemporizer. hekano, n., the last speech of a dying man. ’ heli, v. a. i. pl., to fly; to go in haste, Matt. 28: 8; hika, singular. heli, n., fliers. heli, a., flying; volant. helichi, v. t., to cause to fly; toscareaway, as birds; to make them fly. helachi, see hitachi. heno, art. in the obj. case, from heto. hepulla, a., apt; liable; obnoxious; probable; subject. hepulla, n., danger. hepulla, v.n., to be surely; surely to be. het, art. in nom. case;. hi, oblique case; see akhet. het, adv.; see Acts 7:17; nitak at aionan het maharyama; het is a sign of the fu- ture with the connective ¢. The word is a®heh, near; a diminution of which is a”husi; the final h is elided by the sub- stitution of t copula. heto, art., see akheto; hato obsolete style for heto; iklokahato, ikaiyohkaato. 150 heto, adv. of neg., can not; will not; shall not; impossible; when this follows a verb in the neg. form it becomes an af- firmative, as iklokaheto, he will not not come, i. e., he will surely come. heto, a., impossible. heto, v. n., to be impossible. hetuk, ought, Matt. 18: 6. hi, ahi, sign of indic. fut.; see he (prop- erly ahe). hi2, int., pshaw, meaning dislike or con- tempt. hiahni, heahni, v. a. i., to love; to es- teem, heishahni, hiahnili, heilahni. hiahni, y. t., to caress; to love; to dote upon; irreg. v., tali holisso hiahni, he loves money; hiahnili, I love; hiishahni, thou lovest; hiahni, he loves; hiilahni, hitloahni, hehachahnili, I love you (pl.). hiahni, n., a lover. hiahni, a., merciful. hiahni iksho, n., apathy; fell. hiahni iksho, a., without love. hiahni iksho, vy. n., to be without love. hiasinti, see iasinti. hichali, a., spiteful; brave; i*hichanlitok. hichali, v. n., to be spiteful. hichali, n., spite. hichi, n., a boil; a tubercle; a wild tur- nip. hichuk, n., the name of a root, of which the Choctaw have made bread in a time of scarcity; see hifash. * hichukbi, hochukbi, n., a natural pit or hole in the ground, or one that runs under ground, asa chasm; a pit; a hole; a cave; a cavern; a den, Josh. 10: 17, 18, 27; 2 Sam. 18:17; cave of Machpe- lah, Gen. 23: 9; see tali chiluk. hichukbi chito, n., a cavern. hichukbi fotka, vy. a. i., to den; to dwell, as in a den. hichushi, n., a tubercle; small boils. hieli, v. a. i. pl., to stand, Josh. 3: 14, 17; 6: 4,13; 7:12; 8: 10; itikba hieli, to stand before; hikia, sing.; hinlt, nasal form. hieli, pp., set up; placed. hieli, n., those which stand; those who stand. hielichi, hiolichi, v. t., to erect; to set up; to cause to stand. hitha, v. a. i., to groan. hitha, n., a groan. hiho, int., ah. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 hika, pp., pawned; pitched; placed; set; cocked; ikhehko, a., uncocked; ihika, n., a pillar. hika, v. a. i. sing., to fly; to flit; to wing; to soar; to touch with the feet; «io”- hikahe or hikiahe, to stand on (ai, there or where); to tread on, Josh. 1: 3; to rest in, Josh., 3:11, 18, 15; 4: 18; heli, pl. hika, a., volant; volatile; fiying. hika, n., a flier; a line. hika, n., a stand. hika, n., a tree called sweet gum, and the gum or wax. hitka; aka himka, a footman; ola hitka, to be in the water. hika nia, n., the gum of the sweet, gum tree. hikachi, v. t., to cause to fly; to scare away a bird; to make it fly. hikat a®ya, v. a. i., to soar. hikbat, adv.; ayukpa hikbat, can not be joyful. hiket atya, v. a. i., to be with, Luke 9: 41. hiket ia, v. a. i., to start; to begin, as in running a road or lines. hikia, v. a. i. sing., to stand, Josh. 3: 13; 5: 13; to go; to get, Luke 4: 8; to be or stand, asa well or spring, Josh. 4: 6; to hold; to look, as pit hikia, et hikia, to look toward; hikita, nasal form, to sit, as fowls on their roost; to stop, Matt. 11: 11; hikia, for to be, to stand; hikia- shke, for the verb to be; Matt. 16: 23; hikiatok, Matt. 17: 2; inhikia, to have; tanampo ithikia, he has a gun; hikint; orhikia, to stand on; to perch; hieli pl. hikia, n., that which stands; a stand. hikia, a., standing, as hatak hikia. hikia, pp., erected; set up; established; installed; pitched; placed. hikia toba, v. a. i., to get able to stand or walk. hikiat ia, prep., from, Josh. 1: 4. hikikia, v. a. i., to go, as one looking for a lost object, Matt. 18: 12. hikikita, v. a.i., to stand about; to walk about; to attend to some little business; a frequentative after the example of binininli and yanananli; see Matt. 18: 12. Chisas at. . . hikikinatok, John 10: 23 nowal hikikina, Mark 11: 27; binili, to sit, bininirli; kanalli, to move, kana- nani; yanalli, to run, yananali. BYINGTON ] hikikita, n., one that walks about. hikma, from he, almost or well-nigh, and ikma,. hilechi, v. t., to set, Matt. 18: 2; Josh. 7: 26; toset up; to put up; to take up, as astray; isuba ha” aiothilechi, to set on; ikbit hilechi, to rear, Matt. 16:18; 2 Sam. 24:18; to rear up, John 2: 20; to check; to cock, asa gun; to erect; to establish; to fill, i. e., to supply a place with an in- cumbent; to ground; to fix; to inaugu- rate; to install; to instate; to institute; toinvest; to ordain; to pawn; to place; to pledge; to present; to raise; to seat; to settle; to station; to stick. hilechi, n., a setter up; an institutor; a pawner; a placer. hilechi, n., an installation. hitthhitlhachi, v. a. i., to quack; okfo- chush at hinthhinthachi; the duck says hinthhirth. hiloha, vy. t., v. a. i., to thunder; to ful- minate; tointonate, 1 Sam. 2: 10. hiloha, n., thunder; a peal of thunder; a clap of lightning; a thunder clap. hiloha, a., thunder, as a thunder storm. hiloha abi, hilohabi, pp., killed by lightning. hiloha abi, hilohabi, v. t., to kill by thunder; to strike with lightning; to thunder strike. hiloha hoshintika, u., a thunder cloud. hiloha tassa, hiloha bassa, n., a sharp peal of thunder. : hiloha umba chito, n., a thunder shower. hilohachi, v. t., to cause it to thunder. hilohachi, n., a thunderer. hila, v. a. i., to dance; to frolic; to gam- bol; to hop, Matt. 14: 6; hachikhetoshke, ye have not danced, Mat. 11: 17; ishit hila, v. t., to triumph over by means of, 2 Sam. 1: 20. hita, n., a dance; a ball; a frolic; a min- uet; nakni hita, a male dance, in which none but men are engaged; nashoba hita, n., a wolf dance; pa%shi isht hita, n., a war dance, or a hair dance or scalp dance. hita, n., a dancer; a frolicker. hitachi, helachi, hitachi, vy. t., to cause to dance; to make others dance; to dance. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 151 hima, may be the root of the following words: himma, himak, himmak; hima. himak, a., instant; current; present; modern; this; himak at, this is, Luke 1: 36. himak, adv., now; at this time, 2 Sam. 24: 2; himakashke, v. i., Matt. 11: 12. himak, n., now; the present time, mo- ment, or instant. himak afammi, n. or adv., this year; the present year. himak ano, adv. or n., now; as for the present time. himak foka, n. or ady., about this time; palashash himak foka, pilashash himak foka, yesterday about this time. himak fokalechi, a., presumptuous; hazardous; wandering. himak fokalechi, v. a. i., to act at ran- dom; to run a hazard; to act rashly; himak fokalechit anumpuli, v. t., to chat- ter; himak fokalechit anya, to wander. himak fokali, v. a. i., to go or act at random or at hazard. himak fokali, n., random. himak fokalit, adv., with hazard or care- lessly; headlong; head first. himak fokalit anumpuli, v. a. i., to bab- ble; to prate; to talk at random; to quibble. himak fokalit anumpuli, n., a quibbler. himak fokalit atya, v. a.i., to go along at random without a guide or road; to wander. himak fokalit hochefo, v. t., to nick- name. himak fokalit hohchifo, n., anickname. himak fokalit holissochi, v. t., to scrawl; n., a scrawler. himak fokalit miha, vy. a.i., to guess; to conjecture. himak hashi, n., this month. himak ninak, n., adv., this night; to- night. himak nitak, n., this day; adv., to- day; the present day, or time, Matt. 6: 11; 11: 23; this day, Josh. 5: 9; now, Matt. 15: 2. himaka, adv., n., now; the time now; the present time, Josh. 1: 2; Matt. 14: 16. himakma, a., more; moreover. 152 himma, advy., aux. (from he, future gen., and imma, toward; direction of), shall hereafter; shall toward; will; with keyu, not ever; never; takofa himma keyu, he will never recover; toward recovery he never will. himma, y. n., to be hereafter, as chi- himmali, I, after you. himma keyu, advy., never; ne’er. himma keyu, v. n., never to be. himmak, a., subsequent; following; un- born; future; younger; intensive form of himak, as pilla is the intensive form of pila; see ilappak, yammak, words of a similar character. himmak, v. n., to be subsequent; i%him- mak, to be after him; sahimmak, to be after me, John 1: 27. himmak, adv., hereafter; afterward; after; at last; himmak isha”ya, at last, you are along. himmak foka, adv., hereafter; about this time. himmak pila, n., the coming time; adv., henceforth; henceforward; hereafter. himmak pilla, n., the time that is to come; the future time; the future. himmak pillama, ady. or n., hereafter; from henceforth; for the future time; henceforward. himmakma, v. n., in the sub. mood; lit., when it shall be hereafter, butit is usually rendered as an adverb, here- after; at a future time; by and by; furthermore; next, Matt. 5: 13; then, Matt. 18: 16; any more, Josh. 5: 1, 12. himmita, v. n., to be young. himmita, a., young; fresh; youthful. himmita, n., the young; youth; the flower; a youngster. himmita altiha, n., the youth. himmita chohmi, a., youngish. himmitasi, a., young, Luke 2: 36; green. himmitasi, v. n., to be young. himmitacheka, a. pl., young. himmitachi, v. t., to make young; to rejuvenate; to renew; himmitaiyachi, pro. form. himmithoa, a. pl., young; wak himmit hoa, young cattle, but not very young. himmithoa, vy. n. pl., to be young. himmithoa, n. pl., those who are young; the youth; the young ones; the flower. sappy; BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 himmitushi, «. (dim.), young. himmona, n., newness; a novelty; once, Matt. 9: 33; with a negative, never. himmona, himona, a., new, Matt. 13: 52; brandnew; present; fresh; novel; recent; virgin; young. himmona, pp., renewed; renovated. himmona, vy. n., to be new. himmona aioklachi, v. t., to repeople. himmona chuhmi, a., newish. himmona iktobo, a., unrenewed; un- regenerate. himmona isht atta, n., a novice. himmona toba, pp., renovated. himmonacha hinla, a., renewable. -himo, adv., now; just now, John 2: 9; himo ela, we have just arrived. himona, n., now; the present time. himona, ady., now; just; afresh. himona achafanlit kanima danta, n., ubiquity. himona hofanti, v. a. i., to be growing up now. himona hofanti, n., present generation. himona hofanti, a., pp., just raised; just grown. himonachi, himonachi, v. t., to make new; to renew; to renovate; ilehimo- nachi, to renew himself. himonali, v. n., to be at once or in a moment; himonanii, nasal form. himonali, v. a. i., to do at once. himonali, adv., at once; all at once; instantly; forthwith. himonanli, adv., forthwith. himonasi, v. n., to be instantly. himonasi, n., now; just now; this mo- ment, Matt. 9: 18; 17: 12. himonasi, adv., immediately; instantly. himonasi achafa, n., one minute. -himonna, u., a single instance. himonna, adv., once; Luke, 5: 1; Josh. 6: 3. himonna, vy. time. himonna?, y. n., to be often; to be fre- quently or repeatedly; Matt. 17: 15. himonna achafa, v. n., to beat one time. himonna achafa, adv., at the same time; himonna achafa mont ikanumpuli, let all speak at once. himonna achafa halalli, n., a single haul. n., to be once or a single BYINGTON ] himonna achafanli, adv., once. himonna isht atta, n., a novice. himonna tapli, v. t., to sunder once; to clip off once; n., a single clip. himonnaha, ady., once; one time. hina, n., a road; a path; a street, a way, Josh. 2: 19; Matt. 7: 18; a furrow; a pass; a pathway, Luke 3: 4; a route; a row; a track; a trace; an alley; an ave- nue; awalk; Nachi inhina, the Natchez Trace. hina apesa, v. t., to run a road; to lay out a road. hina abanabli, v. t., to cross another road; to go over the road. hina abanabli, n., a crossroad; cross- roads. hina bashpuli, n., a scavenger. hina chito, n., a large road; a highway; a broad way; a large path; a wagon road. hina falakto, n., a fork in a road. hina hanta, n., a bright path; the way of peace; the gospel path; the narrow way of life. hina ikbi, hinikbi, v. t., to make a road, or a row; to furrow; to lay off furrows for planting; to path. hina ikbi, hinikbi, n., a road maker; one who makes roads or furrows; a way maker. hina ikpatho, n., a lane; a narrow way. hina kucha, n., a ford; a pass. hina o®hanabli, v. t., to cross over an- other road. hina o®hanabli, n., a crossroad; cross- roads. hina patha, n., a broad road; a wagon road; a highway; a street. hina takla kahat hu"kupa, n., a high wayman. hinak, okhinak, n., a corn tassel, or the flower of corn on the top of the stalk; also v. a. i. hinak bitepuli, hinak atepuli, hinak batepuli, n., the rainbow; the bow of promise; Iris. hinak bitepuli, v. a. i., to form or be- come a rainbow; lit., to rainbow. hinak kucha, n., the appearance or coming out of the corn tassel. hinak toba, v. a. i., to become a corn tassel; to tassel, as corn. hinak toba, pp., made as corn tassels; tasselled. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 153 hinakfoata, n., a crossroad. hinakfoata, v. a. i., to cross another road, hinakshu, n., an old deserted road; an unused road. hinanli, a., along the road. hinanli, v. n., to be along the road. hinikbi, see hina ikbi. hinla, a., liable; likely; obnoxious. hinla, ahinla, sign of the potential mood, can; may; shall; will, Matt. 6: 7, 21; 12: 29; Luke 5: 7; katiohmihahinla, Luke 8: 9; hahinla, Luke 4: 7, 38; Matt. 2:4, 13; John 4:40, 47; hinlashke, would, Matt. 12: 38. hinla, can be, or the English ending -ble, as in fusible. hinlatok, could; could have; would. hinlatuk, could; could have; might; might have; should; would. hinli, nasal form, from hieli; haksobish at inhinltikmat, Matt. 11:15; aiapinhat hieli, Matt. 12: 41. hinli, pl., i. e., from two to four; to be standing; haksobish at i?hinlikmat, if he have ears, Matt. 13: 9. hinluk, n., a small green-headed wild duck; a wood duck. hiohmatya, n., a standing round. hiohmatya, y. a. i., to stand around, Matt. 6: 5; 13: 2, 30; hiohmayashke, Matt. 12: 47. hioht, ady., contracted from hioti. hioht a®sha, v. a. i., to sit around; to stand. hioht ma®ya, hiohmatya, y. a. i., to stand around. hokma, see hokma. hioh, hiyoli, haioti (q. v.), v. a. i. pl., to stand. hioli, a., pp., set up; erected. hiol, n., those whicn stand; which are set up. hiotichi, hiotechi, y. t., to set up; to to erect; to put up; to raise up, Luke 3: 8; to team; to set on the feet; aka pit hiotichi, Josh. 2: 15; 5: 7; see hie- lichi. hiotichi, n., a teamster. hiotshakeli, n., a grasshopper of the largest kind. hish aMsha, a., haired; having hair; hairy. hish atsha, vy. n., to be haired. those 154 hishi, n., hair, except that of the head, which is pamshi; fur; feathers; wool; leaves; a blade; a coat (hishi boafa, to shed hiscoat); a leaf; a spire; a fleece. hishi aialhto, n., a woolsack. hishi alikti, n., a pin feather. hishi atoba, a., woolen. hishi chito, a., hairy; having much hair; shaggy; leafy. hishi chito, v. n., to be hairy. hishi chito, n., a shag; a shag lock. hishi chito a®sha, ua., shagged. hishi homi, tishi homi (q. v.), n., pepper. hishi homi ani, n., a pepper corn. hishi homi humma, n., red pepper; cay- enne pepper; capsicum; see tishi hum- ma. hishi iksho, a., naked; destitute of hair, except on the head; bare. hishi laua, a., leafy. hishi lapishta, n., short, fine hair; fuzz. hishi toba, a., fledged; feathered. hishi toba,, pp., leafed; having leaves; leaved. hishi toba, v.a.i., to fledge; to grow, as feathers; to become feathers; to leaf. hishi tobat taha, pp., feathered entirely; leafed out. hishi wanuksho,n., short fine hair; fuzz. hishi lukchi, see pishilukchi. hishunluk, see hoshunluk. hitoka, hotoka, n., a ball ground. hituchina, a., third. hituchina, y. n., to be the third. hituchinaha, adv., thrice; three times, Acts 10: 16. hituchinanchi, y. t., to do it three times, or the third time. ; hituk, hittuk, n., powder; gunpowder; Choctaw pearlash, or potash. hituk aialhpisa, n., that in which powder is measured, especially a single charge, and called a charger. hituk aialhto, n., a powderhorn or flask; a keg, or canister of powder. hituk aiikbi, u., a powdermill. hituk aionchiya, n., a pan; a priming pan. hituk atoba, u., a powdermill. hituk bofota, n., dust; flying dust. hituk chubi, hituk chubbi, n., ashes; dry dust; dust; wood ashes, Matt. 11: 21. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [ BULL. 46 hituk chubi ahoiya, n., a lye leach; an ash leach; hoiya is the active verb. hituk chubi aholuya, n., an ash leach; a leach; holuya is the passive of hoiya. hituk chubi aialhto, n., an ash box, bin, or tub. hituk chubi holuya, n., lye. hituk chubi inchuka, n., an ash house. hituk chubi isht peti falaia, n., a peel; a large fire shovel. hituk chubi isht piha, n.,an ash shovel; a fire shovel. hituk haksun onchiya, n., a priming; the powder lying on the priming pan. hituk hoiya, n., lye. hitukisht alhpisa, n., a powder charger; the measure of a load. hituk lakna, n., brimstone; sulphur. hituk lakna bota, n., the flour of sul- phur or of brimstone. hituk laya bacha™ya, n., a train of powder. hituk shibota, n., flying dust; smoke of powder. hituk tohbi, n., flying dust; dust, Matt. 10:14; pearlash; potash, such as is man- ufactured by Americans. hituk yanha, u., embers; hot ashes. hitukla, hotukla, a., second. hitukla, v. n., to be second. hituklaha, adv., twice; second time. hituklanchi, v. t., to do it twice, or a sec- ond time, or again. hiyoli, see hioli. ho, 2d per. pl. imp. mood, when the word begins with a consonant, and oh when with a vowel; hominti, come ye; ohia, go ye. ho, oh, the ‘‘marriage pronoun,’’ a syllable thrown into the verb, or placed at the beginning of a verb which indicates certain relations by marriage, such as son-in-law, daughter-in-law, or father-in-law and mother-in-law; used only by those who sustain this rela- tion, and called ‘‘shame talk.”’ ho, an exclamation. ho?, interrogative. See John 6: 29. ho, ho?, an art. used after a noun, usually rendered aga or an, the indefinite ar- ticle; as nana ho pisali, I see a thing, or something. As the art. a” is written an, han, and ya”, so this has three ways, 0”, hon, yon, and chiefly for the BYINGTON ] sake of euphony, yet hom usually follows a verb, yo a noun, and o? a word which ends with a consonant, as wak om, hatak om, But the sense and the idiom of the Choctaw will not always admit of rendering hon, on, and yo" by the article a or an; nor will that of the English admit it wherever the Choctaw language does. It is also arelative pronoun, simple and compound, when compounded having different senses and used after different parts of speech; ho, hon, hoh (see 0, 0”, oh), have the sense of the verb to be in the 3d person, or of the auxiliary; also to do; hachibaptismochitishke, I do indeed baptize you, Matt. 3: 11, Compounds: hocha— hoka, because, since, Matt. 5: 22—hokaka—hokaka- no—hokakant—hokakanto, Luke 1: 37; Chihowa hokakanto—hokakat (I have heard this particle used)—hokakato— hokakhe—hokakheno—hokakhet — hokak- heto—hokakkia; mati, micha okhata aiena hokakkia, even the winds and the sea, Matt. 8: 27—hokakon—hokakocha—hoka- kona—hokakosh; ishpisa hokakosh, thou seest, Matt. 7: 3; chiahokakosh, thou art, John 3: 10; pimsa hokakosh, they seeing, Matt. 13: 13; hahanklo hokakosh, hearing, Matt. 13: 13; hashasha yoka- kosh, ‘‘ye dwell,’”’? Josh. 9: 22—haka- kot—hokamo (ho and kama); mintiliho- kamo, —hokano (from ho and kano); na holissochi ateha hokano, the scribes, Matt. 7: 29; itihhokano, their mouth, Matt. 15: 8; keyw hokano, which not, Matt. 15: 13; isht impa hokano to eat with, Matt. 15: 20—hokano, hokano, Josh. 1: 3, Matt. 16: 3; hahanklo hokano, by hearing, Matt. 13: 13; pihinsa hokano, seeing—hokat, he who does, Matt. 5: 21—hokato, Matt. 5:19, the one who does (distinctive by way of comparison), Matt. 5:19; imachi hokato, Matt. 5: 22; atampa hokato, Matt. 5:37, ishanumpula- chinhokato, Matt’ 6: 6; ani keyu hokato, that bringeth not forth fruit, Matt. 7:19; they that, Matt. 11:8; chunkash okato, their heart, Matt. 15: 8; banna hokato, Matt. 16: 25; abit iktato hokato, Josh. 8: 26; hoke, final word; lauahoke, are many, Matt. 7: 13; ahauchihoke, do find Matt. 7: 14; isht imaholitopahoke, A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 155 Matt. 11: 19, alhpesahoke it is lawful, Matt. 12: 12; saiyukpa fehnahoke, Matt. 17: 5—hokia—hokon, the, Matt. 17: 2— hona—hosh—hot. hoa2sa, v. t., to chew; to chaw; to champ; to masticate; see hopatsa. hobachahe keyu, a., inimitable. hobachi, v. t., to imitate; to liken; to assimilate; to ape; to mimic; to echo; to conform; to depict; topattern; to jeer; to mock; to reverberate; to shape; to simulate; isht ahobachi, to pattern by means of it; to figure; itihobachi, to cause to resemble each other or to make them alike; itiobachi, to compare; sahobachi, to imitate me; tlahobachi, v. t., to make like himself, Gen. 1: 26, 27. hobachi, vy. a. i., to echo; to pattern; to resound; to reverberate. hobachi, n., an echo; a mock; mockery. hobachi, n., an imitator; a mimic. hobachi, a., mock. hobachi, n., the act of imitation. hobachit, adv. or the v. and conj., same as to imitate, etc. hobachit anumpuli, v. t., to mock; to mimic; to talk like another. hobachit anumpuli, n., a mocker; a mimicker. hobachit holissochi, v. t., to copy; to write like another; to imitate the writ- ing of another. hobachit holissochi, n., a copyist. hobachit ikbi, v. t., to make after a pat- tern; to make a likeness; to copy; to assimilate. hobachit ikbi, n., one that makes after a pattern; an imitator. hobachit miha, vy. t., to rehearse. hobachit nowa, v. t., to walk like an- other. hobak, n., a coward; a poltroon; a das- tard; a eunuch; a gelding; a recreant (a word of peculiar reproach and of- fense). hobak, a., pp., castrated; altered; cut; gelded; cowardly. hobak chohmi, ady., cowardly. hobak ikhbi, v. t., to castrate; togeld; to cut; to alter. hobak toba, pp., become a gelding, cow- ard, etc.; castrated; gelded. hobak toba, a., faint hearted; unmanly. hobak tobachi, v. t., to unman. 156 hobechi, y. t., to steam; to make a steam; to sweat in order to cure dis- ease as was often done by the Choc- taw doctors after this manner: herbs and roots were collected and boiled inan iron pot, a hole was dug in the ground large and deep enough to admit the pot, which haying been done, a cover of wicker work was laid overit. The patient lay down over this pot, covered himself with blankets, and took the steam. ilehobechi, vy. ref., to steam one- self. hobechi, n., one who applies steam; one who steams. hobechi, n., a steaming. hobi, v. t. (pp., holbi), to boil whole, as eggs with the shell on, potatoes, chest- nuts, corn on the ear, beans in the pod; to foment. hochaffo, v. a.i., to starve; to hunger. hochaffo, hohchaffo, a., hungry; hoh- chaffo fehna, very hungry. hochaffo, hohchafo (Matt. 12:1), ho- chatffo, v.n., tobe hungry; hochuiyafo. hochaffo, n., hunger; hohchafo, famine, 2 Sam. 24: 13. hochaffo, v. a. i., to hunger. hochaffo, pp., starved. hochaffochi, v. t., to starve; to distress by famine. hochaffochi, n., one that distresses by famine; one that starves others. hochaffochit abi, v. t., to starve; to kill with hunger; hochaffochit abit tali, to starve all to death. hochaffot illi, v. a. i., to die with hunger; to starve to death. hochaffot illi, pp., dead with hunger; starved to death. ~ hocheto, hochito, u. pl., large; big; great; huge; vast; immense; stupen- dous. hocheto, v. n., to be large. hocheto, n. pl., greatness; great ones. hochetochi, v. t., to cause to be large. hochetochi, n., an enlarger. hochetoli, v. t., to make large, loud, or great; to enlarge; to increase. hochetoli, n., an enlarger; enlargers; those who make large. hochifo, hochefo, hohchifo, v. t., to name; to call; to denominate; to en- title; to specify; to style; to term; BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [ BULL. 46 hochinfo, hochihinfo, hochiefo, Matt. 1:21, 22, 23; 10: 25; John 1: 42. hochifo, n., a name, Matt. 6: 9; a de- nomination; a character; a label; a style; a title; hohchifo ash illi, ilap at ili keyu, this character is dead, he is not dead; yamma hohchifo hon, his name, Matt. 12: 21. hochifo, hohchifo, pp., named, Matt. 9:9; called; denominated; entitled; la- beled; styled; termed, John, 3: 1; iti hochifo, named after another person. hochifo, hochefo, n., anamer; a denom- inator. hochifo bieka, «., nominal. hochifo holisso takali, pp., enrolled. hochifo holisso takalichi, vy. t., to en- roll; n., a signer. hochifo iksho, a., unnamed; without name; nameless; anonymous. hochifo iktakalo, a., anonymous; not labeled. hochifo ishi, v. t., to list. hochifo okpulo, n., a by-name; a nick- name; a bad name. hochifo takali, n., a signature. hochifo takali, pp., labeled; having the name entered; named; signed; listed. hochifo takali, v. a. i., to list. hochifo takalichi, v. t., to label; to en- ter the name; to sign the name; to sub- scribe. hochifo takalichi, n., a subscriber. hochifochi, ahochifochi, v. t., to cause to name; to name, Josh. 19: 47. hochito, see hocheto. hochitolit holissochi, v. t., to engross. hochitot holisso, pp., engrossed. hochu®atlhto, see hoshunaiathto. hochukbi, hichukbi, n., a natural pit; a hole; a cave; a cavern. hochukma, a. pl., good; excellent; pleas- ant; agreeable, Josh. 5: 2; achukma, sing., which see, Matt. 5: 16; 6: 28; 13:45; na hochukma, good things, Matt. 7:11; hochunkma, the good, Matt. 13: 45. hochukma, hochu®kma, vy. n., to be good; hochuyukma, pro. form. hochukma, v. a. i., to do well; to do good; to act good, as hashhochukma. hochukma, n., goodness; excellencies. hochukmalechi, v. t. pl., to repair them; to make them good. hochukmalechi, n. pl., repairers. BYINGTON] A DICTIONARY OF THE hochukmali, y. t. pl., to improve them; to repair; to better, etc. hochukmali, u., repairers. hochukmat, adv., well; in a good man- ner or state. hochukwa, a., cold; chilly; this word describes the sensation of cold; aguish; hochukwat illi, very cold. hochukwa, v. n., to be cold or chilly; aguish; sahochukwa, I am cold; not sc- hapassa. hochukwa, v. a. i., to freeze. hochukwa, n., « cold; chilliness; ague; a chill; an ague fit. hochukwa yanha, n., the fever and ague. hochukwat yanha, v. t., to have the fever and ague; to be sick with the fever and ague. hochukwachi, a., aguish; chilly; some- what cold. hochukwachi, v. n., to be aguish, chilly, ete. hochukwoba (from hochukwa and holba) a., aguish; shivering. hochukwoba, vy. n., to be aguish; to be shivering. hoeta, v.a.i., v.t., to puke; to vomit; to discharge; to gulp; to regorge; to spew. hoeta, n., a puke; a vomiting; a vomit. hoeta banna, v.t., to gag; v.a.i., toretch. hoeta banna, n., nausea; a qualm. hoeta banna, a., qualmish; queasy. hoetachi, y. t., to cause to puke or vomit. hoetachi, n., an emetic; a puke; a vomit. hoetachi banna, a., sickish. hoetat pisa, v. t., to heave; v. a. i., to retch; to gag. hofah iksho, hofahyiksho, a., immod- est; impudent; shameless; unblushing; ikhofahyo, not ashamed; unblushing; unshamed. hofahya, a., ashamed; abashed; cha- grined; mortified; scandalous; hofaya (subpositive), shameful; sheepish. hofahya, vy. n., to be ashamed. hofahya, n., shame; dishonor; mortifi- cation; scandal; isht ahofahya, reproach, Josh. 5: 9. hofahya, pp., mortified; ashamed. hofahyachi, vy. t., to shame; to abash; to expose to shame; to mortify. hofahyachi, n., a shamer, CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 157 hofahyat, ady., shamefully. hofaloha, a. pl., long; tall; lengthy, as in uski hofaloha; falaia, sing. hofaloha, v. n., to be long, or tall. hofaloha, n., length; tallness. hofalohachi, v. t., to make them long; to lengthen. hofaloli, v. t., to make long, Matt. 23: 5. hofanti, v. n., to grow up; to advance in stature, as animate or inanimate ob- jects, children, cattle, etc., 1Sam. 2: 21; siahofanti, raised up by me or with me; katimako chiahofanti hon? hofanti, pp., grown, Matt. 8: 32 [?]; reared; raised; brought up; cherished; nourished; protected. hofanti, n., a growth; that which is raised or reared. hofantichi, v. t., to raise; to rear; to bring up; to cherish; to foster; to nour- ish; tonurture; to protect; hofantinchi, nasal form; hofantihinchi, freq., Luke 7: 28. hofantichi, n., a raiser; the person who raises, educates, or brings up; a nour- isher. hofantit taha, pp., grown up; fully grown. hofayati, hofayali, v. t., to shame; to abash; to expose to shame; to humble; am anumpa isht hofayatiletuk, I shamed him by my words; isht hofati, persecu- tion, Matt. 13: 21; isht hofayati, v. t., to stigmatize; wehofayati, to disgrace him- self. hofayah, n., a shamer. hofayatichi, v. t., to put to shame, Luke 18: 32; Mark 12: 4. hofayaht, adv., shamefully. hofalli, v. a. i., to hatch; to come out of the shell, as birds, fowls, turtles, and any creature that is formed in a shell; to grow, as the young who thus come into being. hofalli, n., a growth; a hatch; the act of exclusion from the egg. hofalli, pp., hatched; grown; raised. hofallichi, y. t., to hatch; to raise; to cause to raise or to hatch; ikhofallecho, a., unhatched. hofallichi, n., a raiser of poultry; a breeder. hofobi, a., deep; profound; ikhofo, a. shallow. ’ 158 hofobi, hofombi, vy. n., to be deep. hofobi, n., depth; deepness; thickness; ikhofobo, n., shallowness; a shoal. hofobi, pp., made deep; deepened. hofobi, adv., thick; thickly. hofobichi, v. t., to deepen. hofobichit hilechi, y. t., to radicate; to set deep. hofobichit hokchi, v. t., to root. hofobika, n., the depth. hofobit ia, v. a. i., to deepen; to become more deep. hofombika, n., the deep. hoh, a distinctive emphatic particle, which perhaps should be regarded as a pronoun; it; that; see Luke 2: 44; hachimachi hohkia, Mark 13: 21; ishla hohcho? art thou come? Matt. 8: 29; imateka hohkia, Matt. 11: 22. hohchaffo, see hochaffo. hohchifo, pass. of hochifo; ahohchifo, called in, Matt. 5:19. hohchifo, n., aname; his name, Matt. 1: 21; chithohchifo, thy name; Matt. 7: 22; sign, Acts 28:11; a”hohchifo, my name, Matt. 18:5; 2 Sam. 14: 7. hohchifo, pp., named, Josh. 2: 1; called, Josh. 5: 9. hohoeta, pl., or freq., hoeta, sing., to puke continually; to vomit continually; hothinta, freq. hohoeta, n., a puke; a vomiting. hohoetachi, v. t. pl., to puke; to vomit; to cause to puke. hohpi, see hopt. hohpi, hopi, hoppi, y. t., to bury; to inter; to commit the dead to the ground or grave; to inhume; to entomb; to sepulcher; hohpili, I bury, Matt. 8: 21; hohpashke, let them bury, Matt. 8: 22; 14: 12; 1 Kings 11: 15; hohpit iatok, they went to bury her, 2 Kings 9: 35. hohpi, n., an interment; a burial; obse- quies; sepulture. hohpi, n., agrave digger; asexton; hohpi at ikshokahioke, 2 Kings 9: 10. hohtak, n., a pond; a beaver pond; a lake, Luke 5: 1. hohtak ushi, n.,asmall pond; also name of a creek. hoiya, foiya, v. a. i., to drip; to leak; to strain; to filter; hohoniya, 1 Sam. 14: 26, spoken of honey. hoiya, pp., strained; filtered. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [ BULL. 46 hoiya, n., a leak; a drop. hoiyachi, v. t., to strain; to filter; to percolate. hoiyachi, n., one who strains, filters, etc. ; a straining. hok, sign of past tense, having also an adverbial meaning, as mintili hok; same as tukoke, a contracted expression. hokak, etc.; see ho and its compounds. hokama, hokamba, conj., because. hokbali, v. t., to warm over again, as kafi hokbali, tanfula hokbali; hokba, pp. hokbano, okbano, yokbano, sign of optativemood; aya hokbano, ilahnishke, only be along, Josh. 1:17; oh, that it might be; hokbano ahni, 2 Tim. 1: 4; hokbano is used without ahni in 2 Tim. 1:16, 18; 2:7; kbato, okbato, nom. case; Ebano, okbano, obj. case. hokbato, sign of optative mood, Luke 19: 42. hokchiz, v. t., to plant; to sow; tolay; toset; as, onush hokchi,; tanchi hokchi; ilahokchi, to plant anything by itself, separated from others; ahokchichi, v. t., to sow among other grain; ant ahokchichi, and some other sort, Matt. 13: 25; see aia- nachi, Judg. 16: 13; where Samson’s seven locks were woven with the web, i.e., two different things are woven together. hokchi, n., a planter; a sower. hoke, a final particle of assertion from ho and ke; an affirmative particle. hokli, v. t., v. a. i., to catch; to seize; to lay hold of, Matt. 14: 3; to take; to clasp; to entrap; to fasten; to gin; to have; to ensnare; to noose, to trammel; to trap; itithokli, Mark 12: 3; hohonkli, nasal form; hoyukli, pro. form; ikhoklo, a., untaken. hokli, n., a catcher; a seizer; a taker. hokli, n., a seizure. . hoklichi, vy. t., to cause to catch; to em- ploy to catch. hoklit aiissa, v. t., to ravish; to force; to commit a rape; to violate, 2 Sam. 13: 12. hoklit aiissa, n.,a ravisher; a violator. hoklit aiissa, n., a rape. hokma, hiokma, if it shall (from hoand kma, ho, is, kma, then, that), Matt. 11: 14; 12: 27; if, Matt. 18: 8, 9; if shall, Matt. 18: 15; hiokma is in the future, BYINGTON ] from he and okma; nana hokma, what it be, Matt. 9: 13; yammakosh, that; nana hokma, that, Matt. 10: 13; achi hokma, when they ask, Josh. 4:6; hok- md, or, Matt. 10: 14, Josh. 1: 7; tamaha hokma, that house, or that city, nana iskitint hokmd, chito hokmd nana kia, 1 Sam. 30; hokmd as here used is similar to the Latin suspensives. Compounds: hokmak; hokmakbanoho- ka those that be, Matt. 16: 23—hok- maka—hokmakano — hokmakato — hok- makhe—hokmakheno — hokmakhet— hok- maketo—hokmako, then, Josh. 1: 15— hokmakocha—hokmakoka—hokmakokano —hokmakokat — hokmakokato — hokmak- oke—hokmakokia—hokmakona—hokmak- osh; ona hokmakosh, he were, Matt. 10: 22; 18: 6, 9; for then, Joshua 1: 8— hokmakot—hokmano, hokmano; keyu hok- mano, Matt. 10: 18; yohmihokmano, so if then; then, Matt, 12: 28; 18: 16— hokmat, if, Luke 4: 3; John 4: 10; chia- hokmat, if thou art; Matt. 4: 3; shall, Matt. 5: 19; when, Matt. 6: 3; banna- hokmat, if he will, Matt. 16: 24; shall, Matt. 18: 5; ishpikochawelihokmat, if thou cast us out, Matt. 8: 31—hokmato. hokofa, v. a. i. sing., to end; to close; to come up, as in tow; to rest; to stanch; to fail, Josh. 3: 16; itahokofa, to come apart, Josh. 3: 13; ont ahokofa, v. a. i., to terminate. hokofa, pp., ended, Josh. 4: 7; closed; cut off; shut; stanched; terminated, ita- hokofa, sandered; cut in two; unjointed. hokofa, n., the end; the close. hokoffi, v. t., to cut off, Matt. 18: 8; to end; to rebuke, asa fever, in Luke 4: 39; to dock; to shut; to stanch; to ter- minate; itahokofi, to sunder; to cut in two; tounjoint; imahokofi v. t., to si- lence; see ahokoffi. hokoffi, n., one that cuts off, ends, ete. hokola, ady., also; of the same sort or species; just like the other; used in speaking of two sons-in-law. hokola, v. n., to be like the other. hokolh, y. a. i. pl., to end; to come off; to close. hokoli, pp. pl., cut off; severed; ended; cut in pieces; cut up; itahokoti, cut apart. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 159 hokolichi, y. t., to sever; to cut off, as logs; to cut up, as a tree; itahokotichi, to sever them from each other; to shorten, Mark 13: 20. hokotchi, n. pl., those who cut off, or sever. hokulbi, a., moist; pliable; succulent; wet, as land. hokulbi, v. n., to be moist; to soften, as a dry hide in water; wauk hakshup at hokulbi. hokulbichi, v. t., to moisten; to render pliable. holabi, v. a. i., to lie; to utter a falsehood; to tell a lie; to belie; to fib; itirholabi, to lie to each other. holabi, a., lying; false; counterfeit; sham; untrue; itimholabi, false to each other. holabi, v. n., to be false, or counterfeit; to fable; to falsify. holabi, n., a lie; a falsehood; a fable; a fabrication; a falsity; a fib; untruth; a liar; a falsifier; a fibber; a recreant. holabi, adv., untruly; falsely. holabichi, y. t., to belie; to make a per- son lie; to procure a liar; to falsify; to suborn. holabichi, n., a suborner. holabit anoli, v. t., {o misrepresent. . holabit anumpa kallo ilonuchi, y. t., to perjure; n., a perjurer. holakshi, v. t., to lick. holakshi, n., a licker. holashki, v. a. i., to be thickened like soap, etc., when made; applied to honey and horehound boiled together. holba, a., like; resembling; similar; alike; itioba, a., similar; wiholba, like each other; similar; ikitiholbo, differing from each other; dissimilar; unlike; ikiti- holbo, v. a. i., to differ. holba, v. n., to be like, or similar; to appear, Matt. 6:8; 13:24, 31; inholba, to appear to them, Matt. 6: 18; itiholba, to be like each other; v. a. i., to match; ikitiholbo, to differ; itiholba, v. a. i., to harmonize. holba, v. a. i., to savor; to span. holba, n., an appearance; a shape; a like- ness; resemblance; imitation; itioba, n., a comparison; a figure; a form; an image; a picture; seeming; semblance; itiholba, n., harmony; similitude; iti- holba keyu, n., odds. 160 holba, pp., imitated; made to resemble; likened; compared together; resembled; itiholba or itioba, a., made like each other; kindred. holba, adv., like. holbachi, holbachi, v. t., to imitate; to savor; see hobachi; itiholbachi, to har- monize; to resemble. holbat toba, v. a. i., to become alike. holbat toba, pp., made alike. holbi, pp., boiled in the pod, skin, etc.; hobi, v. t. holbi, n., that which is boiled. holbichi, y. t., to cause to boil, or to be boiled. holhkunna, hulhkunna, n., a witch; witchcraft. holhpa, n., a burn; a scald; small blis- ters. holhpa, pp., scalded; burnt; nettled; see hatak holhpa. holhpalli, holhpali, v. t., to burn; to nettle; see hatak holhpalli. holhpela, pp., distributed; divided; dis- pensed; hopela, v. t. holhpela, n., a distribution; a division; a portion, 1 Sam. 1: 5. holhpena, holhpina, pp., counted; enu- merated; numbered; hopena, v. t. holhpena, n., enumeration; number; count. holhpokunna, holhpokna, yulhpoko- na, v. a. i., to dream; to see visions; holhpokuna, Matt. 1: 20. holhpokunna, holhpokna, n., a dream. holhpokunna, holhpokna,n.,adreamer. holhpokunnachi, vy. t., to cause to dream. holhponayo, v.a.i., tosee; toexercise the power of seeing and not to look at sin- gle objects. holhponayo, n., eyesight. holhponayochi, holhponayuchiy, y. t., to give eyesight; to cause to see, Luke 4:18. holhponi, pp., cooked. holhponi, n., victuals; commonly a dish of boiled corn and beans; samp. holhpusi, pp., pounded; brayed in a mortar. holhpusi, n., that which is brayed. holhta, pp., separated from; taken out; robbed, as bees are robbed; foe at holhta, chukfi at holhta, etc.; hota, v. t. holhta, n., that which is thus taken. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL, 46 holhtampi, n., a file or string; from holhtapi. holhtapi, pp., strung; filed; put on a line or stick, as beads, birds, or fish, etc. ; ho- tampi, v. t., shikala holhtapi; holhtampt, nasal form, being strung; holhtampi, n., see above. holhtena (from hotina), pp., numbered, Matt. 10: 30; enumerated; counted; computed; estimated; liquidated; reck- oned; summed; valued; ikholhteno, pp., excluded; exempted; a., uncounted; unnumbered, holhtina, n., the number; the enumer- ation; the census; the tale; the number reckoned; figures; 2 Sam. 24: 2; Josh. 4: 8; holhtina torksali, to work figures, to cipher; an estimation; a computation. holhtina, v. a. i., to become; to be reck- oned as one of a multitude. holhtina atapa, a., unnumbered. holhtina hinla, a., numerable. holhtinahe keyu, a., incalculable; in- estimable; innumerable. holihta or hollihta, pp., fenced; inclosed by a fence; inclosed; ikaholihto, a., un- fenced. holihta, n., a fence; a yard; a barricade; a lot; a court; a pen; wak inholihta, a cow yard or lot; an inclosure. holihta abeli, v. t. pl., to put into a lot, yard, etc. holihta apotaka, n., fence side; the side of a fence. holihta atiwa, n., an opening in a fence; a gap in a fence. holihta albiha, pp., pent; put up in a yard. holihta alhpoa albiha, n., a pasture. holihta fohka, pp., penned; put in a pen; holiita fonhka, nasal form. holihta fohki, v. t., to pen; to shut ina pen; to confine in a small inclosure. holihta halupa, pp., paled. holihta halupa, n., a paling or picket fence; a picket; a pallisade. holihta halupa ikbi, vy. t., to pale; to picket; to make a pale or picket; to pallisade. holihta iksho, a., fenceless. holihta isht alhkama, n., a gate; a gate belonging to a fence. holihta itafena, pp., staked, as a fence. holihta itafena, n., a staked fence. BYINGTON ] holihta itafenali, v. t., to stake a fence. holihta itintakla, n., a lane between fences. holihta kallo, n., a fort; a pallisade; a palisado; a bulwark; a fortification; a fortress; a rampart; a fastness; a garri- son; a parapet; a stockade; a ward; a stronghold, 2 Sam. 24: 7. holihta kallo ikbi, v. t., to fortify; to make a fort. holihta kallo isht okpani, n., a batter- ing ram. holihta okhisa, n., a gate; the opening through a fence for passing in and out,. Josh. 2: 7. holihta okhisa achushkachi, n., the bars of a gate, or such as are used in- stead of a gate. holibta okhisa aiachushkachi, n., bar holes in a post. holihta okhowataka, holihta okfoa- taka, u., the side of a fence, lot, yard, etc. holihta okpani, y. t., to unfence; to de- stroy a fence. holihta pata, n., rails; fencing stuff. holihta yityiki, n., a worm fence; a Vir- ginia fence; a crooked fence. holihtachi, v. t., to fence; to make a fence; to put up a fence; to empale; to immure; toinclose; to rail, Mark 12:1. holihtachi, n., one that makes a fence. holihtalhto, pp., folded; penned. holihtani, v. t., to fold; to pen. holihtani, n., a folder; one that folds. holihtushi, n., asmall pen; a small lot. holilabi, a., rabid; mad. holilabi, v. n., to be rabid, ete. holilabi, n., hydrophobia; frenzy. holillabi, a., gluttonous; greedy. holissa hinla, a., expressible. holissichi, see holissochi. holissikbi, see holisso ikbi. holisso, pp., written; recorded; entered in a book; composed; expressed; in- dited; lettered; marked; minuted; nar- rated; noted; penned; printed; holi- hinso, freq.; aholihinso, Josh. 1: 8, written therein; o”holisso, engraved; inscribed; written on; ikholisso, a., un- written. holisso, u., a book; a writing; a letter; a paper; a volume; a brief; the Bible; Scripture, Luke 4: 21; a character; a 84339°—Bull. 46—15——11 A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 161 letter or figure used to form words; a composition; an essay; a dissertation; a gazette; handwriting; an instrument; a ledger; a manuscript; a mark to shoot at made of paper; a note; o”ho- lisso, an inscription; a minute; a maga- zine; a pamphlet; a pass; a passport; a permit; a piece; a print; a receipt; a record; a remark; a roll; a safe con- duct; a schedule; Scripture; a suffrage; a table; a title; a tome; a transcript; a treatise; a volume; a vote; a warrant; a work; isht holisso, of whom it is writ- ten, Matt. 11: 10. holisso ahikia, n., a book shelf. holisso aiasha, n., a library; shelves; a place for books. holisso aialbiha shukcha, n., a pocket- book holisso aialhto, n., a bookcase; a book basket, box, etc.; a mail; a letter bag; a satchel. holisso aiikbi, n., a printing office; a paper mill. holisso aiitatoba, u., a book store. holisso aiithana, n., a place of learn- ing; a seat of learning, or knowledge. holisso aiithana, n., a school; a place in which persons are instructed in learning; an institution; a lyceum. holisso aiithana chito, n., a college; an academy. holisso aiithana (or aiikhana) chuka, n., a schoolhouse; an academy. holisso aiithananchi, n., a place of in- struction in books. holisso aiitimanumpuli, v. t., to read a book; to talk with a book; Matt. 12:4, 5. holisso akaha, n., a book shelf. holisso alapalachi, v. t., to paper, as a room. holisso alapali, pp., papered. holisso anumpa atakali, n., a register. holisso apisa, n., a study; a school; a lyceum; aschool room; a schoolhouse. holisso apisa akucha, n., vacation. holisso apisa chito, n., a large school; a college. holisso apisa chuka, n., a schoolhouse; an academy. holisso asilhha, n., a written request; a petition. holisso atakali, n., a record. holisso atakalichi, y. t., to schedule. book 162 holisso atalaia, n., a book shelf. holisso ataloa,n.,a hymn book; a psalm book. holisso ataloha, n., book shelves. holisso atoba, n., a paper mill; a type. holisso alhtoba, n., postage; price of a letter, book, etc. holisso alhtoba iksho, n., a frank. holisso bahta chito fohki, vy. t., to mail a letter. , holisso hakshup iksho, n., a pam- phlet. holisso hochifot itimanumpuli, v. t., to spell. holisso holitopa, n., a sacred book or writing; the Bible; often applied also to treaties and communications from the government; Scripture; the Testa- ment. holisso holitopa holissochi, u.,anevan- gelist; a sacred writer; a sacred pen- man. holisso holitopa takali, a., scriptural. holisso ibapisa, u., a book mate; a class- mate; a fellow student; a schoolmate. holisso ikaholisso, n., a blank; a void space on paper. holisso ikbi, v. t., to print; to makea book; to write; to publish. holisso ikbi, holissikbi, n., book mak- ing; the author of a book; one who makes a book; a printer; an editor; a paper maker; a kookman. holisso ikhana, holisso ithana, n., a scholar; scholarship. holisso ikhana, pp., educated. holisso ikithano, a., uneducated; un- read; unschooled. holisso imanumpuli, v. t., to read; to read aloud from a book, Luke 4: 16, holisso imanumpuli, n., a reader. holisso imponna, n., 4 scholar; one skilled in books. holisso intannap achafa, n., a page. holisso iskitini, n., a small letter; a line; a manual; a note. holisso isht akamassa, n., a water; seal- ing wax. holisso isht akallo, u., a waler; sealing wax. holisso isht anumpuli, y. t., to talk about a book, writing, a letter, ete. holisso isht ashana, n., a wafer; sealing wax. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [ BULL. 46 holisso isht alhkama, n., a wafer. holisso isht baska, n., a card used in games. holisso isht kashoff, n., rubber; India rubber. holisso isht la"fa, n., a ruler; an instru- ment by which lines are drawn on paper. holisso itshukcha, n., a pocket book; a letter bag. holisso itshu2shi, n., a book worm. holisso ithana, holisso ikhana, Vv. t., to understand a book. holisso ithana, pp., taught; learned; holisso ikithano, pp., untaught; un- learned; a., illiterate. holisso ithana, vy. t., to learn; ‘‘to learn the book.”’ holisso ithana, n., a learner; a student; a scholar. holisso ithananchi, v. t., to teach a knowledgeof books; to teach; toschool. holisso ithananchi, holisso ithanan- chi, n., a teacher; a school teacher; an institutor; an instructor; a professor. holisso ithananchi, n., schooling. holisso itibapisa, v. t., to study together. holisso itibapisa, n., a fellow-student; a fellow-scholar. holisso itimanumpuli, v. t., to read; to read a book; to spell. holisso itimanumpuli, n., a reader. holisso kanchi, v. t., to sell a book or books. holisso kanchi, n., a book seller; a sta- tioner. holisso kallo, n., a writ. holisso lapalichi, v. t., to enlist; to re- cord. holisso lapushki, n., a bank bill; a bank note; paper money, holisso lapushki ikbi, n., a cashier. holisso lapushki ikbi, v. t., to make bank bills. holisso lapushki okpulo, n., a counter- teit note. holisso lapushki okpulo ikbi, v. t., to counterfeit paper money. holisso Hlaia, n., a piece of torn paper; a slip of paper; a bit of paper; a ticket; a butt, used as a mark; a certificate, because written on a small piece of paper. BYINGTON ] A DICTIONARY OF THE holisso nan anoli, u., a story; a story book. holisso nowat atya, n., a newspaper. holisso nowat a®ya alhtoba, n., post- age. holisso nowat aya inchuka, n., a post-office. holisso nowat a®ya ishi, n., a post- master. holisso okpulo, n., a bad book; waste paper; a scrawl. holisso o®tlipa, n., a book cover. holisso o"lipa ikbi, n., a bookbinder. holisso pata, n., a spread paper; a paper spread out. holisso pata achafa, n., a page in a book. holisso pisa, v. t., to study a book; to study; to attend school; to read. holisso pisa, n., a scholar; a pupil; a student; a book man. holisso pisa alhtoba, n., schooling. holisso pisa imponna, a., book learned. holisso pisa shali, n., a book worm. holisso pisa shati, a., bookish; given to learning. holisso pisachi, v. t., to teach; to keep a school; to show the books. holisso pisachi, n., a teacher; an in- structor; a schoolmaster; a pedant; an usher. holisso pula, n., a scroll; a sheet of paper. holisso pula pokoli tuklo akucha ushta, n., a ream of paper. holisso shali, n., a postman. holisso shali fohki, vy. t., to mail. holisso shali foka, pp., mailed. holisso shali inchuka, n., a post-office. holisso takali, pp., recorded; entered in a book; booked; slated. holisso takalichi, v. t., to slate; to re- cord; to enter in a book; to book; to register; n., a recorder. holisso talakchi achafa,n., a ream of paper. holisso tohbi, n., white paper; writing paper. holisso umpatha, n., a book cover. holissochi, holissichi, v. t., to write; to compose; to.draft; to draw; to express; to indite;.toletter; to limn; to mark; to narrate; to note; to pen; to pencil; to print; to scrawl; toscribble; to sign; CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 163 totable; to take; to value; to venerate; hollisonchi, nas. form, holissohonchi, freq., Matt. 2: 5; John 1: 45; iinholis- sochi, to correspond; o®holissochi, v. t., to inscribe. holissochi, n., an amanuensis; a writer; a scribe; a clerk; a scrivener; a chirog- rapher; a composer; a copier; a pen- man; handwriting, as B. holissochioka B’s handwriting; a marker; a penner; a printer; a recorder; a secretary; na holissochi, a scribe, Matt. 7: 29. holissochi ikhananchi, n., a writing master. holissochit anoli, v. t., to certify; to communicate by letter. holishki, y. a. i., to be thick, glutinous, like dried oil, or like paste or mush. holitobli, v. t., v. a. i., to love; to rever- ence; to respect; to bless; to worship, John 4: 21; to honor, Matt. 15: 4, 5; to keep holy; to magnify; to observe; to regard; to revere; toserve, Matt. 6: 24; to keep, Josh. 5: 10, 11; to keep a birth- day, Matt. 14:6; to fear, Josh. 4: 14, 24; holittobli, intensive form; ileholitobli, to respect one’s self; itiholitobli, to love each other; irholitobli, to make sacred before him, so that he may not profane it, like the tree of life in Eden. holitobli, u., a lover; a worshiper; love; an honorer; a magnifier; ileholitobli, self-respect; self-esteem. holitobli keyu, a , unvalued. holitoblichi, v. t. caus., to set apart as sacred; to celebrate; to consecrate; to dedicate; to dignify; to ennoble; to en- rich; to esteem; to exalt; to glorify; to grace; to hallow; to illustrate; to pre- fer; to sanctify; to solemnize; to sub- lime; to magnify. Josh. 3: 7; 4:14; to give glory to, Josh. 7:19. holitoblichi, n., a sanctifier. holitoblichit isht anumpuli, v. t., to eulogize; to extol. holitoblit aia®tichi, v. t., to serve, Luke 4:8. holitoblit aiokpachi, v. t., to worship, Luke 4:7; to glorify, Luke. 5: 25; to homage. holitoblit hofantichi, v. t., to cherish. holitoblit isht anumpa, n., an eulogy; a panegyric. 164 holitoblit isht anumpuli, v. t., to cele- brate; to panegyrize; to praise. holitoblit isht anumpuli, n., a celebra- tion. holitompa, n., eminence; a high rank; a prince; anoble; okla ha® inholitompa, Josh. 9: 15. holitompa, a., reputable; holy, nana kat holitompa kano, that whichis holy, Matt. 7: 6; na holitompa isht ansha, a priest, Matt. 8: 4. holitopa, pp., a., dear; valuable; estima- ble; excellent; glorious; holy; honora- ble; illustrious; magnificent; near; pre- cious; reverend; royal; sacred; solemn; splendid; sublime; sumptuous; venera- ble; worthy; Matt. 10: 31; Matt. 12: 12; sacred; beloved, Matt. 17: 5; holy, Josh. 5: 15; rich; august; hallowed; Matt. 6: 9; good, Matt. 6: 26; choice; honored; blessed; consecrated; darling; ennobled; enriched; esteemed; ex- alted; graced; glorified; illustrated; respected; revered; sainted; sanctified; valued; venerated; ikholitopo, honor- less; unhallowed; unholy; unhonored; unwealthy; isht aholitopa, nan isht ima- holitopa, glory of them, Matt. 4: 8; na holitopa, n., a pearl, Matt. 7: 6; holittopa, intensive form; iti”holitopa, dear to each other or to love each other; i”holitopa, n., his saints, 1 Sam. 2: 9; irholitopa, dear to him, or to love him; to rever- ence; i%holitopa, n., his dear friend; holitompa, nas. form; holitohompa, freq. form; holitoyupa, pro. form. holitopa, n., riches; glory; that whichis sacred; credit; honor; dearness; dig- nity; exaltation; grandeur; highness; holiness; love; magnitude; majesty; merit; reputation; repute; sanctity; splendor; sublimity; value; worship; worth; worthiness. holitopa atapa, a., inestimable; invalu- able; unvalued. holitopa banna, n., cupidity. holitopachi, v. t. caus., to glorify, John 12: 28; ilaholitopachi, to glorify himself, John 12: 28. holitopat, adv., worthily. holitopat annoa, n., glory. holitopat hofanti, pp., cherished. sacredly; solemnly; BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY (BULL. 46 holitopat isht anumpa, pp., celebrated; eulogized. holiya, see holuya. hollihta, see holihta. hollo, pp., drawn on; put on, as shoes, boots, stockings; holo, v. t. (q. v.). hollo, n., a pair, or that which is drawn on, as stockings upon the feet; shulush hollo achafa. hollo, hullo, v. n., to have the monthly flow or discharge, as a female. hollo, n., menses; the monthly flow of females. hollohpi, pp., entombed, hollopili, I en- tomb; ahollohpi, n., a grave. hollokmi, holukmi, pp., burnt; fired; scalded; luak isht hollokmi, burned in the fire, Matt. 13: 40; tkholokmo, a., unburnt. hollopi, holohpi, pp., buried; interred; entombed; ikhollopo, a., unburied; not interred. holmo, pp., covered; roofed; housed; shingled. hoimo, n., a roof; a covering. holo, v. t., to draw on; to put on (one- self), as shoes, boots, moccasins, stock- ings, pantaloons; hoyolo, Josh. 9: 5. holochi, v. t., to put shoes, etc., upon another. See Luke 15: 22. holohpi, see hollopi. holokchi, pp., planted; sown; nana im- aholokchitukash, Matt. 13: 19; na holok- chi, n., a plant. holopi, pp., stocked; hafted; helved. holoti, holotti, pp., wound, as feathers on the small end of an arrow; ho/oti, n. holufka, pp., sunned; dried; aired; ik- holufko; a., unsunned. holufka, n., that which is sunned. holukmi, n.,a burn; aconflagration; see hollokmi. holutsi, holussi, a., brown, dark brown; turning black; isi at holunsi. holutsi, v. u., to be brown; aholunsi, v. t., to blacken; to color black. holussi, halussi, pp., pounded; brayed; beaten. holussi, n., that which is beaten. holushmi, pp., burnt; fired. holushmi, n., that which is burnt; a burning; a conflagration. BYINGTON] holuya, holiya, v. a.i., to drip; to leak; to filtrate; to run through; to distill; to drain; to dribble; to filter; to percolate. holuya, n., a dripping. holuya, pp., distilled; filtrated; strained; filtered; percolated; ikholuyo, a., un- strained. holuyachi, v. t., to drain; to leach; to filtrate; to percolate; to strain. hol, n., a wedge or bar (of metal); see Josh. 7: 21, 24. homaiyi, n., carnation; red; purple. homaiyi, hummaiyi, a., reddish; red; fallow, as a deer; purple. homaiyi, v. n., to be reddish or red. homaiyichi, v. t., to make reddish; to color red; to purple; to empurple. homakbi, n. pl., a purple. homakbi, a. pl., reddish; purple; brown. homakbichi, y. t., to make purple; to color purple. homechi, v. t., to season, Mark 9: 50; to embitter; to make bitter or strong, as a liquid, etc.; to turn sour, etc.; to sour; to make sour, acrid, bitter, etc.; ho- minichi, nasal form; ikhomecho, neg. form; to dilute; to weaken; to reduce. homechi, a., sour; somewhat sour or bitter; sourish; frowy; harsh. homi, pp., soused; made bitter; embit- tered; turned; ikhomo, pp., reduced; diluted, as spirits; a., weak; ikhomoki- taha, a., vapid. homi,a., bitter; sour; acrid;strong; smart; acetous; ardent; fiery; astringent; brack- ish; hard; poignant; pungent; racy; sharp; tart. homi, v. a. i., to prick; to become acid; to sour. homi, v. n., to be bitter, etc. homi, n., bitterness; pungency; sharp- ness; tartness. homi chohmi, a., somewhat bitter; sour- ish. homi chohmiy, v. n., to be somewhat bit- ter, etc. homi fehna, a., virulent. homilbha, a., sourish, like a bad taste in in the mouth from indigestion. homma, see humma. homo, v. t., to cover; to shingle; to roof; to house. homo, n., one who roofs, shingles, etc. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 165 honata, pp. pl., nailed; strung; pierced; anata, sing. honayo, honnayoh, a., wild; untamed; shy; ikhonayo, tame; not wild. honayo, v.n., to be wild, ete.; ikhonayo, neg. form. honayo, n., shyness, wildness; ikhonayo, gentleness; tameness; mansuetude. honaii, v. t. pl., to pierce; to sting; nati, sing. honatichi, y. t., to nail; analichi, sing.; itahonatichi, to tack together. honammona, v. t., to parboil. honi, honni, v. t., to cook; to seethe; to prepare food for the table; to boil; to prepare for use; to brew; to decoct; to distill; to extract; to stew. honi, n., a cook; a boiler; a person who boils. honichi, v. t., caus., to make her cook. honnayoh, see honayo. honni, pp., cooked; boiled; seethed; brewed; distilled; extracted; stewed; sodden; 1 Sam. 2: 15; ikhonno, a., un- boiled. honni, n., food; victuals; that which has been cooked, boiled, etc.; a stew. honola, v. t., to twist. honola, n., a twister. hononammona, pp., parboiled. honula, pp., twisted. honula, y. a. i., to twist (it twists). honula, honnula, n., atwist; pala ithon- nula lua, the wick of a candle, Matt. 12: 20; ‘smoking flax.’’ hopahki, subpositive form; farish; some- what far. hopaii, n., a prophet; a priest; a military leader or captain; a captain-general; a general; a war chief; a war prophet; a major-general; aseer; an augur; Matt. 1: 22; 10: 41; 11: 9; 12: 17-18; 14: 5. hopaii puta, n., the prophets, Matt.7: 12. hopakachi, see hopakichi. hopaki, n., a distance; alength of time; a remove; a while, Matt. 13: 21; tkho- pako, n., a spell; a short time. hopaki, a., distant as to time or place; remote; far away; far off; far; Josh. 8:4; a long way; a long time; old, Matt. 13: 52; removed. hopaki, v. n., to be distant; inhopaki, to be far from it; hopakishke, Matt. 15: 8. 166 hopaki, ady., for a long time; for a long way; far; late; long; remotely; wide; widely; hopaki tahachin, it will last a long time. hopaki achafa, n., a minute; one minute. hopaki fehna, adv., farthest. hopaki i28shalhi, a., farther; longer as to time; farthest. hopaki kash, adv., long ago, Matt.1]: 21. hopakichechi, v. t., to cause to go far off, or to delay a long time. hopakichi, hopakachi, v. a. i., to make off to a distance, said of horses that stray—said of water, Josh. 3: 16; v. t., to makeit a long time; to delay; himak foka hopakichit tati; hopakinchi, v. t.; hopakint, Gen. 37: 18. hopakichit, adv., widely. hopakichit habli, v. a. i., to stride. hopakikma, y.n., in the sub. mood, but rendered adverbially by and by, after a while, in a short time. hopakikmako, vy. n., sub. mood, when it shall be a time; ady., in a short time; after a while; by and by. hopatsa, hoatsa, hua™sa, howatsa, hauatsa, v.t., to chew; to champ; to chaw; to grind; to masticate; v. a.i., to ruminate; isht hopatsa, vy. t., to rumi- nate. hopatsa, n., a cud; a chaw. hopatuloa, n., a war whoop. hopalhka, a. pl., wide. hopatka, a. pl., patha, broad. hopatka, y. n. pl., to be wide; to be broad. hopatka, n., breadth; width. hopatkalli, v. t., to make broad, Matt. 23: 5. hopela, y. t., to distribute; to divide; to deal; to lot; to give alms, Acts 10: 4, 31; itithopela, v. t., to divide among them; to dispense; hoyupela, pro. form; uimhoyupela. hopela, n., a distributer; a divider. hopena, v. t., to count; to number; to enumerate; to appoint the time for a meeting by counting the previous days; to numerate. hopena, n., a counter; an appointer; a numerator. hopena, n., numeration. sing., wide; BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLn. 46 hopi, hohpi, ohpi, v. t., to stock; to haft; to helve, ete.; to puta handle upon any edge tool; to put woodwork to iron or steel tools or instruments; whpi, olhpi, pp. hopi, hohpi (q. v.), v. t., to bury, etc.; to sepulcher. hopoa, hopoba, a., hungry. hopoa, v. n., to be hungry; v. a.i., to hunger; to starve. hopoa, hopoba, n., famine; hunger; star- vation; impotency. hopochi, y. t., to hoe corn for the last time; to hill corn; ‘‘to lay it by;’” hopochichi; yakni a” isht hopochichi, to hoe up small hills; see apolicht. hopochi, y. a.i., to arrive at a middle state, as corn; to grow to the size when corn is ‘‘laid by’’ by farmers. hopochi, n., corn at that age; the state of corn at that time. hopohka, y. t., to graze; to pick food with the mouth, as horses and cattle or fowls; or as a man picks meat from a bone with his mouth. hopohka, n., a picker; one that picks or grazes. hopohkachi, v. t., to graze; to feed on grass; to cause another to pick. hopoiksa, see hopoksia. hopo®koyo, vy. a. i., to see; to behold; to look; to view; to watch, as a wild beast, Matt. 11: 5; 2Sam. 24: 20; Josh. 5:13. Thedifference between hoporkoyo and pisa may be this: hopo”koyo is to look, in general, or to see, but pisa is a more definite use of the eye, as can you see (generally)? and can you see it (particularly)? hopo"koyo, n., sight; eyesight; a look- out. hopo®koyo ikimachukmo, a., dim; not haying good eyesight. hopo®koyo shali, a., watchful. hopoksa, a., wise. hopoksa, v. n., to be wise. hopoksa, n., wisdom; discretion; moral- ity; rectitude; sapience. hopoksia, hopoiksa, hopoyuksa, a., wise; prudent; good; well-disposed; chaste; civil; coy; considerate; conti- nent; discreet; judicious; humble; moral; righteous; sage; witty, ohoyo BYINGTON] A DICTIONARY OF THE hopoyuksa, a chaste woman; tkhopoyu- kso, a., ill-bred; impolite; impolitic; imprudent; indiscreet; injudicious; un- civilized. hopoksia, hopoiksa, hopoyuksa,v. a.i., to behave well; iAhopoyukso, v.a. i., to misbehave; v. n., to be wise or prudent; ikhopoyukso, to be ill-bred; hopoksiali; hopoyuksali in ilehopoyuksali, 1 Sam. 18: 14, 30. hopo"ksia, hopoitksa, hopoyutksa, nasal form; the righteous; those who are righteous. hopoksiachi, v. t. caus., to make wise; to civilize; to make good; to cause him to conduct well; to moralize. hopoksiachi, n., a reformer. hopota, a., quiet; peaceable; good na- tured; tranquil; peaceful; ikhopoto, a., unconsoled; unreconciled. hopola, v. u., to be quiet, peaceful, or tranquil. hopola, v. a. i., to become tranquil; to become quiet or good-natured; to sub- side. hopola, pass, to be quieted, allayed, soothed, assuaged, comforted, com- posed, conciliated, healed, solaced, Matt. 2:17, 18; 5: 4. hopola, n., acomfort; a solace. hopotahe keyu, a., irreconcilable. hopotachi, v. t., to comfort; to quiet; to pacify; to tranquilize; to allay; to appease; to soothe; toassuage; to com- pose; to propitiate. hopotachi, n., a comforter, etc.; a pro- pitiator. hopotalli, y. t., to tranquilize; to com- fort, etc.; to quiet; to conciliate; to console; to heal; to nourish; to pacify; to propitiate; to silence; to solace. hopotalli, n., a comforter. hoponi, v. t., to cook. hoponi, n., a cook. hoponti, v. a. i., to blow smoke through the nose. hopoyuksa, pp., reclaimed; ikhopoyukso, a., unreformed; untamed; unwise; wild; see hopoksia. hopoyuksa, adv., wisely. hopoyuksa, n., chastity; ohoyo hopoyuksa, a woman of chastity; ikhopoyukso, n., ill-breeding; imprudence; wildness; CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 167 hopoyuksaka, in Solumon imisht ahopo- yuksaka, wisdom of Solomon, Matt. 12:42; the righteous, Matt 13: 48; the just, Matt. 13:49; wisdom, 1 Kings 10: 23, 24. hopoyuksa keyu, a., uncivil; unman- nerly. hopoyuksahe keyu, a , untamable. hopoyuksalechi, v. t., to reclaim. hopoyuksalli, v. t., to civilize; to con- vert. hopoyuksalli, n., a civilizer. hoppi, see hohnt. hopulbona, n., a priest’s sacred bag. hopumpoyo, v. a. i. pl., to see; to look about; to exercise the power of seeing, Luke 18: 41. hopunayo, v. a. i. sing., to see; to look about; to take one look; ikhoponayo, blind, Matt. 15: 30. hopusi, v. t., to bray; to pound. hopu4si, n., one that brays or pounds. hosh, a particle used to connect words, and having the meaning of the verb to be in the 3d person (see osh in hoshkin) tlap banna hoshkin. hoshi®ko, see hoshurka. hoshila, hoshela, n., a sty. hoshilabi, v.i., tohaveasty; hoshilasabi, I have a sty. hoshinti, see hoshonti hoshintika, see hoshontika. hoshi®shi, n., a quill; a feather. hoshitshi patalhpo, n., a feather bed; a feather pallet. hoshitshi patalhpo topa, n., a feather bed. hoshi®shi topa, n., a feather bed. hoshontakapi, see hoshontikiyt. hoshonti, v. a. i., to cloud. hoshonti, pp., clouded. hoshonti, hoshinti, n., a cloud, Matt. 17:5; ashade; a shadow of an inani- mate thing; hatak laua hoshonti chiyuh- mi; aiilli aiothoshonti, shadow of death, Luke 1: 79 hoshonti, a., cloudy. hoshonti pit tikeli, hoshonti pit bi- keli, v. t., to reach the clouds. hoshonti pit tikeli, a., cloud capped. hoshonti toba, v. a. i., to cloud up; to become cloudy. hoshonti toba, pp., clouded. 168 hoshonti yabata, n., flying clouds. hoshontichi, v. t., to becloud; to cause a shade or clouds to appear; to cloud; to darken, Matt. 16: 3. hoshontichi, v. n., it is cloudy. hoshontika, hoshintika, n., the shade of inanimate objects, Matt. 17: 5; a cloud; a piazza; a canopy; an arbor; a bower; a gallery; a hood; a porch; a shade; a shed; a shadow, of a thing, not an animal; umbrage. hoshontika, a., shady; umbrageous. hoshontika, pp.; o"hoshontika, shaded; ikhoshontiko, a., uncloudy; unshaded. hoshontika, v. a. i., to shade. hoshontika ashachi, v. t., to embower. hoshontika laua, a., shady; having much shade. hoshontikachi, v. t., to make a shade; to shade; ili ohoshontikachi, to make a shade over himself; isht hoshontikachi, to screen with; ohoshontikachi, v. t., to overshadow, Matt. 17: 5; to shade. hoshontikilhkiki, n., broken, cloud; ‘‘mackerel’’ clouds. hoshontikiyi, hoshontakapi, n., a pi- azza post; a rafter. hoshontoba, n., a scud. hoshu?® aialhto, hochu® atlhto, n., the bladder; see imokato. hoshu®ka, hoshi®ko, n., the beard of grain, or the matter on some weeds which irritates the flesh if it lodges in the shirt, etc. hoshunluk, hishunluk, n., bran; na hi- shunluk, a mote, Matt. 7: 3, 4. hoshu®wa, vy. a.i., to state; to discharge urine; to void water; to urinate; to water; to ‘‘make water.” hoshu®wa, n., urine; the liquor secreted in the bladder; chamber lye. hoshu"wa aminti, n., the urethra. hoshu2wa shah, u., the diabetes. hota, adv., probably; it may be; it seems so; ilap akinli hota? hota, v. t., to separate; to take away, as bran from the meal by the hand; to take honey from the bees by the hand; foe hota; chukfi hota. hotachi; see ponola ahotachi. hotampi (see holhtapi, pp.), v. t., to string; to file; to put on a string, as beads, birds, fish, etc. thin BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [ BULL. 46 hotampi, n., a filing. hotampi, n., one who files, strings, etc. hotapi, v. t., to string beads or fish; hotampi, nas. form; holhtapi pass. hotepa, imp. pl., go ahead; start off; go first; go on; mia, imp. sing.; hotimpa, nasal form. hotilhko, v. n., to cough; to havea cough or cold. hotilhko, n., a cough; a cold. hotilhko fitka, n., the whooping cough. hotilhko fitka, v. n., to have the whoop- ing cough. hotilhkot tofa, v. t., to expectorate. hotina, hotehna (Rey. 7:9), hotihna, hotinna, v. t., to count; to number; to enumerate; to cast up; to reckon up; to compute; to calculate; to take a cen- sus; to account; to cipher; to estimate; to foot; to liquidate; to rate; to settle; to tell; to value; to number, 2 Sam. 24:2; Josh. 8:10; holhtina, pp.; ikhoteno, y.t., to exclude; toexempt; ibahotina; itibahotina, v. a. i., to enlist; hotihinna, freq.; hotiena, pro. form. hotina, n., a counter; a calculator; a computer; a caster; a teller; an arith- metician; a numerator. hotina, n., numeration; a reckoning. hoto2, ady., in nan tiht koa hoton? hotofi, hotuffi, v. t. sing., to untie; to un- bind; to unwind; to loose, Matt. 16: 19; Mark 11: 2, 4; holhtufa, pp. hotofi, n., one that enters. hotoka, see hitoka. hotokbi, hotukbi, a., moist; damp; be- ing not quite dry; not so wet as hokolbi ; pp., damped. hotokbi, v. u., to be moist, damp; nipi at hotokbi, from a gentle perspiration. hotokbichi, hotukbichi (J. E.), v. t., to moisten; to dampen. hotokohmi, see hotukohmi. hotokok, see hotukok. hotoli, pp. pl., untied; unbound, etc. hototichi, y. t. pl., to untie; to unbind. hotonti, n., a frost. hotonti, a., frosty. hotonti, v. n., to be frosty; to have a frost; there is a frost. hotontichi, v. t., to cause a frost. hoto%si, hoto¥sichi, y. t., to prepare a bait for beaver. hoto®sichi, n., a baiter for beaver. BYINGTON] hotti, v. t., to wind or bind feathers on the end of an arrow; holoti, pp. (q. v.). hotuk; chithanalihotukokeh, I reckon I should know you; mihahotuk, he says what he should not say; mihahotuk for mihahotukohmi. hotuk, hotok, a Chickasaw word. hotukbi, see hotokbi. hotukla, hitukla (q. v.), a., second. hotukohmi, hotokohmi, adv., proba- bly, John 20: 16; Luke 22: 41; Gen. 21: 16. hotukok, hotokok, adv., probably. hotuma, (compounded of the particle ho or hoh and tuma), adv. of doubt, Luke 2: 49; ishpimabachi hotuma, John 10: 34; Matt. 17: 26; hotumashke, see tuma, here it isa word of certainty; 1 Sam. 30: 24; Acts 11: 18; Deut. 4: 7, 8; see hatuma. hotupa, hutupa, huttupa, v. n., v.a.i., to ache; to be in pain; to throe; to travail; to twinge. hotupa, n., a hurt; a pain; an offense; a pang; persecution; smart; a sore; a throe; torture; travail. hotupa, pp., hurt; wounded; injured; harmed; persecuted. hotupa, a., sore; painful; unhurt. hotupachi, v. t., to hurt; to wound; to injure. hotupali, v. t., to hurt; to wound; to abuse; to give pain; to inflict an in- jury; to injure; to harm; to outrage; to pain; to persecute; to torture; to twinge; chukash hotupali, to wound the feelings; to affront; to insult. hotupali, n., a hurter; a persecutor; a wounder. hotupali, n., persecution; a wounding. howatsa, see hopansa. hoyapa, a., not strong; sleazy; not woven strong, as shukbo at hoyapa. hoyapa, v. n., to be sleazy. hoyabli, v. n., to be weary; Matt. 9: 36; ahoyabli, Matt 6: 28; to be faint; saho- yabli, I am weary. hoyabli, a., weary. hoyabli, pp., wearied. hoyablichi, y. t., to tire; to weary; to make weary. hoyo, v. t., to look after; to hunt; to search for; to seek; to inquire after; to- ikhotupo, A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 169 ask for; to expect; to await; to wait for; to course; to demand; to invite; to quest; to summon; imahoyo, to take or demand of, Matt. 17: 25; to seek, Matt. 18: 12; 13: 45; to seek to call, Matt. 2: 18; 6:32, 33; 7: 7; 15: 32; Luke 2: 25; hot, cont., as hot ia, imp., go and look after it; goin quest of; hot ala, imp., go and bring it; come After or for; ikhoyo, a., unsought. hoyo, v. t., to harvest; to gather fruits, John 4: 35; to pry; to scan; to search; to seek; to watch; to look for, ehoyokma, or do we look for, Matt. 11: 3. hoyo, n., asearch; a hunt; a quest. hoyo, n., a seeker; a gatherer; an in- quirer; a demander; an expectant; an expecter; a hunter; a searcher; na hoyo, the harvest; ahoyo, the place of seeking; a harvest ground, etc.; see Matt. 9: 38. hoyo fehna, v. t., to re-search. hoyochi, v. t. caus., to cause to look after; to make search; hoyohonchi; chi- hoyohonchishke. hoyopa, a., brave; warlike. Hoyopa humma, n., a man’s name. hoyopa taloa, n., a brave death song; a few words of one of these run as fol- lows: we kanihe shap irwali weh kanihe. hoyot anta, vy. a. i., to wait. huatsa, see hopatsa. hufka, ufka, v. t., to sun; to air; to dry; holufka, pp. huk, hauk, an int., Oh; O dear; alas; ah me. hukma hinla, a., scalding hot. hukmi, y. t., to set on fire; to fire; to burn; to scald, Matt. 13: 30; Josh. 7: 25; 8: 19; same as hushmi. hukmi, n., a firer; an incendiary; acon- sumer. huksoh, y. a. i., to discharge wind; to break wind. hu2kupa, y. t., to steal; to purloin; to commit larceny; to depredate; to filch; to peculate; to pilfer; to plunder; to rob; to shark; to thieve; ahu”kopa, Matt. 6: 19, 20. hu®kupa, v. a. i., to prey. hu"kupa, hu2kopa, n., a thief, Matt. 6: 19, 20; a felon; a filcher; a pad; a prig; a purloiner; a rover; a stealer. 170 hutkupa, n., a theft; larceny; depreda- tion; stealth; hulkunpa, Matt. 15: 19. hutkupa, pp. and a., stolen; felonious; thievish. hutkupa akka nowa, n., a footpad. hu2kupa shali, u., thievish. hu®kupat itanowa, vy. a.i., to maraud. hulbona, pp. pl., doubled; rolled up; see bunni. hulbona, n., bundles; rolls. hulhkachi, see wlhkachi. hulhki, n., the calf of the leg. hulhki foni, n., the leg bone. hulhkupa, hulhkopa, pp., stolen. hullo, see hollo. hullochi, v. t., to sanctify; to set apart to a sacred use; to fast, Matt. 6: 16; holitoblit hullochi, Gen. 2: 3; hash ile- hullochashke, Josh. 3: 5; 7: 18. hullochi, v. a.i., to abstain from; to diet one’s self, as in taking medicine; to fast, Matt. 9: 14; to sanctify (one’s self and others) for the Lord; ilehullochi, Josh. 7: 13. See y. t., above. hulloka, n., a sacred thing. humma, n., red; crimson; redness; rouge; scarlet. humma, homma, a., red; angry; in- flamed, as a sore; flagrant; florid; fresh; roseate; ruby; ruddy; sanguinary; scar- let; tawny, Matt. 16: 2, 3. humma, y. n., to be red; v. a. i., to flush; to glow; to redden. humma, pp., reddened; tanned red; made red; ikhkummo, pp., not tanned; raw, as a hide. humma, adv., redly. humma, an addition to a man’s name which gives him some distinction, call- ing on him for courage and honor. The “na humma’’ may not run or turn the back on the field of battle. humma talaia, n., a red spot. humma taloha, n. pl., red spots. humma tishepa, n., very red; a bright bay; scarlet. hummaiyi, homaiyi (q. v.), a., reddish. hummachi, v. t., to color red; to dye red; to tan; to paint red; to make red; to redden; siathummachi, to redden for me and mine,—applied to the red poles of graves. hummachi, y. a. i., to blush; to become red; to redden, as the countenance. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 hummachi, pp., reddened. hummalbha, vy. a. i., to be reddish. humpah, y. a. i., to say ‘‘humph”’, the report of a gun; to whoop, as a drink- ing man. hutssa, y. t., to shoot; to fire; to dis- charge a gun; to shoot an arrow; uskt naki an isht hurssa. hutssa, n., a shoot. hutssa, n., a shooter. hu%ssa, n., a shooting. hutssa, pp., shot; discharged. hutssa imponna, n., a marksman; a sharpshooter. . hussi, v. t., to beat; to pound; to bray. hush, exclamation, oh; alas. hush abi, vy. t., to fowl; to kill birds. hush abi, n., a fowler. hush apa, iti ani, n., the black gum. So named, I think, because birds eat the berries.—C. B. hushi, n., a bird; a fowl; a screamer, Matt. 6: 26; hushi puta kat, the fowls, Matt. 13: 4; aba hushi puta kat, the fowls of the air. hushi aialhpita, n., a bird cage. hushi balbaha, hush balbaha, n., a mocking bird. hushi chipunta, n., sparrows, Matt. 10: 29, 31. hushi hishi, n., bird feathers; a feather. hushi humma, n., a red bird. hushi imalhpichik, n., a bird’s nest. hushi inchuka, n., a bird cage; a house for birds. hushi inchuka fohka, pp., caged, as a bird. hushi inchuka fohki, v. t., to cage. hushi isht albi, n., a bird trap. hushi isht hokli, n., a bird snare. hushi iti chanli, n., a pecker; a wood- pecker. hushi iyakchush, n., a pounce; a bird’s claw; a talon. hushlokussa, n., a bird; the name of some that flock or huddle together. The English name is unknown to me.— C. B. hushmiy, v. t., to burn; to fire; to set on fire; toruin. Same as hukmi; holushmi, pp., holahushmi, fiery, Eph. 6:16. hushmi, n., a burner. hushmi, n., a conflagration; a burning. - hushpa, pp., burnt. hushpali, v. t., to burn. BYINGTON ] hushshiho, n., the feeling of chaff in the clothes; v. a. i., to prickle from this cause. hushushi, n., a young bird; a nestling. huttupa, hutupa, see holupa. hut™wa, vy. t., to scent; to smell; to snuff. i has the sound of e in me or i in pique and of short iin pin. The let- ter iis used for y in words where y is doubled in sound. The letter a often precedes i, thus making a diphthong Thus yukpa, yukpachi, aiyukpa, atyuk- pachi, and not ayyukpa, ayyukpachi. The consonant is doubled to express intensity. i, prep., meaning at, in, place where, as tiksho. ‘tiksho belongs to the intensive form, but 7 occurs before other words, ichapaka, imoma, itikba. i, adv., there, used as above. It rarely occurs except before the word iksho and has the same use as a and ai before verbs. [Mr. Byington says, however, in a note: ‘‘This needs correction.’’ ] it, pre. poss. pro. in the nom. case, 3d per., prefixed to nouns that do not begin with a vowel or with p, ch, 1, ort. The noun is often in the poss. case, as miko imholisso, theking’s book. Itmay beinthenom. or obj. case, but the pronoun in Choc- taw should be parsed as a®, chin, in, pin; atholisso, my book; i”haiaka, visible to him; Matt. 1: 20. See im and in. i21, pre. per. pro. in the dative case before verbs and usually translated with a prep., s, of him, for him, ete. in, his, their, 3d per. sing. and pl., re- moved from the noun in the nom. and placed before the verb, as tali holisso inhotina, he has counted his money, etc., or he has counted the money for him. See chin, hachin, hapin. i®, of it; from it, etc. There area few in- stances in which 7”, in, etc., seem to have the use of a prep. rather than a pro- noun. These have the neuter gender. See Gen. 2:17, ishpakmatinnitak mihinli ho chillahioke; infalammi, to the north of it, north of it; i~hopaki, far from it; immnisha, two days from it (every other day, immishakma). i2, contraction for inli, or in; makin, akin (for akinli). it, oblique case of lish, ialish, alin. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 17L im, ith, adv., yes. ia, v. a. i., to go; to move; to depart; to stir; to pass; to proceed; to resort; to sail; to start; to set; to get away, Matt. 4:10; 18: 44 (he goeth); hashiashke, go, Matt. 8: 32; to grow; to increase, as kapassat ia, it grows cold; idhkoli, pl., tkaiyu, ikaiyo, sing., not to go; ihain ont tha, a little past; ihinya in ont ihinya- ma, Lukel8: 36; ikia ahni, v. t., to let go; to permit to go; to wish to go; isht ia, v. a. i., to commence; to begin; to found; to originate; isht ia, v. t., to carry; to begin; to start with; to take; to commence; to institute; to tote; to transfer; to undertake; to transport, John 2: 16; kapassat ishtia; ikaiyo, not to go, Luke 4: 42; Matt. 14: 16; ont ia, v.a.i., to exceed; to go by; to found; to outgo; to pass; to touch; to transcend; isht ont ia, to carry by; imia, itimia, iintimia, to run against each other in a race; ia talali, v. t., to carry on the head. ia, n., a goer; one who goes. ia, n., a going; a proceeding. iabannali, iabanali, v. t., to lay on the shoulders, Luke 15:5. See ilabannali, Matt. 11: 29, 30; Gen. 21: 14. iabannalichi, y.t., tolay upon the shoul- ders of another. iachi, v. t. caus., to send; to cause to go; to impel; itiachi, dual, they go together, Luke 2:45. iachi, n., a stirrer. iachikchik, n., a grasshopper, i. e., one species, as each species has a distinct name. jachuka, n., a turban; a cap; a head- dress; a handkerchief or shawl worn on the head; a fillet; minko imiachuka, a crown; a coronet. iachuka, pp., turbaned. jachuka, vy. t., to wear a turban. iachukolechi, y. t., to put a turban, handkerchief, or headdress on the head of another person. iachukoli, iachokoli, v.t.,to putaturban, handkerchief, or any headdress upon one’s own head. iachuna, n., the nape; the back of the neck; the withers of a horse; some say yauaska and some irkoi. iachunahika, n., the collar of a garment. 172 iachushak, n., the back side of the head; the upper part of the neck on the back side; the nape. iachushukli, v. a. i., to limp. shukli. iahitsht ia, to follow in haste; to chase after or run after; from ishi, imshi, ihinshi, iahisht ia, went to take him. iakaiya, iakaya, iyakaya, v. t., v. a.i., to follow; to come after; to pursue, Josh. 2: 5, 7; to dog; to second; to trace; siakaiya, he follows me; issiakat- yashke, do you follow me, Matt. 8: 22; 9:9; 10: 88; 14: 18; 16: 24; chiakaiya- lachin, I will follow thee; hachiakaiya, Josh. 2: 16; hassiakaiyashke, Matt. 4: 19; iakaiyat okla, dual number, Matt. 4: 20, 21; 8: 1; Josh. 6: 8; 8:6; iakat, cont., takant, John 13: 87; iakat ia, go and follow, Gen. 44:4; wiakatya, v.a.i., to go after each other in a single rank; to defile; to pursue. iakaiya, a., second; subsequent. iakaiya, n., a follower; adisciple; a pur- suer; a succeeder; a succesgor. iakaiya, n., a pursuit; a sequel; a train. iakaiyachi, iakaiyachi, sing., to cause to follow; to send after or behind, Luke 19: 14. iakaiyachit pisa, v. t., to follow; to en- ceavor to obtain. iakaiyoha, v. a. i. pl., to follow. iakaiyoha, n. pl., followers. iakaiyohachi, v. t. pl., tocause to follow; to make them follow. jiakaya, see iakaiya. ialipa, n., a cap; a turban; a bonnet; a cover; a lid; a coif; a hood. ialipa, pp., turbaned; dressed with a cap, etc.; covered; hooded; wreathed. iatipa, v. t., to wear a turban. ialipa hashtap toba, n., a wreath; a gar- land. iatipeli, v. t., to put on a turban, cap, bonnet; to put his turban on, i. e., on his own head; to coif; to hood; to wreathe. ialipelichi, v. t., to put a turban or cap upon the head of another; to put ona lid or cover; to hood another. iasinti, yasinte, hiasinti, n., an eel. ialli, a., worth. ialli, v. n., to be worth; itialli, to be worth against each other. See chu- BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL, 46 ialli, n., the worth; the value; the price; aialli, aialbi, aiilli. ialli chito, a., dear. iallichi, v. t., to price; to set. a value upon; to rate; itiallichi, v. t., to price against each other. iba, v. a. i, to be with, among, amidst, Josh. 7:11; itiba; itibai, Matt. 9: 11. iba, ibai, prep., with; in company with; along with; together with. It is com- pounded with many verbs and written iba before a verb beginning with a con- sonant and ibai before a verb beginning with a vowel. When a personal pro- noun is prefixed in the obj. case it is not prefixed to the verb but to the prep- position; as ibaianta, to stay with; sa- baianta, to stay with me. itiba, double reference, together, etc., together with, John 4: 36; Luke 1: 58; tbachukowa, ibaiimpa, Acts 11: 3. A number of compounded verbs follow, to serve as specimens as well as to define the verbs. ibabinili, v. t., to sit with; to settle in company with; ibabinoti, pl. ibabinili, pp., seated with; settled in company with; ibabinoti, pl. ibabinili, n., a fellow; a seat mate; a fel- low settler; ibabinoti, pl. ibabinilichi, v. t., to seat with; to cause to settle with; ibabinolichi, pl. ibabukbo, ibbabukbo (q. v.), n., a dou- ble handful; a handful. ibachafa, n., a companion; an equal. ibachafa, ibacha®fa (nasal form), v.a.i., to be one with; from iba and achafa, John 1:1. ibachukoa, ibachukowa, y. t., to in- vade; to enter into and be with; to penetrate. ibachukoa, v. a. i., to obtrude. ibachukoa, pp., invaded. ibachukoa, n., an invader. ibachukoa, n.,aninvasion; anirruption. ibafakchi, see hatapofokchi. ibafohki, see thafoka. ibafoka, v. a.i., to join, as to join the church; to obtrude; to sort with; to unite with, to follow, as sabafokashke, John 1: 43; Luke 5: 11; tobe in, Matt. 18:1, 4; itibafoka, to join together; to put together; imanuhfila itibafoka, to agree; to company; to consociate; to associate. See foka. BYINGTON] ibafoka, pp., united; joined with; com- bined; leagued; mixed; consociated; ibaforka, nasal form, ibafoyuka, prop., ibafoyuka, with, 2 Sam. 24: 2.; itibafoka, pp., conjoined; joined; ikitibafoko, a., uncom pounded. ibafoka, n., aunion; membership; com- bination; consociation; unity; a contri- bution; imbafoka, n., increase; income. ibafoka, n., a member; a follower; a communicant; a fellow; itibafoka, n., a companion; a contribution; a partaker; itibafoka, n., a joint. ibafokat, adv., or vy. a. i. with conj. ¢, to be with, etc. ibafokat a®ya, v. a. i., to go with, orin company with; to follow. ibafokat hochifot takalichi, vy. t., to enlist. ibafoki, ibafohki, v. t., to join with; to contribute; to enter in; to put in with; to mix; to add to; to unite to; to com- bine; to insert; to involve; to obtrude, 2 Sam. 24:3; to put among; Matt. 13: 83; Josh. 7: 11, itibafoki, to conjoin; to consociate; to identify; to join; avba- fohki, Gal. 2:6. See fohki. ibafoki, n., a mixer; one who joins, unites, or puts in; a contributor. ibafokichi, v. t., to cause another to join, or unite with; to combine. ibai, see iba. ibaianta, v. a. i., to stay with; to co- habit; to dwell with. ibaianta, n. sing., a companion; a mate; a fellow. ibaia®sha, vy. a. i. pl., to sit with; to dwell with. ibaia4sha, n., companions. ibaia"ya, v. a. i., to go with; to journey with. ibaiatya, n., a fellow traveler. ibaiatta, a., twinborn. ibaiatta, n., an inmate. ibaiitaualli, v. t., to play together. ibaiitaualli, n., a playmate; a play-fel- low. ibaiimpa, v. t., to eat with; to eat in company with; itibatimpa, to eat to- gether. ibaiimpa, n., a messmate. ibaiishko, v. t., to drink with. ibaiishko, n., a companion in drink; a little companion. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 173 ibaiyi, n., a nephew; salaiyi, my nephew; my sister’s sons and their male cousins by their mother’s side, and not my brother’s sons, which are called sons. ibakaha, v.a.i., to mix together; to flock. ibakaha, pp., mixed; multiplied; itiba- kaha, amalgamated; confounded; see ibalhkaha; ikitibakaho, a., unmingled; unmixed; ibakaha, n., a mixture; iti- bakaha, n., a contribution; a putting together. ibakahachi, v. t., to cause to be mixed. ibakati, v. t. pl., to mix them; to add; to put them together; to confound; to confuse. ibakali, n., a mixer. ibakchifanli, see ibakchufanli. ibakchishinli, v. a. i. sing., to bend and turn up the nose and lips, as a fox when he smells. See ibakpishinh. ibakchishinli, pp., bent and turned up. ibakchishinlichi, v. t., to cause to turn up, as the nose. ibakchufanli, ibakchifanli, v. a. i., to taper. ibakchufanli, a., peaked; pointed; slender pointed; tapering; tapered. ibakchufanli, v. n., to be peaked. ibakchufanlichi, ibakshakanli, vy. t., to taper; to sharpen, as to a point; to make sharp pointed like a wooden pin or a spade. ibakchufa™shli, v. a. i. pl., to taper. ibakchufatshli, a., taper; peaked; pointed. ibakchufatshli, v. n., to be peaked or pointed. ibakchufatshlichi, v. t., to taper; to sharpen as to the point. ibakehushli, pl., ibakchishinli, sing., v. a. i, to bend and turn up, as a fox turns up her nose, etc. ibakchushli, pp., bent; turned up. ibakchushlichi, v. t. pl., to bend them up; to turn them up. ibakhatanli, n., a bald face. ibakhatanli, a., baldfaced; palefaced, like a sickly man. ibakhatanli, v. n., to be baldfaced. ibakhata®shli, n. pl., baldfaces. ibakhata®shli, a., bald faced. ibakhatatshli, v. n., to be baldfaced. 174 ibaklipinli, ibaktokonli, v. n., to be short- or blunt-faced. ibaktalanli, v. a. i., to be half laughing. ibaktatinl, v. a. i., to run at the nose. ibaktatinli, n., a running at the nose; a dirty nose. ibaklatinlichi, v. t., to cause the nose to run. ibaktololi, v. i., to run at the nose. ibakoli, v. t., to search for in a hole. ibakpishanli, a., round and pointed. ibakpishanli, v. n., to be round and pointed. ibakpishanlichi, v. t., to make it round and pointed. ibakpishatshli, a. pl, round and pointed. ibakpishatshli, v. n., to be round and pointed. ibakpishashlichi, vy. t. pl., to make them round and pointed. ibakpishinli, vy. a. i.,'to turn noses and lips; see ibakchishinli. ibaksuku®lichi, y. a. i., to pout, Ps. 22: 4s ibakshakanli, a., straight and tapering, like a spade, not hollowed or dishing; see ibakchufanli. ibakshulanli, a., having white face and feet, asa horse; white-faced and -footed. ibakshulanli, v. n., to have white face and feet; or to spread the nose like a horse out of breath. ibakshula2shli, a. pl., having white faces and feet; white-faced and -footed. ibakshula®shli, v. n., to be white-faced and -footed. ibaktabanli, v. a. i., to be broad-nosed. ibaktasanli, a., having a star in the forehead. ibaktasanli, ibaktasanli bolukta, n., astar in the forehead. ibaktasatshli, n. pl., stars in the fore- head. i ibaktasa¥shli, a., having stars in the forehead. ibaktokonli, a., blunt, as an old ax; short faced. ibaktokonli, v. n., to be blunt. ibaktokonli, pp., made blunt; blunted. ibaktokonlichi, v. t., to blunt. ibaktoko®shli, ibaktokashli, blunt. ibaktoko®shli, v. n., to be blunt. a. pl., BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 ibaktokoshlichi, ibaktokashlichi, v. t., to blunt; to make them blunt. ibani, (from iba and ani), to pour in with; to put in with; to add to; to mix; to eke; itibani, to mix together, applied to liquids; nana kia itibanit okpani, to adul- terate by mixing. ibani, n., a mixer. ibanowa, v.a.i., to walk with; to travel with. ibanowa, n., a traveling companion. ibanowachi, v. t., to cause to walk with. ibanukhatklo, v. a. i, to condole; to mourn with; to lament with; to sym- pathize with. ibanukha"klo, n., a companion in sor- row; a sympathizer. ibanusi, v. n. or v. a. i., to sleep with. ibanusi, n., a bedfellow. ibatatkla, v. a. i., to partake with, Matt. 23: 30; to be among, Josh. 3: 10. ibata®kla, n., a partaker; a spy, 2 Sam. 15: 10. ibata"kla ishi, v. t., to share with. ibata"kla ishi, n., a sharer. ibatepa, v. a. i., to injure himself; im- batepa, he is hurt; ibatepa, a second hurt; ibatabli, v. t., two words, from. iba and tabli. ibatoksalechi, v. t., to work him with. ibatotksali, v. t., to work with; to labor with. ibatotksali, n., a fellow laborer; a work fellow. ibawichi, v. t., to aspire to help; to try to do; to attempt; na hollo imanumpa anumpuliibawicht; tbawinchi, nas. form. ibawichi, n., a help. See ibalhkaha, etc., for other verbs compounded with iba. ibachifa, v. t., to wash the hands, Matt. 27: 24. See ibbak achefa. ibalhkaha (from iba and alhkaha), v. a. i. pl., to mix together; to join. See kali. ibalhkaha, pp., mixed; added together; itibalhkaha, mixed together. ibalhkaha, u., an addition; addition; the name of arule in arithmetic; a union. ibalhto, v. a. i., to mingle with; to get among, as wak at ibalhto; from iba alhto,. pp. of ani or ibani; itibalhto,; itibathtot yanali, a., confluent. s ibalhto, pp., mixed; poured in. ibalhto, n., a mixture. BYINGTON] ibbabukbo, ibbapukko, n., a double handful. ibbabukbo achafa, n., a single double handful. ibbak, ibbak, n., the hand; the arm as far up as the elbow; the paw; sabbak, my hand; chibbak, thy hand, Matt. 6: 3; 12:13; 18: 8; ibbak, his hand (Chisas at ibbaka® pit weli, Matt. 8:3); Matt. 14:31; ibbak, her hand, Matt. 8: 15. ibbak abeha, n. pl., gloves; mittens. ibbak achefa, v. t., to wash the hands; ibuchifa, contr., Matt. 27: 24. ibbak alibishli, n., a muff. ibbak alota, n., a handful. ibbak alhfabek imma, adv., toward the left hand; at the left hand. ibbak alhfabeka, n., the left hand. ibbak alhto, n., a handful. ibbak aska, n., the wrist. ibbak bonuht isht isso, v. t., to fist. ibbak bonunta, n., the fist; the doubled hand. ? ibbak chush, ibbakchus, n., the finger nail, or finger nails. ibbak fahfulli, v. t., to gesticulate; to wave the hand about. ibbak fohka, pp., given; committed; put into the hand; delivered; intrusted. ibbak fohka, v. a. i., to come to hand. ibbak fohki, v. t., to give; to commit; to deliver; to put into the hand; to consign; to grant; to intrust; to leave; to resign. ibbak fohki, n., a giving; a resignation. ibbak foka, n. sing., a glove; a mitten. ibbak foka, pp., committed; received; placed in the hand; delivered. ibbak foni, n., the hand bone; the arm bone. ibbak ittumpat ikhi%sh foka, pp., inoculated. ibbak itumplit ikhitsh foki, y: t., to inoculate. ibbak ishki, n., the thumb. ibbak ishki patta achafa,n., an inch; the breadth of the ball of the thumb. ibbak isht impak imma, n., the right =chand. ibbak isht impak imma, adv., to the right hand. | ibbak isht impaka, n., the right hand. ibbak isht itibbi, n., a pugilist. ibbak isht kasholichi, n., a napkin. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 175 ibbak isht talakchi, n., a handcuff; a manacle. ibbak isht to"ksali, n., a manual. ibbak i"shutkani, shakba i?shu®kani, n., the elbow; the point of the elbow joint. ibbak itachakalli, n., the wrist joint. ibbak onuchi, n., imposition. ibbak paknaka, n., the back of the hand; lit., the top of the hand. ibbak pata, n., the palm of the hand; lit., the spread hand; ibbak patha, palms of her hands, 2 Kings 9: 35. ibbak takchi, v. t., to manacle; to bind the hands; to pinion. ibbak talakchi, pp., manacled; hand- cuffed; pinioned. ibbak tilokachi, n., the wrist joint; a joint that bends any way. ibbak tilokachi abiha, n. pl., wrist- bands, such as are used by the Choc- taw. They are made of silver and worn over the sleeves. ibbak tilokachi afohoma, n., a wrist- band; a cuff. ibbak tokonli, a., blunt; dull, as an ax. ibbak umbitepa achafa, n., a span. ibbak ush ali, n., the little finger. ibbak ushi, n., a finger. ibbak ushi abiha, n. pl., finger rings. ibbak ushi foka, n., a finger ring; a cot; a thimble. ibbak ushi isht pasholi, v. t., to finger. ibbak ushi itachakalli, n.,a finger joint; a knuckle. ibbak ushi olachi, n., a fillip. ibbak ushi tikba, n., the forefinger. ibbak ushi wishakchi, n., the finger end. ibbak wattachi, vy. t., to unclinch the hand. ibbapukko, n., a double handful. ibbak, see ibbak. ibetabli, v. a.i., to stumble; to dash the foot against, Luke 4: 11; to stub; to stump; to trip; to be offended; ibetablit satula kamo, I stumbled and fell; iksi- atbetablokmat, Matt. 11:6; isht atibetabli tok, they were offended in him, Matt. 13: 21, 57. ibetabli, n., a stumbler. ibetabli, n., a stumble. ibetablichi, v. t. caus., to make him stum- ble or stub, Matt. 5: 29; to offend, Matt. 18: 8, 9; kil ibitablecho, we not offend, Matt. 17: 27. 176 ibetap, n., the fountain; the source; the head, as of a water course; the part of a water course between you and the fountain, as sokbish is the other part; the upstream part of a river, Josh. 3: 18, 16; 15: 19. ibetap i"bok, n., the head of the creek; the name of a creek that runs into the Yalobusha from the south. ibetap pilla, adv., toward the head. ibetap pilla, adv., atthe head; from the fountain. ibialti, n., the end of anything, as a table, plank, or rail. ibichilu, n., the nose; the nostrils; the neb. ibichilu foka, n., a halter; whatis put on over the nose. ibichilu foka foka, v. t., to halter; to put on a halter. ibichilu patassa, a., flat-nosed. ibikoa, v. n., to bleed at the nose; sabi- koa, I bleed at the nose. ibikoa, u., the nose-bleed. ibikoachi, y. t., to make the nose bleed. ibilhkan, n., phlegm; rheum. ibilhkan chito, a., phlegmatic; abound- ing in phlegm. ibilhkan kucha, v. a. i., to snivel. ibitatampa, n., the combs or crest of a turkey. ibish, u., a rise; a swell; a hill of earth where corn, etc., is planted; the bow and the stern of a boat; the round end; the end, as of a cask; a pommel; a prow; a saddlebow; the part of a junk bottle next to the neck; the nipple; the teat. ibish ikbi, v. t., to hill; to make a hill about corn, etc. ibish isht alhkama, n., the head of a cask. ibishakni, n., the nose; the snout; the bill; the beak of a bird; the trunk of an elephant; the proboscis; the neb. ibishakni chiluk, u., a nostril; the nos- trils. ibishakni foka, n., a muzzle. ibishakni patassa, a., flat-nosed., ibishachi, n., the foretop. ibishano, v. n., to have a cold. ibishano, n., a cold, i. e., the disease well known to all. ibitakla, n., the forehead, Rev. 7: 3. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 ibitakla patshi, n., the foretop; the front. ibitek, n., a niece, his niece, her niece; sisters’ daughters, and their female cousins; sabitek, my niece. ichabli, ichabli, v. t., tomate; to match; to put together; to yoke together; iti- chabli, to pair; ichapoli, pl. ichabli, n., one who mates. ichapa, v. t., to resist. ichapa, v. a. i., to match; to mate with; to go at the side of. ichapa, pp., mated; matched; itichapa, mated together; paired, as wak ttichapa, itichampa, both, 1 Sam. 3: 11; shulush itichapa ; itichapa, v. t., to fellow. ichapa,n.,amate; afellow; a yokefellow; an adversary, 1 Sam. 1: 6; itichapa, n., an antagonist; a pair; a brace; a span; a match. ichapa, n., a reverse; a contrary; an opposite. ichapa, a., impudent; answering again; opposite; repugnant. ichapa, v. n., v. t., to be impudent; to oppose; to contradict; allat inki an icha- pat shati, the child is very disrespectful to his father; atitachapoa or atitichapoa, to strive together, Luke 22: 24. ichapaka, a., opposite; standing over against, Matt. 27:61; Mark11: 2; 12: 41; right against, Josh. 3: 16; 5: 18; beside, Josh. 7: 2; 8:33; 12: 9. ichapaka, v. n., to be opposite; to stand over against. ichapoa, v. a. i. pl., to mate with; to go at the side of. ichapoa, pp., mated; matched; mated together; sing., iichampo. ichapoa, n., mates; fellows; cf. wak torksali itichapoa tatapi; itichapoa, n., a yoke; a pair; a span. ichapoa, a. pl., impudent; answering again. ichapoa, v. n., to be impudent. ichapoli, pl., ichabli, sing. v. t., to mate; to match. ichabli, see ichabli. ieshi, v. t., from ishi (q. v.); to bring forth; to bear, i. e., young. i2falammichi, see falammichi. iffluka, ikfuka, n., the abdomen; the belly; the bowels; the core of a water- melon; the inwards; the waist. . BYINGTON] iffuka apakfopa, n., a waist band. iffuka hotupa, n., the colic. iffuka kashofa, pp., evacuated. iffuka kashoffi, v. t., to evacuate the bowels. iffuka kucha, pp., emboweled; eviscer- ated. iffuka kuchi, v. t., to embowel; to evis- cerate. iffuka sita, pp., surcingled. ifolota, itfulota, n., from folota (q. v.) ; lace or its edge. i®folota, pp., laced; bound on at the edge. itfolota ikbi, v. t., to lace. ithaiya, ihaiya (J. E.), n., his brother’s wife; his uncle’s wife, etc.; his sister-in- law. ithatak, n., her husband; her man; her lord. ithatak illi, n., a widow, Luke 2: 37. iMhi2, an interjection in talking to gain time, or to show that the speaker is at a loss; used by some old women. ithika, n., a pillar. ithikia, n., a keeper; a possessor. ithimmak, n., a junior; his junior. himmak, a., after it, him, her, or them; later; ithimmak o®, a., latter. ithimmak, v. n., to be after it, him, etc. ithiya, pp., scolded. i®hiyachi, v. t., to scold. ihiyachi, n., a scold; ascolder. ithoa, ithowa, v. t., to call him, her, it, or them; to hail; to halloo; cf chithatak ont ihowat ala, John 4: 16; isht inhoa, to call with; pit i”hoa, to call for; tosend for, Matt. 4:21. See 1 Sam. 3: 4, 5, 6; ikinhoo, a., uncalled; i®howa, to call, Matt. 18: 2; Josh. 4: 4. hoa, n., a caller. itholitopa, n., a favorite; a fancy; his fancy; his saint, 1 Sam. 2: 9. itholitopa, a., dear to him; loved by him; stingy. iholitopa, v. n., to be dear to him; sometimes iholitopa is rendered as a transitive verb; as, heloves him, it, her, or them; see John 3: 35. iholitopaka, n., a friend; his friend; one loved by him. ihollo, n., a favorite; one that is loved. ihollo, n., tenderness; stinginess. 84339°—Bull, 46—15—_-12 A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 177 ihollo, v. t., to love him, her, or it; to fancy; to spare; as, ishihollo, thou lov- est him, Matt. 5:48, 44; issanhollo, thou lovest me; chiminholloli, I save it for thee; I value it for thee; izhohonlo, freq. ; inhoyullo, pro.; itithollo, to love each other. iZhollo, n., a lover; lovers. ithollo, a., dear to him; loved by him; stingy; close; tight; illiberal. ithollo, v. n., to be dear to him, etc. ithollohe keyu, a., unlovely. itholiot issa, v. t., to cease to love; to alienate the affections. iZzhowa, see i”hoa. ihukni, n., his aunt; the sister of his father and her female cousins. iiksho, v. n., to be without; to be none there, John 1: 47; for explanation of i prefixed to iksho, see a and ai. ik, 3d per. sing. and pl. of active verbs in all the tenses except imp. in the neg. form, as gla, to arrive, iklo, not to arrive; sometimesfound in the imp., as iklokia, do not let him come. itithollo, mutual ik, a syllable prefixed to neuter and pas- sive verbs in all persons of the neg. form; as, iksabanno, ikchibanno, ikbanno, ikpibanno, ikhapibanno, ikhachibanno, tksatalakcho, ikchitalakcho, etc.; ik is also prefixed to verbs in the negative form where there is a prefix pronoun in the accusative or dative cases, as iksa. chumpo, ikchichumpo, tikhachichwmpo, etc.; iksankancho, ikchitkancho, ikitkan- cho, ete. ik, sign of the 3d per. sing. and pl., imp. mood; ikminti, let him come. ik, conj., although, or although let it be. See John 3: 19; iklakia, John 4: 4. ika (in isht ika); anumpa isht ika, a speech delivered standing. itkania, n., a loser. itkania, n., a loss. ikbano, sign of the opta. mood, Oh!; Oh that! Where the final vowel of the verb is 7 the opt. mood is suffixed as above; still one of the vowels is dropped, as is often the case where two come together in this way. After a and o the opt. form is akbano or okbano, sometimes hokbano, etc. (q. v.). Perhaps kibano 178 is the best representative of the opt. mood; kbano and hokbano are most used. ikbato, one sign of opt. mood, but this is an elliptical expression. See Luke 19: 42, ishithaiyanatokokbuto, ‘if thou hadst known,’’ then thou wouldst have prepared thyself; chumpakbato is said to request persons to buy some- thing and then go away, or to buy and furnish themselves and not trouble others. It is used in the second and third persons of both numbers; kbato isa form that connects two predicates with one subject, ‘‘oh that he would buy and have it, or be off,’”’ ete. ikbi, v. t., to make; to create; to raise; to form; to manufacture; to build, Matt. 16: 18; to construct; to erect; to produce; toengender; to beget; to pro- create; to constitute; to fabricate; to fashion; to figure; to found; to frame; to generate; to get; to grow; to manu- facture; to originate; to seminate; to shape; to work; imkbi, nasal form; ihinkbi, freq.; ilikbi, to make himself; ilimikbi, to make for himself, Gen. 7:14; aiikbi, Matt. 17: 4; ikikbo, a., unbegot- ten. ikbi, n., a maker; a creator; a manufac- turer; an author; a fabricator; a father; afounder; aframer; agenerator; a pro- creator; a raiser; a source. ikbi, n., make; work. ikbi, n., making; aiikbichi, to accuse, Acts 24: 8. ikbichi, v. t., to cause to make or do, Matt. 5: 32. ikfeksa, n., the side of a man or beast between the hip bone and the rib. ikfelichi, v. i., to be swollen in the bowels. ikfetap, ikfitukhak, n., the upper end of the breast bone. ikfia, n., a diarrhoea; a looseness; a relax; a lax (a coarse word; wlbal ont ia is better). BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [ BULL. 46 ikfichukbi, ikfitksa, n., the side of a man or beast between the hip bone and the rib; the flank. See ikfeksa. ikfihechi, n., a lax; a laxative; laxity; laxness. ikfitukhak, see ikfetap. ikfuka, ikfoka, n., the abdomen; the bowels; the belly, Matt. 12: 40; see iffuka, ilhfoka. ikfuka hotupa, n., the colic; pain in the bowels; the bellyache. ikfuka hotupaili, v. t., to gripe; to dis- tress the bowels. ikfuka isht talakchi, u.,a girth; asur- cingle; a bellyband. ikfuka katapa, n., the colic. ikfukasita, iffukisita, n., a girth; a sur- cingle. ikhana, ithana, v. a. i., v. t., to know, Matt. 6: 8; Josh. 3: 4; to acknowledge; to understand; to have acquaintance with; to discern; to fathom; to feel; to note; to observe; to perceive; to recol- lect; to recur; to remember; to take; to wit (v.t., to witness); to wot; ikha- hana, ithahana, freq.; ileithana, to know himself; ikhaiyana, ithaiyana, pro. form, to remember; to bear in mind; to occur; to recollect, Josh. 1:13; 4: 24. ikhana, n., a knower; an observer. ikhana, n., knowledge; intelligence; lore; notice; recollection; regard; remem- brance; science; cognition; under- standing; erudition; experience; feel- ing; information; instruction; learn- ing; light; wit; deikhana, self-know]- edge; ikithano, n., inexperience; ignor- ance; rawness. ikhana,a., knowing; conscious; mindful; notorious; scientific; aware; known; expert; familiar; intelligent; learned; literate; hatak tkhana, a known man, or an aquaintance; ikithano, artless; igno- rant; awkward; unacquainted; inexpe- rienced; insensible; unconscious; unin- formed; unknown; unmanaged; unper- ikfia, v.n., v. a. i., to have a diarrhea; to purge; to relax; to scour. ikfia, pp., purged; relaxed. ikfiachi, v. t., to purge; to evacuate the bowels; to drench; to relax; to scour. ikfiachi, n., a purgative; a laxative; physic; a purging. ceived; unpracticed; unremembered; untaught; idikhana, known to each other; iikhana, n., acquaintance, Luke 23: 49; itikhananka, n., acyuaintance, Luke 2: 44. ikhana, v. n., to be known, conscious, etc. BYINGTON] ikhana, pp., taught; instructed; enlight- ened; indoctrinated; informed; learned; noted; regarded; ihithano, neg. form. ikhana achukma, a., eminent; noted; well known. ikhana alhpesa, a., memorable; nota- ble. ikhana fehna, a., memorable. ikhana hinla, a., perceptible. ikhananchi, v. t., to teach, Matt. 15: 9; to instruct; to inform; to educate; to bring up; to breed, Luke 5: 17; 6: 6; to civilize; to convey or communicate in- telligence; to disciple; to drill; to edify; to enlighten; to familiarize; to indoc- trinate; to introduce; to lighten; to nourish; to rear; to remind; to tell; to train; ileithananchi, to make himself known, Gen., 42: 7. ikhananchi, n., a teacher; an instructor; as Chahta ikhananchi, the Choctaw in- structor; a doctor; an enlightener; a preceptor; a remembrancer. ikhananchi, n., tuition; instruction. ikhananchit petichi, v. t., to discipline. ikhana, ithana, v. a. i., v. t., to learn; to acquire knowledge; to acquaint one- self; to embrace; to find; to get; to hear; to improve; to see; ikithano, neg. form; ikhayana, to remember, Matt. 5: 23; to understand, Matt. 15: 10; ile- ithana, to teach himself. ikhana, pp., known. ikhana, n., a learner; nan ithana, a dis- ciple, Matt. 17: 6. ikhana, n., edification; improvement. ikhana hinla, a., teachable; capable of learning; intelligible. ikhanahe keyu, a., incomprehensible; inscrutable; unapt; unteachable. ikhanahe pulla, a., teachable. ikhananchi, v. t. caus., to cause to learn; to teach; to acquaint; to instruct, Matt. 15:9; Josh. 4:22; or ikhananchi (q. v.). ikhananchi, ikhananchi, n., a teacher. ikhitsh, ithi"sh, ishhi"sh, ikhi2sh, okhi®sh, n., medicine; physic; a drug; the general word for anything used for the sick, as medicine, or applied to sores, as salve, or to the flesh, as oint- ments; a medicament. ikhitsh ahama, n., opodeldoc. ikhi2sh akmo, n., salve. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 179 ikhitsh apesa, vy. t., to prescribe medi- cine. ikhitsh balam, n., camphor; any fra- grant medicine; an elixir. ikhi2sh bota, n., medicine prepared in powder. ikhi®9sh bota ishkot hoita, n., tartar emetic. ikhitsh bota ishkot ikfia, n., calomel. ikhi4sh chu®kash libishli, n., a cordial. ikhi4sh hapi holba, n., salts; Epsom salts; Glauber salts; sulphate of soda; sulphate of magnesia. ikhi"sh homi, n., bitters. ikhi®sh ipeta, v. t., to drug; to admin- ister medicine. ikhi2sh ishkot hoita, n., a puke; a vomit. ikhi®sh ishkot ikfia, n., a cathartic. ikhitsh ishkot nusechi, n., laudanum. ikhi2sh ishkot ont iachi, n.,acathartic. ikhi4sh isht apu®fachi, n., a syringe. ikhi4sh kanchi, u., a druggist; an apoth- ecary. ikhi2sh lakshachi, n., a sudorific. ikhi4sh luma, n., a nostrum. ikhi2sh lumbo, n., a pill; pills; medi- cine in pills. ikhi2sh lumboa, n. pl., pills. ikhi®sh nipi kallochi, n., a tonic. ikhitsh nusechi, n., opium; an opiate; an anodyne; laudanum. ikhi2tsh okchalechi, n., a tonic; a stim- ulant. ikhi29sh patassa, ikhi2sh patassapi, n., prickly ash. ikhi29sh shakba fohka, pp., vaccinated. ikhitsh shakba fohki, v. t., to vaccinate. ikhi®sh shu®sh isht abi, n., a vermifuge. itki, n., his father (Matt. 15: 5); her father; father; sire; fatherhood; papa; a procreator; abba; I7hi, the Father, Matt. 11: 27; 16: 27; Inki on, Father, Rom. 8: 15; Chihowa ukosh inki yon, Jehovah was a father to him, John 5: 18; hachiiki, Matt. 18: 14; Josh. 1: 6. itki aiokla, n., paternal ancestors. itki alsha, a., legitimate; born in wed- lock. Inki aba, n., his Father in Heaven; God; Pirki aba, our Heavenly Father. I2ki Chihowa, God Jehovah; Jehovah Father; his Father Jehovah, 180 i%ki chohmi, n., fatherhood. iki ichapa, n., the firstborn; the child next to the father; the oldest son. itki iksho,a., illegitimate; bastard; base born; fatherless. itki iksho, n., a bastard. itki ilikbi, v. t., to father. itki ishki abi, n., a parricide. iXki ishki itatuklo, n., parents; father and mother. itki toba, n.,a stepfather; his stepfather; her stepfather. itki toba, pp., fathered. ikikki, int. of regret; O; alas; ah; oh; ikikkeh, alas, Josh. 7: 7. I*kilish imanumpa, n., the English lan- guage. INkilish okla, n., Englishmen; English nation; the English; see Minkilish. ikimiksho, v. t., to lack; ikshokahe nanta- hatuko; pp., unfurnished. ikistap, n., tough meat of the neck. ikithano, adv., unwittingly; ignorantly. ikkishi, n., the brisket; the breast gen- erally, not the paps, but the fore part of the thorax; the withers. ikkishi foni, n., the breast bone; the sternum. iklanna, n., the middle; the center; mid- way, 1 Kings 10: 7; half the depth; the dead, as ‘‘in the dead of winter,”’ etc.; half way; the heart; the interior; mean; midst; a moiety. Acts 1: 15; Josh. 4: 5, 8; midst of, Josh. 8: 33. iklanna, a., semi; half (Matt. 10: 29), as used in compound words; half pay; half pint, etc.; middling; mid, as found in compound words; midday, etc.; full, as the moon; mean; middle; mon- grel. iklanna, v. n., to be middling, half or mid, etc. iklanna, pp., centered; divided in the middle. iklanna atampa, n., a majority; more than half. iklannaka, n., the midst; the middle place; aiiklannaka, John 8:3; the mean; the middle. iklannaka iklanna, n., a quarter. iklannachi, iklannachi, v. t., to center; to divide in the middle, Luke 19: 8. Iuklisha, a., English; see Minkilish. Inklisha, n., English. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY (BULL. 46 ikma, sign of sub. mood, when the verb ends with i; see ak and okma, if, when; this particle begins with k, kma, when that. Compounds: ikmako—ik- makocha—ikmakona—ikmakosh—ikmak- ot—ikmano, tkmano—ikmat, if, when— tkmato. itkoi, n, the withers of ahare or a buffalo. itkolumpi, see kolumpi, n., the throat. ikonla, n., the neck; the throat. ikonla afohoma, n., the collar; the part ofa garment which surrounds the neck. ikonla afohoma ishi, v. t., to collar; to seize by the collar. ikonla awalakachi, n., a ruffle; a ruff. ikonla bana, see ikonlabana. ikonla bekat aya, a., barenecked. ikonla bekat a®ya, v. a.i., to go bare- necked. ikonla inuchi, n., a collar; something worn round the neck; a part of a har- ness for the neck of a horse or other beast used in draught; hames; the part of a yoke which embraces the neck. ikonla shatali, n., a swelled neck; a swelled throat; the mumps (a disease); the quinsy. ikonla umpatta, n., a Vandyke. ikonlabana, ikonla abana, n., a yoke, Matt. 11: 29; pp., yoked. ikonlabana imaiishi, v. t., to unyoke. ikonlabanali, v. t., to yoke. iksa, n., aclan; a class; a denomination; asect; a society; applied to the mar- riage clans,as hatakitholahta, kashapokla. iksa, v.a.i., to be of a class, sect, or clan; as, itimiksali bano kakon, iksa achafa, n., oneclan; the same clan or class. iksa apistikeli, n., a bishop; one who has the watch of a class, clan, ete. iksa asonunchi alhtoka, n., a deacon; an elder. iksa ibafoka, v. t., to unite with a class, clan, denomination. iksa inla, iksinla, n., another clan; a different clan; the other clan. iksa issa, v. t., to desert a clan; to apos- tatize. iksa issa, n., an apostate; apostasy. iksa issachi, v. t., to cause to apostatize. iksa keyu, a., unrelated. iksamiksho, v. t., I have none, or there is none for me, or there is none of mine. BYINGTON ] iksiachi, y. t., to fix; to repair; aiksiacht. iksita,n.,a hearth; luak iksita, Gen. 18: 6. iksitopa; nan isht ikaiiksitopa, infirmities, Matt. 8:17. See John 5: 5; Ist per. iksaksitopa; imperative forms, ikchiksi- topa, ikpiksitopa. iksho, v. n., to be absent; to be gone; to be none; not to be; iiksho, intensive form, Matt. 2:17, 18; ikimtiksho, hath not, Matt. 8: 20; amsha (q. v.), pro. form; tksaksho, ikchiksho, iksho, ikpiksho, etc. ; ikchimiksholih, akchimiksho. iksho, v. a. i., to want; tkatiksho, as oka ikaiiksho, dry places, Matt. 12: 43. iksho, a., absent; none; not any; desti- tute; devoid; wanting; missing; no; vacant; void. iksho, n., a dearth; a privation; a want- age; wanting. iksho, prep., without. iksho, with a poss. pro. sam, chim, im, etc., to have none; the neg. of amasha, chimasha, etc., v. t., to want. ikshokechi, v. t., to bring to nought; to destroy, 1 Cor. 6: 13. il, a prefix per. pro., 1st per. pl. of active verbs beginning with a vowel, as ia, to go; John 4: 42; dia, we go; ithana, to know; ilithana, we know. Seee. ila, to itself; by itself, as ishilaboti, you lay it by itself, from ile, reflexive, and a, locative. ila, to himself, as ilahalalli, to draw it to himself; before a vowel, ilai, as ilaieshi, to take to himself. See Luke 12: 37; 17: 8; John 21: 18; imokla ilahashia, his peculiar people, Deut. 26: 18. ilabannali, v. t., to shoulder; see iaban- nalt. ilabitka, ilami®ka, a., different; vari- ous; separate. ilabi"ka, v. n., to be different. ilabitka, adv., separately. ilafaya, ilafia, a., handsome, as isuba ilafia, a good-looking horse. ilafia, v. n., to be handsome; to look well, as a horse. ilafiopa, n., inspiration. ilafoa, n., contumacy. ilafoa, a., headstrong; yielding; unwilling. ilafoa, v. n., to be headstrong. ilafoa, v. a. i., to refuse; to struggle. obstinate; un- A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 181 ilahninchi, n., self-esteem. ilahobbi, v. a. i., to pretend; to profess; to attempt; to make a vain effort; to dissemble; to feign; to make as if, Josh. 9: 4, ilahobbi, n., an attempt; a pretense; a feint; hypocrisy. ilahobbi, n., a pretender; a professor; a seemer; a hypocrite, Matt. 6: 16; nan ilahobbichiahoka, thou hypocrite, Matt. 7: 5. ilahobbi, a., pretended; professed; hopati ilahobbi, Matt. 7: 15. ilahobbi, adv., vainly. ilahtahi, n., providence. ilai, dative reflexive particle before vow- els; iaieshi, Josh. 8: 1. ilaiukha, n., recompense; retaliation; vow of revenge. ilaiukha, n., a revenger. ilaiyuka, ilayuka, a., various; diver- sified; all; each; divers, Luke 4: 40; every; different; several; sundry, Matt. 4: 24; hatak ilaiyuka, each man; abeka ilaiyuka puta, all manner of sickness; yakni taiyuka, pinimpatok, haknip ikin- chukmo ilaiyuka moma, all manner of disease; see aiyuka. ilaiyuka, v. n., to be various. ilaiyuka, v. a. i., to shift. ilaiyuka, n., a diversity; a variety; ilai- yuka puta, every kind, Matt. 13: 47. ilaiyuka hinla, a., versatile. ilaiyuka takoli shali, a, unsteady; variable. ilaiyukachi, vy. t., to make various; to cause a diversity; to vary. ilaiyukali, n., division. ilaiyukali, a., various; divers. ilaiyukali, v. n., to be various. ilaiyukali laua, a., manifold. ilaiyukalichechi, v. t., to diversify. ilakhata, v. a. i., to dress up; to put on ornaments; ilakhatat antali, Iam dress- ing. ilakshema, vy. t., to dress himself; to vest; see shema. ilatechia, a., proud. ilamitka, a., different and separate; see ulabirka. ilanoli, v. a. i., to confess, Matt. 3: 6. ilanoli, n., a concession; a confession. ilanoli, n., a confessor. 182 ilanukfillit pisa, n., self-examination. ilap, pro., his; her; hers, Josh. 2: 19; its; this; theirs; own; himself; herself; it- self; self; he, Josh. 3:1; Matt. 9: 1; ilap at, he himself, Matt. 12: 4; ilap ani, their fruit, Matt. 7: 16; ilap ani, bis fruit, Matt. 12: 33; miko ilap, this is the chief’s; ilap hochifo, hisname. The particles are suffixed to this word. ilap, ilapa, self; him, Mark 1: 34; Matt. 10: 32, 33; 12: 16; salap achafa, I alone; I myself alone; I only, salap, chilap, lap. ilap achafa, adv., singly. ilap achafa, a., unattended. ilap ahni, v. t., to determine himself; to volunteer; ilapanti, a., selfish; ilap ahni. ilap ahni, n., self-determination; his wish; his will. ilap ahni, a., voluntary. ilap ahni bieka, a., willful. ilap ahni ilekanchi, a., self-devoted. ilap ahni keyu, u., involuntary. ilap ahni yamohmi, a., spontaneous; voluntary. ilap aiahni, n., self-will. ilap aiahni, adv., freely. ilap akinli, himself; herself; itself; self; ilap akinli hosh, Matt. 8:17. ilap anukfilli, vy. a. i., to think himself; to determine himself. ilap anukfilli, n., self-determination. ilap ati hikia, a., free—to stand by him- self. ilap bano, a., alone; himself alone; single; he alone; lone; unattended, Matt. 17:1; them alone. ilap bano, a., lone. ilap bano, adv., lonely; singly. ilap banot anta, v. a. i., to live alone, or to be the only one that stays. ilap bieka, a., alone; solitary. ilap biekat kanima atta, n., a hermit. ilap bitka, adv., by or among them- selves, John 4: 33; Luke 4: 36; sepa- rately, Matt. 12: 25; 16: 7. ilap fena, a., himself; himself indeed; himself in person. ilap fena, adv., personally; in person. ilap im, their own, Matt, 17: 25. ilap immi, a., hisown; her own; private; proper, Josh. 8: 27. ilap immi, n., a proprietary. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 ilap in, Matt. 9: 1; his own, Matt: 10: 36; 13: 57. ilapakputa, ilapakpu™wa, a., selfish; self-conceited; self-willed; haughty. ilapakputa, v. n., to be selfish. ilapakpuachi, ilapakpuwachi, v. t., to make selfish. llapakpunla, a., selfish; haughty; from ilapak pulla, surely himself he. ilapakpunla, v. n., to be selfish. llapat, obj. case, pro., he; himself, Matt. 14: 22; 16: 21. ilapinli, a., himself; herself, Matt. 6: 4; ilapint, obj. case. ilapisa, see ilapissa. ilapisa, v. t., to make; this word is per- haps from apesa, and is a reflexive verb. ilapissa, from iap and issa or il and apissa, to give himself up. ilapissa, see Gen. 43: 32; mihma tlapissa intallalimat, ete., by themselves; by himself. ilapissa, a., downcast; dull; pensive; sad; weak and trembling from sickness. ilapissa, pp., saddened; disfigured; nash- uka ilapissa, Matt. 6: 16. ilapissa, adv., sadly. ilapissachi, ilapissachi, ilapissachiy, v. t., to depress himself; to disfigure, Matt. 6: 16. lapo,a., his, himself; ilapo haknip akinti kakon, John 2: 21; ilapo fena yat, John 4: 54. ilapo inli, pro., itself, Matt. 6: 34; 12: 26. ilapoma, pro. ob., him; ilapoma ishin yamohmi, Luke 6: 31. ilaposh, pro., he; himself; obj. case. ilaputa, a., selfish; self-willed; haughty; from apoa, to raise; to sow for raising. ilapua, y. n., to be selfish. ilapunila, n., haughtiness; independence; selfishness; stiffness; from ila and pulla, surely himself, or to himself, or from ilap and pulla. ilapunla, a., selfish; haughty; high minded; independent; insolent; lordly; stiff necked; stubborn; supercilious; wayward; presumptuous; rash; heady; from ilap and pulla (nasalized), surely himself. ilapunla, v. n., to be selfish, etc. ilapunla, v. a. i., to stiffen. ilatoba, v. a. i., to spare; from toba, to become; tkilatobo, a., unreserved. BYINGTON] ilatomba, v. t., to save; to economize; to preserve for future use; to husband; to reserve; to spare; made by prefix- ing the particles ile reflexive and a loca- tive to toba; anumpa ilatomba fehna. ilatomba, a., saving; prudent; econom- ical; reserved; frugal. ilatomba, n., economy; prudence; re- serve; saving. ilatomba, n., an economist; a saver. ilatomba atapa, a., penurious. ilatomba keyu, a., unsparing. ilauata, ilauata, v.a.i., to boast; to brag; to crow; imilauata, to crow over him, isht ilauata, to boast about; to vapor; to vaunt; from auata and the pronoun ile. ilauata, n., a boaster; a brag; a vaporer; a vaunter. ilauata, n., a boast; a brag; a prank. ilaueli, ilauweli, v. t. sing., to lead along; to conduct; to rule; to govern; to lead, Matt. 15:14; to take, Matt. 16: 22; Luke 4: 5; to guide; to take a wife, Matt. 1: 24; 4:5; this is a reflexive form from aue, auechi, auet, etc.; pelicht, pl. ilaueli, n., a leader of one; a conductor; a guide; a guider; wakushi ilauiili, a cow that is the leader of a calf, i. e., a cow and calf, Matt. 18: 24. ilauet, cont. of above, John 1: 42. ilauet a®ya, v. t. sing., to rule; to lead; to conduct; to govern. ilauet a®ya,n.,a ruler; a leader; a hus- band. ilatyak, imilayak, n., goods, Matt. 12: 29; wares; merchandise; riches, 1 Kings 10: 23; treasure, Matt. 6: 19; his goods; imilayak chokushpa, chattel; chattels; concern; riches; imilayak isht yupomo; _ vy. t., to dissipate. ilayuka, see ilaiyuka. ilallachi, a., childish. ilallachi (from ile and alla), v. t., to make himself a child. ilapisa, v. t., to look on himself; to deem himself. ilapissa, ilapisa, a., sad; of a sad coun- tenance; depressed. ilapissa, v. n., to be sad; to have a fallen countenance, Gen. 4: 6. ilapissachi, ilapissachi, v. t., to depress. ilappa, pro., this; these, Matt. 1: 20; 2: 8; 4:9; appa yakohmichi, do this, A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 183 Matt. 8: 9; a demonstrative of person, thing, and place; this; here; idappa refers to the nearest objects, yamma to the most distant; hither, Josh. 3: 9; ilappa ishla hohcho? art thou come hither? Matt. 8: 29. ilappa, adv., here, Matt. 14: 17; hither, Josh. 2: 2; thence, Luke 4: 9; idappa fehnaka, herein; here; John 4: 37; Matt. 12: 6; this place. ilappa, demon. pro. in the obj. case or in any case, this; these; this person or thing; used instead of the third person of the per. pro. he, she, it, they, Luke 1:6 [?] (appa is here in the n. case); ilappa fenaka, in this or herein, John 4: 37; Matt. 6: 29; the; these, Matt. 6: 32; 18: 14; this, Josh. 1: 2, 4. ilappa foka, adv., hereabout. ilappa pila, adv., in this direction; toward this place; iappa pila iali, Iam going in this direction. ilappa pilla, ady., away here, pointing at the same time to the place with the finger or lips, meaning quite to or at the place, and not merely toward. ilappak, adv., here; right here; ilappak atukma, this, Matt. 8: 9; ilappak fehna, here, Matt. 14: 8; dappakinli, adv., here in this place; right here; ilappako, ady.,in this place; at this place; hither, Matt. 17:17; ilappak oka, here is the place which; ilappak okat, v. n., here is the place which; ilappak okato, that very one; ilappakosh, here is the place; this is, Matt. 11: 10. ilappak, this, Matt. 3: 17; a simple word, like himak, himmak, yammak; ilappak ash, the, Luke 3:15; idappakinli, this; himself, itself, etc., Matt. 13: 22; ilap- pakma, this also; this too; ilappakon, in this; of this; from this; hither, Matt. 14: 18; Josh. 1: 4; in whom, Matt. 3: 17. ilappak oka, adv., this the one which. ilappak okat, nom. case, this is the one which. ilappak osh, nom. case, this is the one, Matt. 17: 5. ilappasi, adv., here. ilappano, obj. case, this is the one. ilappat, nom. case, this; oklailappat, Matt. 15: 8. 184 ilappato, nom. case, def., this is the one which. ilappimma, adv., hither, this way, Josh. 8: 20. ilappimma pilla, ady., thitherward. ilbasha, a., poor; wretched; miserable; destitute; calamitous; cheerless; con- trite; deplorable; desolate; devoid; grievous; heavy; humble; indigent; lean; low; meager; necessitous; needy; piteous; rigorous; rueful; submissive; pp., degraded; troubled; depressed; distressed. ilbasha, adv., unhappily; miserably. ilbasha, v. n., to be poor, etc.; ilbasha; ubaiyasha. ilbasha, v. a. i., to mourn; to ruin; to smart; to suffer; to undergo; isht ilba- sha, v. t., to mourn. ilbasha, y. t., with a pro. in the dative case; imilbasha, to pray to him, Luke 5: 12; to importune of him; to suppli- cate; echimilbasha, we pray to thee; we are humble before thee, Josh. 2: 12; ilbatsha; ilbaiyasha. ilbasha, pp., distressed; impoverished; re- duced to want; afflicted; persecuted; cursed; humbled; oppressed; racked; ruined; screwed; stripped; tormented; wronged, Matt. 6: 25; ililbasha, pp., self-abased; ishpilbashachi, thou tor- mentest us, Matt. 8: 29; iwbaiyasha. ilbasha, n., poverty; misery; a calamity; affliction; persecution; distress; the heartache; illness; impotency; indi- gence; need; necessity; oppression; penury; plaint; a privation; punish- ment; a strait; a stripe; suffering; tor- ment; trouble; woe; wretchedness. ilbasha, n., the poor; a sufferer, Matt. 11: 5; ilbasha atapa, n., extremity; ex- treme distress. ilbashachi, v. t., to torment; to wring; to wrong; to depress; to oppress; to screw; to shave; to sterilize; to straiten; to strip; to distress; to impoverish; to afflict; to persecute, Matt. 5: 44; to de- ject; iilbashachi, to distress himself. ilbashachi, n., an oppressor; a distresser; a tormentor; a wrongdoer; a wronger. ilbashahe alhpesa, a., damnable; trag- ical; unhappy; woful; wretched; wrongful; ikilbasho, neg. a. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY (BULL. 46 ilbashalechi, v. t., to impoverish;- to cause distress or poverty; to oppress. ilbashali, v. t., to distress; to afflict; to oppress; to persecute; to curse; to grind; to gripe; to pinch; to ruin; to destroy, Matt. 10: 28; Josh. 7: 25, to trouble; ililbashali, to distress himself. ilbashali, n., oppression; persecution. ilbashali, u., an oppressor; a persecutor; v. t., to beggar; to condemn, John 3: 17. ilbashali, a., murderous. ilbashalit abi, a., murderous. ile, sign of the reflexive form of active verbs beginning with a vowel, as anta, to stay; ilanta, to stay by himself or alone; akostininchi, to understand; ont il- akostininchi, to understand himself; to come to himself, Luke, 15: 17; ilekos- tininchi, to repent. ile, sign of the reflexive pronominal form before verbs beginning with a conso- nant; before a vowel one vowel is often dropped, especially the vowels 7 and a, as ilebi, to commit suicide; to kill one’s self. ilebi, n., self-homicide; self-murder; sui- cide. ilefehnachechi, v. t., to fan pride; to render proud; to elevate; to exalt; to lift. ilefehnachi, v. t., to pride. ilefehnachi, ilifehnachi, (two long vowels, e and e, do not come together or follow each other.—later note by B.); a., ostentatious; pompous; self-suffi- cient; supercilious; proud; vain; arro- gant; consequential; haughty; lofty; pp., elevated; high minded; insolent; lordly; magisterial; puffed; see fehna. ilefehnachi, adv., loftily. ilefehnachi, v. n., to be proud; to be vain. ilefehnachi, v. a. i., to crow; to boast; to prink; to swagger; to swell. ilefehnachi, n., a swaggerer. ilefehnachi, n., pride; vanity; hauteur; loftiness; pomp; self-conceit. ilefehnachit nowa, vy. a. i., to stalk; to strut. ilefoka, n., a garment; a coat, Matt. 5: 40; apparel; an undergarment; a tunic, Luke 6: 29; a dress; clothes. ilefoka, v. t. ref., to put clothes on him- self, herself, one’s self. BYINGTON] ilefoka awalakachi, n., the ruffle of a shirt. ilefoka chito, n., a cloak; a surtout; a great coat. ilefoka foka, v. t., to attire himself; to dress himself; to clothe himself. ilefoka foka, pp., clothed; dressed, by himself or others. ilefoka fokachi, v. t., to clothe another; to dress another. ilefoka halushkichi, n., a flatiron; a sadiron; a heater. ilefoka isht boa, n., a pounder used in washing clothes. ilefoka isht kashokachi, ilefoka isht kasholichi, n., a clothes brush. ilefoka isht shema, n., a dress. ilefoka kolofa, n., a roundabout; a short coat; a spencer. ilefoka kololi, n. pl. of above. ilefoka lumbo, n.,a shirt; a coat, Matt. 10: 10. ilefoka patafa, n., a hunting frock; a garment that is open in front. ilefoka shakba afohoma, n., a cuff; a wristband. ilefoka shukcha, n., a pocket in a gar- ment. ilefoka walaha, n., a ruffled shirt. ilefoka yushkololi, n., a vest; a jacket; a waistcoat; a short garment. ilehaksi, a., self-deceived. ileholitobli, n., self-love. ileissikkopali, n., a self-tormentor. ilepushpuli, v. i., to be cross. ileyimmi, n., self-confidence. ileyukpali, a., self-pleasing. ilhfiopa, n., breath. ilhfiopa okchaya, n., breath of life. ilhfiopak, n., wind; breath; life, Matt. 6: 25; 10: 39; 16: 25; Josh. 9: 24; imilh- fiopak ishituk, he took his life, Matt. 2: 19, 20; imilhfiopak fohki, to give life; to animate; pimilhfiopak, our life, Josh. 2: 14; imilhfiopak ikfalaio, a., short winded. ilhfoka, n., the abdomen; see ikfuka. ilhkola hinla, a., excitable. ilhkolechi, ilhkolichi, y. t. caus. pl., to move; to stir, as shakba ilhkolechi, to move the arms; to cause them to move; to bestir; to excite. ilhkolechi, ilhkolichi, n., one that causes a moving. A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 185 ilhkoli (ia, sing.), v. a. i. pl., to move; to go, Matt. 8: 33; to leap, Luke 1: 41; to budge; to start off; to take leave, Matt. 14: 22; to circulate; to pace; to stir; to come, Matt. 8: 34; 2: 12; 11: 7; Josh. 7: 4; aiilhkoli, Matt. 11: 18; ilhkola hinla ka, to depart, Matt. 14: 13; ihkot, cont. ; ilhkonli, nas. ; ilhkohonli, freq.; ilhkoyult, pro. ihkoli, n., those who move; movers. ilhkoli, n., action. ilhkoli, n., a motion; a movement; ik- ilhkolecho, a., unshaken. ihkoli keyu, n., inaction. ihkolichi, y. t., to move; to circulate; to set in motion; to start; to stir; to shake; to work. ihkolichi, ilhkolechi, n., a stirrer. ilhpa, n., food; provisions; cooked pro- visions; food prepared; an eatable. ilhpak, u., food; provisions; bread, Matt. 6: 11, 25; Mark 3: 20; victuals, Matt. 14: 15; 1 Kings, 11: 18; cooked pro- visions; aliment; board; diet; enter- tainment; an esculent; fare; meat; nur- ture; nutriment; pabulum; subsistence; sustenance; a viand. ilhpak akanchi, n., a market, Matt. 11: 16; 23: 7. ilhpak atali, v. t., to board; to furnish with food; i&hpak imatati, to subsist. ilhpak ata, n., a provider. ilhpak imataha, pp., furnished with food; boarded. ilhpak tola achafa, n., a mess. ilhpapa, u., the hunters for a funeral, or pole pulling. ilhpapa, v. t., to hunt for the same. ilhpa®sh, vy. n., to be friendly, Gen. 40: 7. ilhpita, n., a gift; a donation; ‘‘meat’’ as a gratuity, or a ration, Matt. 10: 10. ilhpita, v. t., to receive as a gift; hatak at alhpoyak ilhpita, the men who receive goods as a present. ilhpita, ilhpitta, pp., given; put in; fed; charged; nourished; isuba hat ilhpita. ilhpita achafa, n., a charge; a load for a gun. ilhpitachi, vy. t., to give; to keep. ilhpitachi, n., a giver; a donor. ilhtalowak, ilhtalwak, n., song, Ex. 15: 2; a note in music; songs, Gen. 31: 27; see alhtalwak. 186 ihtohno, alhtohno, n., a_ servant, John 4:51; a domestic; a help; a hire- ling; a mercenary; an undertaker. ilhtohno, pp., hired; employed; insti- gated; engaged; from tolno, v. t., or itohnochi, to instigate. ilhtohno keyu, a., unengaged. ilifehnachi, see ilefehnacht. ililli, n., pestilence, 2 Sam. 24: 13. ilimpa, illimpak, n., food; victuals; meat; ainilimpa, John 4: 84; nourish- ment; nurture; nutriment; pabulum; table; a viand; also sig., we eat. ilissa, v. t. ref. (from issa), to surrender; to capitulate; to give himself up. ilissa, n., a surrender; a capitulation. ilissa, n., one who surrenders or gives himself up. ilissachi, v. t., to cause to surrender him- self; to conquer. ilissachi, n., a conqueror. illa,a., odd; singular, as nakni illa siahoke, I am a singular man. illa, v. n., to be odd or singular. illa, adv., oddly. illa, y. a. i., to be only; ilashke, Mark 12: 32; ushi akilla, save the son, Matt. 11: 27; dlat, Matt. 14: 23. illa, adv., only; barely; merely, John 4: 23[7]; anumpa illa hon, the word only, Matt. 4:10; 8: 8; 10: 42; but, Matt. 14:17, adj., a single word. illa hinla, a., mortal; expirable; perish- able. illa husi, a., half dead; nearly dead; al- most dead. illahe imma, a., mortal. illahe keyu, a., immortal; deathless. illahe keyu ikbi, v. t., to make immor- tal; to immortalize. illechi, a.. (from i///), grievous. illi, a., pp., dead, Matt. 11:5; deceased; departed this life; lost at a game of chance; defunct; numb from cold; life- less; benumbed; torpid; vapid; ikillo kia aba ia, to go to heaven without dy- ing; to be translated. illi, y. t., to die, Matt. 17: 9; Josh. 1:1; Matt. 15: 4; imillilikat, Gal. 2: 19. illi, v. n., to die; to perish, John 3: 16; to lose at a game of chance; to expire; to decease; to depart this life; to fail; to faint; to go; to pass; to perish; to rest; alla isht illi, to die in childbed; BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY (BULL. 46 pillimakoke, we perish, Matt. 8: 24; imilli, he lost; illi, ili, ihili, inti, ihinli, ielli, ikello, Josh. 1:9; 8: 1; ili, nasal form, dying, John 4: 49; hashi at ili, to change, as the moon; ihinli, freq., iyilli, pro. ikiello, neg.; Josh. 8: 1; imilli, v.t., to lose; imilli, n., a loser. illi, n., death, Matt. 10: 21; the dead; illi akosh, the dead, Matt. 8: 22; dead- ness; decease; a departure; destruction; dissolution; an end; numbness; quiet; rest; torpor; nan ili is used for death in Rom. 6: 23. illi, used as an intensitive, as sanukhak- lot salli, Iam very sorry; lit., I sorrow and I die; nusit ili, fast asleep. illi atukla, n., death; the second death; destruction. illi bi"ka, dead like themselves, a fellow mortal, Matt. 8: 22. illi cha atta, n., still born. illichi, v. t., to kill; to put to death; to slay; to deaden; to dazzle; to numb; to end; to benumb; to obtund; to palsy; to paralyze, Matt. 10: 28; 16: 21; itiichi, to kill each other; hashi at nishkin an illichi, the sun dazzles the eye. illiissa, v. t., to proscribe; to offer to death; to give up to die, Matt. 10: 21; illiimissa, v. t., to betray, or give him to death, Matt. 27: 3. illiissa anumpa, n., a proscription. ‘lili, u., a disease, Luke 4: 40; a distem- per, such as the smallpox; pleurisy; a malady; pestilence, 2 Sam. 24: 13. illilli okpulo, n., a deadly distemper; a disease; a leprosy. illilli okpulo, n., a leper. illinaha, a. in the past tense, half dead; near dead; was well-nigh dead. illit akosh falamat tani, v. a. i., to rise from the dead; n., a resurrection. illit okcha, n., one who has been resus- citated. iluhmi, illohmi, a., deathlike. ilo, iloh, per. pro., Ist per, pl., before active verbs beginning with a vowel; ia, to go; ilia, we go; ilohia, we all go; ilohishko, Matt. 6: 31. ilokpani, n., self-abuse. ilolabbi, n., self-denial. ittachi, n., a large green-headed duck. iMlapa, n., caul or fat of the paunch (Billy Thomas, informant). BYINGTON] ilapa, n., the milt or spleen; some say it is the midriff, diaphragm, or caul, the milt being takashi. itaualli, itoalli, v. a. i, v. t., to play; to frolic; to parade; to revel; to romp; to sport; to toy; to trifle; to wanton, 2 Sam. 2:14. ifaualli, n., a play; a diversion; a frolic; fun; a pastime; sport. itaualli, n., a player; a frolicker; a rev- eler; a tumbler. itauallichi, v. t., to make others play; to parade soldiers; to drill; itithowa, to call each other, Matt. 11: 16. im, pre. pos. pro., 3d per. sing. and pl. in the n. case, before nouns beginning with a vowel; as imisuba, his, her, or their horse. See chim, in, etc. imi, before shilombish, as ami, chimi, imi- shilombish, etc., with nouns of place; tamaha holihta imisht impak imma, right side of the city; Chuta ya imoka mati pilla, to the south of Judah, 2 Sam. 24: 5, 7. im, pre. per. pro., 3d per. sing. and pl., in the dative case before verbs begin- ning with a vowel, and to be rendered with a prep., as of him, for him, to him, etc.; to it, as a tree; see Mark 11:, 23, imachi; imanoli, to relate to him; ima, of him; from him, Matt. 6:1; ima, of them, Matt. 6: 2. im, per. pro., 3d per. sing. and pl., in the nom. case before some neuter verbs, as okpulo, bad; imokpulo, he is angry, or there is evil with him; see chim. im, pos. pro., removed from the noun and placed before the verb, as allat imilli, instead of imallat ili. Many words have the pronounsim, etc., inseparably united. It is necessary to write them as they are used; imi, before the word shilombish, as imishilombish, Matt. 10: 20. ima, ema, v. t., to give, Matt. 14: 7, 9; to sell; to cede; to send, John 3: 17; to impart; to bestow; to bear to, John 2: 8; to let one have; to accommodate with; to deliver to, Luke 4: 17; to com- municate; to title, hachimahe, Matt. 7: 7; imatok, had given, Matt. 9: 8; 14:19; ima, to give him; chima, to give thee; ama, to give me; anumpa ima; et ima, pit ima; thinma, freq., tksamo, neg., A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 187 ikchemo, ikemo, ikpemo, etc.; issama, to give me; issahama, John 17: 8. ima, v. t., to confer; to consign; to con- vey; to deal; to dispose of; to grant; to hand; to invest; to leave; to let; to offer; to present; to render; to resign; to transfer; chimali, Matt. 4: 9; aiyama, intensive form; isht ima, to take and give, Matt. 7: 9, 10; amaiyama, to give me much. ima, n., a giver; a donor. ima, n., a gift; a largess; a donation; a cession; a sale; a dedication; a legacy; a render. ima, see imma. ima hinla, a., that can be given. ima keyu, a., ungranted. imabachi, n., a teacher. imabachi, v. t., to teach or to teach him; to instruct; to show him how; to indoc- trinate; to inform; imalbachi, pp., im- abanchi, nasal form; imabahanchi, freq. imachanho, a., better, after being sick. imafo, imafo,n., 1, a grandfather, his grandfather, her grandfather, or her father-in-law, i. e., the father of her husband, while like other words de- noting kindred, others are embraced, as imafo embraces all the brothers of the grandfather; a grandsire; 2, also great-grandfather. imahaksahe keyu, a., unpardonable. imahaksi, a., mindless; forgetful; un- grateful, unmindful. imahaksi, pp., unlearned; forgotten; par- doned; unremembered; weaned; ik- imahakso, a., unpardoned. imahaksi, imihaksi, v. t., to forget; to forgive; to misremember; to miss; to omit; to overlook; to pardon; to pass; to remit; to unlearn; amahaksi, chima- haksi. imahaksi, n., forgetfulness, remission. imahaksicha hinla, a., pardonable; ish- pimahaksichi, itimahaksichi. imahaksichi, y. t., to cause it to be for- gotten or forgiven; to forget; to pardon. imahaksichi, n., forgiveness. imahoba, v. t. (see ahoba), to suspect; to guess; to reckon; to figure; to pre- sume; to suppose; to surmise. imahoba, n., a guess; a presumption; a supposition; a surmise. 188 imaialechi, n., a lesson; a stint; his lesson. imaiya,a., superior to; better; surpassing. imaiya, imatya, (see aya); v. t., V. D., to overthrow; to overtop; to prevail; to surmount; to surpass, Matt. 10: 24; to exceed; to conquer, 2 Sam. 24: 4; to defeat; to master; to outdo; to outgo; to outgrow; to outlast; to outlive; to outwalk; to overcome; to overgo; to overpower; amaiya, to be greater to me; itintimaiya, v. a. i., to run a race; to compete; to refute; to repress; to revolt; to vie; to rival; to transcend; to triumph; to win; itintimiya, n., a race; itintimiya, n., a racer; a rival, Matt. 11: 9, 11; 12: 6, 41. imaiya, n., excess; aconquest; « defeat; a subjection; a triumph; vantage; a victory; a winning. imaiya; imaiyahe keyu, a., triumphant; victorious; unconquerable. imaiya, n., a conqueror; his conqueror; a victor; a winner. imaiya, pp., subdued; taken; ikimaiyo, a., unsubdued; unconquered. imaiya hinla, a., vincible. imaiyahe keyu, a., invincible. imaiyachi, v. t., to exceed; to conquer; to beat; to excel; to surpass; to defeat; to humble; to master; tooutdo; toover- come; to overpower; to overthrow; to subdue; to subject; to suppress; to sur- mount; to take; to vanquish; to pre- vail against, Matt. 16: 18. imaiyachi, n., a conqueror; a subduer; a vanquisher. imaiyachi, n., a subjection. imaiyamohmi, n., luck. imaiyat falammint ishi, v. t., to re- conquer. imaiyokoma, a., perplexed; bewildered; at a loss. imaiyokoma, v. n., to be perplexed or bewildered; to be at a loss; imaiyokomi, he is bothered. imaiyokomichi, vy. t., to bewilder; to cause perplexity; to maze. imaiyopik, n., a relative by marriage; the brothers, uncles, and nephews of her husband are thus called by a woman. It is now obsolete. imatka, imaka, a., natural; proper; suit- able; acceptable. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY (BULL. 46 imatka, v. n., to be natural; ikimatko, neg., to be unnatural or unsuitable. imalak, n., a brother-in-law; his brother-in-law; a man’s sister’s hus- band, and brothers. imalakusi, n., a brother-in-law; his brother-in-law; his wife’s brothers, and cousins. imalakusi ohoyo, n., his sister-in-law, i.e., his wife’s sister. imalama, u., guarded; kept. imalama, v. n., to be guarded; he is guarded or kept. imalami, v. t., to hinder; to oppose; to object. imalammi, n., an objector. imalammichi, v. t., to cause objections; to cause to hinder. imataka, n., the midriff. imatechi, v. t., to maim. imateka, v. a. i., to suffer pain from his own misconduct; to smart. imateka, pp., distressed; maimed. imateka, a., unfortunate; unlucky. imaleka, n., a doom; misfortune. imateka hinla, a., unsafe. imateka shah, a., hapless. imatekahe keyu, a., safe. imatekahe keyu, n., safety. imatekachechi, y. t., to cause pain. imalekachi, v. t., to cause pain. imantananchi, n., the breastbone. imantia, n., an obeyer. imantia, a., obedient; dutiful; submis- sive. imantia, n., duty; obedience; observ- ance; observation. imantia, v. t., to heed; to obey; to mind; to observe; to serve, Matt. 4:10; see antia. imantia achukma, a., obsequious. imantiahe keyu, a., ungovernable. imanukfela, a., sad; sorrowful; imanuk- fiela.. \ imanukfela, v. n., to be sad, Gen. 40: 6. imanukfelachi, v. t., caus., to sadden; to to make sad; tmanukfielachi. imanukfila, a., ideal; mental; thought- ful. imanukfila, n., his thought; their thoughts, Matt. 9: 4; his mind; thought; mind; an opinion; reflection; under- standing; brain; intellect; judgment; pained; BYINGTON] sentiment; conceit; conscience; consid- eration; contemplation; counsel; dis- cernment; eye of the mind; a faculty; the faculties; a fancy; a phantasm; a phantom; feeling; heart; an idea; an imagination; an impression; an intent; a meditation; memory; mettle; a no- tion; a project; reason; sense; senti- ment; a speculation; spirit; temper; a tenet; atheory; a thought; unanimity; a view; a voice; a judgment; will; wit, Mark 2: 8. imanukfila, v. a. i., to think; to reason; v. t., to intend; imanukfila fehna, Luke 4: 22 [2]; tmanukfilachi. imanukfila achafa, a., like-minded; of one mind; unanimous. imanukfila achafa, n., resolution; a re- solve; ‘‘one accord,’’ Josh. 9: 2. imanukfila achafa, v. n., to be like minded; to agree; imanukfila ikachafo, to dissent. imanukfila achafa, n., concord. imanukfila achafa keyu, a., unprin- cipled; unstaid; wavering. imanukfila ahalaia, a., mental; spirit- ual. imanukfila aiimma, a., intellectual. imanukfila aka™lusi, a., dampened, as to the feelings; discouraged. imanukfila a™li achukma, a., consci- entious. imanukfila apissanli, a., stable-minded. imanukfila apissanli keyu, a., unstable. imanukfila atsha, a., rational; reasona- ble; sensible. imanukfila alhpesa, a., unprejudiced. imanukfila chaha, a., magnanimous; high-minded; imanukfila chaha, v. n. imanukfila chito, n., magnanimity; a reverie; sconce; strength. imanukfila chito, a., having a large mind; magnanimous. imanukfila fehna, a., thoughtful. imanukfila hopoyuksa, a., magnani- mous. imanukfila ikkallo, a., happy. imanukfila iksho, n., idiocy; shallow- ness; stupor; dotage. imanukfila iksho, a., foolish; sense- less; without mind; idiotic; ignorant; irrational; shallow - brained; _ silly; simple; sottish; stupid; thoughtless. meditative; A DICTIONARY OF THE CHOCTAW LANGUAGE 189 imanukfila iksho, n., a fool, Matt. 5: 22; 23: 17; a natural; raca (Heb.); a sim- pleton; a sot; a witling, an idiot; an ignoramus; a dotard; dotage. imanukfila iksho, y. n., to be foolish; to know nothing. imanukfila iksho aiimoma, n., an idiot; a natural fool. imanukfila ilaiyuka, v. a. i., to vac- illate; a., whimsical. imanukfila ilbasha,n., gloom; gloomy thoughts. imanukfila inla mitka, v. t., to dis- agree. imanukfila ishi, v. t. to seize the mind; to interest the mind; to captivate. imanukfila itibafoka, v. t., to agree in opinion; to concur. imanukfila itiholba, a., like-minded; re- sembling each other in sentiment. imanukfila itiholba, v. n., to be like- minded. imanukfila kapassa, n., insensibility. imanukfila kapassa, a., insensible. imanukfila kallo, a., unfeeling; hard- hearted. imanukfila kallo, n., comprehension; genius; harshness. imanukfila komunta a., anxious; dis- tressed; uneasy in mind. imanukfila komunta, y. n., to be anx- ious. imanukfila komunta, n., anxiety. imanukfila laua, n., maze; perturbation. imanukfila laua, a., fickle; changeable; fanciful; fertile; fluctuating; indecisive; notional. imanukfila nukhatklo, n., melancholy; mercy. imanukfila nuktanla, n., modesty. imanukfila okpani, v. t., to delude. imanukfila okpulo, a., evil-minded; malevolent. imanukfila okpulo, n., malevolence; malignity. imanukfila onuchi, v. t., to apply the mind. imanukfila shanaia, a., perverted in opinion. imanukfila shanaioa, v. a. i., to whiffle. imanukfila shanaioa,a., fickle; fever- ish; light-minded; whiffling. imanukfila shanaioa, n., lightness, 4 190 imanukfila shananchi, vy. t., to per- suade; to pervert the mind; to incline; to prejudice; to prepossess. imanukfila tohwikelichi, v. t., to il- lume; to illumine; to illuminate. imanukfila tuklo, a., double-minded. imanukfila tuklo, v. a. i., to trim. imanukfila tutshpa, a., eagle-eyed; quick-minded; witty. imanukfila yohbi, n., meekness. imanumpeshi, n., a lieutenant; a vice- agent; a second in command; a min- ister. imatsha, v.t., to have; to keep; see atsha. imatsha, n., a keeper; a possessor. imashaka, n., the rear. imatali, n., a maintainer; a supporter. imatahi, v. t., to maintain; to minister; to satisfy; to store; to supply. imatananchi, imantananchi, n., his breast. imafo, imafo, n., her father-in-law, 1 Sam. 4: 19; see imafo. imaka, see imatka. imalhpisa, n., a license; a ration. imalhtaha, pp. (from ataéi), maintained; ministered; satisfied; prepared; stored; supplied; sustained; ikimalhtaho, a., unprepared; unprovided; unqualified; unready; unsupplied; ikimalhtaho, n., unreadiness. imalhtayak, n., a vocation. imallutsak, issimallutsak, n., the name of a weed called in vulgar parlance the devil’s shoestring. It is used to intoxi- cate fish in water ponds and to break up fever and ague. imata, v. n., to be timid, or wild; isi at imata, allat imata. imata, a., timid; wild; fortunate. imanni, n., his older brother, i. e., any one, or all, older than himself, as nakfish means any one or all younger than him- self. This expression by brothers only expresses their relation. Sisters do not call their older brothers by the same epithet. imanni, n., her older sister. Sisters speak of older and younger sisters as brothers do of brothers. A sister calls her brother nakfi, amnakfi, my brother, etc. A brother calls his sister antek, my sister, BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 46 imbakna, n., the rennet, see bakna. imi, his, Matt. 16: 26; 1 Sam. 2: 9. i™miha,n.,a mandate; anod; a reproof. itmiha, n., a monitor. imihaksi, v. a. i., to forget, Matt. 16: 5; see imahakst. imikfetukhak, imikfetuphak, n., the upper end of the breastbone. imilayak, n., substance; goods; wares; merchandise; an estate; mammon;prop- erty. imilayak chito, a., wealthy. imilayak iklauo, a., unwealthy. imilayak isht yopomo, a., extravagant. imilbik, n., prey; booty; good fortune. imilhfitukhak, n., the hole or notch in the breastbone under the windpipe; his, ete. imilhiah, vy. a. i., to be low-spirited. imilli, n., a loser at a game. imilli, u., a logs. imiskauata, imiskatukli (inf., Judah Dana), n., the collarbone; his collar- bone. imissa, v. t., to offer him; to promise him; to give, Mark 12:9; Josh. 1: 6; to tender; to bid at an auction; to offer; to proffer; to propound, John 3: 16 [2]; to will, i.e., to devise; ilimissa, to offer himself; to dedicate himself. imissa, n., an offerer; one who makes an offer; a profferer; a propounder; a testator; an offering; a proffer; a pro- posal; a testament; a will; ilimissa n., self-dedication. imitaklish, breastbone. imma, ima, ady., toward, Matt. 12: 49; hashi akuchaka imma, Matt. 2: 1, 9; the way to, Josh. 2:7. Compounded with other words, as abema, upward; ilap- pimma, this way; akema, downward; mishema, abroad; beyond; yammimma, that way; olema, this way; yamma wmmaka, that way, Matt. 13:28 [?]; pila imma, Acts 28: 14; imma, v. a. i. imma, prep., concerning; of; about; Chihowa apetiechika imma ya, Luke 4:43; paska imma, concerning bread, Matt. 16: 11;